Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at |http: //books .google .com/I
}
lb,
, J
' .*.-^^
C-O., /f ^ 7
g?/^ of
Dr. Hugh Mo ran
STANFORD UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
BY PROFESSOR A. B. DAVIDSON, P.P., LLP., EDINBURGH.
AN INTRODUCTORY HEBREW GRAMMAR with Progressive Exercises
in Reading and Writing. By A. B. Davidson, M.A., LL.D.,
Professor of Hebrew, etc., in the New College, Edinburgh. In
demy 8vo, Seventeenth Edition, price 7s. 6d.
* Professor Davidson's ** Hebrew Grammar" has passed all its English rivals in
public acceptance, and that is the final verdict to which every book must bow. Nor
is it difficult to account for its success. Dr. Davidson is at once a teacher of unsur-
passed accomplishment and a writer of unapproachable lucidity and charm.* — The
Expository Times,
* The best Hebrew Grammar is that of Professor A. B. Davidson.' — British Weekly.
HEBREW SYNTAX. Third Edition. In demy 8vo, price 7s. 6d.
* The whole is, it is needless to say, the work of a master ; but it is the work of a
master who does not shoot over the learners' heads, but one who by long experience
knows exactly where help is most needed, and how to give it in the simplest and
clearest fashion.' — Methodist Recorder.
* A book like this, which comes from the hands of our first Hebraist, is its own best
recommendation. It will be eagerly welcomed by all students and teachers of Hebrew.'
— Oritical Review.
THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS. {Handbook Series.) In crown
8vo, price 2s. 6d.
* For its size and price one of the very best theological handbooks with which I am
acquainted — a close grappling with the thought of the epistle by a singularly strong and
candid mind.' — Professor Sanday in The Academy.
i
HEBEEW SYNTAX
PRINTED BY
MORRISOK AND GIBB LIMITED,
FOn
T. & T. CLARK, EDINBURGH.
LONDON : SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KRNT, AND CO. LIMITED.
NEW YORK : CHARLES SCRIBNBR's SONS.
i^tttroHurtors Uttreb) ^rammair
HEBEEW SYNTAX
BY
REV. A. B. n^VIDSON, LLD., D.D.
PROFESSOR OF HEBREW AND OLD TESTAMENT EXEGESIS
NEW COLLEGE. EDINBURGH
THIRD EDITION
EDINBURGH
T. <fc T. CLARK, 38 GEORGE STREET
1902
(NAVK
I
i
I
k
PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION
The need after a comparatively short time for a new
Edition of this Syntax encourages the belief that
the book is being found serviceable by students and
teachers. In the present Edition a few changes have
been introduced into the body of the book, and
some errors in the Index of passages have been
corrected.
The main principles of Syntax are printed in
larger type, and the less common, poetical or anom-
alous, usages thrown into the form of notes. The
illustrative examples, at least the earlier ones in each
case, have been taken as much as possible from the
classical prose, but references have been multiplied,
partly in order that the principle illustrated may be
seen in various connexions, and partly under • the
impression that the references might be useful in
forming exercises for Prose Composition ; and the
V
VI PREFACE
purposes of composition have been had in view
in the form given to a number of the sections.
Several points in Syntax are still involved in some
obscurity, such as the use of the Imperfect, and
its interchange with other tenses, especially in
poetry ; and the use of the J ussive, particularly in
later writings. What has been said on these points,
if it do nothing more, will make intelligible the
state of the question regarding them. For fuller
details Canon Driver s special work on the Tenses
should be consulted.
From the assumption, perhaps, that the Predicate
is the principal element in the sentence, Arabic
Grammars usually begin Syntax with the Verb, and
this order has been followed in some recent Hebrew
Grammars. It may be disputed which order is the
more logical in analysing the sentence. The order
here followed, Pronoun, Noun, Verb, and Sentence,
was adopted partly for the sake of simplicity, and
partly to make the book run somewhat parallel to
the Introductory Grammar, in the hope that the
two might occasionally be read simultaneously.
In order to avoid repetition, treatment of Infinitive
and Participle, which have both a nominal and
verbal character, was postponed till the sections
PREFACE vil
on the Government of the Verb had been com-
pleted.
I am under great obligations to Mr. Charles
Hutchison, M.A., formerly Hebrew Tutor, New
College, Edinburgh, who read over the proofs of
the first edition, and to several students and reviewers
who have made useful suggestions.
Edinburgh, February 1896.
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
T
PAGE
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN i
Personal Pronoun
.
1
Demonstrative Pronoun
.
3
Interrog-ative Pronoun
.
6
Relative Pronoun
.
8
Other Pronominal Expressions
.
12
SYNTAX OF THE NOUN .
•
.
IS
Gender ....
.
IS
Number ....
*
17
Case .....
•
20
Determination. The Article
22
The Genitive. Construct .
•
30
Nominal Apposition ....
»
39
The Adjective
>
44
The Adjective. Comparison
»
47
The Numerals
1 1
50
SYNTAX OF THE VERB
> I
. 58
The Perfect .....
> <
. 58
The Imperfect . . . ,
• 1
64
Imperfect with Strong Vav .
t
70
Perfect with Strong Vav
1
■ 78
Perf. and Impf. with Light Vav
1
84
The Moods .....
.
•
86
The Moods with Light Vav .
1
•
90
Government of the Verb. The Accusative
1 I
9S
Absolute Object .....
«
96
Free Subordination of Words in Ace.
•
97
Accusative of Direct Object
•
102
Verbs with two Ace. of the Obj.
1
> a
107
IX
CONTENTS
Construction of the Passive .
Subordination of one Verb to another
Infinitive Absolute .
Infinitive Construct .
The Participle
Subordination by Prepositions
SYNTAX OF THE SENTENCE
The Sentence itself .
Nominal Sentence
Verbal Sentence
Compound Sentence .
Expression of Subject
Complement of Verbal Sentence
Agfreement of Subj. and Pred.
Particular Kinds of Sentence
Interjectional Sentence
Affirmative Sentence .
Interrogfative Sentence
Negative Sentence .
Conditional Sentence
Optative Sentence
Conjunctive Sentence
Circumstantial Clause
Relative Sentence
Temporal Sentence .
Subject and Object Sentence
Causal Sentence
Final Sentence
Consequential Sentence
Comparative Sentence
Disjunctive Sentence .
Restrictive, Exceptive, &c., Sentence
Index of Passages .
Index of Subjects
PAGE
112
ii6
123
130
138
144
144
145
146
148
156
162
162
164
166
171
182
184
185
190
193
196
198
199
200
201
201
202
205
230
HEBREW SYNTAX
SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN
PERSONAL PRONOUNS
§ I. In their full form the Personal pron, are employed
only in the Nom. case. In the oblique cases (Gen., Ace.)
they are attached in the form of suffixes to other words.
On the Cases, cf. § i8, Gr. § 17.
When a pron. in the oblique case is repeated for the sake
of emphasis, it is put in the absolute form. Gen, as suff.
1 K. 21. 19 nJpM Da TIP"^ tAine own blood. 2 S. 17. S
M^ri'Da VDSlTTO what is in his mouth also. Nu. 14. 32,
2 S. 19. I, Jer. 27. 7, Ez. 23. 43, Ps. 9. 7, Pr. 23. 15. Or gen.
with prep, i S. 25. 24 l^^^l ^ibj-*'! on me be the guilt.
I K. I. 26, Ezr. 7. 21. In the ace. Gen. 27. 34 ^'JM'Da ^'PPDJJ
bless me too. Pr. 22. 19. So when emphasis falls on noun
in the oblique case. Gen. 4. 26 M^iTDa i^ttJ? to Setk also.
Gen. 10.21. — Cf. these exx. Gen. 30. 20; 41. 10, i Chr. 23. 13.
Rem. I. Occasionally oblique case has full form. 2 K.
9. 18 DH *iy if reading right, cf. v, 20. Neh. 4. 17 ^3^ TS
the pron. being co-ordinated with the following nouns.
Cases like Is. 18. 2 are different, X^nip being = «in ne^KD
ipr^ since it was. Nah. 2. 9 «%n ^^D « X^n ^K^ '•p''D since
the days she was, i.e. all her days^ cf. 2 K. 7. 7. Such a
sense is usually ^^9?? (^ S. 25. 28, i K. i. 6, Job 27. 6 ;
38. 12), and the text is doubtful. Jer. 46. 5 D^rtH TOH is a
clause, DW pred. and rUDH subj., though the consn. is more
I
2 HEBREW SYNTAX §2-4.
usual with finite form than with ptcp. Jud. 9. 48, 2 S.
21. 4) Lam. i. 10, Neh. 13. 23. Ps. 89. 48 >jK stands for
emphasis first: remember, /, what transitoriness! But cf.
z;. 51. In I Chr. 9. 22 i^'^, seems really obj. to verb as in
Aram. Ezr. 5. 12. So Moab. Stone, 1. 18.
Rem. 2. When 3 p. pr. is used neuterly for //, it may be
mas. or fem. In Pent., where Kin is common, the gend. is
matter of pointing, Ex. i. 16; and everywhere the pron. is
apt by attraction to take the gend. of pred., Deu. 4. 6;
30. 20, Ez. 10. 15, Ps. 73. 16, Job 31. II, Jer. 10. 3.
The fem.y however, is usual when pron. refers back to
some action or circumstance just spoken of, particularly if
sufF., Jos. ID. 13, Jud. 14. 4, Gren. 24. 14 JHtjl M^ andtherC"
by (the circumstance) shall I know. Is. 47. 7 WinnjJ fi'iaj W
thou thoughtest not on the issue ^// (the conduct described).
Gren. 42. 36; 47. 26, Ex. 10. 11, Nu. 14. 41; 23. 19, i S.
II. 2, I K. II. 12. So the verb, Jud. 11. 39 Pn NIMI and it
became a rule. Is. 7. 7 ; 14. 24.
Rem. 3. By a common gramm. negligence the mas.
pron,, esp. as sufF,, is used oi fem. subjects. Is. 3. 16
njppjf^ Dnv|l'i3^ make a tinkling wzVA their feet. Gen. 26. 15 ;
31. 9; 32. 16; 33. 13, Ex. I. 21, Nu. 27. 7, I S. 6. 7, ID,
Am. 4. I, Ru. I. 8, 22^ Song 4. 2; 6. 8. .
§ 2. The oblique cases of the Pers. pron. appear in the
form of suffixes to nouns, verbs, and particles, {a) Suffixes
to nouns are in gen.^ and are equivalent to our possessive
pron. Gen. 4. i iHttJb^ his wife, 4. 10 ^J^VIM thy brother.
This gen. is usually gen. of subj., as above, but may be gen.
of obj.. Gen. 16. 5 ^'DDfJ my wrong (that done me). 18. 21.
Cf. § 23, R. I.
If several nouns be coupled by and, suff. must be repeated
with each. Deu. 32. 19 VHbll "1*^331 his sons and daughters.
Gen. 38. 18 ^JJIOI ?IT^?^ ?IPO^ ^^y ^^^ ^^^ string and
staff. Exceptions are very rare even in poetry, Ex. 15. 2,
2 S. 23. 5.
The suff. of prep, and other particles, which are really
PERSONAL PRONOUNS 3
nouns, must also be considered in gen. Gen. 3. 17 ?p/llj^
for thy sake, 39. 10 H /2M beside her (at her side).
ip) The verbal suff. is in ace. of direct obj. Gen. 3. 13
^^aw^'tr^n CJnan the serpent beguiled me. 4. 8 ^TO^in'^n and
• - • • TT- * " " : -I—
slew him. See § 73, R. 4. The suff. to ]nSI is also ace. Gen.
40. 4 Dn^ n*1tt5'^"1 he served them. 41. 10.
§ 3. The adj. being but feebly developed the relation of a
noun to its material, quality, and the like is often expressed
by the gen. Cj'lp *in hill of holiness, holy hill. In such
cases the suff. is gen. to the whole expression. Ps. 2. 6
^'ttTTj? "yr\ my holy-hill. Is. 2. 20 Isnt "hh^^ his idols-of-
gold. 13. 3; 30. 22, 23; S3. 5. On constructions like Lev.
6. 3 11 "ITO his linen gari7ienty see Nomin. Appos.
The noun with suff., forming a definite expression, the
qualifying adj. has the Art. Gen. 43. 29 ]tOj?n Dp^^Hb? Htrj
is ^\s your youngest brother.
Rem. I. The suff. to some particles which have a certain
verbal force, as nan behold^ t5^. there isy f^ there is noty lS)j stilly
are partly verbal in form (Or. § 49). But suff. of ist pars,
is ^^J^S in the sense while I have beings Ps. 104. 33 ; 146. 2,
and "T^yo since I had beings Gen. 48. 15 (Nu. 22. 30). In
ordinary sense Ps. 139. 18.
Rem. 2. These uses of the suff. are to be noted. Ex.
2. 9 '!rn3b"nK j/HK I will give thy hire^ i.e. give thee hire.
Gen. 30. 18, Jud. 4. 9 iri"jKDn iTnri K? the glory shall not be
thiTie. Gen. 39. 21 ^3n jnjl gave him favour. Ez. 27. 15
rendered /^^ tribute. Nu. 12. 6, text doubtful. Ps. 115.
7 ? Job 6. 10, Hos. 2. 8 (her wall = a wall against her).
Rem. 3. I S. 30. 17 ^'tT\W? their following day^ the use
of suff. is unique in Heb., though something analogous is
common in Ar. The text is dubious.
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS
§ 4. The Demons, pron. Ht and M^H are used as in Eng.
Jud. 4. 14 D'^*'n nt this is the day. Gen. 41. 28 ^n^in fc^^H
4 HEBREW SYNTAX § 5, 6.
that IS the thing. Deu. i. i D*'*!!'^!! hVm these are the
words. On their use as adj. § 32, and R. 3.
In usage TW refers to a subject when first mentioned, or
when about to be mentioned ( = the following), while fe^'^n
refers back to a subj. already spoken of. Jud. 7. 4, of whom
1 shall say "^"^ M^H ITIHW T^"^ Ht this one shall go with
thee, that one shall go. Gen. 42. 14 ^'J^'^a.'^ *1ttJM fe^^n that
is what I said to you. 32. 3; 44. 17. So the common
prophetic phrase fe^^Jin D'i**! on /&?:/ ^3&^ (time just spoken
of), Is. 4. 2.
The pron. Sit is used almost as a noun in all the three
cases. Gen. 29. 27 T\)k^ 3^120 the week of this one, i K.
21. 2. Gen. 2. 23 M'ljP'; ni^p //«^ shall be called, i S.
21. 12, I K. 22. 17. Is. 29. II nt M3"M*1J? read this (writing).
2 S. 13. 17 ill^mb^ Mi'^^nbttJ send this person away; and
mas. with same contemptuous sense, i K. 22. 27 (i S. 21. 16).
2 K. 6. 20 n^M"^3*'y'JlM n(2P open the eyes of these men.
Gen. 29. 33. Pron. M'^Jl is not used in this way, though cf.
I K. 20. 40.
Rem. I. When this^ that are used neuterly while K^n is
perhaps more common than fern, (Gen. 42. 14, Am. 7. 6),
ns^r is much oftener used than mas. Gen; 42. 18 VPn Wfi Hfc^T
do this and ye shall live. 42. 15 nt^ta by this shall ye be
proved. Is. 5. 25 nxr^ai for (amidst) all this. Is. 9. 11,
20; 10. 4, Hos. 7. 10, Am. 7. 3. The mas,^ however, is not
unusual, esp. in the sense of such^ Gen. 11. 6, 2 K. 4. 43.
The distinction between this and that stated above is usually
preserved, but this thing, these things seem exclusively used.
Gen. 24. 9; 15. I ; 20. 8.
§ 5. When nt is repeated it is equivalent to this . . . thaty
the one . . . the other. Is. 6. 3 HrTM Ht M*1p1 and tJte one
called to the other, i K. 3. 23 mdA riMtl • • • tT(0\^ Mfc^t
*' ^^ vv : vv I
this one says , • . and the other says, Jos. 8. 22 rWD H^M
i
DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS 5
ntO rT?M1 some on this side and some on that side. Ex.
14. 20, 2 S. 2. 13, I K. 20. 29; 22. 20, Ps. 20. 8; 75. 8, Job
I. 16, Dan. 12. 2. Comp. i K. 20. 40 thy servant T\^ Htoj^
TXSy\ was busy with this and that, where gen. as Deu. 25. 16
§ 6. As in other languages, the Demons, have come to be
treated as adjectives. They necessarily make their noun
definite, and then conform so much to the usage of adj. as
themselves to take the Art. Is, 4. 2 M^nn U^^l on tJiat day.
Occasionally, however, Art. is wanting. Gen. 19. 33 Hv^^i
\XT\ that nighty 30. 16; 32. 23, i S. 19. 10, Ps. 12. 8. The
Art. is always wanting when D emons, adj. qualifies anoun
determined by a suff. Ex. 10. i HvM "^Jlil^ these my signs.
I limn n\,.ltai\\» ■ ■ I ■»!>■ »g f <m -^ «*
With another adj. or several Demons, stands last. Gen.
41. 35. See § 32. The form iipn yonder is generally used
as adj. Gen. 24. 65 ; 37. 19, Jud. 6. 20, i S. 17. 26, 2 K.
4. 25 ; as pron. Dan. 8. 16.
Rem. I. In some cases the Demons., as a substantive
definite of itself, seems to stand in appos. with the defined
noun, Ps. 104. 25, Ezr. 3. 12, Song 7. 8. Text of i K. 14.
14 is obscure, and 2 K. 6. 33, i Chr. 21. 17 are doubtful.
With proper names, Ex. 32. i n?to tIT, Jud. 5. 5. With
noun defined by sufF., Josh 9. 12, 13, Hab. i. 11. The
noun is rarely undefined, Ps. 80. 15 HNT jEia this vine, Mic.
7. 12 (text uncertain). Phenic. says T "^Sp this grave, and
T ')3pn. Cf. Moab. St. 1. 3 n«T nosn this high place. In Ar.
Demons, being a noun, stands in appos., before the noun if
defined by Art., and after if a proper name or defined by
suff.
Rem. 2. The Demons., particularly nr, is used with in-
terrogatives to add emphasis or vividness to the question.
Gen. 27. 21 ^33 nt nrifcCn art thou my son Esau? See § 7c.
In the same way force is added to adverbial and particu-
larly temporal expressions, i K. 19. 5 ^^r? •IP'^?'?'! and lo/
an angel, i Kings 17. 24 ^njHJ HT nny now indeed I know I
HEBREW SYNTAX § 7, 8.
2 K. 5. 22 hdcvQJust come to me. Gen. 27. 36 13^.?)?^ nt tuym
twice; 31. 38 njK'* ^"^^^V HT twenty years now. 31. 41 ; 43.
10; 45. 6, Nu. 22. 28, Deu. 8. 2, Jud. 16. 15, i S. 29. 3,
2 S. 14. 2, Job 19. 3.
Rem. 3. The form pit is often a relative in poetry (as in
Aram., Eth.). Like ^v}^ it suffers no change for gend. and
number. Job ig. ig "'3"^3Bn3 ^nsriK Piri and they-whoml loved
are turned against me. Ps. 74. 2; 78. 54; 104, 8; Pr.
23. 22^ Job 15. 17. The form ^T (Ps. 132. 12 it) is still
oftener used. Ex. 15. 13, Is. 42. 24; 43. 21, Ps. 9. 16;
10. 2; 17. 9; 31. 5; 32. 8; 68. 29; 143. 8.
Rem. 4. The Demons, unites with prepp. to form ad-
verbial expressions. See Lex. On its union with D to
express such^ cf. § 11, R. \e.
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN
§ 7. The pron. ^ who ? is used of persons, mas. and
fem.; and Htt what? of things. Both are invariable for
gend. and number.
(a) The pron. *>tt may be used in the three cases. Gen.
3. II ^7 Tan ^'O w/w told thee? 24. 65; 33. 5, Is. 6. 8.
The gen., Gen. 24. 23 J^M ^'P'JiaL whose daughter art thou ?
32. 18 HjPISI ^iy? to whom belongest thou? i S. 12. 3; 24. 15,
Ps. 27. 1. And ace, Is. 6. 8 Pf'^ffit^ ^'D'Jlb^ whom shall I send ?
I S. 28. II, 2 K. 19. 22. The ace. is always preceded by ]nM.
Like other words ^'Q may be repeated to particularise or
/// distribute. Ex. 10. 8 D'^3'?hn ^'Dl "^ who all are they that
are to go ?
{V) The neut. iTO is also used in all the cases. Gen.
31. 36 ^'ytpSTT? what is my offence? 32. 28, 2 K. 9. 18.
The gen. by prep., Gen. 15. 8 yVA H^a by what shall I
know? Rarely after a noun, Jer. 8. 9 wisdom of what
(what sort of w.)? Nu. 23. 3. The ace, Gen. 4. 10 Tf^'W Hp
wliat hast thou done? 15. 2. The ilM is not used before
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN ^
wJtat. In Jer. 23. 33 MtoSflO'llM rd- Mtofill DJPlM ye are
the burden.
With adj. and verbs JTO has the sense of how. Gen.
28. 17 ^'T^a-TTO how terrible/ 2 K. 4. 43 ^'^d'? Ht tlnW nO
ttJ^'M HMp how shall I set such a thing before a hundred
people? Ex. 10. 26, Job 9. 2, Ps. 133. i,
(f) The interrog. pron. strengthen themselves by Ht &c.
to add vividness to the question, i S. 17. 55 *13^3n npp"iaL
whose son (I wonder) is the lad? iS.iO.li H^TT ntTPD
tt5*'P*]!l7 what in the world has come over the son of Kish ?
Gen. 3. 13 ; 27. 20, Jud. 18. 24, 2 S. 12. 23, Ps. 24. 8.
§ 8. In the indirect sentence the interrog. remains without
change. Gen, 21. 26 ntOV "^ ^'WT )^ I do not know
who did it. 43. 22, Jud. 13. 6, I S. 17. 56. The interrog. are
also used as indef. pron., whoever^ whosOy whatever^ aught.
Jud. 7. 3 itij*' • • • M*1^ ^'P whoever is afraid let him return.
Ex. 32. 26 ^7M mrP7 ^'P whoever is for fe.^ Unto me (let
him come)! 2 S. 18. 12 ^'p 1*1lptt} have a care whoever ye
be! Ex. 24. 14, Is. 54. 15.— i S. 19. 3 ^^V '•^l^'Tl ^O '^n^M'^l
and if I observe aught I will tell thee. 2 S. 18. 23 nO'^fT'l
y^'lM be what may I will run ! Nu. 23. 3, Job 13. 13 ; 26. 7,
Pr. 9. 13. In some sentences of this form, however, the
strict interrog. sense is probably still to be retained. Deu.
20. S, Jud. 10. 18 ; 21. 5, Is. 50. 8. The form *1ttJb^ "^ is also
used, Ex. 32. 33, 2 S. 20. II, cf. t^TTO Ecc. i. 9.
Rem. I. The neut. HD may be used of persons if their
circumstances or relations be inquired of, as i S. 29. 3 what
are these Hebrews ? On the other hand, ^d is used of things
when the idea of a person is involved, Jud. 13. 17 isoho is thy
name ? (as usual in Syr.), but generally isohat in this case,
Gen. 32. 28. Mic. i. 5, cf. i S. 18. 18 (rd. ^JH my clan)^
2 S. 7. 18, Gren. 33. 8, Jud. 9. 28. Some cases are peculiar,
and suggest a provincial or colloquial use of ^D for piD ; e.g.
Ru. 3. 16 ^i?3 ri«->D with Jud. 18. 18 DPIK HD, Am. 7. 2, 5
8 HEBREW SYNTAX § 9.
2pV dlp^ ^D how shall J. stand? Is. 51. 19. The Mass. on
Mic. 6. 5 states that the Orientals use ^ for no.
Rem. 2. In phrases like V?3*nD what profit? Gen. 37. 26,
the original consn. was probably What is the profit? (appos.
at least is not allowable in Ar.). Ps. 30 10, Is. 40. 18,
Mai. 3. 14, Ps. 89. 48, Job 26. 14. In a number of cases
the words are separated, Jer. 2. 5 r^ ^3 ^N^TID what evil?
and second word might be adverb, ace. i S. 26. 18 ; 20.
10, 2 S. 19. 29; 24. 13, I K. 12. 16. The similar use of ^
is against ace, Deu. 3. 24; 4. 7, Jud. 21. 8, 2 S. 7. 23,
1 Chr. 17. 21. — Song 5. 9 nil? HD what sort of beloved? is
no evidence for gen.y which cannot be the relation of the
words.
Rem. 3. These uses of TO are to be noted. Jud. i. 14
!J?"nD what liast thou? i.e. what ails thee ? what dost thou
mean, want, &c.? Gen. 21. 17, i S. 11. 5, Jon. i. 6. — ^Jud.
11. 12 ?IJJ ^T"*^ what have I to do with thee? 2 S. 16. 10;
19. 23. 2 K. 9. 18, 19 ^^y^ 1f»"nD. Cf. Jer. 2. 18, Ps. 50.
16. Without and with second word, Hos. 14. 9. Passages
like I K. 12. 16, 2 Chr. 10. 16, Song 8. 4, show how no
naturally passes over to be a negative, not. (Ar.).
Rem. 4. The expression HT ^ij is an interrog. adj. which ?
what? Jon. i. 8 nJPIi|5 Dy n^ ""K of what people art thou?
2 S. 15. 2 nriK Ty njD ^N of what city? I K. 13. 12 ; 22. 24,
2 K. 3. 8, 2 Chr. 18. 23, Is. 66. i, Jer. 6. 16, Job 38. 19, 24,
Ecc. II. 6. They^w., Jer. 5. 7 Hfiip "^^ for what? In many
cases ru ^K is merely where?
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN
§ 9. The word "IttJtJ is of uncertain derivation. Its usage
differs according as it is preceded by what we call the ante-
cedent, or is not.
When the antecedent is expressed *1ttJfe^ seems a con-
junctive word, serving to connect the antecedent with what
we call the relative clause. In this case *1ttjM, besides being
uninflected, is incapable of entering into regimen, admitting
neither prep, nor Hb^ of ace, but possibly stands in apposi-
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN Q
tion with the antecedent. It is neither subj. nor obj. of the
relative clause. The subj. or obj. of this clause is a pronoun
referring back to the antecedent, and agreeing with it in
gend., numb., and person. This pronoun may be expressed,
but is often merely understood when no ambiguity would
arise from its omission.
(a) When the retrospective pron. is subj. it may be
expressed in a nominal sentence, as Gen. o. 3 "IttJM toOTv3
^Pr^^n every creeping thing wAicA is alive. But it is
oftener omitted. Gen. 3. 3 ]3irr ^H^njl *1l^M yj?!! the tree
which is in the midst of the garden. In a verbal sent, the
pron. is represented by the verbal inflection, as 15. 7 ^^ ^'ibj
Tf^'JlMSln *1ttJbJ I am Je. which brought thee out. The
separate pron. is hardly ever expressed, 2 K. 22. 13.
(^) When the pron. is the obj. (in a verbal clause) it is
often expressed. Gen. 45. 4 "^n^ DJ3I")5P "IttJM ^^ '^2M
I am Jos. whom ye sold. Ps. i. 4 XyT\ ^33*7^ 1tt)M yfeS
like the chaff" which the wind drives. Gen. 21. 2, Jen 28. 9;
44. 3, Ex. 6. S, 2 K. 19. 4 (if not 2 ace. as i S. 21. 3). But
often omitted. Deu. 13. 7 jPlJTtJ M*? "IttJM Q^'H^*;! gods
wJtom thou /tost not known. Gen. 2. 8; 6. 7; 12. i, Jud.
II. 39; 16. 30, I S. 7. 14; 10. 2, 2 S. 15. 7.
(f) When the retrospective pron. is gen. by noun or prep.
Deu. 28. 49 "^ifej? J^OtlJ]l"M7 *1tt5M *ha a nation whose tongue
thou shalt not understand. Gen. 24. 3, the Canaanite "IttJM
'^i'llpgL aCh'^ '^Db^ in whose midst I dwell. 28. 13 y^Mn
TVhv aDW ninM *1ttJM the land upon which thou liest. Gen.
38. 25, Ex. 4. 17, Nu. 22. 30, Deu. i. 22, Ru. 2. 12. Here the
pron. requires to be expressed.
After words of time the prep, and suff*. is very much
omitted, so that *1ttJM is equivalent to when. Gen. 45. 6,
Deu. 4. 10, Jud. 4. 14, 2 S. 19. 25 Ma "IttJbJ Dl*»n ly until
the day when (in which) he came in peace, i K. 22. 25,
cf. Gen. 6. 4 ; 40. 1 3.
lO HEBREW SYNTAX § 9, 10.
(d) With adverbs of place. Gen. 13. 3 SlljnnttJM US'^ll
XvT^^^ Dffi the place where was his tent. 20. 13 0*^1*5^1X73
rrottJ fc^'113 ICJb^ every place whitJier we shall come. 3. 23
D^ njP7 "IttJM npiMH the ground wJmtce he was taken.
Gen. 19. 27; 31. 13; 35. 15 ; 40. 3, Ex. 20. 21, 2 S. 15. 21. —
Ex. 21. 13, Nu. 14. 24, Deu. 30. 3. — Gen. 24. 5. The adverbial
there^ &c., may be omitted, Gen. 35. 13, esp. when the ante-
cedent noun has prep.
Rem. I. The part. it^K is usually separated from the pron.
or adverb of the rel. clause by one or more words (see exx.
above), but there are exceptions esp. in nominal sentences,
Gren. 2. II, Deu. 8. 9; 19. 17, i S. 9. 10. Sometimes ^^
and pron. have an emphasis which must be brought out by
expressing a pronom. antecedent. Jer. 32. 19 TJ^lf ^^
thou whose eyes. Is. 42. 24 v ^K^n W Is it not Je. ? he
against whom we have sinned. Hos. 14. 4, Ez. 11. 12,
Neh. 2. 3 ; cf. Dan. 2. 37 ; 4. 6.
Rem. 2. The expression of the separate pron. in nominal
sent, occurs mostly when the pred. is an adj. or ptcp., e.g.
Gren. 9. 3 ; it is less necessary when pred. is an adverb or a
prep, with its gen. after the verb to he^ as Gren. 3. 3. When
the nominal sent, is positive the pron. usually precedes the
pred., Gren. 9. 3, Lev. 11. 26, 39, Num. 9. 13; 14. 8, 27,
Deu. 20. 20, I S. 10. 19, 2 K. 25. 19, Jer. 27. 9, Ez. 43. 19,
Ru. 4. 15, Neh. 2. 18, Ecc. 7. 26, cf. Jer. 5. 15. When the
sent, is neg. the pron. follows the pred. Gen. 7. 2 ; 17. 12,
Nu. 17, 5, Deu. 17. 15; 20. 15, Jud. 19. 12, i K. 8. 41.
Although the expression of pron. in nominal sent, is genuine
Shemitic idiom, it is still mainly in later writings that it
occurs.
Rem. 3. It is rare that ^K^K takes prep, or HK when
antecedent is expressed. Neither Is. 47. 12 nor 56. 4 is a
case. Is. 56. 4 IK'Ka is under preceding verb choosey cf. 66.
3, 4. In 47. 12 the prep, is carried on from previous clause,
in that which^ &c., the complement of XW being unex-
pressed. Zech. 12. 10 (text obscure). In other ca:ses it5^*K
is distant from anteced. and nx resumptive. Lev. 22. 15 that
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN II
which they offer. Ez. 23. 40, Jer. 38. 9 might be, in that
they have thrown.
§ 10. The word "IttJfe^ often includes a pronominal ante-
cedent, Le, it is equivalent to he-whOy that-wkichy they-wliOy
whom, or indefinitely one-whOy &c. In this case it is sus-
ceptible of government like a substantive, admitting prep,
and Jlfe^ of ace. When used in this way *1ttJM has the case
which, according to our mode of thought, the ^ pronom.
antecedent would have. Gen. 7. 23 illM IUJMI nil "IMt^^^n
niJll and N. was left, and tJiey-who were with him. 43. 16
'in*'3L'73^ *1CJM7 'Ittfc^*''^ he said to him-who was over his
house. 44. I in^'l'^^y "IttJfe^TlM 1!fn and he commanded
him-who was, &c. 31. i li^'ltjl? IttJfejpi of that-whick is
our father's. 9, 24 "1221 "h ntojnttJM riM 5nj;i he knew
what his son had done to him. 2 K. 6. 16 ^iflfe^ *1CJM D^'Sl'I
DfTlM IttJMD more are they-who are with us than they-wtto
are with them (later for DJhM). Jud. 16. 30 the dead whom
he slew in death V^'HSl il^'On "IttJMT^ 0*^31*1 were more than
tltose-whom he slew in his life. Gen. 15. 4; 27. 8; 47. 24,
Ex. 4. 12; 20. 7; 33. 19, Lev. 27. 24, Nu. 22. 6, Jos. 10. 11,
I S. 15. 16, 2 K. 10. 22, Is. 47. 13; 52. 15, Ru. 2. 2, 9. Ez.
23. 28 JlM3to IttJM T3l into the hand of tltose-whom thou
hatest.
Rem. I. The consn. in this case is quite the same as in
§ 9. The so-called rel. clause is complete in itself apart
from ne^'K, which has no resemblance to the rel. pron. of
classical languages. Cf. Lev. 27. 24, Ru. 2. 2, Nu. 5. 7.
Cases like Gren. 31. 32 ItS'fcC D}^ wzM whomsoevery are unusual,
cf. Gen. 44. 9.
Rem. 2. In § 10 the retrospective pronoun is greatly
omitted except when gen., cf. Lev. 5. 24; 27. 24, Ru. 2. 2,
Is. 8. 23 ; and even prep, and gen, are sometimes omitted
where they would naturally stand. Is. 8. 12; 31. 6 — par-
ticularly with verb to say^ e,g. Hos. 2. 14 ; 13. 10.
12 ' HEBREW SYNTAX § 11.
Rem. 3. The adverbial complement there^ thither^ &c.,
is omitted after the compound nK^«3, IB^K i)Dn, ^^K b^y hv
IK^X, WXO, &c., in designations of place, Ex. 5. n; 32. 34,
Jos. I. 16, Jud. 5. 27, I S. 14. 47 ; 23. 13, 2 S. 7. 9 ; 8. 6 ;
15. 20, I K. 18. 12, 2 K. 8. I. In Gen. 21. 17 there is
expressed in the nominal sent. (Ar. haithu hua).
Rem. 4. On use of HT, &c. as Rel. § 6, R. 3, and on Art.
as Rel. § 22y R. 4.
OTHER PRONOMINAL EXPRESSIONS
§ II. The want of a reflexive pronoun is supplied in
various ways, (a) By the use of reflexive forms of the verb
(Niph., Hith.). Gen. 3. 10 MlHItiJ N'^*'^^ I was afraid, and
hid myself. 45. i pBbJIin? %*' ^h he was unable to control
himself. 3. 8; 45. I ; 42. 7, i S. 18. 4; 28. 8, i K. 14. 2;
20. 38 ; 22. 30.
{S) By the ordinary personal pron., simple or suff. Is.
7. 14 fc^^n "^i^bj |Jn^. the Lord Himself ^'^ give. Ex. 32. 13
*n2l Dn7 115^105 "IttJM to whom thou didst swear by thyself
Jer. 7. 19 Dnk« k^SpT D'^D^ypD DPf '^ni^n do they provoke
me'i is it not themselves, &c. Gen. 3. 7; 33. 17, Ex. 5. 7, 11,
Is. 3. 9; 49. 26; 63. 10, Hos. 4. 14, Pr. I. 18, Job I. 12.
{c) By a separate word, esp. UJdI Am. 6. 8 ^^ yitP5
"^ttJpiSt J®' '^^^ sworn by himself i S. 18. i, 3. Plur., Jer.
37.'9.* So a'?, IT? ^ar/. Gen. 8. 21 '^aV-'jM '^^ '1Dfc^'>1 and
Je. thought with himself 18. 12 rf3.^j?5t 'to pTOlll Sarah
laughed within herself Gen, 24. 45, i S. i. 13; 27. i, i K.
12. 26, Hos. 7. 2. Also 0*^39 face, presence, self, esp. in later
style. 2 S. 17. II I^JJPSL D^'P?*^ T^O^ ^>^^^ %.y^i^ going
into battle {rd, perh. D2l"5p9. among theni). Ez. 6. 9 ^tfipjl
Qn^'pDl they shall loathe themselves. Ex. 33. 14, Deu. 4. 37,
Ez. 20. 43; 36. 31, Job 23. 17. In ref. to things, DS;^ bone,
selfsame, self Ex. 24. 10; chiefly PC. and Ez. Gen. 7. 13,
Ez. 24. 2.
OTHER PRONOMINAL EXPRESSIONS 1 3
Rem. I. Some other quasi-pronominal expressions are
these : {a) So?ne, several, may be expressed by plur. Gen. 24.
55 D^DJ some days (a time) ; 40. 4 (cf. 27. 44 ; 29. 20 Q^H^f fi^PJ
a few days). Ez. 38. 17. By prep. \0 with noun. Gren. 30.
14 give me ^?3 ^??'J^"^P some of thy son's mandrakes. Jer.
19. ipy*^ "^T!^ some ^ the elders. Ex. 17. 5, Ps. 137. 3,
and often in later style.
(d) Any, every by ^b. Deu. 16. 21 an Ashera JTva any
(kind' of) wood. Any one, one, by B^K. Gen. 13. 16 Dfc^
^^ P?V ^^7/^ were able. Anything, 11'n Gen. 18. 14. Noy
none, by ^^ • • . fc^7 ; nothing, ^^ • • • tJ?, the w^^. placed
before the verb. Gen. 45. i B^fcC loy fc^? «(w^ stood. Hos.
2. 12 n37V fc^b e^'^i^ «^m^ shall deliver her. 2 K. 10. 25 B^fc5
TV* ^ 2
N5rtK /e/ w^? <w^ go out. Ex. 16. 19. Deu. 2. 7 !Ji'?pn fc6
■^n*^ thou didst want nothing; 22. 26, 2 S. 17. 19, i K. 18. 21.
Sometimes strengthened by ^D, 2 S. 18. 13. Cf. Gen. 3. i,
thou shalt eat of no tree, Ex. 1 2. 48. The phrase . . . ^6
riD^KD nothing, i S. 12. 4, cf. Gen. 22. 12.
(c:) 7%i> . . . that, the one . . . the other, by HT . • . nt Is.
6. 3 (§ 5), or *in§ . . . nnK, Ex. 17. i2y I K. 3. 25. O/^^ another
by VriK . . . ^K or ^njnV. . {jJ'.x, Gen. 13. 11; 11. 3, Ex. 16.
15 ; 32. 27, Is. 3. 5 ; fern, Ex. 26 3, 5, Ez. i. 23, Is. 34. 16.
{d) Each distributively by ^^, Jud. 9. 55 te^iob C^'^K O^
Jud. 7. 7, I S. 8. 22 ; ID. 25, 2 S. 6. 19, the noun usually
sing., but usually plur. with tents, Jud. 7. 8 'l^J''^^^ ^^ '^i'?^
the men of Israel he dismissed, every one to his tents, i Sam.
13. 2. — Also by nnK Is. 6. 2, Jud. 8. 18. When ^k would
be in the gen. it is placed as casus pendens with a retro-
spective sufF. Gen. 42. 35 tepS'^hy l5^K"n3n every man^s
bundle of money; 15. 10; 41. 12; 42. 25, Nu. 17. 17. So
Gen. 9. 5 V^^C \l}^^ TD at the hand of every man's brother,
unless VHK t^K had become a single expression like one
another, and the phrase mean at the hand of one another,
Comp. Zech, 7. 10 do not plot VHK B'^ftC njn the hurt of one
another, cf. 8. 17 for the sense.
{e) Such is expressed by 3 with HT or sufF. Gen. 44. 7
ntn 1!J"n3 such a thing, n^«n Dnana sw:h things, 41. 38
nT3 such a one, Jer. 5. 9 nT3 1B^ ^3 such a nation. Gen.
44. 15 ^yos ne^J? e^» m:A as L 2 S. 9. 8.-2 S. 17. 15
14 HEBREW SYNTAX § 12, 13.
T\tXty\ nrftS) stick and such a thing, Jos. 7. 20, 2 K. 5. 4 ;
9* i2y cf. I K. 14. 5. For so and so (person) Ru. 4. i. Cf.
I S. 21. 3, 2 K. 6. 8.
(/) The pronouns minCi ourSy yoursy theirs^ &c. , must be
expressed by prep, and sufF. Is. ^3. i nriiji 7 thou art mine ;
Gen. 48. 5. Gen. 26. 20 D^on ^37 the water is ours. Jer.
44. 28 they shall know DnD^ ^IISD Dlp^ ^ n?^ whose word
shall stand, mine or theirs.
GENDER OF THE NOUN 1 5
SYNTAX OF THE NOUN
GENDER OF THE NOUN
§ 12. Of the two genders, mas. and fern., the mas. is the
prevailing one, and by a natural inaccuracy the writer often
falls into it even when speaking of a fem. subject, especially
in using suffixes. § i, R. 3. The distinctive fem. termina-
tion Uy i.e. at (Gr. § 16, R. b) is generally used in adj. and
ptcp. referring to a fem. subject.
In the case of living creatures, distinction of gender is
indicated —
(a) By the fem. termination, as b*»M a harty fem. H^'^M,
D7y a youth, fem. rTO7y> 735^ a calf, fem. H 733^.
(^) By different words, as It^ father^ DM mother, ^'f^CX^
he-ass, rtflM she-ass, T'^M ram, ^m ewe, liy servant, iTOM
(r) Or the same word may be used for both genders, and
differentiated only in construction, as Hos. 13. 8 7^3ttJ 1^
a bear robbed of her whelps, 2 K. 2. 24 0*^211 D'J^^tlJ /«^^
bears. So D^^yPIl camels, mas. Gen. 24. 63, fem. 32. 16;
"^TvT^ goddess f i K. 11. 5. The grammatical difference,
however, does not seem always meant to express a real
difference of gend., cf. Jer. 2. 24. Anciently ^>^\ appears to
have been of common gend.
{d) Or a word of one gend. may be used as name of the
class or genus, without distinction of individuals, as 373 dog,
IMt wolf, mas. ; J113*1M hare, XXt^ dove, fem.
•• : " vv : - ' T
§ 13. Of inanimate things the following classes are
usually fem. (Gr. § 16) : —
1 6 HEBREW SYNTAX §13-15.
Fgw . '. - (a) Proper names of countries and cities, as 7221 Babylon,
>«^fctr. i,aii<.^^'T2 Sidon. Words like IMlD Moab, Sic, when used as
name of the people, are usually mas., but fern, when the
name of the country, and also when used for the population
as a collective personified (§ Ii6, R. 5). So the word tO,
daughter of inhabitants or people, as 73Gl Hi, 11*^2 Hi.
{V) Common names of definite places, as districts, quarters
of the earth, &c., as T3^ city, 7lllfl tJie world, ^ISS the circle
(of the Jordan), 7iMt{J hades (mas. as personified Is. 14. 9),
ttt'^ri the south, ]1D2 north. Is. 43. 6. But there are ex-
ceptions.
if) The names of instruments, utensils used by man, and
members of the body, particularly such as are double, as
I'^n sword, t^"^ cup, 7^3 slice \ j'^y eye, ]tl< ear, hs^/oot,
&c. So of animals, T^ horn. Again there are exceptions,
as ^Sl nose, nostril, fpf}} neck, HSD mouth.
id) The names of the elements, natural powers and
unseen forces, 2^s OjM fire, 0JD3 soul, Tyr\ wind, spirit
(usually), tttottJ the sun (usually), but XT)^ moon, is mas.
§ 14. Some other classes of nouns are fem. i. Abstract
nouns, as npbj truth, rt^^SJi strength, T\py$ righteousness,
though there is often also a mas. form, as ^V!J and TVIW
help, Dp3 and JlDgJ vengeance. So adj. and ptcp. used
nominally, as we should say as neuters, as nSH evil
(physical), Hos. 5. 9 naDM^ a sure thing. Am. 3. 10 nniji
what is straightforward, Mic. 3. 9 iTI^n. And often in
the plur. Gen. 42. 7 moJp harsh things, harshly. Is. 32. 4, 8
ri'lTO r/^^r things, plainly, H'^l'nj liberal things. Zeph. 3. 4.
The mas. plur. is sometimes used in poetry, Ps. 16. 6, 11,
Pr. 8. 6 D'n^'aj. Cf. Is. 26. 10; 28. 22 ; 30. 10; 42, 9; 43. 18;
48. 6; 58. 11; 59. 9; 64. 2, Nu. 22. 18; 24. 13, Jos. 2. 23;
3. 5, 2 S. 2. 26, 2 K. 8. 4; 25. 28.
2. Collectives, which are often fem. of ptcp., as Jirnlj^
NUMBER 17
a caravan (from VT^ a traveller)^ H^iS captivity (P7 7*^3 one
going captive), fQtf^ inhabitants ^ Is. 12. 6, Jll?.^* enemy
(of a people), P7 y^l the lower classes^ 2 K. 24. 14, Jer. 40. 7,
plur. Jer. 52. 15, 16. Cf. Mic. 4. 6, Zeph. 3. 19, Ez. 34. 4.
3. The^/^w., however, sometimes is used as nomen unitatis
when the mas. is collect., as '^IlM fleets i K. 9. 26, H'^iM ^ J>4^)>,
Jon. I. 3, 4; *i;yto /^ Az/>, 2 S. 14. 26, rT*l5?to ^ hair^ Jud.
20. 16, I K. I. 52, but probably coll. Job 4. 15 ; VT^Xb a song,
Is. 5. I, mas. generally coll, i K. 5. 12, though also singular,
e,g. Is. 26, I. So nS3*1D a chariot. Gen. 41. 43 with 23"^^
*-' T T : V 1 1 »* T : V
I K. 5. 6. Perhaps nWlJS wick. Is. 42. 3; 43. 17, cf. Hos.
2, 7, ii^flax.
Rem. I. Sometimes when a parallel is seen in lifeless
things to some organ or feature of living creatures the fem.
is used, as ^J ike thighs loins (sing, and plur.), 0^031^ the
sides, furthest back parts, of a locality; T^ forehead, fronts
Pinyp shin-front, greave. And in a wider way, p}S^ suckling,
child, npji^ sucker, shoot. So such words as horns, feet when
transferred to things are used in plur. with fem. termination.
Rem. 2. The fem. is used where other languages would
use the neut., e,g. T\\kt this, HptC ^JW these two things. Is.
47.9; njHD nPIK 07ie of these things, i Chr. 21, 10; particularly
in ref. to something previously mentioned. Is. 22. 11; 37.
26; 41. 20; 43. 13; 46, 11; 47. 7; 48. 16; 60. 22, See
§ 109, R. 2. Occasionally the plur. seems used as a neut.,
where fem. might have stood. Job 22, 21 07\2 = i'\2 thereby,
Ez. 33, 18, Is. 30. 6. The passages Is. 38. 16 ; 64. 4 are
obscure.
NUMBER
§ 15. Of the three numbers the dual is now little used.
On its use cf. Gr. § 16, R, a.
The plur. of compound expressions like It^ Jl'^a, a father-
house or clan, T*)!! *1'i!l3i a man of valour (wealth), is formed
variously,
2
1 8 HEBREW SYNTAX 5 16. 17.
1. nil« rr^ plur. of second, i S. 31. 9 DPTmSy rCl
tkeir idol temples, i K. 12. 31, 2 K. 17. 29, 32, Mic. 2. 9,
Dan. II. IS, Ps. 120. I, &c. n'i^JJpn "I'^ttJ?
2. *?';n "^"1% plur. of first, jer. 8. 14 "12a?pn '^'55^ /^«r^rf
cities. Is. 56. 6 "l^arT ^"Sl strangers^ cf. z/. 3. i S. 22. 7, I Chr.
5. 24; 7. 2, 9, 2 Chr. 8. S ; 14. 5.
3- D'^VlJD ^^%\ Pl"^- of bo^l^- Gen. 42. 35 TfT^
OrPSpS //^^/r bundles of money, i K. 13. 32 Jl'IDJin **lnSl.
I K. 15. 20, 2 K. 9. I (cf. sing. Am. 7. 14); 23. 19; 25. 23, 26,
Is. 42. 22, Jer. 5. 17; 40. 7, Mic. i. 16, I Chr. 5. 24; 7. 5, 7,
II, 40. Cf. Neh. 10. 37.
§ 16. Many words are used only in plur, {a) Such words
as express the idea of something composed of parts, e^. of
several features, as ff^^S f(^^% 0*^*1 M'lS neck (also sing,), or of
tracts of space or time, D'^^ttJ heaven. C^D water. 0*^*115^
region on the other side. Is. 7, 20 ; 0*^^)1 /^yi?, D'^DTiV eternity^
Is. 45. 17, D^^TOJ ^^'j D'^^'^y? ii^^^ ofyouthy D^^ipt //w^ of old
age, &c. Comp. 0*^*130 a letter (also sing.), 2 K. 20. 12, Jer.
29. 25.
{B) Abstract nouns. As 0*^*5550 blindness^ D'^/^n?-
virginity^ D''*1tt5'^P uprightness^ D''*!?? (Atonement, D^^i^^t
whoredom, D'^pTttJ requital, m^QJlJn perversity, &c. The
plur. in this case may express the idea of a combination of
the elements or characteristics composing the thing, or of
the acts realising it.
{c) The plur. of eminence or excellence (majesty) also
expresses an intensification of the idea of the sing.; eg.
XTTy7V< God, and analogically D'^ttJilp Holy One, Hos. 12. i,
Pr« 30. 3, D'^!)'1v5? Most High, Dan, 7. 18; so ptcp. referring
to God, Is. 54. 5, Ps. 149. 2, Job 35. 10. Similar words are
D'^iTtJ lord, master, XS^'^^ owner, oS., Is. 10. 15, Pr. 10. 26.
So 0*^0*1]! Teraphim, even of one image. On the consn,
of such plur. cf. § 31, and § 116, R. 4.
NUMBER 19
§ 17. Many words in sing, have a collective meaning, and
do duty for the plur., as •^J^l cattUy |M2 sheep^ goats^ f^D
childretiy fe?T2"l creeping things^ ^"13^ birds^ nDil^ cattle^
beasts, &c., 13*1 cfiariots. Almost any word may be used
in the sing, as collective, as tPM men^ tt?D3 persons, yj? ^^^^^y
Gen, 3. 8, •^IttJ oxen. Gen. 49. 6, ili^M locusts, ^'^ cities,
]1SI stones, i K, 22. 47 CHpH hierodouli, 2 K. 11, 10
n'^anjl spears (beside a plur.), 2 K. 25. i. i K, 16. 11 ^HJ^*;!
his comrades (beside a plur.), i Chr. 20. 8. Particularly in
enumerations, where the emphasis is on the number, and it
is sufficient to state the kind or class of thing enumerated,
^'g^ 7vn slain, 2 S. 23. 8, ilT^ni rny3 young virgins, Jud.
21, 12, •?J7P kings, I K. 20. I (more usual Jud. i. 7), to3
z'/W.r, Is. 7. 23, h'^^ proverbs, i K. 5. 12; and expressions
like TOnVp ™5y ^warriors, 2 Chr. 26. 1 3, |M2 HJ^h Gen.
47, 3, cf, 2 K. 24. 14, 73,Dn ///^ burden bearers, Neh. 4. 4
(i K. 5. 29 rar. perhaps 730). It is, however, chiefly words
that express classes of persons or things that are used in the
sing., and words of time, weight, and measure. Cf. § 37.
Rem. I. The plur. is quite natural in such instances as
d^y //V/j^^r (pieces of wood), D^lpn wheat in grain, 2 S. 17. 28
(H^n wheat in crop, Ex. 9. 32). So Q'nSrfc; and rT\^ barley, &c.
Rem. 2, The plur. seems often used to heighten the idea
of the sing., i S. 2. 3 Hijn knowledge, Jud. 11. 2i^ vengeance,
2 S. 4. 8, Is. 27. II understanding, 40. 14; Ps. 16. 11 joy,
Ps. 49. 4 ; 76. 1 1 ; 88. 9 abomination, Pr. 28. 20, Job 36. 4.
Cf. § i6d. In poetry the plur. comes to be used for sing,
without difference of meaning, Gren. 49. 4 d^^sing. and plur.,
I Chr. 5. I, Ps. 63. 7; 46. 5; 132. 5, Job 6. 3 (seas).
Rem. 3. The plur. is sometimes used to express the idea
in a general and indefinite way. Jud, 12. 7 *1j63 ^jya in (one
of) the cities of Gilead, i S. 17. 43 staves, 2 K. 22. 20 thy
graves, Job 17, i. Gen. 21. 7, Ex. 21. 22, Zech. 9. 9, Neh.
6. 2. The word ^7.?'! matters of seems to convey the same
meaning, Ps. 65. 4.
20 HEBREW SYNTAX §18.
Rem. 4. Such words as hand^ headj mouthy voice, &c.,
when the organ or thing is common to a number of persons,
are generally used in the sing. Jud. 7. 16 put the trumpets
into l/ie hand of them all, v. 19, Gen. 19. 10. Jud. 7. 25
the head of Oreb and Zeeb, cf. 8. 28 ; 9. 57, Jos. 7. 6, Dan.
3. 27. Ps. 17. ID their mouthy Ps. 78. 36 tongue, 144. 8. So
to clap ^3 the hands 2 K. 11. 12, Is. 55. 12. So perhaps
np5^ and "^JB carcases. Is. 5. 25, i S. 17. 46, cf. irruiiia Rev.
II. 8. But cf. heads Job 2. 12, and usually eyes, though
cf. Gen. 44. 21.
Rem. 5. The idea of universality is sometimes expressed
by the use of both genders, Is. 3. i njj^cto^ J^Bto eiwry stay,
Deu. 7. 14. Also by the use of contrasted expressions, as
Zech. 7. 14 3B^ '>OiV passing or returning, 9. 8, and the common
3^iyi "T^ restrained OT free, Deu. 32. 36, i K. 14. 10; 21. 21,
2 K. 9. 8 ; 14. 26. Cf. Noeld. Carm, Arab. 42. 4.
Rem. 6. The coll. ipa cattle is used in plur. Neh. 10. 37,
but ^3tftp is to be read in same verse. The parall. to 2 Chr.
4. 3, viz. I K. 7. 24, reads differently. Plur. of 331 chariots.
Song. I. 9. In Am. 6, 12 rd, perhaps DJ '^???»
THE CASES
§ 18. The cases are not marked by means of terminations
except in rare instances. They must be supposed, however,
to exist, and an accurate analysis of construction will take
them into account. The cases are three, Nom., Gen., and
Ace. When a word is governed by prep. 7 to, the dative is
sometimes spoken of, and the abl. when it is governed by
prep. pD from, &c. ; but this is inaccurate application of
classical terminology.
1. TJie Nom, — ^The nom. has no particular termination
(Gr. § if). The personal pronouns are only used in nom.,
their oblique cases appearing as suffixes. The nom. is often
pendens,hGmg resumed by pronoun (§ 106).
2. The Gen, — {a) All words after a cons, state are in gen.,
THE CASES 21
as ttJ^^tj^n DID the man's horse. (J?) All words governed by
a prep, are in gen., as Di*»n XVrh at the cool of the day ; cool
is gen. by prep., and day is gen. by cooL (c) All suffixes to
nouns and prep, are to be considered in gen., as "iDID his
horse (h. of him), nbSM beside her (at the side of her).
(d) Sometimes a clause assumes the place of a gen. to a
preceding noun, the clause being equivalent to the infin. or
nomen actionis. Is. 29. i Til 11311 n*^!? thou city where
'TTT -;'• "^
David dwelt (of David's dwelling).
3. The Ace, — There are traces of a case ending in a,
(a) The ace, may be directly governed by a verb, nj?*|1
DlMrmM he took the man. The verbal suffixes are usually
T T It ¥ ^
direct obj., ^nTOJll and put him, (J?) The ace. may be of the
kind called adverbial or modal, as in designations of place,
time, &c., in statements of the condition of subj. or obj.
during an action, or in limitations of the incidence of an
action, or the extent of the application of a quality (§ 70,
§ 24, R. S). if) So-called prepp. like '^IJTJM behind^ 72M
beside^ &c., are really nouns in this kind of ace, except when
preceded by another prep., as •^irjtj)^ f^om behind^ when, of
course, they are in the gen. {d) Many times clauses with
"^3 tliat, *1UJM, lUJMTlM how tltat. assume the place of a
virtual ace. to a preceding verb.
4. The construct is not a case but a state of the noun.
The cons, is the governing noun in a genitive-relation; its
state or difference of form from the abs. or ordinary form is
due to the closeness of the connection between it and its
gen. The cons, may be in any case, as nom, yiMil lllW
lltO M'^nn ^nd the gold of that land is good; or gen. "Tfinjl
]3il in the midst of the garden, where midst is gen. by prep. ;
or ace. D"^?)!!! ^V *sl'?l *^btP7 to keep the way of the tree of
life, where way is ace. after keepy and cons, before its gen.
tree^ &c.
22 HEBREW SYNTAX § 19, 20.
The cons, occasionally ends in /, more rarely in o or u.
In Eth, the vowel a marks the cons.
DETERMINATION. THE ARTICLE
§ 19. There is no indef. art. in Heb., the noun if indef.
remains without change. Job i. i STSl tPM there was
a man. i K. 3. 24 i*^n ''T^ni? fetch me a sword.
The predicate naturally is indeterminate and without Art
Gen, 3. I XST^ T(^X^ 05)1311 the serpent was cunning. 2. 12,
25 ; 3. 6; 29. 2, 2 S. 18. 7. The inf. or nomen actionis retains
too much of the verbal nature to admit the Art, Occasionally
H5^in the knowing occurs. Gen. 2. 9, Jer. 22, 16. And fern.
verbal nouns approach more closely the real noun, and
occasionally take Art. Ps. 139. 12 mikO TOttJlljD tJie dark-
ness is as the light.
Rem. I. The numeral *infc< one is sometimes used almost
T V
like an indef, art., esp. in later style. Ex. 16. 33, i S. 7. 9,
12, I K. 19. 4 ; 22. 9, 2 K. 7, 8; 8. 6. Or it has the sense
of a certain; Jud. 9. 53; 13, 2, i S. i, i, i K. 13. 11, 2 K.
4. I. The words ^^ man, HK^t^ woman prefixed to another
term appear to express indefiniteness, fc^^aa K^K a prophet^
Jud. 6. 8; 4. 4, 2 S. 14. s ; 15. 16, i K. 3, 16; 7. 14; 17. 9,
Eth. uses man, woman in the same way.
1
The inflection of
an At, noun *abd **
Sing.
servant " may illustrate the cases.
Abs.
wUh Art,
Cons* and Gen.
N.
'ahdun a serv.
'el *abdu the sen
*abdu Imalikf the s. of the V\vi%.
G.
*abdm
'el 'abdi
*abdz Imalikt.
A.
*ahdan
'el 'abda
Dual.
'abda Imalikt.
N.
'ahddni
'el 'abd^wz
*abd<$ Imalikt.
G.A.
ahdatni
*el 'abdami
'abdo^* Imalikf
Plural.
N. 'abdiiwa *el'ahd^na 'abd^ Imalik*.
G.A. 'ahdtnfl 'el'abd?«a 'abdnmalik/.
The regular plur. given here to *abd does not exist in usage. After a
vowel both the Alif and the vowel of the Art. are elided in pronunciationt
DETERMINATION. THE ARTICLE 23
Rem. 2. The inf. tDtep is probably strengthened form of
DIBj) Ps. 66. 9; 121. 3. In i K. 10. 19 T)2\^ seems a noun,
Am. 6. 3. Jer. 5. 13 '^l'!'? the Art. might be relative, either
he who speaks, or thai which he speaks (§ 22^ R. 4), both
little natural. Scarcely more likely, the ** He has said " (the
phrase they use). Sep. "^5*5?.
Rem. 3. In some cases the subj. and pred. are coexten-
sive, and pred. has Art. Gen. 2. 1 1 35'^n twn // is thai which
goeth round. Particularly with ptcps. Gen. 42. 6 he was the
seller; 45. 12, Deu. 3. 21; 8. 18; 9. 3, 2 S. 5. 2, i Chr.
II. 2.
Rem. 4. Certain archaic terms, originally appellatives,
have acquired the force of proper names, as ?lN?^ hades,
aU? the inhabited world, Dinn the primary ocean (plur. with
Art. Is. 63. 13, of waters of Red Sea, Ps. 106. 9), and do
not take Art. And so some other terms used in poetry, which
greatly dispenses with the Art., as D^3Th princes, Ps. 2. 2,
B^:k man, Ps. 8. 5, "^^^ field, Ps. 8. 8, ninf? darkness, mid-
night, Ps. 23. 4, njKVl wisdom, power. Is. 2S. 29, Job 6. 13.
Also own wild ox, even in a comparison, Ps. 92. 11. So the
divine names ^^, ^K^, l^W.
§ 20. Words may be determinate in themselves or from
construction, and with these the Art. is not used. Words
def. of themselves are — (a) Proper names of persons,
countries, cities, rivers, &c., as rniT* Jehovah, Jlttto Moses,
a^l^to Moab, nS Tyre, tT^ Euphrates, (b) The personal
and other pronouns, Ex. 20. 2 TT\T^ *»5^'^ ^ ^^ *^® Lord,
Gen. 29. 27 lIMt ^y^ the week of this one, 41. 28 ^ll'Jl M^H
that IS the thing, 3. 11 TSn *»p w'^^ told thee? — Words
determined by construction are — nouns in the cons, state
before a definite gen., whether this gen. be a proper name,
a pron. (separate or suffix), a noun defined by Art., or itself
a cons, determined by a definite gen. (Gen. 3. 24). Ru. i. 3
''PJja eJ^fcj^ the husband of NaomL Gen. 24. 23 flM ^ m
the daughter of whom (whose d.) art thou? 2. 25 DlMn
' T T It
'\lnt{Jfc;|i'\ the man and his wife. 2. 19 rnfen Jljn the beast of
24 HEBREW SYNTAX § 20, 21.
the field. 3. 24 G^^X}\J V^ TJ*^ ^^ way of t/ie tree of life,
' V T •• :
Rem. I. Proper names of persons are always without
the Art., and so names of peoples called after a personal
ancestor, as Moab, Edom. Many names of places, rivers,
&c., however, were originally appellatives and sometimes
retain the Art., as li^^r? Lebanon {the white mountain?),
Vr^j) Jordan (the river ?), nyaan Gibeah (the hill), ^J?n Ai (the
mound). Usage fluctuates.
Rem. 2, The def. gen. makes the whole expression de-
finite. But this rule seems to have exceptions, the cons,
remaining indef. This is the case at any rate with prop,
names, as i S. 4. 12 r?J?? ^^ a man of Benjamin, Josh.
7, 21 « Babylonish garment, Jud. 10. i, Deu. 22, 19, and
apparently in other cases. Lev. 14. 34 « house, Gren. 9. 20,
Jer. 13. 4. It is to be assumed in general, however, that
the def. gen. determines the whole expression. Thus Heb.
may say 3W the gold (so called generic Art. § 2:^^ i.e.
goldy and so Gen. 41. 42 snjn T3"i the chain of the gold, t,e.
a chain of gold ; the kind of definiteness, whatever it be,
extends over the expression. Song i. 13, 14 ; 4, 3. Cf.
I S. 25. 36 "n??? •^^'P? the banquet of the king, i.e. a royal
banquet ; Jud. 8. 18 royal children. The use of Art. iluctu-
ates. Song i. 11, 13.
Rem. 3. In compound proper names the Art. maintains
its usual place, i S. 5. i '^tyn pK Ebenezer. And so with
gentilics, Jud. 6. 11, 24^11^11 ^2^ the Abiezrite, i S. 17. 58
Wpn n^3 the Bethlehemite. 6. 14.
Rem. 4. A number of cases occur of Art. with cons, or
noun with sufF. (a) In some cases the text is faulty, being
filled up by explanatory glosses from the marg. Gen. 24. 67
omit Sarah his mother. Jos. 3. 1 1 om. n^!in> so v. 14, and
V. 17'^ n^13. Jos. 8. II om. war (13. 5, cf. § 29, R. 5).
Jer. 25. 26 rd, TV\y?0'OT\ abs. and om. earth (Sep.), Ez. 45. 16
om. earth (Sep.). Jer. 32. 12 nji>13n IBDn can hardly be
appos. the hill^ the sale ; probably ungrammatical explicitum
from marg. for // of Sep. i Chr. 15. 27 rd. probably K^3
Dnyfe^H] (Berth.), cf. w. 22, 23. 2 Chr. 8. 16 cf. Ex. 9. 18,
DETERMINATION. THE ARTICLE 2$
2 S. 19. 25. Is. 36. 8, 16 ^y^^ \?07\ is correct in 2 K. 18.
23> 3i> and hardly belongs to the original text. Jer. 48. 32
nDSK^ JBan is voc. and perhaps protected by Lam. 2. 13 nan
oinj^^; otherwise Is. 16. 9. — i S. 26. 22^ 2 K. 7. 13 are
corrected by Mass. More serious faults of text, 2 S. 24. 5
(Dr. m loc.), Ez. 46. 19, Dan. 8. 13.
{b) Jos. 13. 9 ** Medeba unto Dibon " is appos. to Ike
Mtshor, explaining it. Ez. 47. 15 might be the way lo
Hethlon, cf. Hos. 6, 9, but text dubious. Gren. 31. 13 ^33K
i)fc5"n^3 bfc^n can hardly be, I am the God at Bethel (ace).
Cases like 2 S. 2. 32 ; 9. 4, &c., are not parallel, and Num.
22, 5 is no doubt to be read : the river (Euph.), unto the
land of the children, &c. 2 K. 23. 17 (possibly nap K^n).
I K. 14. 24, Art. may have slipped in mechanically after ^3.
Jud. 16. 14 possibly *in%n, !l"lfc5n being subsequent gloss. Ezr.
8. 29 perhaps niDBvH, <« house of God " being in loose appos.,
and ** weigh " a virtual verb of motion (carry to and weigh).
Ps. 123. 4 (D^33fc5B7? as second clause). Nu. 21. 14, 2 S.
10. 7, I K. 16. 24, &c., are cases of appos.
With sufF. Lev. 27. 23 I^^Vn, the phrase is technical and
sufF. otiose. Jos. 8. 33 ^^^nn the (other) half of it. Is. 24. 2
nm333 in assonance with the other words. Mic. 2. 12
possibly 'ni "13^?. 2 K. 15, 16 after ^3. Jos. 7. 21, Pr.
16. 4, Ezr. 10. 14.
§ 21. Determination by Art. — With individual persons or
things the Art. is used when they are known, and definite to
the mind for any reason, eg-. —
(a) From having been already mentioned. Gen. 18. 7
n,'^-]?! ng?! he took a calf; v. 8 he took Hto;^ ^ttJN *^5|rr]?
tAe calf which he had got ready.
(b) Or from being the only one of their kind, as ttto^il
t/ie sun, rn*^n t/ie moon; t/te earth, i/ie high priest, t/ie
king, &c.
(c) Or, though not the only one of the class, when usage
has elevated into distinctive prominence a particular indi-
vidual of the class, as ^inari t/ie river (Euphrates), ^5D,n
•^ -
26 HEBREW SYNTAX § 21, 22.
the lord (Baal)> l^teTT the adversary (Satan), Job i. 6, Zech,
3. I, •ll^'jn the stream (Nile, cf. Am. 8. 8, the stream of
Egypt), *^33n the circle (of Jordan), H'JiD ^^^ house
(Temple), Mic. 3. 12, Ps. 30. i, D'^n^Mn the (true) God.
{d) Or when the person or thing is an understood element
or feature in the situation or circumstances. Gen, 24. 20,
she emptied her pail npi^iTvt^ into the trough ipl course
existing where there were flocks to water). 35. 1 7 ^IDfc^fll
• V -
ni^^pn and the midwife (naturally present) said, 38. 28.
So 18. 7 the boy\ 22. 6 the fire and the knife \ 26. 8 the
window. Ex, 2. 15 the well (beside every encampment).
Jud, 3, 25 the key. i S. 19. 13, 2 S. 18. 24, Pr. 7. 19 the
goodman. Eng. also uses the def. Art. in such cases; at
other times it employs the unemphatic possessive pron.
Gen, 24. 64, she lighted 7K)2n 73^p from her camel \ v, 65
she took ^•^3^!R1 her veil\ 47, 31 his bed. Jud, 3, 20, 2 S.
19. 27, I K. 13. 13, 27, 2 K. 5. 21.
{e) It is a peculiar extension of this usage when, in
narratives particularly, persons or things appear definite to
the imagination of the speaker — the person just from the
part he played, and the thing from the use made of it. In
this case Eng. uses the indef. Art. 2 S. 17. 17 TObpl
rrT^Srri nnpt^n and a wench always went and told them.
I S, 9. 9 ttJ^Mn *^DM n3 thus spoke a man when he went, &c.
Jos, 2. 15 7irQ DTllini and she let them down with a rope.
Ex. 17. 14 ^IDtpa. nk^t ir\5 write this in a book) i S. 10. 25,
Jer. 32. 10, Job 19. 23. — Deu. 15. 17, Ex. 21. 20 with a rod^
Nu. 22. 27, Jos. 8. 29 on a tree, Jud. 4. 18 d: rug, v.2\ a tent-
pin, V. 19 a milk bottle, 6. 38 a cupful, 9. 48; 16. 21 (3, 31 ?).
So probably Is. 7. 14 rTO/J^n a maid. Gen. 9. 23 ^ garment
(less naturally his, i.e. Noah's), Deu. 22. 17, Jud. 8. 25, i S.
21. ID (some passages may belong to d\ So with rel. cl.
Ps. I. I, Jer. 49. 36.
DETERMINATION. THE ARTICLE 2/
(/) The person addressed is naturally def. to the mind,
and the so-called vocative often has the Art i K. i8. 26
^33y hviTl O Baal, hear us! 2 K. 9. 5 ^fen T^t^ unto
thee, Captain\ Jud. 6. 12 Tnn ^1*113 TjajT '^ Je. is with
thee, O man of valour, Jud. 3. 19, i S. 17. 58, 2 S. 14. 4,
Hos. 5. I, Jer. 2. 31, Is. 42. 18, Jo. i. 2, Zech. 3. 8. The noun
with Art. is probably in appos. to thou, ye understood. Cf.
Job 19.21, Mai. 3. 9, Mic. I. 2. — 2 K. 9. 31, Is. 22. 16; 47. 8;
54. I, II, Zeph. 2. 12.
Rem. I. In such cases as DVn to-day ^ hWh to^nighty Dysn
this timey Gen. 2. 23, \\W\\ this year '^^x, 28. 16, the definite-
ness is due to the fact that the times belong to the speaker's
present and are before him. Jud. 13. 10 DVS that (a former)
day is defined by the circumstance that occurred on it.
Rem. 2. To e belongs the phrase DVn \n^1 occurring i S.
1.4; 14. I, 2 K. 4. 8, II, 18, Job I. 6, 13; 2. I. Probably:
and it fell on a day (lit. the day, viz. that on which it fell, &c.).
Others make DVn suhj,y and the day was, i.e. there fell a day.
The vav impf. following is less natural on this view, but
the explanation of Art. is the same. — Gen. 2S, u a place
prob. belongs to ^; it is hardly heilige Stdtte (like Ar.
maqam) either here or 2 K. 5. 11.
§ 22, It is on the same principle as in § 21 that
classes of persons, creatures, or things have the Art. The
classes are known just from the fact of their having distinct
characteristics. But, further, in such cases the individual
possesses all the characteristics which distinguish the class,
and the class is seen in any individual. Hence the use of
the sing, is common.
{d) The sing, of gentilic nouns is so used, as Gen. 1 3. 7
'^iWSn the Canaanite, 15. 21. Of course also the plur. with
Art., rarely without, though D'^JjltjJ?^ Philistines, is more
common; cf. 2 S. 21. 12.
(b) So adjectives and ptcps., as p*''^Sil tAe righteous^
28 HEBREW SYNTAX J 22.
in the wicked. Ptq)., Jos. 8. 19 3.llMn /fe ambush^ i S.
13. 17 nTlttten /^ active warriors^ Gen. 14. 13 XfhfSi} the
fugitive (if these do not belong to § 21 ^, and be defined by
the action they perform). The Art. is frequently omitted in
poetry. Here dAsopiur, is common. Ps. i. 4-6.
(r) The various classes of creatures, as Gen. 8. 7 ^^p^^
a raven, v.^ a dove. Esp. in comparisons. Jud. 14. 6 3?Dti^
•nSn as one rends a kid. 2 S. 17. 10 rTTMn ^73 like the
heart of a lion. Ps. 33. 17 n3^ttJll7 WDH "Iptf a horse is
vain for deliverance. So Ecc. 7. 26 nV^MTT d woman
[ije. women), i S. 26. 20 a partridge, Jud. 7. 5 as a dc^
laps, I S. 17. 34, Am. 3. 12; 5. 19. 2 K. 8. 13 TfTSy HQ
iSsn what is thy servant, tJu dog (thy dog of a s.) ?
{d) So other well-known objects, such as the precious
metals and stones, and, in general, any well-known article,
though usage fluctuates here; Gen. 2. 11 "2SX(%} DttJ "IttJliJ
where there \sgoid. Am. 2. 6, Gen. 13. 2, 2 Chron. 2. 13, 14.
Gen. II. z the brick, /-fe asphalt, the mortar, i K. 10. 27,
Is. 28. 7.
{e) And, in general, in comparisons — the thing to which
comparison is made naturally being known and distinct
before the mind. Is. i. 18 a'rt&S D'^St^S DD'^Mpn VrPTDN
^0^7^ if your sins be like crimson^ they shall be white
like snow. 10. 14 "H^ |jp5 ^^P^ ^^^ ^V hand hath found
/£(t^ a nest the wealth of the nations. Nu. 11. 12, Jud. 16. 9,
I K. 14. IS, 2 S. 17. 3, Hos. 6. 4, Deu. i. 44, Is. 34. 4; 51. 8;
53. 6, 7, Mic. 4. 12. See the exx. in c.
Rem. I. Any object or thing well known receives the
Art., e.g. affections or diseases. Gen. 19. 11 ^"^^hlind-
ness, Zech. 12. 4 madness j &c., 2 S. i. 9 f?^ dissiness?
Lev, 13. 12 leprosy. So plagues, calamities, as blastings
mildew^ &2. Am. 4. 9, Hag. 2. 17, Deu. 28. 21, 22, cf. Ex.
5. 3, 2 K. 6. 18. So moral qualities ^s faithfulness Is. 11.
5, &c. Also physical elements as fire in the frequent tor»
DETERMINATION. THE ARTICLE 29
W:i with fire ^ &c. ; darkness Is. 9. i. In all these cases,
however, usage fluctuates, the Art. being most frequent
with prefixed prep.
Rem. 2. In comparisons use of Art. fluctuates. But
generally: when the thing to which comparison is made
stands simply the Art. is used (see exx. in § 22 e); and so
when a clause follows which merely states or explains the
point in the comparison, Ps. i. 4; 49. 13, Is. 61. 10, 11,
Hos. 6. 4. But when an epithet or clause is added which
describes the object not generally but in a particular aspect
or condition, the Art. is not used. Is. 13. 14 ; 16. 2 ; 29. 5 ;
41. 2, Hos. 2. 5; 4. 16. The usage fluctuates particularly
in poetry.
Rem. 3. Poetry often omits Art. where prose would use
it, Ps. 2. 2, 8, 10 P&5 ^D^JD kings of the earthy 72. 17 etetT OB^
before the sutiy v, 5, 7. So in archaic or semi-poetical phrases
like earth and heaven Gen. 2. 4, Ps. 148. 13, Gen. 14. 19;
beast of the earth Gren. i. 24, cf. Ps. 50. 10; 104. 11, 20,
Is. 56. 9. In prose also the Art. is omitted with expressions
familiar, Ex. 27. 21 ^IViD 5ni5 tent of meeting (as we say
** to church," cf. John 6. 59 hf avvar^oyy^)^ i K. 16. 16
K3V ife' commander in chief. So kingy i K. 21. 10, 13 to
curse God and king^ cf. i K. 16. 18, Am. 7. 13. Gren. 24.
II S'ly T\V> at evening time y Deu. 11. 12 to yeat^s endy 4. 47.
Also such words as heady handy footy facCy mouth. Is. 37. 22
shake K^fc^T the heady Mic. 7. 16 nfi"^;; 1^ put the hand upon
the mouth. Job 21. 5, Pr. 11. 21 ; 16. 5. Gen. 32. 2^1 face
tofacCy Nu. 12. 8 mouth to mouth, 2 S. 23. 6 y^^ with the
handy Is. 2S, 2, Neh. 13. 21, 2 Chr. 25. 20. Is, i. 6 from
foot'Sole to head, Jer. 2. 27 to turn ^^S? the back. The words
hearty souly eyesy &c., when in gen. by an adj., usually want
the Art. Ps. 7. 1 1 upright of heart. Is. 24. 7, Ps. 95. 10
(Deu. 20. 6 Art.). Ps, loi. 5, Job 3. 20, Jud. 18. 25, cf. Ps.
37. 14, Job 30. 25.
In particular the word ^3 before such words without Art.
may mean ally the whole. Is. i. 5 e^th"p3 the whole heady
9. 1 1 the whole mouthy 2 K. 23. 3 the wJwle heart , , . souly
Ez. 36. 5, And even in other cases, Is, 28. 8 all tables. So
phrases like ^rr73 all livings ibS'^a all flesh, — The phrase
30 HEBREW SYNTAX §23.
IJfcJ vj;a is usually anarthrous (Ps. 125. 5 Art.). And certain
terms are used with a kind of technical brevity, e,g. vK^
boundary y^os. 13. 23, breadth^ &c. (in measurements), 2 Chr.
3. 3. So "gate," "court," &c. (§ 32, R. 2). Cf. Mai.
I. 10, II.
Rem. 4. In later writings particularly the Art. is used
like a rel. pron., as subj. or obj. to a verb and with prep.
Jos. 10. 24, I Chr. 26, 28; 29, 8. 17, 2 Chr. i. 4 (older usage
Jud. 5. 27, Ru. I. 16), 29. 36, Ezr. 8. 25; 10. 14, 17 (Jud.
13. 8 might be ptcp. without w.). Ez. 26. 17 also as
accented is perf.
The art. with ptcp. is usual (§ 99), and a number of cases
accented as perf. of Vy verbs are certainly y^;«. ptcp.y how-
ever the accentuation is to be explained, e,g. Gen. 18. 21
their cry ^^'^^ which is come'; 46. 27, Is. 51. 10, Ru. i. 22;
4. 3. Gen. 21. 3 iinSan is ptcp. I K. II. 9, Is. 56. 3 are
also probably ptcps., and should be so pointed, unless the
pointing is to be explained as following the type of x'b verb,
cf. I K. 17. 14 ^^7^?. Dan. 8. i being late is doubtful, i S.
9. 24 for fj vPn tJmt which is upon it^ rd. probably ?! vKp the
(fat) tail (Hitz. HTyn as imp. hiph. ?). Jos. 10. 24 is anomalous
in spelling, and possibly should be read D^?^»1l!. — Ar. occa-
sionally joins Art. to finite verb, the ass £z/yujadda'u which
has its ears cut off. Of course it is said that Art. is for
alladhi the rel.
THE GENITIVE. CONSTRUCT
§ 23. In the compound expression formed by the Gen.
and the preceding cons, state, as *^/5n"tSl the son of the
king^ the first word is hurriedly passed over, and con-
sequently shortened where possible (Gr. § 17), and the
accent falls on the last half of the expression. The first
half of the expression is called in Oriental grammar the
annexed^ the second half that to which annexion is made^ and
the relation between them annexion.
The gen. may be a noun (subst. or adj.), a pronoun, or a
clause. The cons, must be a noun (subst. or adj.). The use
THE GENITIVE. CONSTRUCT 3 1
of the gen. is very wide. It expresses almost any relation
between two nouns, corresponding often to the semi-
adjectival use of nouns in our own language, as tree-fruit,
fruit-tree, seed-corn, water-pot, except that the order of
words is reversed, fruit of tree, tree of fruit, &c. The gen.
may be said to be either gen. of the subject or gen. of the
objecty and this distinction applies to pron. suffixes, which are
also in the gen. Gen. 27. 41 *^2M v2M *^9*; the days of
mourning for my father \ 3. 24 D'^^Hp YJ^ "^T^.. the way to
the tree of life; 42. 19 M*'^^ 1^-^^ *^?^ ^^'^ (needful) /d7r
the famine of your houses ; 2 S. 8. 10 *^5^i^ iTIDn/P tPM
engaged in wars with Toi\ Is. 9. 6 nfc^t"nto^f} '^ i^MJjp
tJte zeal offe. will do this; 26. ii D^^'flMJlp *ltrtj. they shall
see thy zeal for the people (Ps. 6g. 10). Gen. 16. 5 ^^pDH
?pbj^ my wrong (that done me) be on thee; 29. 13 y?5^
^p3n the news about facob (2 S. 4. 4). Is. 32. 2 D'VJ *^np
a cowert from the rain. Ps. 60. 10 ^^Srn 'l^'D 2Mto Moab is
my wash-pot. Is. 56. 7 *^ri^D]n TS% my house of prayer. Gen.
44. 2 \^y^ ^D3 his corn-money. Gen. 18. 20, Is. 23. S, Am.
8. 10, Ob. 10, Hab. 2. 17.
Rem. I. The gen. of the subject may be {a) the possessor
of any object, as Jer. 7. 4 n^n'» 7p\T M^ temple offe,\ Gen.
4. I taK^ A£y w^. (d) The subject to which any quality or
attribute belongs, i K. 5. 10 nbpC^ ^??? the wisdom (t/^
Solomon ; 10. 9 '"^ ^?lJr the love <?/*yi?. (t:) The agent in any
action, especially after pass, ptcp., Is. 53. 4 D\"17K HSD
stricken of God \ or the instrument. Is. 22. 2 W1 H'lH '»77n t6
noriTp ^HD not slain ^ M^ sword nor ^^z^ through war. Cf.
on Particip. § 98. The gen. of the object is the converse
of this, and may be : {a) the possession of a possessor. Gen.
42. 30 pNH '•i^lK the lord of the country, [b) The quality or
attribute belonging to any subject, i K. 20. 31 *lpn ^aplD
kings of clemency^ Is. 30. 18 tDBKio '•npK a God of justice,
{c) The o^Vc/ of any action, particularly after active ptcp.,
^
32 HEBREW SYNTAX §24.
Isa. 5. 18 Iiyn ''5'pD dragging on iniquity^ v. 23 y^h '•g'^lVD
justifying the wicked.
§ 24. The genius of the language is not favourable to the
formation of adjectives, and the gen. is used in various ways
as explicative of the preceding noun, indicating its material,
qualities, or relations, (a) When the gen. is identical with
the cons., merely expressing for ex. its name, as Gen. 2. 15
n?^"]^ the garden of Eden\ 15. 18 n^l?"^!!? the river of
Euphrates'^ Is. 41. 14 lp3?? JlVpin thou worm (of) Jacob\
Is. 37. 22 D^ttJI'l^ Jli the daughter of Jerus. Or the class
to which it belongs. Is. 9. 5 ^^T^ ^?? ^ wonder of a counsellor \
Hos. 13. 2 DTM *^niV w^;^ who sacrifice. Gen. 16. 12 M'lQ
^ TT "Tl rf ^ VV
DIM a t£///rf ^Jj ^/ man\ Is. i. 4 D*'}^'ip J^'lt a /'wr^ £j/^
malefactors, i K. 10. 15, Is. 29. 19, Mic. 5. 4, Pr. 15. 20,
2 Chr. 2. 7.
C^) When the gen. is the material'. Gen. 24. 22 IPft Dt3
a r/;/^ of gold \ Ex. 20. 24 iTO^bJ HitD an altar of earth.
Gen. 3. 21, Jud. 7. 13, i K. 6. 36, Is. 2. 20, Ps. 2. 9. Or the
commodity or article in measure, weight, or number, Jud.
6. 19 npip HD^'M an ephah of meal, Gen. 21. 14, i S. 16, 20;
17. 17, Hos. 3. 2. — The consn. by Apposition is very common
in this case, § 29. See also the Numerals, §§ 36, 37.
{c) When the gen. is an attribute or quality, i K. 20. 31
Ipn *^5rP clement kings; Jud. 11. i b'jn 'I'lia a valiant
hero) Lev. 19. 36 p*l2 "'Jtfc^^p right balances; Is. 43. 28
ttHp *''lto At?/;/ princes, and very often in later writings. Or
more generally: Is. 51. 11 th^V Hlipto everlasting joy;
Zech. II. 4 rri'inn Ifc^J^ the flock (destined) for slaughter'.
Is. 13. 3 *^r\1M3 ^yhv ^y proud exulters (Zeph. 3. 11). Is.
13. 8 ; 22. 2 ; 28. 4; 32. 2, Ex. 29. 29, Ps. 5. 7 ; 23. 2, Pr. i. 9 ;
5. 19, Zeph. 3. 4. Jer. 20. 17 with child always. — The
equivalence of this gen. to the adj. appears from the loose
constructions, Deu. 25. 15 p'TSI no^'P P'l? ^ full and right
THE GENITIVE. CONSTRUCT 33
weight; I S. 30. 22 'r^JT^V?^ JH ttTM h^ every bad and
wortJdess man.
(^/) Under the explicative gen. may also be classed the
gen. of restriction or specification. Adj. and ptcp. are con-
strued with a gen. which specifies the extent or point of their
application: Is. 6. 5 D'JJlDtP'fc^D^ ttJ^M a mzxi unclean of lips \
Ex. 32. 9 b^irr ^'lIl^"ntpp"D;^ they are a stiff necked people \
Gen. 24. 16 li^p nM^tt rQ'ltD "IJ^arn and the girl was very
pretty \ 2 S. 9. 13 ^h^ ''fltjJ HDS) lame /« A£f /ze/t? feet\
I s. 25. 3 D^'rj'rjjrtt jn itr^rn "^mw no*'') him raito rrt^^n
the woman was of great discretion^ and beautiful in form^ but
the man was evil in his doings. Gen. 12. 11 ; 26. 7; 29. 17;
39. 6; 41. 2-6, Ex. 4. 10; 6. 12, Deu. 9. 6, 13, Jud. 3. 15;
18. 25, I S. 2. 5; 22. 2, 2 S. 4. 4, Is. I. 4> 30; 3- 3; 19. 10;
20. 4 (f^/. '^Blton); 29. 24; 54. 6, Am. 2. 16, Ps. 24. 4, Job
3. 20; 9. 4, Lam. I. I, Song 5. 8.
Rem. I. The gen. of material, a ring of gold^ is not par-
titivBy but explicative — a ring which is gold.
Rem. 2. The gen. of quality^ &c., forms along with its
cons, a single conception, hence the sufF. goes to the gen.
Ps. 2. 6 ^KH^ in my holy hilly Deu. i. 41, Is. 2. 20; 9. 3 ;
30. 22 \ 31. 7; 64. 9. 10, Zeph. 3. II, Job 18. 7. Cf. § 27.
Rem. 3. The gen. of attribute or quality is very common
with certain nouns, K^fc<, niS^J^ mauy woman, 1?, na «?7/,
daiightery ?$^ owner, possessor, Ex. 4. 10 0^1?'^ ^^^ a ^<7^
speaker, Job 11. 2 DinDB' 'k a dad^/^r, 2 S. 16.* 7 D^p-n 'n a
hloodshedder, Pr. 25. 24 DWD TIK'N sl brawling woman. Gen.
9. 20; 25. 27, 2 S. 18. 20, I K. 2. 26, Ps. 140. 12. — Pr.
II. 16; 12.4; 12.19; 28.5; 29. I, 8, Ru. 3. II, Zeph. 3. 4.
I S. 14. 52 9t0"t? mighty man, 26. 16 HID ^ja deservin^
death, i. 16 ^??^2l Tia a worthless person. Nu. 17. 25, Deu.
3. 18, Jud. 18. 2, 2 S. 3. 34, 2 K. 14. 14, Is. 5. I ; 14. 12,
Jer. 48. 45, Jon. 4. 10, Job 5. 7 ; 28. 8. — Mic. 4. 14, Mai.
2. II, Ecc. 12. 4. And in stating age, i S. 4. 15 Q^?^^"|a
njB^ njfaa^l 98 years old. Gen. 50. 26, Nu. 32, 11, Josh.
24. 29, Jud. 2. 8, Gen. 17. 17.
3
^
^
34 HEBREW SYNTAX §24-27.
Gen. 37. 19 rtc6nn by? the dreamer, 2 K. i. 8 'iVl? '3
hairy y Pr. 23. 2 t5^B3 '2 of large appetite. Gen. 14. 13, Ex.
24. 14, Is. 41. 15; 50. 8 (adversary), Jer. 37. 13, Nah. i. 2,
Pr. 18. 9; 22, 24; 24. 8, Neh. 6. 18, Ecc. 7. 12, Dan. 8. 6
{two-homed), — i S. 28. 7, i K. 17. 17, Nah. 3. 4. — In 2 S. 1.6
Qijjha seems to mean war-horses^ but cf. Dr. or Well, on v. 18.
Rem. 4. Adverbs and particles being really nouns may
stand virtually in the gen., i K. 2. 31 D|n W causeless blood-
shed, Nu. 29. 6 Tpnn npy /^^ continual burnt-offering, Ez.
39. 14, 'n ^CJ'pK, Deu. 26. 5 tDV» ^nD ^y^w men, Jer. 13. 27
^D? ^^D^ after ^(7w /c?/^^. 2 S. 24. 24, Hab. 2. 19, Ez. 30. 16
(if read, right). And of course such particles as p.^, w?
&c. may themselves take a gen. after them.
Rem. 5. The consn. in [dj is the usual one in Heb., of
the type integer vitce ; the ace, of limitation after adj. and
ptcp. is uncommon, e,g. Is. 40. 20 HD^iri JSppn he who is
poor in oblation^ Job 15 10 D'PJ T??]? *^^?? older in days.
But this is not liked, cf. 30. i younger Q'^Dv in days, so 32. 4.
The prep. 3 is generally used of members of the body (Am.
2. 15) when the gen, is not employed, cf. Ps. 125. 4 (Pr,
17. 20). Cf. § 71, R. 3. Ar. on the other hand regards
this gen. as improper (unreal) annexion, being substitute
for ace. of limitation.
Rem. 6. Proper names are occasionally followed by a
gen., as Ur of the Chaldees Gen. 11. 31, Aram of the two
rivers Gen. 24. 10, Gath of the Philistines Am. 6. 2, Gibeah
of Saul Is. ID. 29, Mizpeh of Gilead Jud. 11. 29, &c. Most
proper names were originally appellatives, and in other cases
there were several places of the same name, but in such a
case as Zion of the Holy One of Israel Is. 60. 14, the last
fact does not apply, and the first had certainly been long
forgotten. Cf. thy sun v. 20, Jer. 15. 9, Nu. 31. 12, Ezr.
3. 7. Most languages so construe proper names. Wright,
Ar. Gr. ii. § 79.
The common HiXlV '*• is probably breviloquence for
'V ^ipK '^ 2 S. 5. ID, Am. 3. 13 and often.
§ 25. A clause may occasionally take the place of the
gen. Such a clause will be what we call relative (in Heb.
THE GENITIVE. CONSTRUCT 35
rel. or descriptive), particularly in designations of time and
place: Gen. 40. 3 DttJ n^DM ^p\^ "IttJM D"ip?? tlie place where
J. was confined ; Is. 29. i TC\ 71311 T^yp^ thou city where D.
dwelt; I S. 25. 15 Dfl« ^3p|?nrirT ^P'^-'r^S ^a:// ///^ ^^/j we
were conversant with them: Ex. 4. 13 PT^ttJn'TSl fc^^'PlSttJ
send by the hand of him whom thou wilt send (send by
means of some one else) ; 6. 28 miT "IS.*! Di^'Sl on the day
Je. spoke. Gen. 39. 20, Deu. 32. 35, 2 S. 15. 21, i K. 21. 19,
Jer. 22. 12; 36. 2; 48. 36, Hos. i. 2; 2. i, Ps. 4. 8; 18. i ;
56.4, 10; 59. 17; 65. 5; 81. 6; 90. IS; 102. 3; 104. 8; 137.
3, 9; 138. 3; 146- 5» Pr- 8. 32, Lev. 13. 46; 14- 4^, Nu. 3. i ;
9. 1 8, Job 6. 1 7, 2 Chr. 29. 27.
§ 26. In annexion the determining Art, is prefixed to the
gen. Both members of the expression are usually indef.
when the Art. is wanting, and both usually def. when it is
present. Gen. 42. 30 yiMH ''ilfc^ the lord of the country ;
24. 22 int DW a ring of gold. Of course proper names and
all pron., whether separate or suffixal, are def. of themselves.
§ 20. A number of constructs may follow one another, each
depending on the one after it as its gen. Gen. 47. 9 ^^^0 •'D^
•^riii^ *^);n the days of the years of the lives of my fathers ;
1 K, 2. 5 hiV^'im nlMja •'nto '^itp'p to the two captains of
the hosts of Is. Gen. 41. 10, Lev. 10. 14, Nu. 6. 13, Josh. 4. 5,
2 K. 10. 6, Is. 10. 12; 21. 17, I Chr. 9. 13 (if \i^X\ be read.
Perhaps 7 has fallen out before Jl3fc^7Q).
§ 27. As in annexion the two members form a single
expression, nothing (except the Art, to the gen. and the H
of direction to the cons.) can come between them, {a) An
adj. qualifying either of the members must stand outside the
expression. Jo. 3. 4 TilSn '"^ ^^ the great day of the Lord,
Gen. 27. IS niipDIl Vnan TOJI Itoj? "nVl the best garments
o{ her elder son Esau; Gen. 10. 21 TiUrr JTID*' *^nb^ the elder
brother of Japheth; 44. 14^)0'!'' X\rf% to*^l he came to the
36 HEBREW SYNTAX § 27, 28.
house of ].; 28. 2; 43. 17; 46. i, Deu. 4. 41, i K. 19. 15. —
Deu. 3. 24; II. 7; I S. 25. 25, Is. 36. 9.
(b) For the same reason not more than one cons, can
stand before the same gen. For ex. t/ie sons and daughters
of the man cannot be expressed thus: UJ^MH Jliil^ ''iSl,
because the form •'ij-j "^^ being dependent, is without
reason. Various forms are adopted, (i) Vn'l3J1 ttJ^'Mil \35"
(2) nlaani w^'^n •^ia. (3) ttJ^'w'? (ntfy) n'lDam o'^aan.
The first is lightest and most usual. Gen. 41. 8 the magicians
of Eg. and her wise men (=the mag. and wise men of E.),
Jud. 8. 14 the princes of Succoth and her elders (=ithe pr.
and el. of S.). The second is occasional. Gen. 40. i n^ttto
HDi^m 'D"*n /T!^ the butler of the king of E. and the baker \
It : ' V V ^ . '
Ps. 64. 7 pbj^ 271 ttJ^'M 1*^.(21 the breast of each and the heart
is deep. The third, circumscription of gen. by prep. 7, is
common, and gains ground in the later stages of the
language. Gen. 40. 5 D ^xh "^ttJ^ HDi^ni HpttJan.—
This circumscription must be had recourse to also when the
first member of a gen. relation is to be preserved indef., the
second being def. i S. 16. 18 *^ttj'^7 IS. a son of Jesse; cf.
20. 27 *^ttJ^-]2. the son of Jesse (David), i K. 2. 39 Dna3?-^3tlJ
*'y?2)ttJ/ two slaves of Shimei, Gen. 41. 12. See more fully
Rem. S, below.
§ 28. Such words as 7I) ^//, Ih multitude^ many^ are
nouns, and are followed by gen. Gen. 8. 9 yiMrT'^S clU
{pi) the earthy Ps. 51. 3 ^I'^PPJ'^ IhS according to thy many
mercies. So the numerals. Gen. 40. 12 D*^D*' JlttJ/ttJ three
days. See § 29 Apposition, and § 36 seq. Numerals. On
Adj. in gen. by their noun, cf. § 32, R. 5.
Rem. I. The cons, before a clause (§ 25) is scarcely a
mere formal shortening of the word due to the closeness of
connexion. It has syntactical meaning, the clause being
equivalent to inf. cons, with sufF. ; e^g. i S. 25. 15 = ^D^"^a
THE GENITIVE. CONSTRUCT 37
usVnnn (Pr. 6. 22), Ps. 4. 8 = D:n 11 nyo (Hos. 4. 7 ;
10. I, Deu. 7. 7). In other cases there is om. of rel. pr.
More like a mere formal shortening is the use of the
cons, before prepp. In poetry and the higher style chiefly
the ptcps. (and nouns) of verbs that govern by a prep, are put
in cons, before the prep. The real consn. in this case is by
prep, and the cons, is secondary, as appears from Jud. 8. 1 1
tr&inK5'»MB^n (so Sep.) with Art. — Is. 5. 11 l^il? ^p^3?fe;
9. 2 "^^y?? nnpb; 28. 9 3jnt5 v^, Jud. 5. 10, 2 S. I. 21, Is.
14. 19 ; 56. 10 (inf.), Jer. 8. 16, Ez. 13. 2, Ps. 2. 12, Job 24. 5.
The few cases of shortening before vav copul. seem due
to assonance, Ez. 26. 10 (cf. Jer. 4. 29), Is. 33. 6, or to the
ear being accustomed to the cons, form before words closely
connected. Is. 35. 2. In Is. 51. 21 the coming word p^ seems
to influence the preceding ** drunken." Jer. 33. 22 ^T\^ ''O?.^?
is altogether anomalous (cf. v. 21) ; Hag. 2. 17.
Rem. 2. On indef. cons, before def. gen. cf. § 20, R. 2.
Rem. 3. Sometimes an adj. is used nominally and brought
within the chain of constructs. Is. 28. 16, a corner-stone
nip^ of precunisness of a foundation ; perhaps v. ly ^ flower
to of a faded-thing (faded flower), Jer. 4. 1 1 'wind of dry-
ness. In some cases the Abs. seems retained in a phrase.
Is. 28. I r ^D1?n D^3DB^ K^:i the fat valley of those stricken
down of wine; v. 3 niW. Ps. 68. 22, Pr. 21. 6? Text is
doubtful, Is. 63. II, the words "Moses," "his people,"
being wanting in Sep. Ez. 6. 1 1 niD"l wanting in Sep. Is.
32. 13 7X(hv n^P inay be loose subord. in ace. On Is. 19. 8,
cf. Rem. I. — ^The consn. 2 S. i. 9, ^n >6rD3 my h^ (Job 27. 3,
Hos. 14. 3), where ^D seems separated from its gen., is un-
certsun. The ^3 appears rather to be used adverbially,
wholly y in whole ^ cf. Ecc. 5. 15 (Ps. 39. 6 ; 45. 14) and the
Chald. 1 ^np ^3 Dan. 2. 8, 41, &c.
Rem. 4. An instance of two cons, before a gen. is Ez.
31. 16, but Sep. wants 31tD1. Dan. i. 4 is scarcely an ex.,
cf. Is. 29. 12. Occasionally the first word seems to stand
loosely in Abs., Is. 55. 4; less necessarily 53. 3, 4. In
the broader or emphatic style, when one cons, would be
followed by several gen., it is repeated before each. Gen.
24, 3, God of h^^iv^n and God oi QdiVth.) 11. 29; 14. 13, Jos.
38 HEBREW SYNTAX § 28, 29.
24. 2, though usage fluctuates, Gen. 14. 22; 28. 5, Ex. 3.
6, 16 with 4. 5, I K. 18. 36. There is nothing unusual in
several gen. after one cons. Deu. 5. 19 ; 8. 8 ; 32. 19, Jud.
1. 7, 9, Is. I. II, 28; 37. 3; 64. 10, Ps. 5. 7, Pr. 3. 4.
On the other hand Deu. 8. 7, 15, &c., are ex. of loose
rhetorical accumulation of terms. Cf. Deu. 3. 5, i K. 4. 13.
Rem. 5. Circumscription of the gen. is used: i. When
it is needful to preserve the indefiniteness of first word.
I S. 16. 18 ^?^y 15 a son of Jesse, i S. 17. 8, i K. 2. 39, Gen.
41. 12, Nu. 25. 14, Song 8. I. Similarly the so-called b of
authorship, HH? "^^^J? a psalm of D.y or simply ^H^ by David,
2. When it is desired to retain for the first noun the some-
what greater distinctiveness given by the Art. Gen. 25. 6 ;
29. 9 ; 47. 4, Jud. 6. 25, I S. 21. 8, I K. 4. 2, 2 K. 5. 9, Ps.
116. 15; 118. 20. 3. When it is necessary to retain a
definite designation or expression in its completeness, i K.
15. 23 'n"» ^^yd? D^pjn nn-n lao the book of the Chronicles of
the Kings of Judah, 2 K. 11. 4 the centurionsy Ru. 2. 3
ryb^ tT\)^r} nppn the fieldnportion (property) of Boaz, 2 S.
23. 1 1 the field-portion (piece of country) ; cf. 2 K. 9. 25,
Nu. 27. 16; 30. 2, Gren. 41. 43, Jos. 19. 51, 2 S. 2. 8, 2 Chr.
8. 10. Sometimes also with words not declinable, as Tera-
phim Gen. 31. 19. And in general to express the gen.
relation of belonging tOy in consns. where the case could not
be used. Am. 5. 3 of in^ the house of Isr., i K. 14. 13, Jer.
22, 4, Am. 9. I, Ezr. 10. 14, i Chr. 3. i, 5; 7. 5. 4. For
the same reason the circumscription is usual in dates and
with numerals. Gen. 7. 11 in the 600 year Hi Vn? of the life
of N., I K. 3. 18 Wi'i» ''fi^i'Syn OVn, Gen. 16. 3, iK. 14. 25,
and often. Cf. on dates, § 38(7. The circums. occurs,
however, without significance and gains in later style, Ps.
123. 4, I S. 20. 40, Jer. 12. 12 niPJv 3"in the sword of Je.
5. The gen. sufF. is circumscribed in the same way, perhaps
with some emphasis, i K. i. 33 y ^^^ »"n")Bn viy mule ; cf.
V, 38, Ru. 2. 21, Lam. i. 10, cf. 3. 44. So the curious
"h XW^ my wife (a w. of mine) 2 Chr. 8. 11. After sufF.
Song I. 6 W ^013 my own vineyard, Ps. 132. 11, 12.
Rem. 6. A noun in appos. with a cons, is sometimes
attracted into construction, i S. 28. 7 2V»; npV3 TIC^K a woman
NOMINAL APPOSITION 39
possessing an Ob. Is. 23. 12 ; 37. 22 'V T\1 nPV13 M^ virgin^
the daughter of Zion. Jer. 14. 17, Deu. 21. 11. And some-
times a noun in cons, is suspended by being repeated before
its gen., or by the interposition of a synonym in appos.
Gen. 14. 10 "^J^DPl niifcO Tfr\^pits^ pits of bitumen. Nu. 3. 47,
I^eu. 33. 19, Jud. 5. 22 ; 19. 22, 2 S. 20. 19, 2 K. 10. 6 ;
17. 13 (Kere), Jer. 46. 9 (if text right), Ps. 78. 9, Job 20. 17,
Dan. II. 14. I K. 20. 14 is different, and Ps. 35. 16 obscure.
NOMINAL APPOSITION
§ 29. With a certain simplicity and concreteness of
thought the Hebrew said: The altar is brass, the table is
wood, instead of the altar is brazen^ the table is of wood.
Similarly he said: The ark is three storeys, the altar is
stones, instead of consists of three storeys. So : the homer is
barley; the famine is three years; his judgments are
righteousness; I am peace. When, therefore, two nouns
stand related to one another in meaning in such a way
that they may form the subj. and pred. in a simple
judgment or proposition, as, the altar is bi-assy they may be
made to express one complex idea by being placed in
apposition, the altar ^ the brass, for the altar of brass, or, the
brazen altar ; a homer , barley , for of or in barley. In the
former case altar is the principal thing, and brass is explana-
tion \ in the other barley is principal, and said to be the
permutative (substitute or exchange) for the measure. In
many cases appos. is used as in other languages, as, /, the
Lord; his servants , the prophets , &c. Apposition is used —
{a) In the case of the person or thing and its name. 2 S.
3. 31 Tl^l "^TS} the king David \ Nu. 34. 2 |5?35 ynsin
the land Canaan \ i Chr. 5. 9 TT\B "^rrSil the river Euphrates,
Gen. 14. 6 'I'^J^to D'l'^ni in their mountain Seir, Gen. 24. 4,
^ "7 .. T-:i- : ^ ^'
I S. 3. I ; 4. I, I K. 4. I ; 16. 21, 24, Ezr. 8. 21 ; 9. i. In such
cases as Nu. 34. 2, i Chr. 5. 9 the gen, is more common,
though apposition may seem more logical.
40 HEBREW SYNTAX §29.
If the personal name be second the nota ace, JlM or prep,
if before the appellative has to be repeated. Gen. 24. 4 '^pj/
pn5?7 to my son Isaac \ 21. 10. Gen. 4. 2 TCVT^ ^P^l
7in"JlM VPTM'JlM bore his brother Abeli and JlH is usual
V V V • T V
before the proper name even when the appell. wants it,
particularly if any word come between them. Is. 7.6) 8. 2,
Gen. 22. 20, 21 ; 48. 13, Ex. 1. 11 ; Jud. 3. 15, i K. 11. 14. On
the other hand, there is no repetition of nfc^ or prep, with
appell. when second. Gen. 16. 3 rTJIPTDttJ *l3rT'nM took H.
her maid) 11. 31; 12. 5; 14. 16; 20. 14; 24. 59. Gen. 4. 8
Vnfc^ 7in"vM D&^l rose up against Ab, his brother. — Gen,
• T V V V 'tT- * *^
II. 28, Jud. 8. 27, 2 S. 7, 8, 10, Is. 22. 20. Cf. Gen. 43. 28,
2 S. II. 17.
(Ji) The person or thing and its class, I K. 7. 14 Ht^M
HiD 7M a woman, a widow (widow woman) ; 2 K. 9^ 4 *^^3n
t^^^IlSn ^^ prophetical youth (not, the youthful prophet); Ex.
24. 5 D*^pvttJ U'^XyZ^ sacrifices {pi) peace-offerings {gtn,^^ '^D^t
later). Deu. 22. 23, i S. 2. 13, 2 S. 10. 7. Gen. 21. 20 a
sliooter, a bowman, and 6. 17 the flood, waters', the second
word merely explains the archaic or unusual first.
(r) The thing and its material, which may also be con-
sidered the individual and its general class. 2 K, 16. 17
nttJnjri ■^parr the brazen oxen\ Deu. 16. 21 y5?"v3 mtDbJ
an Ashera (of) any wood\ Ex. 39. 17 imn Jlilijfn the
cords (of) gold', Ex. 28. 17 four |1M 0*^*5^10 rows (of) stones
{gen, 39. 10); 2 Chr. 4. 13, two rows pomegranates, Ez. 22. 18,
I Chr, 15. 19, Zech. 4. 10.— i Chr. 28. 18 nnt D^'l^lprT the
cher, {of, in) gold. Lev. 6. 3. In 2 K. 16. 14 rd, perh. abs,
natDn; but cf. 23. 17.
(rf) The measure, weight, or number, and the thing
measured, weighed, or counted. 2 K. 7. i, 16, 18 TxTO HMp
D'^'li^ D^'OMDI a seah flour and tivo seahs barley. Gen. 18. 6,
Ru. 2. 17 D^'^ji^to nD*'M5 about an ephah of barley. Ex.
NOMINAL APPOSITION 4I
29. 40 YH r!?!? ^''J^t^T t^® fourth of a /tin of wine; ib. a
tenth oifineflour^ Nu. 15. 4, Ex. 9. 8; 16. 33, Nu. 22. 18, i K.
18. 32, Lev. 6. 13. — Gen. 41. i D^^p*^ D^O^QJ two years of
time^ 2 S. 13. 23. 2 S. 24. 13 Ijn D*^3ttJ J^lttJ 7 ^^^3:rj of
famine; ib. "^l*! 0*^^*^ HttJvtJJ 3 ^^^ of pestilence. Gen.
29. 14, Nu. II. 20, Deu. 21. 13, 2 K. 15. 13; Gen. 45. 11,
I Chr. 21. 12, Ez. 38. 17, Dan. 11. 13. 2 K. 3. 4 100,000
ramSy wool (fleeces), but i S. 16. 20 is not an ass-load of
bread, but an ass laden with b. (text dubious). — i K. 16. 24
^D3 0^5531 for two talents of silver ^ 2 K. 5. 23, cf. v. 17 ;
1 S. 17. 5.
With different order, Neh. 2. 12 tDJ^ D'^ttJDM men^few,
Is. 10. 7 ; Nu. 9. 20 "^SpQ 0*%*^ daysy a number (many), 2 S.
8. 8 ; 24. 24, I K. 5. 9. Ex. 27. \6 a curtain of 20 cubits^
(e) Even the thing and its quality (regarded as its
substance or class), or anything which, being characteristic,
may serve as specification or explanation of it. i K. 22. 27
yn? D'JQ water of distress (scanty as in stress) ; Ps. 6o, 5
TVy^jPS y^^ wine of reeling ; Pr.22.21 riQM D'^'lQk} words of
truths Zech. i. 13, Is. 3. 24 ivork of crisping'^ Dan. 8. 13. Ez.
18. 6 rn3 mSM. i k. 6. 7.
T • T •
The usage receives large extension in the predicative
form. Gen. ii. i the earth was one tongue ; 14. 10 the vale
was pits, pits (full of p.). Is. 5. 12 their feast is harp, &c., Ps.
45. 9 all thy garments are myrrh and cassia , Ezr. 10. 13 the
season was rains. Gen. 13. 10, 2 S. 17. 3, i K. 10. 6, Is.
7. 24; 65. 4, Jer. 24. 2; 48. 38, Mic. 5. 4, Ez. 2. 8; 27. 36,
Zech. 8. 13, Ps. 10. 5 ; 19. 10; 25. 10; 55. 22; 92. 9; 109. 4;
no. 3; III. 7; 120. 7, Pr. 3. 17; 8. 30, Job 3. 4; 5. 24; 8. 9,
2 Chr. 9. 5, Dan. 9. 23 (cf. 10. 1 1).
Rem. I. The order Dav, the king occurs 2 K. 8. 29;
9. 15, and in later style i Chr. 24. 31, &c. In 2 S. 13. 39
rd. iten rpi pDni (nii for in), in other cases the usual order
is Isaiah tlie prophet Is. 39. 3, Ahiathar the priest i S. 30. 7.
42 HEBREW SYNTAX §29.
Hos. 5. 13 kingjareh is obscure ; Pr. 31. i perhaps Z. king
of Massa,
Rem. 2. Repetition of prep. &c. before proper name has
exceptions, Gen. 24. 12, i S. 25. 19 (but Sep. om. Nabal,
cf. V. 25), Job I. 8. With tny^ tky^ his people Israel om. is
more common.
Rem. 3. In most of the cases a — e the gen, may be used
(§ 24), I K. 7. 10, 2 K. 5. 5, I Chr. 29. 4, 2 Chr. 8. 18 ;
9. 9, 13. Cf. Ez. 47. 4 D^^nD ^D with 0^313 0>D.
Rem. 4. In cases like i Chr. 28. 18 3nT D"»3^13n where
object is def. and material indef. the latter might be in
€u:c. of specification, cher. in gold ; Lev. 6. 3 linen garment
(g. in linen) ; and so cases like Gen. 18. 6 three seahsjine
floury though appos. is more natural. Ar. has four ways
of connexion : appos. ; the prep, min, of (explicative) ; the
gen,; and ace, of specif. Such passages as Ps. 71. 7
tV ^pnp my strong refuge^ 'Ez, 16. 27 HBT ^3")1 thy lewd way,
Hab. 3. 8, 2 S. 22. 33, seem cases of appos., the noun being
explanatory. Of course the second noun is not gen., but
an ace. of limitation is less natural and expressive, and cases
like Ps. 38. 2o1pK' "•Wfc^, 35. 19; 69. 5 ; 119. 86, Ez. 13. 22
are of a different class (§ 70, 71, R. 2). Lev. 26. 42 W"!3
^i^J?,!> &c., Jer. 33. 20 Oi*n 'a start from the gen. the cov,
(of) with Jacoby and when the annexion is broken by the
sufF. the second noun is loosely left without prep., cf. Jer.
33. 21. An ace, of specification with proper name or def.
noun is improbable. With Ezr. 2. 62, Neh. 7. 64, comp.
Jer. 52. 20.
Rem. 5. Some cases of apparent appos. are due to errors
of text. Josh. 3. 14 om. n^an, 8. 1 1 om. nonfen, cf. V, ID,
as explanatory margins. Jos. 13. 5 Y??? pK»1 might be
like Nu. 34. 2 (but Sep. otherwise). Jud. 8. 32 perhaps
n"]Dy like 6. 24. Is. 11. 14 rd, ^naa, Jer. 8. 5 om. Jerus,
and Ez. 45. 16 om. Y^}jiX\y both with Sep.
Rem. 6. The word ba all instead of taking gen. is often
placed in appos., 2 S. 2. 9 n?3 PKlfc^, Is. allofity i K. 22. 2^y
Is. 9. 8; 14. 29, 31, Jer. 13. 19, Mic. 2. 12 ; often in Ezek.,
II 15; 14. 5; 20. 40, &c. The archaic form of suff., as
2 S. 2. 9, is common, Is. 15. 3; 16. 7, Jer, 2. 21 ; 8. 6, 10;
NOMINAL APPOSITION 43
20. 7 (15. 10 rd. w7p Dnpa or D?^??). — In such phrases as
I S. 4. 10 ^yHNp B^fc^ ^D3J1 ^flrcA is in appos. to subj. in the verb
(pL tents except Jud. 20. 8, 2 K. 14. 12 K'th.). In prose
the plur. verb mostly precedes, but in higher style often
follows, Is. 13. 8, 14.
Rem. 7. An anticipative pron. sometimes precedes the
subj. or obj., which then stands in appos. with the pron. ;
Ex. 2. 6 l/^mifc^ ^^^OW^ and she saw him. the child^ Ez. 10. 'i
• • • ^^
K^fcCn 1fc?ba inhen he came^ the man, Ex. 7. 1 1 ; 35. 5, Lev.
13- 57> Josh. I. 2, I K. 21. 13 (2 K. 16. 15), Jer. 31. i,
Ez. 3. 21 ; 42. 14 (text?) ; 44. 7, Ps. 83. 12, Pr. 5. 22, Song
3. 7, I Chr. 5. 26; 9. 22, Ezr. 3. 12 ; 9. i, Dan. 11. 11, 27.
— In I K. 19. 21 Sep. wants ** the flesh," and in Jer. 9. 14
" this people." The usage is common in Aram., and pre-
vails in later style ; it appears in Pr. 1-9, 10-22, but not
in 25-29.
Rem. 8. When the same word is repeated in appos.
intensity of various kinds is expressed ; e.g, the superl. of
adj., I S. 2. 3 very proudly ^ Is. 6. 3 most holy^ Ecc. 7. 24
very deep. With nouns Gen. 14. 10, Ex. 8. 10, 2 K.
3. 16 pitSy pits (sheer pits), Jud. 5. 22, Jo. 4. 14. — With
words of time the idea of continuity, constancy, Deu. 14. 22
VSSd X^^ year by year. Often with prep, a, Deu. 15. 20
roeb ruK^, i s. i. 7, Nu. 24. i, jud. 16. 20, 2 K. 17. 4.
Comp. Deu. 2. 27 always by the road, i6. 20 always right-
eousness. Ex. 23. 30, Deu. 28. 43.
(2) With Numerals the idea of distribution; Gen. 7. 2
seven, seven {by sevens), 7. 3, 9, 15, Josh. 3. 12, Is. 6. 2 ;
sometimes with and, 2 S. 21. 20, i Chr. 20. 6. Gen. 32. 17
each ^ock separsitely ; 2 K. 17. 29; 25. 15.
(3) When words are joined by and the idea of variety is
expressed; Deu. 25. 13, 1^ stone and stone {divers weights),
Ps. 12. 3, I Chr. 12. 34, Pr. 20. 10. The usage is very
common in later style to express respective, various, several,
I Chr. 28. 14 the respective services ; v, \^ the several lamp-
stands; V, 16 the various tables, i Chr. 26. 13, 2 Chr. 8. 14 ;
II. 12; 19. 5, &c., Ezr. ID. 14, Neh. 13. 24, Est. i. 8, 22,
and often. With ^a prefixed. Est. 2. 11, 2 Chr. 11. 12 (also
post-Biblical).
44 HEBREW SYNTAX §30-32.
THE ADJECTIVE
§ 30, The adj. as attribute, being virtually in apposition
to the noun, is placed after it, and agrees with it in gend.,
numb., and case. Gen. 2i, 8 7113 iliUlto toJ^Ul he made
a great feast \ 20. 9 51^*73 J^^^tJ "h^ 0^5*7 *^°" ^^^
brought on me a great sin ; Is. 5. 9 fTOttJ? tD^'i'^ D^^flSl w^/y
hotises shall be desolate. It also agrees in determination,
being without the Art. if its noun be indef., but having the
Art. if the noun be determined in any way (by Art., def.
gen. or suff.). Gen. 21. 8; 20. 9 above. 2 K. 4. 9 ttJ'^M
ttJIlj? D*^n'?M a holy man of God; i S. 12. 22 'silSin ^0
his great name\ 17. 13 D^'Vl^n '^ttJ'^. "^^^ ^^2^71^ the three
eldest sons of Jesse \ Is. 8. 7 D^'QISJ^n *^n3n '^p /A^ many
waters of the River. If there be several adj. the concord of
all is the same ; Is. 27. i nj^jnPTl SlVllJirn nttJjprr ISl'inSt
with his sore and great and strong sword.
The concord of the adj. when pred, is the same as when
it is qualificative, though liable to be less exact. The
position of pred. in the sentence is also variable (§ 103 seq.).
The pred. is usually indefinite.
§ 31. The adj. having no dual is used inplur. with dual
nouns ; Is. 35. 3 n'17tp3 D^S'^Sl failing knees; 42. 7 np£)7
ri'l'Tjy U^y^)t to o^m blind eyes) Ex. 17. 12 DHaj Httto '^Tl
the hands of M. were heavy {hand mas. only here, cf. Ez.
2. 9). Gen. 29. 17, I S. 3. 2, Ps. 18. 28 ; 130. 2, Pr. 6. 17, 18.
With collectives agreement may be grammatical in the
sing,^ or ad sensum in theplur.; i S. 13. 15 D*'M$tt3rT DVT\
■^Dy the people that were present with him ; but in v. 16
Mspan D^^n. § 115.
With the plur. of eminence the adj. is usually sing. ; Is.
19. 4 nttJp D'^i'lt^ a harsh master. Ps. 7. 10 W"^ tl^Thvk
righteous God; but in some parts of the Hex. (E) plur.,
THE ADJECTIVE 45
Josh. 24. 19 D'^ttHp D'TITM a holy God (cf. pi. vb. Gen.
20. 13 ; 35. 7). So I S. 17. 26 D'^^n 'M the living God, Deu.
5. 23, Jer. 23. 36, but also •«n 'M 2 K. 19. 4, 16. Cf. Teraphint
of single image, i S. 19. 13, 16. Gen. 31. 34 (E), where Ten
is treated as pi., may be doubtful.
§ 32. The demonstrative adj. JTt, M^H thisy that^ have the
same concord as other adj. But (i) they necessarily make
their noun def., T\^T\ ttJ^Mfl this matiy OrTTT D'^'^n those
daySy and have themselves the Art. (2) In the case of nouns
determined by pron. suff. they are in Appos. without the
Art., Ex. 10. I n^M ^Vjt^ these my signs ; and so always.
(3) With another adj. or several they stand last, i K. 3. 6
X\^ Tiian "^^"^Xi ^^^ ^^^/ goodness {v. 9); Deu. i. 19
M^nn M'^^arn Tlian "^SnarT that great and terrible wilder-
ness; Gen. 41. 35 rTTMn Htoil fltotDn D*^!)^ these good
coming years.
Rem. I. Occasionally the adj. precedes the noun, par-
ticularly 31 in plur. (sing. Is. 21. 7; 63. 7, Ps. 31. 20;
145. 7), Jer. 16. 16, Ps. 32. 10; 89. 51, Pr. 7. 26; 31. 29,
Neh. 9. 28, I Ch. 28. 5. Ez. 24. 12 (fern, cons.) might
suggest that in some instances of the sing, the adj. is used
nominally. — Is. 28. 21 the adj. may be pred., strange is \i\^
work. In other cases the adj. is independent and the consn.
apposition, Is. 23. 12 thou violated one^ virgin, &c. ; 53. 11
perhaps the place of p^y is due to attraction of vb. p^iy ;
10. 30 also apposition, thou poor one^ Anathoth (£w. aL
would rd. n^?J( imp. answer her). Jer. 3. 7, 10 mU3 is almost
a proper name. Treacherous^ her sister.
Rem. 2. Sometimes the noun is defined and adj. without
the Art. (i) Numerals as IHK one^ and words similarly used
as "^nj? another^ D^m many^ being def. of themselves, may
dispense with Art. Gen. 42. 19 (Art. v. 33), i S. 13. 17,
2 K. 25. 16, Jer. 24. 2, Ez. 10. 9 ; Gen. 43. 14, Jer. 22. 26,
Ez. 39. 27. (2) In some cases the adj. is ace. of condition,
or at any rate of the nature of pred. Gen. 37. 2, Nu. 14, 37,
Ik
46 HEBREW SYNTAX § 32, 33.
I S. 2. 23 (Sep. wants), Is. 57. 20 (11. 9?), Ez. 4. 13;
34. 12, Hag. I. 4, Ps. 18. 18; 92. 12. — Is. 17. 6 prob. rd,
'an ""DJ^D. (3) Possibly euphony in some cases led to om. of
Art. 2 S. 6. 3, unless new cart expressed a single idea (cf
Mic. 2. 7) to which Art. was prefixed. (4) Other exx. Jer.
2. 21, where Hitz. suggests that IWn ^1D may = jS^p D"'"l1Dn,
I S. 15. 9 where rd, D^P?). HDJ (cf. i K. 19. 11) at any rate.
Dan. 8. 13; 11. 31. So formulas like ^H D^ni^K, D^;n 'k M^
living God.
In other cases the adj. is defined and noun without Art.
(i) Numerals and similar words like ^3, having a certain
definiteness of their own, may communicate it to their noun,
which then dispenses with Art. Gen. 21. 29; 41. 26, Nu.
II. 25, cf. 2 S. 20. 3, Gen. i. 21 ; 9. 10. (2) Certain half-
technical terms came to be def. of themselves, as courts gcite^
entrance^ &c. (§ 22, R. 4): court i K. 7. 12, 2 K. 20. 4
(K're), Ez. 40. 2Bi 31 (47. 16 text obscure); gate Ez. 9. 2,
Zech. 14. 10 (Neh. 3. 6, gate is cons.) ; entrance Jer. 38. 14.
So way I S. 12, 23, Jer. 6. 16 (cf. Jud. 21. 19); day^ par-
ticularly with ordinals, Gen. i. 31, Ex. 12. 15; 20. 10;
Deu. 5. 14, Lev. 19. 6 ; 22. 27 ; cf. Is. 43. 13 DVD = DVno.
(3) Other exx. i S. 6. 18; 16. 23, 2 S. 12. 4, Jer. 6. 20;
17. 2 (Ps. 104. 18) ; 32. 14 (text obscure), Zech. 4. 7, Neh.
9. 35, Ps. 62. 4, Ez. 21. 19 (text uncertain). 2 K. 20. 13
rather as Jer. 6. 20 than as Song 7. 10. i S. ig, 22 rd.
perhaps rj^n (Sep.) for ^n:in. (4) With ptcp. Jud. 21. 19,
Jer. 27. 3; 46. 16 (Zech. 11. 2).
Rem. 3. The usage § 32 (2) goes throughout all stages
of the language. Gen. 24. 8, Ex. 11. 8, Deu. 5. 26; 11. 18,
Josh. 2. 14, 20, Jud. 6. 14, I K. 8, 59 ; 10. 8 ; 22. 23, Jer.
31. 21, Ezr. 2. 65, Neh. 6. 14; 7. 67, 2 Chr. 18. 22; 24. 18,
Dan. 10. 17. — ^Josh. 2. 17 is doubly anomalous (cf. Jud. 16.
28). The demons, is without Art. sometimes in the phrase
\^\T\ sbb"^ on that nighty Gen. 19. 33; 30. 16; 32. 23, i S.
19. ID, cf. Ps. 12. 8 (§ 6, R. i). I S. 2. 23 text dubious. —
On the other hand 2 K. i. 2 ; 8. 8, 9 «/. vn (cf. Jer. 10. 19).
In I S. 17. 17 num. may define Dn^ (i S. 14. 29?). In i S.
17. 12 text faulty.
The order § 32 (3) may be changed when adj. is em-
THE ADJECTIVE. COMPARISON 47
phatic, 2 Chr. i. 10, or when other specifications are linked
to it, Jer. 13. 10.
Rem. 4. When two adj. qualify a fem» noun the second
is sometimes left in mas, i K. 19. 11 pTHI n^ia nn a great
and strong ^ArAy Jer. 20. 9 (i S. 15. 9). And in cases of a
commodity and its measure or number the adj. may agree
with the commodity as the main thing, i S. 17. 17 this ephah
of parched com ; v. 28.
Rem. 5. The adj. is sometimes used nominally and put
by the noun in gen.\ 2 K. 18. 17 *J33 7*n a great force ^ Is.
22. 24 I^jjn v3'?3 all vessels of the smallest^ Song 7. 10
Dlisn X'\ wine of the best. Deu. 19. 13 ; 27. 25, Jer. 22. 17
(cf. 2 K. 24. 4), Nu. 5. 18, 2 K. 25. 9 (Am. 6. 2 ?), Zech.
14. 4, Ps. 73. 10; 74. 15 (cf. Ex. 14. 27); 78. 49; 109. 2,
2 Chr. 4. 10, Ecc. I. 13; 8. 10. — Other exx. of adj. used
nominally, Gen. 30. 35, 37 (exposing the whtte)y Deu. 28. 48
(and nakedness)^ Josh. 3. 4 {a distance)^ Jud. 9. 16; 14. 14
(sweetness). Josh. 24. 14, 2 K. 10. 15 (perh. om. nx), Jer.
2. 25 ; 15. 15 ; 30. 12, Is. 28. 4 (flower of a fading thing) ,
V, 16, Ps. III. 8, Job 33. 27 (perverted right). — Conversely
the noun may be put in gen. by the adj. used nominally,
often with superlative meaning, Jud. 5. 29 (the wisest) ^ Is.
19. 11; 35. 9, Ez. 7. 24; 28. 7. Ex. 15. 16, I S. 16. 7;
17. 40, Jer. 15. 15, Ps. 46. 5; 65. 5. Pr. 16. 19, bw might
be inf.
Rem. 6. The adj. when it expresses the characteristic
attribute of the noun is sometimes used instead of it ; Is.
24. 23 •"'J^pn the moon {the white) y »T^nn the su?i (the hot)^
30. 16 b^ the horse (swift)^ Jer. 8. 16, Mai. 3. 1 1 ^?^'] the
consumer {locust). Mostly in poetry and less common than
in Ar.
THE ADJECTIVE. COMPARISON
§ 33. The language possesses no elative form of the adj.
Comparison is made by the simple form, followed by prep.
ip, Gen. 3. I iTjil^n njn vSp D1*^y more cunning than all
the beasts; Deu. 11. 23 D3p D'^yl? 0^*13 nations greater
n^
48 HEBREW SYNTAX §34.
^/lan you ; Hos. 2. 9 nflJW? tM "h I'^tO "^S it was *^//^r for
me then tAan now; i S. 9. 2 D;^iTb3p Htia /^//^r. Jud.
14. 18, I S. 24. 18, 2 S. 19. 8. With detler the subj. is often
a clause (inf.), Gen. 29. 19, Ps. 118. 8, 9, Pr. 21. 3, 9 (§ 89).
(p) The quality (Jertium comp^ is often expressed by a
verb, Gen. 41. 40 ^]3p T'iT^M I «'^'// ^^ greater than thou;
29. 30 HMtO 7m-nM 2rrfc^'»*1 he A?z/^^/ R. more than L.,
-'«-' T*** "T 'i~ v:iv" '
2 S. I. 23 nnia ri'l^Mp ^75 t3^tt!5P they were swifter than
eagles and stronger than lions. Gen. 19. 9 ?I7 3n3 rrilj^
Orro now will we treat thee worse than them. Gen, 37. 4 ;
48. 19, Deu. 7. 7, Jud. 2. 19, I S. 18. 30, 2 S. 6. 22; 18. 8;
20. 5, 6, I K. 5. 10, II ; 10. 23 ; 14. 9.
§ 34. The superlative is expressed by the simple adj.
with Art., or followed by gen. of a noun or pron., i S. 17. 14
]^jpn Min TJTI and David was the youngest; 18. 17 ^X^
"^^^ my eldest (elder) daughter, Deu. 21. 3. — 2 K.
10. 6 ■^''yn ^'vlj the greatest men of the city; Jer. 6. 13
oSllJliyi D|?5)?'? fron^ the least of them^ &c. Gen. 9. 24 ;
10. 21; 29. 16; 42. 13; 43. 29, Jud. 6. 15; 15. 2, I S. 9. 21,
Mic. 7. 4, Jon. 3. 5, 2 Chr. 21. 17, Ps. 45. 13, Job 30. 6 (§ 32,
R. 5). Absolute superlativeness is expressed by Ifc^p very
(a noun in accX Jud. 3. 17 lk«ip b**'"^^ very fat^ Gen. 12. 14;
41. 31, which may be intensified by prep. iy, i K. i. 4
itip^iy np^ "TT^^ the girl was extremely pretty^ 2 S. 2. 17,
Gen. 27. 33 ; in later style ifc^p Ii4pa Ez. 9. 9 ; or 'a is
repeated without prep., Nu. 14. 7.
Rem. I. In form a few words correspond to the Ar.
elative ('afdalu), as "iWt? cruel^ SW? deceptive^ in^t? perennial.
But in Ar. many adj. of this form have no compar. sense,
^ahmarUf red; ^ahmaquy foolish.
Rem. 2. The adj. or verb with p may often be rendered
by too^ or rather than. Gren. 18. 14 "13^ '^j? ft^^B^n is anything
too hard for ]q.? (Deu. 17. 8, Jer. 32. 17, 27), Jud. 7. 2, an
^JVip too many for me to give^ i K. 8. 64 ^SfJP PP /<tw 5ma//
THE ADJECTIVE. COMPARISON 49
to contain^ Gen. 4. 13 fc^Vtriip 71*111 too great to bear, Ps. 61. 3
the rock ^|©P D^'IJ too high for me. Is. 49. 6 /^^ /2^-^/ to be^
Ex. 18. 18, I K. 19. 7, Gen. 26. 16; 36. 7, Ru. i. 12, Hab.
I. 13, Ps. 139. 12 /^^ dark for thee (to see). So with WO
Isa. 7. 13 is wearying men too little? Nu. 16. 9. — Hos.
6. 6 knowledge of God rather than burnt-offerings \ Ps.
52. 5 evil rather than good, Hab. 2. 16, 2 S. 19. 44, where
perhaps rd, "ita? for Tnn, first-born rather than thou (Sep.).
Rem. 3. The word expressing the quality is occasionally
omitted, Is. 10. 10 (greater or more) than those ofjer,^ Job
II. 17 (clearer) than noon. In Mic. 7. 4; Is. 40. 17 ; 41. 24,
Ps. 62. 10, ^ano the prep, is partitive or explicative, of (con-
sisting of) vanity.
Rem. 4. The consn. with p is sometimes virtually a
superlative, i S. 15. 33 ^^ D^C^JD ?3K^ri the most bereaved oi
women (lit. bereaved above w.). — A superl. sense is expressed
by joining a noun with its own pL in the gen., Gen. 9. 25 a
slave of slaves (lowest slave), Ex. 26 33 holy of holies (most
holy). Is. 34. ID eternity of eternities (all eternity), Ecc. i. 2
vanity of vanities (absolute vanity), Song i. i, Ez. 16. 7,
Deu. ID. 17. I K. 8. 27, though such phrases had at first
sometimes a lit. sense.
Rem. 5. Just as the simple adj. the abstract noun with
gen. conveys superl. meaning, as n^iD the best. Gen. 45. 18,
Is. I. 19, 3^^? the best i S. 15. 9, 15, "^I^^P the choicest Ex.
15. 4, Deu. 12, II, ^^\ '^T^?. the chiefesty Nu. 24. 20, Am.
6. I, 6.
Rem. 6. A kind of superl. sense is given to a word by
connecting it with the divine name. Probably the idea was
that God originated th^ thing (as Ar.), or that it belonged
to Him, and was therefore extraordinarv. Sometimes the
meaning appears to be **in God's estimation," Gen. 10. 9.
Cf. Jon. 3. 3 D^H^kJS) rifni n-^y (Acts 7. 20) ; Ps. 36. 7 ; 68. 16 ;
80. 11; 104. 16, Song 8. 6, I Chr. 12. 23. — i S. 14. 15;
26. 12 (Gen. 30. 8 seems different).
so HEBREW SYNTAX § 35, 36.
THE NUMERALS
I
§ 35. The numeral one is an adj., having the usual place
and concord (§ 30). I S. 2. 34 IfTlSt O'l^'Jl in one day,
I K. 18. 23 inMrr "^Bn tlie one ox, Gen. 11. 6 nPTM nDtt?
^;/^ speech, 32. 9 nrrMH nirjl^n the one camp. 11. i.
Rem. I. In later style one sometimes precedes its noun,
Neh. 4. II, Dan. 8. 13, Nu. 31. 28, Song 4. 9.
Rem. 2. It is also construed nominally, followed (a) by
gen.. Gen. 22. 2 D^l'^jJ "^PK one of the mountains, 2 S. 2. i,
Job 2. lo; (d) by prep, p. Gen. 3. 22 ^©0 ^iriK ^we of us,
2. 21. The short form usual in this case (Lev. 13. 2, Nu.
16. 15, I S. 9. 3, I K. 19. 2 ; 22, 13, 2 K. 6. 12; 9. I, &c. ;
cf. otherwise i S. 16. 18; 26. 22, 2 S. 2. 21, &c.) might be
cons, before prep. (§ 28, R. i), but in some cases at least it
must be a form of abs.y Gen. 48. 22, 2 S. 17. 22, Is. 27. 12,
Zech. II. 7. (c) It is itself governed in gen. by its noun
(§ 32, R. 5), Lev. 24. 22, 2 K. 12, 10, Is. 36. 9. (d) With
prep, p before it, it is a strong any ; Lev. 4. 2 T\^^0 nHKtJ
any of these things. Lev. 5. 13, Deu. 15. 7, Ez. 18. 10
(text obscure). So in Ar. after a neg.
§ 36. The Numerals 2-10 are nouns, being followed by
the thing enumerated either in Appos. (permutative, § 29),
or in the gen. (explicative, § 24). Or, chiefly in later style,
the thing may precede and the Num. follow in Appos. The
thing enumerated is /f/ur.
(a) With tnde/. nouns or expressions (cons, with indef.
gen.) the Num. is mostly ads, and the noun in Appos, Gen.
29. 34 D^31 nttJ*?tt) t/iree sons. 24. 10 O^hr^i PHtoy ten
camels, i K. 3. 16 D'^ttJi D'^JltlJ two women. Deu. 19. 2
0*^*13^ tlJI^ttJ three cities. 31. lO D^'lltt' 3^5^ seven years.
There are exceptions, 2 K. 5. 22 ; and in the case of two the
cons, is more common than abs. even before indef. noun.
There are also two general exceptions — (i) With D'^p^ days
the cons, is usual ; Jud. 19. 4 D'^D'' n^7t{5 three days. Deu.
THE NUMERALS $1
5. 13; 16. 4, 8, 13, but cf. 2 K. 2. 17. (2) So before ot/ier
Num. I S. 25. 2 0*^0 7^5 nttJ^ttf t/iree tJiousand. Jos. 8. 12
D'»D*?M T\\ar;ir\ five thousand, i K. 5. 30 ITiMQ xh^ three
hundredy Jud. 4. 13. — ^Jos. i. 11 ; 2. 16; 3. 2; 6. 3; 7. 3; 8. 12,
Jud. 3. 29; 4. 6; 15. II, I S. 26. 2. Cf. Rem. i.
(^) With noun determined by Art. or def. gen. the Num.
IS mostly in cons, with gen. of noun. Deu. 10. 4 tV^'^
D'ni'in tlie ten words. Jos. 10. 16 D'^Sb©!! nttJttfT the five
kings. Jud. 3. 3 D'']1t{J7p "^TS^ f^ttJjprj the five lords of the
Ph. I S. 16. 10 V3SI nyjttJ his seven sons. Gen. 40. 12, 18,
Nu. 23. 4, Jud. 14. 12; 18. 7, I S. 17. 13 (20. 20?), 2 S. 21. 22;
23. 16, I K. 21. 13, 2 K. 25. 18. There are exceptions, cf.
I S. 17. 14. Cases like Am. i. 3, 6, 9, &c., are according to
§ 20, R. 2.
{c) The Num. may follow the noun in Appos. — mostly in
later style. I Chr. 12. 39 HttJivfiJ D*'p'' three days. Dan.
I. 12. I Chr. 22. 14; 25. s, 2 Chr. 3. 12; 4. 8, Neh. 2. 11,
Dan. I. S, 15, Ezr. 8. 15, cf. Jos. 21 pass. Ex. in earlier books
are comparatively rare, Gen. 32. 15, 16. In i S. i. 24 rd
Rem. I. Additional ex. oia. Gen. 30. 20; 45. 23 ; 47. 2,
Deu. 16. 9, 16; 17. 6, Jos. 6. 4, Jud. 9. 34; 16. 8, i S.
I. 8; 25. 5, 2 S. 21. 6, 1 K. 5. 28 ; 7. 4, 30 ; 10. 19 ; 17. 12 ;
18. 23; 21. 10, 2 K. 2. 24, Jer. 2. 13. There are excep-
tions, I K. II. 16.
Rem. 2. The position of the Num. before the noun is
almost exclusive in earlier writings, and is common at all
times. This is true of all Num., whether units or higher
numbers. The position after the noun occurs in Kings, is
not unusual in P., and becomes very usual in Chr., Ezr.,
Neh., Dan., &c.^
^ Sven Herner, Syntax der Zahlworter im Alt, Test,y Lund, 1893. This
careful Treatise pays particular attention to the literary age of the various
usages.
$2 HEBREW SYNTAX §37.
Rem. 3. The ^end. is sometimes inexact, Gren. 7. 13
(due to mas. form of noun), cf. Ex. 26. 26; Job i. 4, Ez.
7. 2, Zech. 3, 9, I Chr. 3. 20, Ez. 45. 3 Kth. — ^The noun is
sometimes sing, after units in the case of words used col-
lectively, 2 K. 8. 17; 22. I (year), 25. 17 (cubit), Ex. 21. 37
("ipa, JKV), cf. Gren. 46. 27 ; and in cases where the thing
weighed or measured is omitted (§ 37, R. 4). Gen. 24. 22,
Jud. 17. ID, I S. ID. 4; 17. 17; 21. 4, Ex. 16. 22. In Ez.
45. I rd,f breadth twenty thousand.
Rem. 4. The Num. 2, 3, 4, 7 may take suffixes, as ^^J?^
we two, both of us, DPIK^K^ M^ Mri^^, &c. Nu. 12.4, i S.
25, 43, 2 S. 21. 9, Ez. I. 8, Dan. i. 17, cf. 2 K. i. 10 his
fifty. — ^The ^^Ysfer is to be observed : Gen. 9. 19 n?K ilKvB^
/A^5^ three, i K. 3. 18 ^HJK DjriK^' w^ two. Gren. 22. 23, Deu.
19. 9, I S. 20. 42. So gen. Ex. 21. 11, 2 S. 21. 22, Is. 47, 9.
Rem. 5. The language says two three, &c. (without or),
as Engl. 2 K. 9. 32, Is. 17. 6, Am. 4. 8.
§ 37. Numerals above the units mostly have the noun in
pluK (except collectives and words of time, measure, and
weight). They stand in Appos., and mainly precede their
noun — but may follow (chiefly in later style). When they
follow, the noun is plur., even though otherwise employed in
sing.
(a) The Num. 11-19. Gen. 37. 9 D^lSlS ntoy inwi
eleven stars, 2 S. 9. 10 0*^33, *^toy TV^X^ fifteen sons. Jos.
4. 8 D'^32b< Tl^J? ^^"^ twelve stones. Gen. 32. 23; 42. 13,
Ex. 15. 27; 24. 4, Deu. I. 23, Jud. 3. 14, 2 S. 2. 30; 9. 10;
19. 18, I K. 18. 31, 2 K. 14. 21. Ex. 27. 15, Nu. 17. 14; 29.
14, IS, Jos. 15.41.
(b) The tens, 20-90. Jud. 12. 14 D'^33, D'*5^3.*^b* forty
sons. Gen. 18. 24 Dp'i'lS U^'^^ltin fifty righteous. Exceptional
order, Gen. 32. 15, 16 D'^^^toy f^iri^i^ twenty she-asses, &c.
Gen. 18. 26, 28, Ex. 15. 27; 21. 32, Jud. i. 7; 8. 30; 10. 4;
12. 14; 14. 11-13, 2 S. 3. 20; 9. 10, 2 K. 2. 16; 10. I ; 13. 7;
15, 20, Ez. 42. 2; 45. 12.
THE NUMERALS 53
(c) Numbers composed of tens and units, e.g'. 23, are
treated as a single number twenty-and-f/iree; and as they
stand in Appos. the unit remains in the Ads. (cases like 2 K.
2. 24 are exceptional). The gend. of the unit is, of course,
determined by the noun: Jud. 10. 2 Hi© tt)7^ 0*^^^
23 years. The order three-and-twenty also occurs — chiefly
in later style. It also belongs to later style to separate the
elements of the Num., repeating the noun with each, as
twenty year and three years^ or the reverse order (mainly
with the word year),
Jud. 7. 3 P1*?M D'jatjJn D'^*5tpy ^^ thousand (cf. Rem. i).
Nu. 7. 88 D'nS nya^W V H oxen. Nu. 35. 6, Jos. 19. 30;
21. 39, Jud. 10. 3; 20. IS, 35, 46, 2 K. 10. 14, Ez. II. I, I Chr.
2. 22 ; 12. 29. — Gen. 11. 24, Ex. 38. 24, Nu. 3. 39, 43 ; 26. 22 ;
31. 38, Jud. 20. 21. — Gen. 5. 15 ; 12. 4; 23. i ; 25. 7. Cf. Gen.
5 pass.^ Gen. 11. 13-25. Lev. 12. 4, 5 (repet. of days\ cf.
Num. 31. 32 seq. (thousand).
{d) The usage is the same with HMD hundred^ D'jrii^D,
n'lMD (all in abs.; cons. TW^^ in later style): and m\^
thousand^ D'JQ/M, 0*^07^ (cons. ''P7WI occasional, Ex.
32. 28, Job I. 3). I K. 18. 4 D'»M'»13 riMn 100 prophets.
Jud. 15. 4 ish^t ITiMQ-ttJ^^ 300 foxes] i K. 3. 4 P]^«
n"i*?i^ JfOOO burnt'Offerings. 2 K. 3. 4 uh^^ ?]^« HMD
lOOfiOO rams (Rem. i). 2 K. 18. 23 a*»p^D D^S)'?bi^ ^000
horses. Ex. oi hundred-, Jud. 7. 22, i S. 17. 7 ; 18. 25 ; 25. 18;
30. 21, 2 S. 3. 14; 8. 4; 14. 26; 16. I, I K. 7. 20; 10. 17;
II. 3, Jos. 7. 21. Ex. of thousand', i S. 13. 5 ; 17. 5, i K. 5. 6,
Job 42. 1 2.
{e) While, however, the Num. 11 and upward are con-
strued with plur., except with collectives and words of time^
weighty and measure^ there is a natural tendency in enumera-
tions to regard the thing enumerated as forming a class or
genus, and to use the sing.; cf. § 17. Ex. 24. 4, Jud. 21, 12,
2 S. 8. 4; 23. 8, I K. 5. 12; 9. 14, 2 K. 24. 14. Comp. i K.
Ik
54 HEBREW SYNTAX § 37, 38.
lo. i6 with 17, and 2 K. 2. 16 with 17; Ex. 26. 19 with
36. 24. The sing, is chiefly used with things which one is
accustomed to count; the sing, iingy i K. 20. i, 16, is
unusual. Rem. i.
(/) When the expression is def. the Art, usually goes
with the noun, and the Num. is def. of itself, Jud. 7. 7 ttJ7t}J
ttJ^MH n1«0 t/ie 300 men (Rem. i). 17, 3 n«»n nSM-n»
^p|rr M^ 1100 (shekels) of silver. I S, 30. 2 1 D'^ttJjMin D'JOMp
the WO men. Gen. 18. 28, Deu. 9. 25, Jos. 4. 20, Jud, 7. 22;
l8, 17, I K. 7. 44, 2 Chr. 25. 9, Ex. 26. 19; 36. 24.
Rem. I. Words used in sing, in the cases a — //are Di*
daysy t^y^yearsj ^^ men (esp. of troops), ^^K thousands, HfitC
cubits (often pi.), "^b, Ha (measures), "133 talents (also pi.),
*^T?> ^5?^ (oftenest pi.) &c.; and collect, as v^T infantry,
^"J chariots, ^t^ persons, npa cattle, jKV sheep. Usage fluc-
tuates ; cf. § 17. — Adj. and words in Appos. may agree
grammatically in sing, i S. 22, 18, i K. 20. 16, or ad
sensum in pi. Jud. 18. 16, i K. i. 5.
Rem. 2. In eleven the forms nnby 'y, l{yy ^HB^ occur Deu.
I. 3, Jer. 1.3; 39. 2, Ez. 26. I, but chiefly belong to later
style. In twelve the forms iTifc^ D'^HB^, iSyy D^^tS^ are usual,
the cons. V.?^ &c., comparatively rare.
Rem. 3. The form twenty^and-three (in c) is the older
order and the one usual at all times, i.e. the larger number
first and the two joined by and. The same order is usual
when there are higher numbers, thus : hundreds and tens
and units; thousands and hundreds and tens, &c. It is
characteristic of later style (occasionally in Kings) to put the
smaller number first or omit the and. Cf. Ezr. 2 or Neh. 7
pass., Nu. 4. 36, I K. 10. 14. The repet. 20 year and 3
years or reverse order is almost peculiar to P.^
Rem. 4. Words readily understood in expressions of
weight, measure, or date are often omitted, as shekel, ephah,
day. Gen. 24. 22 2nt rrjfc'j; ten (shekels) ^/^, Ru. 3. 15 ^
D^")Vb six {&gih2ihs) of barley , Gen. 20. 16; 45. 22, i S. 10. 3, 4;
^ According' to Hemer, § 12, only i K. 6. i outside of P.
THE NUMERALS 55
17. 17, I K. 10. 16. On om. of day^ § 38^. The consn. Ex.
26. 2 "T^^S V2^t^ four by the cubit ^ four cubits, is common in
later style. Ez. 40. 5, Zech. 5. 2, i Chr. 11, 23.
Rem. 5. Numerals as independent nouns may take the
Art. Gen. 18. 29 D^n'^^n the forty. 2 K. i. 13 ^fhfn D^?tonn
the third fifty ; v. 14 the former (pi.) fifties \ with sufF.
«;. 10. Gen. 14. 9, Nu. 3. 46, Deu. 19. 9, 2 S. 2^. 18 seq.
In most other cases the Num. is without Art., though there
are exceptions. Jos. 4. 4 tJ^t* "'^J ^^^^^ ^^^ twelve men^ Nu.
16. 35, Ex. 2S. ID.
Rem. 6. After eleven and upwards the 5wj5^. noun, par-
ticularly of material or commodity, is probably in ace, of
specification. § 71.
§ 38. The Ordinals. — (a) The ordinals first — tenth are
adj. and used regularly (Gr. § 48. 2). Jud. 19. 5 D'l*»5'
•'y^a^in on the fourth day. 2 K. 18. 9 n'^JT'inn TOt^. So
always in stating the number of the month (cf, ^), i Chr,
27. 2-13.
(^) From eleventh upwards the Card, numbers do duty
for ordinals, and Art. is not generally used with the noun.
Dea I. 3 niUJ D'^5^|,^M5. i^ Ih^ fortieth year. 2 K. 25. 27
ttHh "^toy D'^Sttfel in the twelfth month. Ex. 16. I, Deu. i.
2, 3, 2 K. 25. 27, Jer. 25. 3, I Chr. 24. 12-18; 25. 18-31.
{c) In stating dates there are some peculiarities, i. The
gen. " of the month " is circumscribed by prep., ttHhS, and
day is often omitted. Ex. 16. I tthh^ D'i'^. nto]^ ri^Pj^.
on the fifteenth day of the month. 2 K. 25. 27 D***ltP5^!l
• • • V »
ttnh V nyittJl on the 27th of the month. Even the Card,
i-io are greatly used in this case, mostly with om. of day.
2 K. 25. 8 tthh*? nyiUfel on the seventh. Deu. i. 3 in«il
CJlhv on the first. Gen. 8. 5, Lev. 23. 32, Ez. i. i, Zech.
7. I, cf. 2 Chr. 29. 17, Ezr. 3. 6.
2. The word year is very often put in cons, before the
whole phrase, Num. and year. 2 K. 8. 25 D**J7lt{J n^ttJSl
JlittJ STttoy in the year of tzvelve years (the twelfth year),
56 HEBREW SYNTAX § 38.
1 K. i6. 8, IS, 29, 2 K. 8. 25; 14. 23; 15. 13, 17, 23,27; 25.8.
And with jyear understood: i K. 15. 25, 28 D^JTIttJ f^itt??.
the year of two years (second year), i K. 16. 10; 22. 41,
2 K. 3. I ; 15. 30, 32; 18. 10; 24. 12, Zech. 7. i, Ezr. 5. 13,
Neh. I. I, Dan. i. 21 ; 2. i.
Rem. I. The adj. irifc? one is very often used iox firsts
Gen. 2. II seq. ; 4. 19, Ex. i. 15, Nu. 11. 26, 2 S. 4. 2,
Ru. I. 4.
Rem. 2. The word ^^^r is also construed with gen. of
the def. Ordinal. 2 K. 17. 6 DWrin n^C^a in the year of the
ninth y^2iY. 2 K. 25. i, Jer. 32. i, Ezr. 7. 8, Neh. 2. i ;
5. 14. — In c the form ^HP *l^fc^3 is used for on the tenth of
the m. (spelling plenary except Ex. 12. 3).
Rem. 3. The Art. seems used with the Num. in cases
where the whole expression is def., as Lev. 25, 10, 11 the
^tieth year (of jubilee) i Deu. 15. 9 the seventh year {o( maxiu--
mission), i K. 19. 19 ; but occasionally in other cases, Ex.
12. 18, Nu. 33, 38, I K. 6. 38, I Chr. 24. 16; 25. 19; 27. 15.
Its place varies, i K. 19. 19 "^^'JfjJ ^3^5^ with i Chr. 25. 19
Rem. 4. Distributives. — (a) These may be expressed by
Card, with ^ to\ i K. 10. 22 DW K^K^ nnN once to = every
three years. Ex. 16. 22, i K. 5. 2, Ez. i. 6. (^) By re-
peating the Num. Gen. 7. 2, 3, 9, 15, Ex. 17. 12, i K. 18. 13,
Ez. 40. 10. § 29, R. 8. Very often the whole phrase is
repeated. Is. 6. 2 six whigs^ six wings to each, Jos. 3. 12,
Nu. 13. 2; 34. 18, Ex. 36. 30.
Rem. 5. Multiplicatives 2iXe expressed variously. — ^Thus:
as much as you, they, &c., by D33, DHS, 2 S. 24. 3, Jer.
36. 32, Deu. I. II. — double by njKto, used in Appos. either
before or after the noun. Gen. 43. 12 (after), 15 (before),
Ex. 16. 5, 22. Also by D)??^, Ex. 22. 3, 6, 8, twofold. — By
the du. fern, of Num., as 2 S. 12. 6 ^)^V^'^^ fouffold. Gren.
4. 15 D^nyaK^ sevenfold. Is. 30. 26, Ps. 12. 7. Or by simple
Card. Lev. 26. 21, 24, cf. Gren. 4. 24. — By HIT (hands), Gren.
43. 34 fivefold^ Dan. i. 20 tenfold. Comp. Gen. 26. 12
D^-iyK^ HKD a hundredfold.
I
THE NUMERALS 57
Times is expressed by D?? (beat). G^n, 2. 23 QJ&n Mm
/i>w^. Jos. 6. 3 nnft? & <?«e /2>»^. Neh. 13. 20 D^WtS'l fi ^«r^
or twice. Gen. 27.36; 43. 10 DJPJ?^ two times. Ex. 23. 17
D^pya KW Mr^^ //w6?j, &c. Gen. 33. 3, Nu. 14. 22, 2 K.
13. 19, Job 19. 3, Neh. 4. 6. — 2 S. 24. 3 D^ioya HKID i^O //Wj.
Deu. I. II D'^yD ^i^fc? iO<5^ timesy 1 K. 22. 16. — ^The word
time may be omitted. 2 K. 6. 10 nnN, D^RC' ewr^, twice, i K.
ID. 22, Job 40. 5. Also nnKIl, D^nK^a i S. i8. 21, Job 33. 14,
Nu. ID. 4. With similar omission, H^^tJ^ ^5 second time ^ Gen.
41. 5, Is. II. II ; T\^7^ a third timcy i S. 3. 8, a seventh
time I K. 18. 44. — Other words for times slvg OyJI Ex. 23. 14,
Nu. 22. 28, 32, 33 ; and D^jb Gen. 31.7.
Rem. 6. Fractions. — Apart from ^VP half^ i K. 16. 21,
&c., fractions are formed : (a) by separate words, as V?*l a
foiirthy Nu. 23. 10, 2 K. 6. 25 ; K^n ^ ,/^^, Gen. 47. 26.
The analogy has not been followed in other cases (cf. Ar.
tholth a third). The form y?"! also, i S. 9. 8. For a tenth
lin&y (pi. 'm), peculiar to P. The tithe is lt?yp. (d) By the
fem. of Ordin. as Ti'Y}^ a thirds 2 S. 18. 2, 2 K. 11. 5, Ez.
5. 2, 12; n^V?"! a fourth, Nu. 15. 4, Neh. 9. 3. So the
others, Gen. 47. 24, Lev. 5. 11, 16, 24, Ez. 4. 11 ; 45. 13.
Above tenth the Card, must be used, Neh. 5. 11, the one per
cent. The noun of measure, weight, &c., usually has the
Art. after the fraction, Ex. 26. 16, Nu. 15. 4; 28. 14, i K.
7. 31, 32, 2 K. 6. 25, Ez. 45. 13 ; 46. 14.
Obs. — In prose composition these general rules may be
safely followed, i. Place all numerals before their noun.
2. The units take their noun in pl.\ before an indef. noun
they are in the abs., except two\ before a def. noun in
cons.; also in cons, before the word days and before other
numerals. 3. The numbers 1 1-19 have fixed forms (Gr. § 48),
but the second form of 11 and 12 may be neglected. 4. The
numbers 1 1 and upwards take their noun in pi. , except collect-
ives, and words of time, weight , and measure , though usage is
not uniform, § 37, R. i. 5. Compound numbers like 23 form
one number twenty-and-three (in this order), the unit in abs.,
but its gender regulated by the noun. So in greater numbers
the largest first, and each class joined by and, as 6000 and
300 and 50 and four. 6. The rules for Ordinals, § 38.
58 HEBREW SYNTAX §39.
/^
SYNTAX OF THE VERB
THE PERFECT
§ 39. The simple perf. is used to express an action com-
pleted either in reality or in the thought of the speaker.
The perf. is used to express completed actions where
Eng. also uses past tenses. — (a) Like the Eng. past tense, to
denote an action completed at a time indicated by the
narrative, as Gen. 4, 26 htVtn tM //^^« ^V was begun (began
men); or completed in the indefinite past. Job i. i T^T\ ^\k
there was a man. Gen. 3. i; 15. 18; 22. i; 29. 9; 31. 20.
Even if the finished action may have extended over a period
of time, unless it is desired to mark this specially, the simple
perf. is employed ; Gen. 14. 4, twelve years ^Ijy they served^
I K. 14. 21, and often.
(J)) Like the Eng. perf. with have^ to denote an action
finished in the past but continuing in its effects into pres.;
Gen, 4. 6 ^"^iD ^7p5 H^/ ^^^ ^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^ fallen ? Is.
I. 4 '*»"nM ^l)y they have forsaken the Lord. In this case
the pres. must sometimes be used in Eng., Ps. 2. i MSv
0^*1)1 ^ttJll*^ why do the nations rage'i Ps. i. i. Or to denote
an action just finished, or finished within an understood
period; Gen, 4. 10 T^^V HD what hast thou done"^ i S.
12. 3 '^iinpv "^T^ ^^ittJ'JlM whose ox have I taken} Gen.
3. 22; 12. 18; 22. 12; 26. 22; 46. 31, Ex. S. 14, Nu. 22. 34,
Jud, 10. 10; II. 7, I S. 14. 29.
(c) Like the Eng. pluperf. to indicate that one of two
actions was completed before the other. This use is most
common in dependent (relative or conjunctive) clauses. Gen.
THE PERFECT 59
2. 8, he put there t2*^ ■ittJfc^ DIMJl^inM the man whom he
' * -T V -: T T It V
had made] 6. 6 DlMrmM HtoST *»5 '"^ Qtiy^^ repented that
he had made man. Gen. 2. 5, 22; 3, 23; 18. 8, 33; 19. 27;
26. 15, 18; 28. II, Nu. 22. 2, I S. 6. 19; 7. 14; 28. 20, I K.
5. 15 ; II. 9. With modal force, Gen. 40. 15 sliould Itave put^
I S. 17. 26 sltould liave defied. After XXS^y Gen. 19. 28 the
smoke was gone up^ Deu. 9. 16, Jud. 6. 28.
When the dependent clause is introduced by and the
subj. usually precedes the verb; Gen. 20. 4 2*1p fc^7 'SW
rP7M and Abimelek had not approached, 31. 19, 34, Jud.
6. 21, I S. 9. IS ; 25. 21 ; 28. 3, 2 S. 18. 18, i K. i. 41, 2 K.
9. 16.
(rf) In hypothetical sentences the perf. is employed both
in protasis and apodosis where Lat. subj. would be used.
Jud. 13. 23 rhi ni?*? «*? ^sn^'prirj? Yen "h if he had
wanted to kill us he would not fiave taken a burnt-offering.
Gen. 43. 10, Nu. 22. 33, Jud. 8. 19; 14. 18, Is. i. 9. So in
other supposed cases; Gen. 26. 10 one of the people 105^3
SDttJ might readily have lain^ 2 K, 13. 19. Also in Opt. sent
in ref. to past, Nu. 14. 2, and fut. Is. 48. 18; 63. 19. Cf.
Cond. and Opt. Sent. §§ 130, 134.
Rem. 1. Though it may be doubtful whether the shades
of meaning expressed by our tenses were present to the
eastern mind, it is of great consequence to observe them
in translation. The direct sent, i K. 21. 14 nb*1 nl33 79D
N. has been stoned and is dead, when made dependent by ^3
V, 15, must be rendered, that N. had been stoned and was
dead. In Is. 53. 5, 6 the perf. must be translated in three
ways : all we were (had) gone astray ; the Lord caused to fall
on him ; by his stripes we have been healed. Job i. 21, the
Lord gave . . . hath taken. In Ps. 30. perf. has all its
various uses : v. 4 hast brought up ; v. 7 I said ; v. 8 hadst
made to stand . . . didst hide ; v. 12 hast turned (or possibly
didst turn). Ezr. i. 7. So inchoative perf., Ps. 97. i ^^ '**
is become king; 2 K. 15. i became king, and often.
6o HEBREW SYNTAX § 40, 41.
§ 40. The perf. expresses actions regarded as completed,
where Eng. rather uses the present. — (a) In the case of
stative verbs, i.e. verbs expressing mainly a mental or
physical condition, as to know^ remember^ refuse^ trusty rejoice^
kate^ lovCy desire^ be just y &c. ; to be^ be highy great y small y deepy
clearly fully be oldy manyy &c. Eng. by its pres. expresses the
condition, Heb. rather the act which has resulted in it. Gen.
27. 2 "^niD Qi'^ "^i^jn; "^ ^^^PX ^ ^^ ^^^> ^ ^^'^ ^^' ^^-^
Jud. 14. 16 *'3J?inM )^^ ^'^nWi^ pn thou only hatest me^
and lovest me not\ Gen. 42. 31 Q"^72*1^ ^i'^'^il t^S we are not
spies. Stative verbs, however, often occur in such a way
that their perf. must be rendered by a past tense; Gen.
28. 16 / kneWy 34. 19 he delightedy 37. 3 lovedy Jud. 8. 34
remembered. The connexion shows to what time the com-
pleted act belongs.
{U) In a class of actions which are completed just in the
act of giving them expression. This usage appears chiefly
with verbs denoting to speak, as verbs of swearing, declaring,
advising, and the like, or their equivalents in gesture. Deu,
26. 3 D'i*»n ^'flian I profess this day; 2 S. 17. II ^P&^l ^'S
/ advise \ 2 S. 19. 8 "^fl^^lttj!) rTJiTi / swear by the Lord.
Gen. 22. 16, Nu. 14. 20, Deu. 4. 26; 26. 17; 30. 15, 18, 19,
I S. 17, 10, 2 S. 16. 4 / worshipy 19. 30, I K. 2. 42 / liear
(obey), 2 K. 9. 3 / anoint y Jer. 22. S ; 42. 19, Ez. 36. 7, Ps.
129. 8 ; 130. I, Pr. 17. 5. Song 2. 7 I adjure. So the frequent
^^ *^PM ja//A Je., or *» H XX^ thus saith. In some cases
impf. *15t^"^ is used, hardly as a frequent, but as a present.
This occurs in the midst of a speech. Is. i. 11, 18; 33. 10;
40. I, 25 ; 41. 21, Ps. 12. 6. Both forms Is. 66. 9.
{c) In a class of actions which, being of frequent occur-
rence, have been proved by experience (perf. of experience).
Jer. 8. 7 the turtle and swallow XV^^ T^'XW^ S*^pttJ observe
the time of their coming ; Job 7. 9 •Sjbj'l py Sl^S the cloud
THE PERFECT 6 1
dissolves and vanishes. Is. 40, 7, 8, Am. 5. 8, Ps. 84. ^findeth^
layetky Pr. i. 7 despise^ 14. 19 bow, 22, 12, 13.
Rem, I. Exx. of stative verbs. ^DT remember ^ Nu. 11.5,
Jer. 2. 2; 1^59 refuse, Ex. 7. 14, Nu. 22, 13, Deu. 25. 7;
riM //v^/, 2 K. 18. 19, 20; riDb rejoice, i S. 2. i, Is. 9. 2 ;
yan /<? wwA, Deu. 25. 8, Is. I. II ; piv be just, (jen. 38. 26,
Ps. 19. 10; noa ^^ high. Is. 3. 16; 55. 9; ^i be great, Gen.
i9» 13; jbp be small. Gen. 32. 11 ; poy d^ ^fe^/, Ps. 92. 6;
nntD d^ clean, Pr. 20. 9; Ki>D be full. Is. 2. 6, Mic. 3. 8;
^3K /^ mourn. Is. 33. 9, Joel. i. 9; n^K d^ willing, Deu.
25. 7; DKD loathe. Am, 5. 21, Job 7. 16; yafe^ d^ ^a/^^/. Is.
I. II ; D11 ^^ many, Ps. 3. 2 (na"i= become many) ; n^p ^(?/^,
Ps. 130. s, &c.
§ 41. The perf. is used to express actions which a lively
imagination conceives as completed, but for which the fut. is
more usual in Eng. — {a) The perf. of certainty. Actions
depending on a resolution of the will of the speaker (or of
others whose mind is known), or which appear inevitable
from circumstances, or which are confidently expected, are
conceived and described as having taken place. This use is
common in promises, threats, bargaining, and the like. Is.
42. I V^:^ ^XyT\ ^T\rSl ^'^liy ^n behold my servant, / will
put my spirit upon him; Is. 6. 5 *'n'^OTi"*'5 *'7'^'iM woe is
me for I am undone ; Ru. 4. 3 "^^J^i m^D iTTteil HpSn
Naomi is selling the field-portion. Gen. 15. 18; 17, 20;
30. 13, Nu. 17. 27, 28, Jud. 15. 3, I S, 2. 16; 14. 10; 15. 2,
2 S. 24. 23, I K. 3. 13, 2 K. S. 20, Is. 30. 19, Jer. 4. 13; 31.
5, 6, Ps. 6, 9, 10; 20. 7; 36. 13; 37. 38. In these last exx.
and many others the tense may be called the perf. of
confidence.
(b) It often happens, esp. in the higher style, that in the
midst of descriptions of the fut. the imagination suddenly
conceives the act as accomplished, and interjects a perf.
amidst a number of imperfs. Job 5. 20, 23 kaih redeemed
62 HEBREW SYNTAX §41.
(4. 10); Hos. 5. S Judah is fallen. This usage receives an
extension among the prophets, whose imagination so vividly
projects before them the event or scene which they predict
that it appears realised. Is. 5. 13 n5n"^75ip ^'Sy n72 my
people is gone into captivity ; 9. 5 ^37"n?*' "T^"^ ^'S for a child
has been bom to us; 9. i h^li *liM ^M*1 IJttJnaL D'^aSjlH
they who walked in darkness have seen great light. Is. 5, 14 ;
9. 2 seq., 10. 28; II. 8, 9; 28. 2, Hos. 4. 6; 10. 7, 15, Jer.
4. 29, Am, 5. 2. The prophetic perf. is sometimes scarcely
to be distinguished from perf. of confidence, Ps. 22, 22, 30.
{c) The perf. is used in the sense of the future perf to
indicate that an action though fut, is finished in relation to
another fut. action. Gen. 24. 19 flhtpb ^73"0M *7!^ until
they (shall) Jiave done drinking; 2 S. 5. 24 ?f^3B^ '"^ MSJ tM ^'S
for then Je. will have gone forth. Gen. 28. 15 ; 43. 9 ; 48. 6,
I S. I. 28, 2 K. 7. 3 ; 20. 9, Is. 4. 4; 6. II ; i6. 12, Jer. 8. 3,
Mic. S. 2, Ru. 2. 21.
Rem. I. The prophetic perf. may be distinguished from
the ordinary perf. by the fact that it is not maintained con-
sistently, but interchanges with impfs. or vav conv. petfs.^
the prophet abandoning his ideal position and returning
to the actual, and so falling into the ordinary fut. tenses,
e.g. Is. 5. 14-17. The prophetic passage may begin with
perf.y Is. 5. 13, which is frequently introduced by ^^ for^
15^ therefore^ or other particles, Is. 3. 8 ; 9. 5 ; or it may
begin with vav impf.y Is. 2. 9. When further clauses with
and are added, if the ideal position be sustained, the natural
secution, vav impf.^ may be used. Is. 9. 5, Ps. 22. 30, or
simple perf. if verb be disconnected with and^ Is. 5. 16. But
frequently the ideal position is deserted and the ordinary
fut. tenses, the impf. or vav perf.^ are employed. Is. 5. 14,
cf. V. 17, Ps. 85, II, 12. Cf. Is. 13. 9, 10; 14. 24; 35, 2,6;
46. 13; 47. 9; 52. 15; 60. 4.
Rem. 2. It seems but a variety of [c) when the perf. is
used in questions expressing any lively feeling, as astonish-
ment, indignation, incredulity, or the like. The speaker
THE PERFECT 63
imagines the act done, and expresses it in a tone convey-
ing his feeling regarding it. (jen. 18. 12 shall I have (had)
pleasure! 21. 7 loho would have said? Ex. 10. 3 ; 16. 28,
Jud. 9. 9 shall I ?iave abandoned \ Nu. 23. 10, 23, i S. 26. 9,
2 K. 20. 9, Jer. 30. 21, Ez. 18. 19, Hab. 2. 18, Ps. 10. 13 ;
i^' 3> 39' S> ^' S> Jo^ '^' 9' ^^' interchange of perf. and
impf. Hab. i. 2, 3, Ps. 60. 11.
Rem. 3. Owing to the want of participles expressing
past time, the perf. has to be used in attributive or circum-
stantial clauses referring to past. Gen. 44. 4 V^H^ ^ not
having gone far \ 44. 12 t^HH beginning at the eldest ; 48. 14
guiding')Mshaxi6sy Gren. 21. 14; Nu. 30. 12 wilhout checkings
Deu. 21. I, Jud. 6. 19; 20. 31, I S. 30. 2, i K. 13. 18, Job
II. 16 waters passed away\ Is. 3. 9 without concealment.
And so to express an action prior to the main action spoken
of, Ps. II. 2. Very compressed is the language, Jud. 9. 48
Wfe'y Dn^fcTl no what ye have seen me do, \i me had been
• •TV*: "^
expressed the consn. would have been an ordinary Ar. one.
Lam. I. 10, Neh. 13. 23; cf. impf. 2 S. 21. 4, Is. 3. 15.
Rem. 4. Another verb following on perf. is usually
appended with vav impf,^ but in animated speech asyndetous
perfs. are often accumulated. Deu. 32, 15, Jud. 5. 27, Is.
18. 5; 25. 12; 30. 33, Lam. 2. 16.
Rem. 5. In some instances perf. appears to express a
wish (precative perf.). Job 21. 16 the counsel ^^^^befar\
22. 18. Lam. I. 21 ^^^50 bring thou^ where structure of
verse requires ref. to fut; 3. 56 seq., where v, 55 continues
54; Ps. 18. 47. Is. 43. 9 ^V3p3 may be form of imper., and
Ps. 7. 7 n^y a circumst. clause. It would be strange if Heb.
altogether wanted this usage, which is common to all the
Shem. languages in some shape. Wright, ii. 3, Dillm.
p. 406 foot, Noeldeke, p. 181, Del. Assyr. Gr. § 93. The
position of the verb is freer in Heb., as is usual in compari-
son of Ar. The usage may be allied to perf. of confidence
(Ps. 10. 16; 22. 22 \ 31. 6; 57. 7; 1x6. 16), the strong
wish causing the act to be conceived as accomplished.
64 HEBREW SYNTAX §42-44.
THE SIMPLE IMPERFECT
§ 42. The simple impf. expresses an action incomplete
or unfinished. Such an action may be conceived as nascent,
or entering on execution (pres.), progressing, or moving on
towards execution (impf.), or as ready, or about to enter
upon execution (fut.). Connected with the last use is the
use of impf. to express a great variety of actions which are
dependent on something preceding, whether it be the will or
desire of the speaker (juss., opt.), or his judgment or per-
mission (potential), or on some other action, or on particles
expressing /«;^^j^ and the like (subjunctive).
The uses of the impf. are very various, and some of them
rarer in prose writing ; those usual in ordinary prose may be
mentioned first.
§ 43. {a) The impf. expresses a future action, whether
from the point of the speaker's present, or from any other
point assumed, i S. 24. 21 *=|i7p]1 *5|^Q *»3 ^'^VT ^ know
tJiat tliou sJialt be king\ 2 K. 3. 27 ^'f^'J nttJM "^ia-MM nj?*n
he took his son who was to be king\ Gen. 2. 17; 3. 4; 6,T\
37. 8 ; 43. 25 were to eaty i K. 7. 7, 2 K. 13. 14 was to die.
(J?) The impf. is employed to express actions which are
contingent or depending on something preceding. The
shades of sense of impf. in this use of it are manifold, cor-
responding to Eng. will (p{ volition), s/iall (of command),
may and can (of possibility or permission), am to, in the
present; and to would, s/iould, might, could, was to, in the
past or indirect speech. Particularly (i) in interrogative
sentences; (2) in dependent clauses with *»3 tJiat and the
like; and (3) after particles like *TpM hoiv\ "^Ti^ perJiaps, &c.,
and conditional particles like DM if. Gen. 3. 2 prryy *n?P
h^)kl we may cat\ 3. 3 ^3)3n s'^pMll M*? ye shall ftot eat
of it ; Gen. 43. 7 ">5M*» *»3 JHi JhTn were we tlien to know
that lie would say "^ 27. 45 D3*»5tp 73tt5M HpS why should I
THE SIMPLE IMPERFECT 65
be bereaved of you both ? 44. 8 lb35 ^\^, and how should
we steal \ 2. igyp M'lp^TTO Hi^'^b to see what he would
call it ; Jud. 9. 28 nSl^ifi "^S Dp0"^ who is Shechem ///^/
tt/^ sliould serve him ? Job 9. 29 yttrj^ "^Sbfe^ / ant (have) to
be guilty \ Gen. 44. 34; 47. 15, Ex. 3. 11, Deu. 7. 17, Jud.
8. 6; 17. 8, 9 wherever he might find, i S. 18. 18; 20. 2, 5
shotdd sity 23. 13, 2 S. 2. 22 ; 3. 33 sJwuld Abner {was A. /^)
die\ 6. 9, 2 K. 8. 13, Ps. 8. 5, Job 7. 17, With "^^W Gen. 16. 2;
24. 5, Nu. 23. 27, I S. 6. 5, I K. 18. s, 2 K. 19. 4, Am. 5. 15.
With a« i/y Gen. 18. 26, 28, 30; 30. 31, Jud. 4. 8, Am. 6. 9.
See Cond. Sent. — With Job 9. 29 cf. 10. 15; 12. 4, i S.
14. 43; 28. I.
(c) In particular impf. follows ^«^/(telic) conjunctions, as
]Vy7 /« order that, ^W^ that, ^phy^ that not, |£) lest. Ex.
4. 5 ^i'^ptjjl liy^*? that they may believe ; Deu. 4. 40 *1tt5tJ
?1 7 II^***! If^a^ i^ ^nay be well with thee (cf. next clause) ; Gen.
3. 3 pn?^]!l"]5) is ^yan \^ ye shall not touch it lest ye die.
Ex. 20. 20, 2 S. 14. 14. See Final Sent
Rem. I. The expression jn1"» "^ ijoho knows? differs little
from perhaps, and is followed by impf., 2 S. 12. 22, Jo.
2. 14, Jon. 3. 9. In Est. 4. 14 DK is supplied before the
verb.
§ 44. Frequentative impf. — The impf. expresses actions
of general occurrence, such actions being independent of
time. That which is nascent or ready to occur passes easily
over into that which is of frequent or indefinite occurrence.
This use of impf. is common in proverbial sayings, in com-
parisons, in the expression of social and other customs, and
particularly of actions which, having a certain moral
character, are viewed as universal, but also of actions which
are or were customary in given circumstances without being
necessary.
{a) Of actions for which Eng. uses the present. Gen.
S
66 HEBREW SYNTAX §44.
lo. 9 ThpiJ "^^y,?. ]?"^y therefore /V is said, as Nimrod ;
6. 21 SaW"^ *^BJM S3Mt:5"'?3t:5 take of all food wAM is eaten
(edible); Pr. lO. i l^'H^to^ DpH ^1 a wise son makes a
father glad. Particularly with p so^ *^tt?bJ3 aSy and similar
words. I s. 24. 14 «!r D'^yeht:) *»3bipn"7ttto n^M** naJfc^s
5^^ as says the proverb, Out of the evil cometh forth evil\
jud. 7. 5 aSsrr p7^ '>tt?^?^ ^-^ ^ ^<!^,^ ^<^/-^; Gen. 29. 26
^39p^3, ]5 J^^J^?."^ -^ ^^ ^"^ ^^^ -^^ ^^^^ ^" ^"^ country. Some-
times this is not has the nuance of ought not. Gen. 20. 9
^toyv^^:) ^BJi^ Q'^toJ^p deeds which ^«^//^ «^^ to be done,
cf. 34. 7, 2 S. 13. 12. — Gen. 50. 3, Ex. 33. 11, Deu. i. 31, 44;
2. II, 20; 28. 29, Jud. II. 40; 14. 10, I S. 5. S; 19. 24, 2 S.
5. 8 ; 13. 18 ; 19. 4, Am. 3. 7, 12, Hos. 2. i (cannot be counted).
Of a universal truth, Ex. 23. 8, Deu. 16. 19 a gift blinds, i S.
16. 7, 2 S. II. 25 the sword devours, i K. 8. 46 no one who
sinneth not, Ps. i. 3-6. Of a characteristic or habit. Gen.
44. S, Ex. 4. 14 speaks (can speak), Deu. 10. 17, i S. 23. 22,
2 S. 19. 36, 2 K. 9. 20 drives furiously. Is. 13. 17, 18 (the
Medes), 28. 27, 28, Ps. i, 2, Job 9. 11-13. But also of an
event repeated or general within a limited area, i S. 9. 6
t^l*^ Mi ^^l*!"? *^ttJM 7^3 whatever he speaks comes true ; i K.
22. 8 lilD "^75^ N5'5r^'! ^^ ^^ never prophesies good about
me. Ex. 13. 15; 18. IS, 2 K. 6. 12, Hos. 4. 8, 13; 7. 1-3,
14-16; 13. 2 >^/.y^ calves. Am. 2. 7, 8, Is. i. 23; 14. 8, Mic.
3. II.
{b) Of actions customary or general in the past. Gen. 2. 6
^75^,1 Ib^l. and a mist used to go up. i S. 2. 19 ^bij 7*^5^^
1^^^ "i^'ntoifin and a little robe his mother used to make for
him. 2 Chr. 9. 21 once every three years il'^*'?^ HiM'^lil
ttJ'^tp^jfl came the ships of Tarsh. This impf. may distribute
an action over its details or particulars ; Gen. 2. 19 *1ttJb^ 73T
Dlfc^n i7"M*1&'^ whatever he called it. Particularly under the
T T It t': • . I .
influence of a negative; I S. 13. 19 \XS(^ t^7 UJ'^m a smith
THE SIMPLE IMPERFECT 6y
was not to be found \ Gen. 2, 25 ^ttJttfeUl^ t^^*l ^^^y ^^^^ ^ot
(at any time) ashamed \ i S. i. 13 VO Tvf^ fl'^yi C^^?^
J^t^ her lips moved, but her voice was not heard. Ex.
21. 36, I K. 8. 8, 27 (cf. 22. 8 in d)\ 18. 10, 2 K. 23. 9 (contrast
neg. impf. and pos. perf.), Jer. 13. 7. Cf. Rem. i.
Rem. I. Other exx. Gen. 6. 4; 29. 2; 31. 39, Ex. 8. 20,
Nu. II. 5. 9, Deu. 2. II, 20, Jud. 5. 8; 6. 4, 5; 17. 6, i S.
I. 7; 13. 18; 14. 47 {rd. perhaps ? W) ; 18. 5; 23. 13;
25. 28, 2 S. I. 22 never returned \ 2. 2^ did not engage in the
pursuit\ 12. 3, 31 ; 17. 17; 20. 18; 23. 10, i K. 5. 25, 28;
6. 8; 10. s; 17. 6; 18. 10; 21. 6, 2 K. 3. 25 ; 4. 8; 13,
20, Jer. 36. 18, Ps. 106. 43, Job 1.5,1 Chr. 20. 3.
Rem. 2. This impf. is used, e,g,y i. in describing a
boundary line and naming its successive points, Jos. 16. 8,
interchanging with vavpetf.y 15. 3 and often. 2. In describ-
ing the course of an ornamentation, i K. 7. 15, 23 ran
roundy 2 Chr. 4. 2. 3. In stating the amount of metal that
went to each of a class of articles, i K. 10. 16, 2 Chr. 9. 15 ;
and so of the number of victims offered in a great sacrifice,
I K. 3. 4, cf. 10. 5. 4. In describing the quantity which a
vessel, &c., contained, i K. 7. 26. So the details of collect-
ing and disbursing moneys, 2 K. 12. 12-17. — In 2 K. 8. 29
(9. 15) the preceding plur. "wounds" perhaps distributes
the verb wounded [^perf, 2 Chr. 22. 6), just as the rest does
Joab*s action, i Chr. 11. 8, and all the cities David's, i Chr.
20. 3, and all the land the effect of the flies, Ex. 8. 20, cf.
Deu. II. 24. So 2 S. 23. 10 of the people returning in
parties or successively {v. 9 their dispersion). Jer. 52. 7,
Ezr. 9. 4.
Rem. 3. Allied to § 44^7 above is the use of impf. to form
attributive or adjectival clauses, descriptive of the subj. or
obj. of a previous sentence. The restricted sphere of the
ptcp. enlarges this usage. Gen. 49. 27 K^^\ ^??? '^^ Benj. is a
ravening wolf\ Is. 40. 20 l^T't^p Y9 a tree that doth not rot ;
Hos. 4. 14 r?^"fi^^ Dy an undisceming people ; Is. 51. 2 nib'
^^fv*?? S. your mother (who bears you) ; z;. 12 man that dies
{mortal tmxi). 55. 13, Ps. 78. 6, Job 8. 12, cf. Ex. 12. 34,
6S HEBREW SYNTAX §45.
Nu. II. 33, Zeph. 3. 17. Is. 30. 14 unsparingly^ Ps. 26. i
without wavering. Particularly in comparisons. Job 9. 26
K^IDJ ^B^33 as an eagle swooping \ 7. 2 as a servant that
longeth, Deu. 32. 11, Hos. 11. 10, Is. 62. i, Jer. 23. 29.
§ 45. To express single unfinished or enduring actions in
the pres, or past the ptcp. is usually employed in prose, with
a different shade of meaning. The impf., however, is often
used after certain particles, as tM then, a*1tD not yet, lOHtSl
before, Ex. 15. i Hl^D Tttj*' tM then sang Moses ; Gen. 19. 4
^I3tp"i Q*i|tp they were not yet lain down when, &c. 27. 33
t^'im Q*1^5l 73i^1 and I ate before tJiou earnest . Deu. 4.41,
T vv I — It II'
Jos. 8. 30; 10. 12; 22. I, I K. 3. 16; 9. II ; II. 7; 16. 21,
2 K. 12. 18; 15. 16. — Gen. 2. 5; 24. 45, i S. 3. 3. — ^Jud. 14. 18,
I S. 2. IS, 2 K. 6. 32, Jer. i. 5. So sometimes after ly, Jos.
10. 13, Ps. 73. 17. See Temporal Sent.
Rem. I. The use of impf. with interrog. is peculiar. The
interrogation not only brings the action into the present, but
seems to give such force to the verb that the finite tense
may be used. Gen. 32. 30 why 7^^^ dost thou ask? 37. 15
U^'gM'HD what dost thou seek ? comp. the answer K^g^D '»33K
So question and answer Gen. 16. 8. 2 K. 20. 14 ^Kbj f^jtO
whence came they? with the answer ^&<3 they came* Gen
■ 44. 7, Ex. 2. 13 ; 3. 3, Jud. 17. 9; 19. 17, I S. I. 8; 17. 8
28. 16, 2 S. I. 3, I K. 21. 7, Job I. 7; 2. 2; 15. 7, Is
45. 9, 10. In some cases the questions may be freq., Is
40. 27. Perhaps also with other strong particles, like
nsn I S. 21. 15, Gen. 37. 7? And necessarily when ptcp.
is resolved into a neg, clause, Jud. 20. 16, Lev. 11. 47.
Rem. 2. Such particles as then create a space or period
with which the action is contemporaneous, into which the
speaker throws himself, cf. 2 K. 8. 22 where then = at that
(general) time. In poetry the usage is extended, and appears
with such words as day, time. Job 3. 3 perish 13 IpJX Di^ the
day on which / was (am) bor^ ! 6. 17, Deu. 32. 35. In
other cases it may be doubtful whether contemporaneousness
or immediate subsequence be expressed : Job 3. 11 why died
THE SIMPLE IMPERFECT 6g
(die) I not from the womb^ came I not out of the belly and
expired? cf. v. 13. The pointing JHiKI would have been
good prose (Jer. 20. 17), and so would petf, in first clause
(Jer. 20. 18), but the one tense protects the other. Cf. the
reverse order of events, Nu. 12. 12.
In elevated style this usage of impf. is common. The
speaker does not bring the past into his own present, he
transports himself back into the past, with the events in
which he is thus face to face. Ex. 15. S the depths ^D^pD^
covered (cover) them ; Deu. 32. 10 ^HKVp^ found (findeth)
hiniy Ps. 80. 9 a vine from Eg. JT'pri thotc hringest^ thou
drivest out the nations; Job 4. 15. 16 a breath ^??pn Ppn^
passeSj my hair stands up ; it stops^ &c. So an instantaneous
effect is graphically expressed. Ex. 15. 12 thou didst stretch
thy hand pK tojD^n the earth swallows thenty v, 14 the
nations heard pT|T they are terrified. Is. 41. 5, Hab. 3. 10,
Ps. 46. 7 ; 77. 17 ; 69. 33 ; 78. 20. The Eng. pres. best
renders this impf., our historical pres. being a similar usage.
Nu. 23. 7 Balak ''?np! hringeth me, Ps. 18. 7 ; 104. 6—8.
Hitz. (Ps. 18. 4) so explains i K. 21. 6 "^3*1^ ''^J ^3 is recita-
tivum. If reading right, Jud. 2. i ripJ^X must rather express
progressive bringing up. So perhaps 2 S. 15. 37 ^y]^ pro-
ceeded. In I K. 7. 8 nfc^^ is wanting in Sep.
Rem. 3. In the prophetic and higher style the impf. is
often used of single actions where prose would express itself
differently. There is also frequent interchange of perf. and
impf., e,g. Is. 5. 12; 9. 17; 10. 28; 13. 10; 14. 24; 18. 5;
19. 6, 7; 42. 25; 43. 17; 49. 13, 17; 51. 6; 60. 4, Hos.
7. i; 12. II, Ps. 26. 4, 5; 52. 9; 93. 3. In early writing
these changes have meaning, but in later poetry, especially
in the historical psalms and Job, the significance is not
always apparent, and the changes look part of an unconscious
traditional style. Some scholars, however, diminish the
difficulty by the assumption that the impf. often stands for
vav impf. See § 51, R. 5.
Rem. 4. The impf. is frequently used for imper., even in
the 2nd pers. Deu. 7. 5 ; 13. 5, Am. 7. 12, Hab. 3. 2,
Ps. 17. 8; 64. 2; 71. 2, 20, 21; 140. 2.
70 HEBREW SYNTAX §46-48.
THE CONVERSIVE TENSES. PERF. AND IMPF. WITH
STRONG VAV
§ 46. The conversive tenses seem the result of two
things : first, the feeling of the connexion of two actions, and
that the second belongs to the sphere of the first, a con-
nexion expressed by vav\ and, second, that effort of the
lively imagination already noticed under the simple tense-
forms (§ 41 ^, § 45, R. 2, 3), by which an impf. is interjected
among perfs., and conversely, a perf. among impfs. These
lively transportations of the imagination, which appear only
occasionally in the case of the simple tenses, have in this
instance given rise to two distinct fixed tense-expressions,
the vav conv, impf. and the vav conv, perf. In usage the
former has become the historical or narrative tense, and the
latter the usual expression for the fut. or freq. when con-
nected with preceding context by and. The actual genesis
of these two tense-forms belongs, however, to a period lying
behind the present state of the language. They are now
virtually simple forms, having the meaning of the preceding
tenses, impf. or perf., and it is doubtful if it is legitimate to
analyse them, and treat vav impf for ex. as and with an
impf. in any of the senses which it might have if standing
alone. — It is the shortened forms of impf. that are usually
employed with vav^ when these exist; but this is by no
means universal.
IMPERFECT WITH STRONG VAV. VAV CONV. IMPF.
§ 47. Vav conv, impf follows a simple perf. in any of the
senses of the perf In usage, however, it has become a
tense-form in these meanings of the perf. in narrative style,
though no perf. immediately precedes. If the connexion of
vav and impf. be broken through anything such as a neg.
or other word coming between, the discourse returns to the
IMPERFECT WITH STRONG VAV 7 1
Simple perf. Gen. i. 5 M^jJ ^^rh\ . . . ')'\vh Mnj??! Gen.
4. 4> 5 nj^^ ^^ V^^'^^) %^^^ '^^ S^^^'!! ^^ J^- '^^^^
respect to Abel, ^«/ to Cain ^^ Jiad not respect.
As to the kind of connexion between the preceding and
vav impf. the latter may express either what is strictly
consequential, or what is merely successive in time, or what
is only successive in the mind of the speaker. In the last
case the event or fact expressed by vav impf. may really be
identical with the preceding event, and a repetition of it, or
synchronous with it, or even anterior to it ; the speaker
expresses them in the order in which they occur to him, so ^
that the and is merely connective, though the form retains
its conversive meaning. Gen. 40. 23 *irTTOttJ^1 . . . ^^S*^ vh
he remembered not Joseph, and forgat him ; Jud. 16. 10
Q'^ltS ^'^M *^Sllfl1 ^'S Jlbnn thou hast cheated me, and told
me lies. With vav perf ., Jud. 14. 12 "^7 ^TSTI ISri DM
DnM2J?5^ if ye will tell it me, and find it out. After JltoS^
to dOy vav impf, is often merely explanatory, i K. 18. 13,
«an«n ^'M'^toy nttJM nW vf\i'aXldidandhid,%iC, Gen. 31. 26,
• : -It • • ^ ' sj 1
Ex. I. 18; 19. 4, Jud. 9. 16, I K. 2. S, 2 Chr. 2. 2, cf. Neh.
13. 17. 2 S. 14. S I am a widow *'ttJ'^M T^^ and my husband
is dead. Jud. 2. 21 liDjn \r\^ ^ nttJM which Joshua left
and died. So vav impf often merely sums up the result of
a preceding narrative, Jud. 3. 30 IWiD yi^i^l so Moab
was subdued ; 8. 28.
§ 48. {a) Vav impf continues a perf. in sense of Eng.
past; and it is usual in this sense in narrative, although no
perf. actually precedes. Gen. 3. 13 '^p^'l. ^'iN'^t^Il ttJnsn
the serpent deceived ine^ and I ate, 4. i ; 7. 19, i S. 15. 24.
With neg., Gen. 4. S unto Cain it^tp pj^'? ^V(^^ X^VXb M^
he had not respect, and C, was very angiy. Gen. 8. 9, Jer.
20. 17, Job 3. 10; 32. 3 did not find an answer and condemn
(so as to condemn). With interrog., Gen. 12. 19. — When
72 HEBREW SYNTAX § 48, 49.
vav is separated from verb, Gen. 31. 33 M20 k^Tl . . . t^S^
41. 21, Jud. 6. 10.
{U) It continues perf. in sense of Eng. perf. with have.
Gen. 3. 17 'rpMlnn ?Iip9J« h\^ J!?5^P^ "^5 ^"^^ luarkened
and eaten. 16. 5 7j2M1 and I am despised \ 32. 31. With
interr., Deu. 4. 33 ^'iTf^ 'm hSp D^ S^ttJTj has a people heard
the voice of God and lived} With neg. i S. 15. 19 TXt^\
WP\"\ '^ '^Ipa ]iyt:5ttJ"«'7 why hast thou not obeyed, but
hast flown upon the spoil? i S. 19. 17, Job 9. 4. — Jos. 4. 9
he set up 12 stones DttJ ^'^H^l ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^A^r^ to this day.
Is. 50. 7, Jer. 8. 6. Gen. 32. 5, i S. 19. 5.
(^) In the sense of plup. Gen. 39. 13 D3*»1 ^^^ It^ "^"3
had left his garment and fled \ 3 1 . 34 DDtoJjll . . . Hnp7 vPHI
DPT^/V SttJ]ni . . . now R. //^^ /tt:^^« the Teraphim, and put
/A^;;^ in the camel's saddle, and sitten down upon them. Gen.
27. i; 26. 18, Ex. 15. 19, Nu. 21. 26, Jos. 10. I, Jud. 4. 11,
I s. 30. 1, 2, 2 s. 18. 18, 1 K. 2. 41. Is. 39. 1 ptrifji nbrr ^'S
heard /^/ he had been sicky and was better.
{d) After hypothetical or conditional perf. i S. 25. 34
^'Mim] in*lDP "^^ (s^ ^^0 unless thou hadst made haste
and comei Ex. 20. 25 il77n]11 Tfhv ]1D3n TfH^in ^'S A^^
thou lifted up thy iron upon it, thou hast polluted it. Pr. 1 1. 2
I'ibp t^S'^l rtTt m has pride come^ shame has come (when
pride comes then, &c.), cf. 18. 3. — Nu. 5. 27, Ps. 139. 11, Pr.
18. 22, Job 9. 16; 23. 13. In Opt. Sent. Jos. 7. 7, Is. 48. 18.
Rem. I. The contrast in such passages as Gen. 32. 31
^K^W /Vjril 'k ''n^K'l I have seen God and (yet) my life is pre-
served hardly lies in the vav^ but is suggested by the two
events. 2 S. 3. 8. Neither is it probable that the vav
expresses an hiference ; Job 2. 3 Wpril is not, and so (so
that) thou settest me on. The ref. is rather to Satan's
insinuation, ch. i. 9 seq.
Rem. 2. It is questionable whether vav impf has the
IMPERFECT WITH STRONG VAV 73
sense of plup. except in continuance of a perf. of that
meaning. When and introduces something anterior to the
general narrative, it is usually disconnected with the verb,
which is then preceded by its subj. (§ 39 c). There are a few
peculiar cases, Ex. 32. 29, i S. 14. 24, i K. 13. 12, Is. 39. i,
Jer. 39. II, Zech. 7. 2, Neh. 2. 9. There is nothing to show
that Ex. 32. 29 is anterior, it seems parallel to v, 26, 27.
In I S. 14. 24 Sep. has a different text in which /K*1 stands
quite regularly. In i K. 13. 12 the sense requires hiph.
^^13 O'^nd they showed. Possibly Is. 39. i should rd. as 2 K.
20. 12 yoK^ ''3, though the mere fact of a different reading is
not conclusive. See Driver's exhaustive note p. 84.
§ 49 {a) Vav impf. continues a perf. of experience,
expressing a common truth. Is. 40. 24 ^UJS^ QHSl ^tfi he
blows upon them, and they wither \ Job 7. 9 *^7jn Uy 1173
the cloud wastes away and vanishes. Nah. 3. 16, Job 14. 2 ;
24. 2, II. So in continuance of a ptcp. with this meaning.
Am. 5. 8 QDBttJ^I O^H ^xh k^^^'^pn who calleth the waters
of the sea, and poureth them] 9. 5. — Gen. 49. 17, i S. 2. 6,
Jer. 10. 13, Am. 6. 3, Mic. 7. 3, Nah. i. 4, Ps. 34. 8, cf. v. 21,
Job 12. 18, 22-25, Pr. 21. 22.
(Ji) In continuance of prophetic perf. Is. 9. 5 ^37"]jFl5 ti
^*^*?^ • • • *''7^1 ^ son has been given us, and the government
is laid upon his shoulder, and they have called. Ps. 22. 30
^irj^ttJ^ ^75^ all the fat of the earth have eaten and
worshipped. In such cases the fut. is almost necessary in
Engl, owing to our different way of thinking. Is. 5. 25 ;
24. 18; 48. 20, 21, Mic. 2. 13, Jer. 8. 16, Ps. 20. 9. After
perf. of confidence, Ps. 109.28. With no preceding perf., but
stating the issue of actions just described. Is. 2. 9 H^^l
ttJ^M"7BUJ'n Qlb^ therefore men are brouzht down, and man
humbled (punishment, not practice as A.V.), cf. 5. 15; 44.
12, 13. Job 5. IS, 16; 36. 7. Or confident expectation, Ps.
64. 8-10 D'^.'H hath shot at them^ &c. 94. 22, 23 ; 37. 40.
74 HEBREW SYNTAX § 50, 51.
§ SO. (a) Vav impf, continues any verbal form as inf. or
ptcp. which is used in a sense equivalent to a perf., and even
a simple impf. having reference to past time. Gen. 39. 18
M*1pMJI^ V'ip ^'P'^^^n^ when I lifted up my voice and cried \
35-3 '^'rey ^V(^ "^T^ naxrr h\^ who answered me, and
was with me. See exx. § 96, and R. 2, and § 100 ^. Gen.
27. 33; 28.6, I K. 18. 18, Ps. 50. 16 (past is reviewed). — Ps. 3. 5
•^iasr^Jl M*^pM '^'h^ "hSX) I cried aloud unto Je., and he
• •• -:i— t': V V • ' "
heard me. Ps. 52. 9; 95. 10, i S. 2. 29, i K. 20, 33, Deu.
2. 12, Jer. 52. 7, Hos. 11. 4, cf. Gen. 37. 18.
(^) Vav impf. may naturally follow anything which forms
a starting-point for a development, though not a verb, such
as a statement of time, a casus pendens^ or the like. Gen.
22. 4 Vi'^y"n« «te?l '^tt^V^D 0*^**^ o« the third day he
lifted up his eyes ; Is. 6. i rrfc^nMI "^ISn JllO nitt5a. i S.
•^ ■* '' ' V : viT ' V V - - : •
4. 20; 21. 6, Hos. II. I, Ps. 138. 3. I K. 15. 13 yi'TW^ Q31
n^'^12t25 rnO***! itSt^ and also Maacha his mother he removed
from being dowager, 12. 17. Hos. 13. 6 ^yjltp^ DH^'jnpS)
the more their pasture, the more they ate themselves full.
Gen. 22. 24, 2 K. 16. 14, Jer. 6. 19, Mic. 2. 13, Ex. 14. 20.
After X\S^ Nu. 22. 11. In 2 S. 11. 12 n^inDt:)'^ begins v. 13.
tt: It • "
Similarly after a clause stating the ground or reason, i S.
15. 23 ^n'^Dp ?lpMn?l . . . Pf?^yi )^\ because thou hast
rejected the word of Je. he has rejected thee from being king.
I K. 10. 9, Is. 45. 4; 48. S, Job 36. 9, Ps. 59. 16 (Hitz. ^'sh^^
cf. I S. 2. 16. Pr. 25. 4 (inf. abs.).
And vav impf. regularly continues another vav impf., as
Nu. 22. 21, 22 « nM"nn;n . . . ^^ . . . uhn^ '*» t2^>^^
and Balaam arose and saddled his ass, and went • • • and^^
anger of God was kindled,
§ 51. In such sentences as and in course of time Cain
brought^ or, and when they were in the field Cain rose upy
i.e, when the circumstances, temporal or adverbial, under
which the action was performed are stated, the language
I
IMPERFECT WITH STRONG VAV 7$
prefers to use co-ordinate clauses, prefixing "^TT^ and it was.
Gen. 4. 3 r)2 M1J5 D'^p^ Yjpp '^!T»1 and it was in course of
time that (and) Cain brought \ 4. 8 iTTtea DJl'l*'!!^ '^iTI
p Dp**! ^«^ ^V ze;^^ when they were in the field tJmt C. rose
up. This construction is the usual one in prose narrative.
See for variety of usage Gen. 12. 11, 14; 19. 34; 21. 22;
22. 20; 24. 52; 26. 8; 27. I ; 29. 13; 41. 8, Jud. i. 14; 11. 4,
I S. 10. II ; II. II end, 2 S. 2. 23.
Rem. I . Such a sentence as and when they saw her they
praised her may be made in various ways. i. . . . D^^")3 W
. . . >hhrw 2. . . . DnK-13 . . . ihrw 3 "hbrr^^ /. .^K"i*)*.
•I • • • •! • ^^ •■ • •
The first is usual ; the second with inf. back in the clause is
classical, e.g. Gen. 32. 26 ; 34. 7 (35. 9) ; the third not
unusual with seey hear, and finish np3 (24. 19 ; 30. i ; 37.
21, Ex. 34. 33, 2 S. II. 27), but also in other cases. Other
forms are rarer, e,g. Gen. 27. 34 wH^J . . . Dni<"l3 without
and{cL 2 S. 15. 10) ; or mainly late, as wH^ . , . 0^1^131 or
^ivH . . , '"jSl with and at the beginning.
The secution to \T1 is not always vav impf., though this
is usual. These forms appear i. '? N^J) , , . \T1. 2. NTl
> KW 3. K-3n rf^ . . . -n^. 4. 'P nam . . . ^nx Exx.
of 2, Gen. 40. I, Ex. 16. 27, Deu. 9. 11, Jos. 10. 27, i S.
18.30, I K. II. 4; 14. 25; 15. 29; 17. 17. Of 3, Gen.
7. 10; 15. 12 ; 22. I, Ex. 12. 29, I S. 18. I, 2 S. 3. 6, 2 K.
2. 9. In 4 n^n is usually followed by ptcp. or nominal sent.
Rem. 2. Ex. of vav impf. after stative verb, Is. 3. 16,
are haughty and walk \ Ps. 16. 9. The impf. after TX, &c.
referring to the past (§ 45) is also continued by vav impf.
Jos. 8. 30, 31 ; 10. 12 ; 22. i, i K. 3. 16; 11. 7 perf., 2 K.
12. 18. On the other hand, the secution of fut. perf.
(§ 41 c) is usually vav perf. or simple impf., Jud. 9. 9, i S.
26. 9, Is. 4. 4; 55. 10, II, Gen. 26. 10; 43. 9. So very
often the proph. perf. (§ 41 d) and perf. of confidence is con-
tinued by vav perf., the ideal position not being maintained.
Gen. 9. 13; 17. 20, Nu. 24. 17, Deu. 15. 6, 2 K. 5. 20,
Is. 2. II ; 43. 14.
Rem. 3. In the brief language of poetry vav impf. some-
J6 HEBREW SYNTAX §51.
times expresses a dependence which is usually expressed by
"•3. Is. 51. 12, 13 WW ^1^?"'*D who art thou that t?wufearest?
Ps. 144. 3 with 8. 5. Cf. Is. 49. 7.
Rem. 4. Vav impf. express the ingress or entrance upon
realisation of the second action in connection with the
first. But the second is confined to the sphere of the first,
and has not independent duration, as an unconnected impf.
might have. Thus.W *^?&J he saidy audit was, is all bounded
by one circle, so that and it was becomes in usage the
expression of a finished fact, taking on the quality of the
preceding perf. Hence vav impf. comes to stand inde-
pendently in the sense of the perf. It may be interjected
like the perf. amidst other forms (§ 41 d), Ps. 55. 18, 19,
Hab. I. 10, or stand unconnected with immediately preced-
ing forms, Ps. 8. 6 and thou didst let him want, adding
merely another fact ; cf. 2 S. 19. 2, where mourns is a larger
idea than "weeps" which it embraces (unless "mourns"
were understood of successive fits of lamentation). The
fact expressed by vav. impf. may be completed really or only
ideally. Jer. 38. 9 and he is dead (must die) of hunger ;
Job 10. 8 and thou hast swallowed me up\ 10. 22 and it has
shone (its light is) as darkness. Cf. the instructive pass.
Nu. 12. 12.
In such poetical passages as Job 4. 5; 6. 21; 14. 10,
where vav impf. appears to follow a present, it is not the
vav impf. but the preceding v^rbs that are peculiar. The
vigorous poetical style expresses the completed acts touchy
see, die, by the impf. (pres.), cf. 14. lod. — It is not always
easy to perceive the significance of the changes in secution ;
cf. Am. 9. 5 with Ps. 104. 32, Hos. 8. 13, Mic. 6. 16, Ps. 42. 6
with V, 12, Job 7. 17, 18 ; 9. 20, Ps. 52. 9.
Rem. 5. The use of the impf., particularly in poetry, can
hardly be accounted for by supposing that it expresses in
every case some meaning distinctively belonging to the
simple impf. This difficulty has induced some scholars to
assume that the vav conv. forms may be broken up and
still retain the conversive sense. Hitz. proceeds on these
principles: i. vav and the verb maybe separated, so that
^ijlDp . . . 1 = l^opi vav perf. ; and i^Dp; ... I, {j^ep;; . . . 1 =
IMPERFECT WITH STRONG VAV ^^
f>OP5, and so f^bp^ . . . 1 = ^bp5. Job. 5. 1 1 ; 28. 25, Is.
29. 16, Ps. 22. 22; 27. 10; 44. 10, Job 3. 25 d; 4. II,
Jer. 44. 22.* 2. The simple impf. forms without vav may
be equivalent to the convers. forms where the latter might
have, stood, viz. at the head of the clause, so that ^l?p!,
h^PX = ^????1 and ^^p\ = i>bp^_, Ps. 8. 7 ; 18. 12 ; 44. II ; 81.
• • • •
8; 138. 3; 139. 13, Hos. 6. I. 3. The simple impf. forms
(without vav in the clause) may be equivalent to the convers.
forms in the middle of a clause, just because there the vav
conv. forms could not stand, the vav necessarily falling-
away ! Ps. 32. 5 ; 60. 12 ; 114. 3. Cf. Hitzig on Ps. 32. 5 ;
30. 9; 39. 4; 116. 3, Jer. 15. 6; 44. 22.
The exx. cited by Ew. indicate that he proceeds virtually
on the same principles, i. Ps. 69. 22 impf. disjoined from
vav (in secution to vav impf.). 2. Ps. 78. 15 no vav but
impf. at head of the clause where vav conv. impf. might
have stood. So v. 26, 49, 50. 3. Ps. 81. 7 no vav in
the clause and impf. (after perf.) not at the head. So
Ps. 106. 18; 107. 6, 13. Driver admits of two cases: i.
Separation of vav by tmesis, but only with strictly modified
form (i'tDp; &c.). And 2. strictly modified form at head of
clause without vav. If the principle be admitted at all,
however, it will be necessary to go further, because the
strictly modified forms are so few, and even they are not
always employed.
In regard to i, 3 of Hitz. above, it is certain that the
presence or absence of a preceding vav has no effect on the
usage of impf. in the middle of a clause.
It is not unnatural that in rapid and vigorous speech the
vav might drop off when the verb stands at the head of a
clause, particularly among other vav impf. forms, as Ps. 78.
15, 26. Comp. Ps. 106. 17 with Nu. 16. 32; 26. 10; Hos.
6. I, Pr. 7. 7. Cf. Ps. 18. 12, 14, 16, 38, 39, 44, with the
same verses in 2 S. 22,
Rem. 6. In some cases vav impf. is pointed as simple
vav, e.g. Is. 10. 13 *l^DN|, "l^*^^^), 43. 28 ^^nKI, 48. 3; 51. 2;
* Hitz. extends the principle to prose, e.g* Deu. 2. 12, Jos. 15. ^^y 2 S,
2. 28 (on Job 20. 19).
78 HEBREW SYNTAX § 52, 53.
57. 17; 63. 3—5, Zech. 8. 10, Ps. 104. 32; 107. 26-29. In
most of these cases the peculiarity belongs to \h& first pers.
In some of them the vav has evidently conversive force, e,g.
Is. 43. 28; 51. 2; in others, e.g. Is. 10. 13, it may be
doubtful whether the impf. be not a graphic pres. or freq.
There seems no doubt that according to the Massor. tradition
the strong vav received in some instances a lighter pro-
nunciation. On similar light vav with Juss. cf. § 65, R. 6.
Rem. 7. Strong vav is also used with Cohort. This
form had no doubt originally a wider sense as an intensive.
In some cases a certain force or liveliness may still appear
in coh. with vav. conv., e,g. Gen. 41. 11 '"JOPt^ and why!
we dreamed^ 32. 6, Ps. 3. 6; but often any additional
emphasis is not to be detected, the form being partly
rh3rthmical, 2 S. 22. 24, or probably, since coh. and juss.
make up a single tense-form, partly used as the natural
parallel to the juss. forms of vav impf. The use of strong
vav with coh. is sporadic. It is rare in the prophets, and
most common in the personal narratives in Ezr., Neh., and
Dan.
PERFECT WITH STRONG VAV. VAV CONV. PERF.
§ 52. Vav perf. follows a simple impf. in any of its uses,
and has the same use. It has, however, in practice become
a tense-form, used in the sense of impf., particularly as fut.
and freq., although no impf. precedes. When a neg. or
other word must come between the vav and perf., the dis-
course returns to the simple impf. Is. 1 1. 6 fenS'Dy Ifc^t 131
VSl"^'^ '^iroy "IMI and the wolf shall dwell with the lamb,
and the leopard shall lie down with the kid ; Hos. 2. 9
fc^!^ri M /I OnttJpl^ dnd she shall seek them^ and shall not
find them. Gen. 12. 12, i S. i. 11.
§ 53. (a) Vav perf. continues impf. in the sense oi fut.y
and its use in this sense is general, although no impf.
immediately precedes, i K. 22. 22 "IpeJ TVPi "^rC^Ti^ MSfc^
/ will go out and be a lying spirit; Jud. 6. 16 ^^"^ rpnt^
\
PERFECT WITH STRONG VAV 79
r)**3?T\ / will be with thee, and thou shalt smite Midian.
With interrog. Ex. 2. 7 '^JIM'^'T) *^7t?n shall I go and call}
Jud. 15. 18, Ru. I. II, I S. 23. 2. With neg. Jer. 22. 10
ilM'^l *Tiy Q'lttr Vh he shall no more return, and see his
native land. Gen. 18. 18; 24. 7, 38, 40; 40. 13, 19; 46. 33;
SO. 25.
(J?) It continues the impf. when it is contingent or
dependent on something foregoing, and in general in the
senses mentioned § 43 b. E,g. of volition, i S. 17. 32 Tfl^y
DD/?") ^^, *^y servant will go and fight. Of command,
Ex. 20. 24 r\mr\ "h'ri^Vn rro-rW naWD an altar of earth
^ T : -it: • V -:i- t t-: - : •
s/ialt thou make me, and sacrifice upon it ; v. 9. — Gen. 37. 26
what gain itt'lTlM ^"'Ml la^'PTW-nW ahPT^ '^S ///a^ we
should kill our brother, and cover his blood ? i S. 29. 8. —
Gen. 27. 12 yflyn?^? ^T(<V\ ^W^"^. ^^^ perhaps he may
feel mCy and I shall be as one that mocks him. 2 K. 19. 4,
Nu. 22. II, 2 s. 16. 12. — 2 K. 14. 10 njna. mann naSi
• > t: VT : • T T :
njJ/Dpl why shouldst thou provoke misfortune and fall ?
Jer. 40. 15. — Gen. 39. 9 "TiMtOm . . . nto^fc^ ^n*'^ how should
/ do this great evil and sin\ 2 S. 12. 18 how sltall we tell
him, and he will take on (how if ... he will, &c.). — Jud. i. 12
"h '^nnai . . . ma'^l O'p na*^ -^aJW whoever smites Kirjath
•-t{ tt: ' ¥— V-: ^
Sepher, and takes it, I will give, &c. Gen. 44. 9. After
*iy, "^ttJM *Ty Gen. 29. 8, Jud. 16. 2, i S. i. 22, 2 S. 10. 5,
Hos. 5. 15. After Tr^% Ex. i. 19, i S. 2. 15 in ^, freq,
sense. See Cond. Sent.
{c) It continues an impf. following telic particles. Gen.
32. 12 "'iSiTl M5^"]5) lest he come and smite me. Is. 28. 13
«l"\^tp:i "ht^ «7J^. ]y??^ that they may go, and fall and
be broken, &c. With M7T that not Deu. 19. 10; 23. 15. — Gen.
3. 22; 19. 19, Ex. I. 10, Deu. 4. 16, 19; 6. IS, i S. 9. S, Is.
6. 10, Hos. 2. s> Am. 5. 6. — Gen. 12. 13, Nu. 15. 40, Deu. 4. i ;
6. 18.
80 HEBREW SYNTAX § M, 65.
Rem. I. It is rarer that impf. with simple vav is used
instead of vav perf. after the particles in d, c, as Ps. 2. 12
Vl3fi^ni ^3K^"ta lest he be angry and ye perish. In most of
the cases the verbs are parallel (just as in very many other
cases they are asyndetous), e.g. Is. 40. 27 (nob) ; Ex. 23. 12,
Is. 41. 20 (I?p5'). And "h^^ perhaps has often almost the
force of a wish, and vav with impf. expresses purpose. Jer.
20. 10 (cohor.), Nu. 22. 6, i K. 18. 5.
§ 54. Vav perf. continues an impf. expressing what is
customary or general (freq. impf.) in pres. or past, {a) Ex.
1. 19 riT\ rrh^ry Minn 0*11051 before the midwife
comes they are delivered \ Hos. 7. 7 ■^«i3n3 TOfT 0^3
^'?^ th^y ^^ S^^ heated like an oven, and devour their
judges ; Is. 36. 6 "^SSJ Mni v'^JT tt^« •sjQD'; "IttJM on which
^;?^ /^^«j, and it goes into his hand ; Am. 5. 19 D^'' *^tt5M3
1^ "lyaoi '^^b^n •^iSD CJ^Mn as ^ man flees from a lion,
and a bear meets him. Ex. 18. 16, Deu. 5. 21; ii. 10, Is.
29. 8, II, 12, Jer. 17. S-8; 20. 9, Ez. 29. 7, Mic. 2. i, 2, Pr.
4. 16; 16. 29; 18. 10, 17.
ip) Very commonly in the past. Gen. 2. 6 Xy7S\ ^tjl
illJttJPn ... a mist used to go up, and water \ 2. 10 t!XSKS\
iljrT} TJED*^, from there it separated itself, and became four
heads; i S. 2. 19, 20, and a little robe liat^ i^Tfto^ln
A> nn^yrn his mother used to make for him, and bring it
Up to him every year. Gen. 6. 4 ; 29. 2, 3 ; 31.8; 38. 9, Ex.
17. II, Nu. 21. 8, 9, I K. 18. 10. This use oi vav perf. is very
common in graphic descriptions of past events that were
customary or habitual, and in giving the details of a scene.
Gen. 29. 2, 3 (watering of the flocks), Ex. 33. 7-1 1 (procedure
with the Tabernacle), Jud. 2. 18, 19 (what happened when a
Judge was raised up), Jud. 6. 2-6 (details of a Midianite
raid), I S. i. 4-7 (Elkanah's case with his two wives), i S.
2, 13-16 (practice of the priests), i S. 17. 34-36 (David's
PERFECT WITH STRONG VAV 8 1
experiences with wild beasts), Am. 4. 7, 8 (a drought), i K.
5. 6-8 (Solomon's menage).
Rem. I. (i) The story is generally introduced by ^^'^1
and it used to bey followed by DK or ""S with perf. (simple
perf. Nu. II. 8), sometimes without n>m (Jud. 2. 18); or by
freq. impf. Ex. 33. 7. (2) Details are often introduced or a
new start made in the narrative by n^ni. (3) When vav is
disjoined from the verb the simple freq. impf. is employed.
(4) The writer does not always consistently continue vav
perf. or freq. impf., but falls into simple narrative with vav
impf., &c., I S. 2. 16, Jud. 6. 4; 12. 5, 6. The passage
I S. 17. 34 seq. is freq., Dp^l having the force of a vigorous
supposition (when he rose up).
The use of vav perf. as freq. is exceedingly free ; it may
occur in any connexion, introducing an additional trait or
an entirely new fact. Is. 6. 'i nr7K nt fcOpI and one cried
J •J V V V T t:
(continuously) to the other ; 2 S. 12. 16 ^B^ y1 M^ and he
went in and lay all night (the child died on 7th day), i S. 7. 16
'^^.andhe used to go yearly (following a historical narrative) ;
I K. 9. 25 'k^ •^^if.pl and^oX, offeredthnce a year (a new point).
I S. 16. 23 ; 27. 9, I K. 4. 7, 2 K. 3. 4, cf. Gen. 37. 3.
§ 55. Vav perf. continues verbal forms belonging to the
sphere of impf., or equivalent to it in meaning, as (a) imper.,
coh., juss. ; (6>) infin. ; (c) ptcp.
(a) I S. 8. 22 ^jS^rn D^p5. 5^tp listen to their voice,
and appoint a king] i K. 2. 31 "ifl^lpl "ia'S^JQ fall upon
him, and bury him. Gen. 6. 14; 19. 2 ; 45. 19, Ex. 18. 19-22,
I S. 12. 24; 15. 3, 18, 2 S. 19. 34, I K. 2. 36; 17. 13, Jer.
25. 15. So after inf. abs, as general imper. (§ 88 b\ Deu.
1. 16; 31. 26, Jer. 32. 14. Cohort., Gen. 31. 44 T^'yi XXTOSl
"7^7 XV^XV\ let us make a cov. and it shall be a witness : Ru.
2. 7. After juss., Ex. 5. 7 ]nn ^©tt5)pl. «V,?. DH let them go
themselves, and gather straw, i K. i. 2; 22. 13. Gen. 1. 14;
28. 3.
{b) Infin.— In ref. to fut, 2 K. 18. 32 "^nilpST '^MSiy
6
82 HEBREW SYNTAX § 66, 57.
till I come and take you; Jud. 8. 7 'n*^^ Hirnk^ "^ nns
'^rUP'Tl when Je. gives Zebah into my hand / will thrash^ &c.
Gen. 27. 45, Ex. i. 16; 7. 5, Jud. 6. 18, i S. 10. 2, 8, i K.
2.42, 2 K. 10. 2, 3. So inf. abs. for finite verb, Is. 5- 5 ; 31. 5.
After inf. \n freq. sense, Am. i. 11 nnttJ^ VHM "iDT^ vj^
V^rn and stifled his compassions] Jer. 7. 9, 10 rftn Ibiirj
DHMl^ . . . ^y\, do ye steal, murder, commit adultery . . .
and then come and stand before me ! 23. 14.
{c) Ptcp.— In ref. to fut., Ex. 7. 17 . . . HM ''?l5|!j nail
0*17 '^SDrfil behold / will smite the waters, and tJtey shall
be turned into blood. So v, 27, 28 ; 8. 17; 17. 6, Deu, 4. 22,
Jos. I. 13, I S. 14. 8, I K. 2. 2; 13. 2, 3; 20. 36, Jer. izi. 9;
25. 9. In a contingent or freq. sense, Ex. 21. 12 ^\k Jllp^
rip*1 any one who smites a man so that he dies ; 2 S. 14. 10
"h^ "inMnni •n*''?^ lait^n whoever speaks to thee bring
///;« /^ me (it is scarcely necessary to read iriMirn, cf. Jer.
2. 27, Song 5. 9, Jos. 2. 17, 20). I s. 2. 13, 14 nij ni^ ttj'^M'ba
]!l!brT *^y3 ^^'^ whenever any one sacrificed the priest's man
would come . . ,v, 14. Nu. 21. 8, 2 S. 17. 17, Mic, 3. 5.
§ 56. Vav perf. may follow anything which supplies the
ground or condition of a new development. Hence it forms
the apodosis to temporal, causal, and conditional sentences
or their equivalents, casus pendens^ &c. Gen. 3. 5 D'i*'5'
D5*'5*'3? ^11)7531 D373biJ on the day ye eat your eyes shall be
opened. Obad. 8. Hos. i. 4 '^mi^g^ tOJTp TiJ^ yet a little,
and I will visit] and often with *T15^, Ex. 17. 4, Is. 10. 25 ;
21. 16; 29. 17, cf, 16. 14; 18. S, I S. 2. 31, I K. 13. 31. — Is.
6. 7 ^y^^ ^0\ "T^rmtr^V nt ^M this has touched thy
lips, and thine iniquity shall depart. Ps. 25. 11 ?I??^ 15?^ <
Inn^D*) '"^ for thy name's sdikQ pardon. Is. 3. 16, 17; 37. 29,
T • ^ It •
Nu. 14. 24, Jud. 1 1. 8, I K. 20. 28, 2 K. 19. 28. — Casus pendens^
Is. 9. 4 nn";irTl . . . ]Slb I^Mp'Sp '^a for every boot of him
that trampeth in the fray . . . shall be for burning ; 10. 26
PERFECT WITH STRONG VAV 83
Ifc^toJ^ lD*»n"^y ^ntSip^ and his rod upon the sea, he shall
lift it up. Nu. 14. 31, I S. 25, 27, 2 S. 14. 10. After. ri^H.
Nu. 14. 40 XihT[ ^3|rT ; Jer. 23. 39 '^n'^tpjT '^ajH (so r^.
=*'nMto31). Ez. 34. II. Cf. Gen. 47. 23. In all the above
uses of vav the apod, has a certain emphasis.
And, of course, vav perf. continues another vav perf.
Gen. 3. 22 •^pn . . . 73^1 . . . ni27l . . . n?tp^"]5). Deu. 1 1.
1 8--20.
§ 57. When there is an adverbial clause the phrase XXV^
and it shall be^ or, was (freq.), is often prefixed, particularly
when the actions diXQfut. or frequentative. Ex. 22. 26 TT'TT\,
'^riJ^tDI ^"^ p3^$^"^3 and when he shall cry unto me, / will
hear] Nu. 21. 9 '^PH . . . tO^^arn ttJ^'MTl^ lTt2>3-DW mm and
// was if a serpent had bitten a man, he looked • • . and lived]
Jud. 6. 3 ];jTp n^5n 'th T\XnV^ mm. and it was when
Israel had sown, Midian used to come up. Gen. 24. 14; 27. 40,
44. 31, Ex. I. 10; 4. 8, 9; 17. II ; Deu. 17. 18, Jud. 4. 20, i S.
3. 9; 16. 16, I K. I. 21; II. 38. — Gen. 30. 41; 38. 9, Jud.
19' 30> I S. 16. 23, 2 S. 14. 26; 15. 5. If and be disjoined
from verb the impf. must be used. Gen. 12. 12 ; 30. 42. But
frequently impf. without and is employed, Gen. 4. 14, Ex.
33- 7-^^ I S. 2. 36; 17. 25, 2 S.- 15. 35, I K. 2. 37; 19. 17,
2 K. 4. ID, Is. 2. 2 ; 10. 27 ; 14. 3, 4.
Rem. I. In § 56 the time designations are sometimes
very terse ; Ex. 16. 6 DJnjn^l 315^ at evening, then ye shall
know. Cf. Nu. 16. 5 Vri}\ "^ijil in the morning he will show.
Jud. 16. 2. Pr. 24. 27 ri"*?5^ "^HK afterwards, then build thy
house, I K. 13. 31. The causal connection also may be
very slightly expressed. Gen. 20. 11 there is no fear of
God here ^?^^'^J. and they will kill me. Ru. 3. 9 I am Ruth
rifena^ therefore spread thy skirt. 2 K. 9. 26 I saw the blood
of Naboth yesterday '•|?P??'l and I will requite thee. Is. 5.8
till there be no place DDlC^n) and ye be let dwell alone. 2 S.
7. 9, 14; 14. 7, Gen. 26. 10, 22, Deu. 6. 5, Jud. i. 15, Pr.
6. II ; 24. 33, 34. Am. 5. 26, 27, and (therefore) ye shall
84 HEBREW SYNTAX 5 58. 69.
take up (the unexpressed ground is the exaggerated cultus
in contrast to v. 25).
Vav perf., however, has acquired the force of a repre-
sentative of the impf.y and may occur in a fiit. or freq. sense
in any connection. Josh. 22. 28, Is. 2. 2, Jud. 13. 3, i S.
15. 28, I K. 2. 44. Ex. 6. 6, 2 S. 16. 13. Peculiar Am.
7. 4 JXOW and it would (or willy is in act to — the imminent
act made pres.) devour. The act was not begun.
Rem. 2. The two most common forms of § 57 are Hos.
I. e ^traZA wnn tf>3 mm /wtU break : and Hos. 2. 23 mm
najK wnn rf^a IwUl answer, cf. ZT. 18. The latter common
in Is. (see exx. at end of § 57). Am. 8. 9, Zeph. i. 8,
with 12.
Rem. 3. In later style mm sometimes agrees with j//fy*.,
Nu. 5. 27, Jer. 42. 16; cf. v. 17, instead of being used
impersonally.
PERF. AND IMPF. WITH SIMPLE VAV (COPULATIVE)
§ 58. In the more ancient and classical language vav
with perf. is almost invariably conversive. In the declining
stages of the speech the vav of the form vtJpl is often
simply copulative, and lie killed \ while in post-biblical
language the vav convers. disappears. In the classical
language, however, vav with perf. occasionally expresses an
action not consequential or successive to what precedes, but
co-ordinate with it.
(a) When the second verb merely repeats the idea of the
first, being synonymous, or in some way parallel with it.
I S. 12. 2 •^initol ^P!Sff\ '^iW I am old and grey; Is. I. 2
••JTOQi^lT *'^?'!!? D'^?Sl I have nourished and brought up
children. Gen. 31. 7 he has cozened me, and clianged
(changing) my hire. Deu. 2. 30, Nu. 23. 19, i K. 8. 47, 2 K.
19. 22, Is. 29. 20; 63. 10, Ps. 20. 9; 27. 2; 38. 9, Job I. 5,
Lam. 2. 22, I Chr. 23. i. This differs little from the asyn-
detous construction. Jos. 13. i. Lam. 2. 16, Jud. 5. 27.
PERF. AND IMPF. WITH SIMPLE VAV 85
(b) When the second verb expresses a contrast, i K.
3. 1 1 n'pMttr) . . . trr:!^ 11*?MttJ vh thou hast not asked long
•^ t:-t: -TTf-T °
life . . . but hast askedy &c. Jer. 4. 10, thou saidst, Ye shall
have peace ttJDSrny I'lH Wi-I whereas the szuord reaches
to the life, i S. 10. 2 he has lost thought of the asses
03 V ilfc^TI and is coticerned zbout you. 2 K. 8. 10, Pr. 9. 12.
And, in general, when an action is thrown out of the
stream of narrative, and invested with distinct importance
and independence. Gen. 21. 25 3b^ npim. and Abr. chid
with Abimelek. Gen. 34. 5 held his peace^ so 2 K. 18. 36.
1 K. 21. 12 (the two points in Jezebel's letter are carried out).
2 K. 18. 4, where, perhaps, each of the acts is emphasised.
Is. 1.8 and is left, 22. 14 ; 28. 26.
(r) But there are many cases where vav with perf.
appears in simple narrative, and is merely copulative. I K.
12. 32; 13. 3; 14. 27; 2 K. 14. 7, 10; 21.4; 23. 4, and often.
The usage becomes more common as the language declines,
and comes under the influence of Aramaic. Even in early
style the form XTTT[ and it was is not quite rare. Am. 7. 2,
I S. I. 12; 10. 9; 17. 48; 25. 20, 2 S. 6. 16. In Gen. 38. 5
rd, \^XT\ with Sep.
Rem. I. The perf. with vav seems occasionally to resume
and restate briefly an event previously described in detail ;
Jud. 7. 13 i)S31, I K. 20. 21, Gen. 15. 6? The two cases of
/?J1 Jud. 3. 23, 2 S. 13. 18 are curious. In 2 S. v, 18 states
how the two injunctions of z;. 17 were literally carried out.
In I K. II. 10 njyi has almost plup. sense. In i K. 6. 32,
35 i?51 ^s freq., distributing the act over several objects;
§ 54 d. In 2 S. 16. 5 the consn. is unusual, two nominal
clauses might have been expected. In some cases the text
is faulty, as Is. 38. 15 IDNI.
§ 59. The impf. with simple vav (copulative) is common
in all periods of the language, especially in animated speech.
The use of the simple impf., and especially its repetition,
86 HEBREW SYNTAX § 60. 61.
gives the vaiious actions more independence and force than
if the ordinary secution with vav per/, had been adopted.
Gen. 49. 7 DS^^DMI . . . Qp^HM / will divide them . . . and I
zvill scatter them ; Hos. 5. 14 *^ j?ISI*l ^'itpt^. Sometimes with
force of contrast, Hos. 6. i ^ib^ED'^'^l Pl^tD he has torn, but
he will heal us, 8. 13; 13. 8, Is. 5. 29. The asyndetous
consn. is only slightly more vivid. Ex. 15. 9, Hos. 5. 15;
^' 3 5 9' 95 lO' 2 (common in Hos.). In later style impf.
with simple vav is used where earlier style would have used
vav perf., Ps. 91. 14; and in conditional sentences, Is. 40. 30.
THE MOODS. IMPERATIVE, JUSSIVE, AND
COHORTATIVE.
§ 60. The imper. is used, as in other languages, to
express a command, advice (often ironical, i K. 2. 22, Am.
4. ^y permission, or request. Besides the ordinary form one
strengthened by H may be used, to which or to the ordinary
form the precative particle M3 is often added; Gen. 27. 26
'^^TiPttJ'l M3TTttJ3 come here and kiss me! 24. 23 '^^ M3 '^TSH
tell me! Ex. 20. 12, 2 S. 18. 23, Nu. 23. 7.
The imper. is only used in 2nd pers. ; for other persons
the impf. (juss., coh.) must be employed; Gen. 18. 4 fc^JTlp^
Q^D toyp let some water be brought. Even for the 2nd pers.
the impf. is often used, § 45, R. 4. Gen. 44. 33, i K. i. 2.
The imper. cannot be_ uaed-with nfigati\[e pa rticle s. The
impf. must be used, whether with fc^7, expressing a command,
or with 7M, expressing oftener dissuasion, deprecation. In
the latter case the juss. is very common. Gen. 45. 9 TW\
Tfaj^p'bst "^bbjk come down to me, delay not', Deu. 9. 7 ■^b|
nSttJri'bs^ remember, forget not. Gen. 18. 3; 26. 2; 37. 22,
Deu. 31. 6, 2 K. 18. 26-32, Is. 6. 9, Jer. 4. 3, 4. Ex. 20. 3 seq.
Rem. I. While the lengthened imper. originally ex-
pressed some subjective emphasis on the part of the speaker,
THE MOODS. IMPER., JUSS., AND COHORTATIVE 87
it is often dificult to see any difference between the forms
in usage, comp. Jud. 9. 8 with v. 14, i S. 9. 23. The
extended form seems more courteous than the abrupt shorter
form, but euphony always exerts an influence. In some
cases the longer form has become fixed, as H^n hasten^ (TJ^y
awake^ HB^an bring near^ *^??]?^'? swear^ ^^^^P^ listen (exc.
Job 33. 31), and others.
Rem. 2. The imper. is sometimes interjected in descrip-
tions of the fut., the speaker himself taking part in the
events described, and directly addressing the subject of
them. This imper. is equivalent to a strong subjective ex-
pression of fut., e,g. Is. 54. 14 '•prn be far = thou shalt he
far, Ps. no. 2, Job 5. 22, i S. 10. 7, Is. 37. 30; 65. 18.
Rem. 3. In higher style the plur. imper. is used when
no definite subj. is addressed ; Is. 13. 2 D?"^fc<b lift up a
signal! = let a signal be lifted up ! 14. 21, and often.
Rem. 4. A number of imper. may follow one another,
particularly in animated speech. Gen. 27. 19, Jer. 5. i.
Various forms appear, i. *ito« ?p gv, say^ Deu. 5. 27, 2 S.
7. 3, I K. 18. 8, 19, 41, 44; 19. 5, Hos. I. 2. 2. *^bM 1^ go
and sayy i K. 22. 22, &c. 3. ?7^fJ^: *^> E)eu. 12. 28, Jud.
4. 6, 2 S. 7. 5, I K. 19. II, Is. 6. 9. 4. 1T)DM ^Sn, Jer.
2. I ; 3. 12, and often in Jer., 2 S. 24. 12, 2 K. 5. 10.
Not uncommon formulas are, i K. 20. 7 ^N"!^ WW.
V. 22 sing., Jer. 2. 19. Different order, Jer. 5, i \ffX\ fcO"1fiO%
cf. both forms, i S. 23. 22, 23.
§ 61 • Jussive and Cohortative.^ — Besides the ordinary
impf. there are two modified forms of it, the so-called
Cohortative and the Jussive. The former, used in the first
person, expresses the desire^ willy or intention of the speaker
when he himself is subj. of the action; the juss., used in
second and third pers., expresses the speaker's desire^ willy
or command when others are the subj. of the action. The
1 The impf. &c. of an Ar. verb, in 3rd pers. is as follows : —
Impf Subj, Juss, Energic.
3 s, yaqtuh/ yaqtula yaqtul yaqtula»»a, yaqtulow,
3 pi. yaqtuli2na yaqtul/2 yaqtul/3 p. yaqtula.
88 HEBREW SYNTAX S 62. 63.
first form is called by some the Intentional ; others embrace
both under the name Voluntative.
WTien special cohort, and juss. forms exist they are
generally used to express the senses just iK>ted, but by no
means uniformly, the simple impf. being often found where
the modified forms might have been emplo^-ed. Job 3. 9
§ 62. Use of Cohort. — ^The coh. or intentional is used to
express the m// of the speaker in reH to his own action,
Deu. 12. 20 -Itn rh^ik I mmld eat flesh; 17. 14 PID'^M
•?p^ ^77 / vnll set a king over me ; 13. 7 'l^ rroySI n37^
G'^'^Trt^ «v VL*Ul go and serve other gods. The particle ttt
is often added. Gen. iS. 21 l^ 1 1 MM / mill go daum^ Ex.
3. 3, Jud. 19. II, 13, Is. 5. I. The cohort, form is only
occasic»ial mth neg., 2 S. 24. 14 aiTK TJ^ '^ ' f Q, K3 1 n93
TTT^wTiJ^ . . . but into the hand of man let me notfaU\ Jer.
17. 18; 18. 18, JoiL I. 14, Ps. 25. 2; 69L 15. When there are
several verbs one may have coh. form and the others not, or
all may have it Comp. Is. i. 24, Gen. 24. 57, Pis. 26. 6 YnAs,
Gen. 22. 3 ; 33. 12, 2 S. 3. 21, Hos. 2. 9; 6l 3, P^ 27. 6l—
Thus when the speaker is free the ccA. expresses intention
or determination, or it may be desire; when he is dependent
on others it expresses a i»-ish or request. Gen. 1 1. 3, 4, 7 ;
12. 2, 3; 33. 14; 5a 5, Xu. 21. 22, Deu. 2. 27, Jud. 12. 5,
I S. 28. 22, 2 S. 16. 9, I K. 19. 2a
§ 6y Use of Jussive — ^The juss^ is used — (a) to express a
command; i S. la 8 TTHH 2'*:2'» fCGtf seven days thou
shalt xMXttt. P^urticulariy in neg. sentences^ Deu. 3. 26
^^ ^?^ ^'? ^IDiiTT^ J^^eai to me m? tmore; Hos. 4. 4
S?^ i v^\' VW) yi^""^^ t?^ let mxme comt^nd and none
rg j^ rov e ^ If there be se\"eral neg. clauses ^T is often used
after the first, i K. 2a 8 rOiV^ W^ T^^^TiT^ listen not,
amsent. Am. 5. 5 ; but in impassKxied language Tt)
THE MOODS. IMPER., JUSS., AND COHORTATIVE 89
is retained, Hos. 4. 15, Ob. 12-14. — Gen. 22. 12; 30. 34;
33.9; 45. 20,Deu. 15. 3.
{b) To express advice or recommendation; Jud. 15. 2
her sister is prettier imnn 717 M3'^rm have her instead of
* TV J-': T»:
her; Gen. 41. 33 nnn^'tty^. ttJ^b* Hinp M^;! (so Baer) let
Ph. look out a man and place him\ v, 34. Ex. 8. 25, i K.
I. 2; 22. 13.
{c) To express a wish, request, or entreaty; i S. I. 23
\^y^ '"» DJT; may Je. fulfil his word ; i K. 17. 21 t^J"!^^
T\^T^ 'yy^TVXd'Sl may tlie soul of this child return \ Gen.
V - VV — ¥ V '
18. 30 yhV^ "irr^ M2"7b^ be not angry. Lord. Gen. 13. 8;
19. 7; 26. 28; 30. 24; 31. 49; 44. 33; 45. 5, Ex. 5. 21, Nu.
23. 10, I S. 24. 16, 2 S. 19. 38, I K. 20. 32.
Rem. I. In a few cases the coh. appears in 3rd pers.,
E)eu. 33. 16 {rd. riNDn?), Is. 5. 19, Ps. 20. 4, Job 11. 17.
On the other hand a few cases occur of juss. in ist pers.,
I S. 14. 36, 2 S. 17. 12, Is. 41. 23 (Kth.), 28. These
facts might suggest that coh. was at one time a complete
tense-form (like Ar. energic), and that the same was true of
juss. At present the fragmentary forms supplement each
other.
Rem. 2. Except in neg. sent, the juss. of 2nd pers. is
rare, the imper. being used, in 2nd pers. i S. 10. 8, Ez.
3. 3 (Sep. points Kal), Ps. 71. 21. It is also rarely that the
juss. is used after vh] Gen. 24. 8, i Sam. 14. 36, 2 S.
17. 12; 18. 14 (coh.), I K. 2. 6, Ez. 48. 14. Deu. 13. i.?
Rem. 3. The form ^p1'» &c. (hiph. of PjD^) occurs with no
juss. sense, e,g. Nu. 22. 19, Deu. 18. 16, Hos. 9. 15; Jo. 2. 2,
Ez. 5. 16. So Gen. 4. 12 (hardly from being apod, of a con-
dition). There seems a confusion with Kal of P)DN as a n's;
cf. 2 S. 6. I, Mic. 4. 6, Ps. 104. 29,
On some anomalous uses of juss. and coh. cf. § 65,
R. 5. 6.
90 HEBREW SYNTAX § 64, 65.
THE MOODS WITH LIGHT VAV
§ 64. Imper. with simple vav. — The imper. with simple
vav following another imper. expresses the certain effect of
the first, or it may be its purpose. The first imper. in this
case virtually expresses a condition which carries with it the
second as a consequence. Gen. 42. 18 VJT1 ^to5? HMt do this
and live\ 2 K. 5. 13 IHtp^ V'^ wash and become clean \
Is. 45. 22 ^ytpini "^vW ^35 look unto me, and be saved.
Sometimes the certain issue rather than strict consequence
is expressed, as in the ironical concession, Is. 8. 9 ^"I^ISkiin
^Uhl gird yourselves^ but (ye shall) be confounded, 2 K.
18. 31, Am. 4. 4; S. 4, 6, Jer. 25. 5; 27. 12, Ps. 37. 27.
Without vav^ Hos. 10. 12, Song 4. 16, Pr. 20. 13.
§ 65. Juss. and coh. with simple vav. — The coh. and
juss. with simple vav are greatly used to express design or
purpose; or, according to our way of thought, sometimes
effect. If the purpose-clause be neg. )^7{ with indie, is
almost always used.
{d) After an imper., or anything with imper. sense, as
coh. or juss. Gen. 27. 4 flb^il^') "^ Xy^"^ bring to me
that I may eat\ Ex. 14. 12 '!Wn« rn^JT^I ^3)3^ h^
leave us alone^ that we may serve Egypt; Jud. 6. 30 MSfin
nto*^T ^J^-'riM bring out thy son^ that he may die\ Ex. 32. 10
'^DMIITI *^y nrPSn let me alone, that my anger may bum ;
Gen. 42. 2 n^D2 )^\ ^V'Ti ^^'^^^^^ buy corn for us, that
we may live, and not die\ i S. 5. 11 M71 IttJ^I . . . ^H^ttJ
■•rifc^ Tf^ send away the ark tliat it may return, and not
kill me; 2S. 13. 25 '^'^ taji 1^^ 13^5 "T|'?3 «3-S« let us
not all go, that we be not burdensome to thee, Cf. Rem. i.
{U) After clauses expressing a wish or hope. Jud. 9. 29
nn-'Dfc^l *^Ta rV<r^ D5^n-]1M \T^ ^ would that this people
were in my hand, that I might (then I would) remove Abim.
THE MOODS WITH LIGHT VAV 91
Is. 25. 9, Jen 8. 23 ; 9. I ; 20. 10 (after '^7^M, cf. coh. Ex.
32. 30), Ps. 55. 7, Job 6. 9, 10; 13. s; 22. 28; 23. 3-5 ; 16.
20, 2 1 my eye drops (= a prayer) that he would vindicate.
{c) After neg. sentences. Nu. 23. .19 IW^^I ^M ttJ'^M vh
God IS not a man, tJiat he should lie\ cf. inf. i S. 15. 29. Ps.
51. 18 niflM') nij Y^D^D "^ ^^^ deslrest not sacrifice,
that I should give it 2 K. 3. 11, Is. 53. 2, Ps. 49. 8-10;
55. 13. Without and^ Job 9. 33 there is no daysman, that he
might lay his hand upon us both. So v, 32.
{d) After interrog. sentences. I K. 22. 20 ilHD'^ *^p
hv^ IMtlMTIfc^ who wifl entice Ahab to go up ? Am. 8. S
intrJ m'^at&ai ttJ^rhrr "liS^*^ '^lin when will the new moon
V V T • : - J V - -: I— - ▼
be over, that we may sell corn ? Ex. 2. 7, i S. 20. 4, i K.
12. 9 (cf. inf. z/. 6), 2 K. 3. II. Is. 19. 12; 40. 25 ; 41. 26, 28,
Jer. 23. 18 (rd, last word yOttTI, cf. v. 22), Hos. 14. 10
(Jer. 9. 11), Jon. i. 11, Lam. 2. 13, Job 41. 3, Est. 5. 3, 6.
Instead of vav with juss. or coh. the more vigorous imper.
with vav may be found in the above cases, a-d. Gen. 20. 7 ;
45. 18, Ex. 3. 10, 2 S. 21. 3, I K. I. 12, 2 K. 5. 10; 18. 32;
Ps. 128. S, Job II. 6, Ru. I. 9.
Rem. I. Additional exx. of § 6^a. Gen. 13. 9; 18. 30;
19. 20; 27. 21; 30. 25, 28; 42. 20, Ex. 8. 4; 14. 15, 16,
Nu. 14. 42; 21. 7; 25. 4, Deu. I. 42; 5. 28, I S. 9. 27;
ii«3; 15' 16; 17. 10; 18. 21; 28. 7, 2 S. 14.7; 16. II,
I K. 13. 6, 18; 18. 27, 2 K. 5. 8; 6. 22, Is. 2. 3 ; 5. 19;
55- 3» Je^^- 37- 20; 38. 24, Hos. 2. 4, Ps. 45. 12; 81. 9, 11;
83. 5 ; 90. 14, Job 13. 13.
In the cases a^d, Ar. uses /a with subjun. Occasionally
Heb. uses vav with volunt. to express desien even after
the indie, in the past, as Lam. i. 19 ^2'*?^) i^^^ ^1?? they
sought food that they might revive their soul (cf. inf. v. 11).
Is. 25. 9, I K. 13. 33, 2 K. 19. 25.
Rem. 2. The idea of design expressed by the consn. is
illustrated by its interchange with ^ and inf., e,g, i K.
12. 6 inf. with v. 9 juss., i K. 22. 7 with v, 8, cf. Deu.
92 HEBREW SYNTAX §65.
17. 17 with V. 20. Effect is rather expressed by vav
perf., ^^'^'l not ^^\ though the distinction is not always
apparent; comp. i S. 15. 25 coh. with v, 30 vav perf.
Ex. 8. 12, I S. 24. 16, 2 S. 21. 6, I K. I. 2. The juss.,
however, does not express effect simply so as that^ apart
from design ; though there is a tendency to put design into
the action rather than the agent, and this might explain
some cases of juss.; cf. § 149, R. 3. — On the other hand,
in negative sent, vav perf. often expresses the effect or con-
sequence of the action, the whole compound expression
(first verb and its consequence vav perf.) being under the
neg. ; Deu. 7, 25, 26 n^jni K'^nn-Kh nnpS"! . . . nbnn ^ thou
shalt not covet and takcy thou shalt not bring it to thy
house and so become a curse. Ex. 33. 20, Deu. 19 10;
22, 4, Is. 2%, 28, Ps. 143. 7.
Rem. 3. The neg. apod, is usually subordinated by N71.
(or K^) with ordinary impf. The form /K"l rather co-ordinates
its clause to the preceding one, Deu. 33. 6, Gen. 22. 12,
Jud. 13. 14, Ps. 27. 9, though some cases may seem dubious,
Nu. II. 15, I S. 12. 19, Ps. 69. 15, cf. both neg. Pr. 27. 2.
Rem. 4. The vav is occasionally omitted. Ps. 61. 8
^niiyD) t? (imp. pi, HDId) enjoin that they keep him. Ex. 7. 9,
Is. 27. 4, Job 9. 32, 33, 35, Ps. 55. 7; 118. 19; 119. 17.
In Ps. 140. 9 rd, perhaps ^lO"*"]^ and attach to v. 10.
Rem. 5. Some uses of coh. are peculiar, (a) It is not
unnatural that the coh. or intentional should be used to
express an action which one resigns himself to do, though
under external pressure — a subjective / m^ust. Is. 38. 10
'^'y^ft^ Ps. 57. 5, Jer. 3. 25 ? {b) Its use is also natural when
a narrator recalls and repeats dramatically his thoughts and
resolutions on a former occasion, as the Bride recites the
resolutions she formed in her dreams. Song 3. 2, cf. 5. 2.
So perhaps Ps. 77. 4, 7, Hab. 2. i. Job 19. 18? But Ps.
66. 6 nnipb^D DK^* there did we rejoice^ can hardly be so ex-
plained (though impf. might be according to § 45, R. 2).
Other cases occur where its usual sense cannot be attached
to coh. The form, however, is but a fragment of a mood,
which possibly had originally a wider range of meaning.
There is also a tendency in the later stages of a language
THE MOODS WITH LIGHT VAV 93
to use the stronger forms without the special force they
have in earlier times. Thus the coh. seems sometimes to
be merely an emphatic impf., and rhythm may occasionally
have dictated the form. Jer. 4. 19, 21 ; 6. 10, Ps. 42. 5;
55. 3, 18; 88. 16, Is. 59. 10. — In several cases after *ij;, Pr.
12. 19, Ps. 73. 17. Cf. Lam. 3. 50, where juss. i<'?..1is parall.
to Vi??^, not as Ps. 14. 2.
Rem. 6. The use of juss. forms, especially in later books,
is full of difficulty. According to Mass. pointing (the strict
moods being omitted) the following forms are in use : —
perf. I a ^Pi?«?. impf. ib /^l??! simple perf. and impf.
2a ^P5. 2d y*^\^*J] regular convers. forms.
2a y^^J>\^,. 2b y^^, vav copulative.
4^ ''?i?!> ''^i?!! the modified form
with or without simple vav used in the senses of the simple
impf., e.g". in descriptions of past and present (= ib), and as
vav perf., &c. (= 2d, 3d). While 2^ is in the main late (§ 58),
2b is common at all times in animated speech. The difficulty
lies with ^b; e,g. Job 13. 27 vjIT *lDa Dbri] and thou settest
my feet in the stocks (the form preserved in the quotation,
33. 11). Ps. II. 6, Is. 12. I, Pr. 15. 25, Job 18. 9, 12;
20. 23, 26, 28; 27. 22, &c. Again, Joel 2. 20 iK^K3 ^h^^
injnv pyni his smell shall come up and his stink shall ascend^
wke're ^yni = nni?J?1 or nbyni; Zeph. 2. 13 n^ tD'»"l and he shall
stretch his hand, for H^JI or T\^\ I K. 8. i ; 14. 5, Mic.
3. 4; 6. 14, Lev. 15. 24; 26. 43, Ez. 14. 7, Is. 35. i, 2;
58. 10, Dan. 8. 12; 11. 4, 10, 16-19, ^5> ^8, 30, &c.
It is perhaps well to endeavour to fit some known juss.
sense on each case as it is met with, though it may prove a
waste of ingenuity. Further, while the general principles of
Syntax may be common to all the Shem. languages, appeals
to analogies from cogn. languages are often precarious. The
reader for ex. who calls in the use of Ar. auy or^ with subj.
in the sense of unless^ or else, to explain the juss. Is. 27. 5
P.?n,! ^^ or that (unless) he take holdy will be disconcerted to
find in the next verse a juss. KHK^ in a plain affirmative
sentence.^
^ Appeal to Ar. au in Is. 27. 5 is all the more precarious, inasmuch as
the indie, is permissible after au, Cf. a case Noeld. Carm» Arab, 5. 7.
94 HEBRE1\- SYNTAX S 65, 66.
As many joss, forms cannot be understood in a juss.
sense, many scholars are inclined to go behind the Mass.
tradition, and point according* to what is supposed to be
classical usage. Two main lines of emendation present
themselves: i. to p<nnt 1 or ) (vav conv.) in a number of
cases where Mass. has \ with juss. forms, ^.g-. Job 34. 37
3TJJ for 3n|!|, Is. 63. 3 ni for H. Pr. 15. 25, Job 15. 33 ;
20. 23 ; 27. 22j &c. 2. To substitute indicative (defectively
written) for juss. of Mass. JE.g'. Mic 3. 4 TWl for "WD^.
Deu. 32. 8, Ps. 85. 14, Job 34. 29, &c. In cases where
there is consonantal shortening in the form only the first
method is available ; in cases where there is mere vowel
difference either method may be used, e.g-. Job 13. 27 DC'Trt
may be read OfeW or tscrn as may seem necessary. 3. These
two principles may need to be supplemented by more or
fewer of the assumptions referred to, § 51, R- 5.
Unfortunately even these very wide operations on the
Mass. text fail to explain all the instances. Cases like Jo.
2. 20, Dan. II. 4, 16, Lev. 15. 24, £z. 14. 7, &c remain.
In these cases the juss. seems used as an ordinary impf.,
and the question is raised how wide the usage may be.
While therefore it is of course Intimate to subject any case
of Mass. pointing to criticism, sporadic emendations, so
long as uncertainty remains on the geKcral question, afford
little satisfaction.
The state of the question being understood the following
cases maybe looked into. Exx. of 3isf Is. 12. i. Job 10. 16,
£cc 12. 7, Dan. 11. 10, 18, 19, 28. XS^ Zeph. 2. 13, Ps.
85. 14, Job 13. 27; 24. 25; 33. II, Dan. 11. 17. ^ Is.
35. I, 2; 61. 10, Zech. 10. 7, Pr. 22»'* 25, &c rpfl Gen.
49. 17, I S. 10. 5, Lev. 15. 24, Ps. 72. 16, Job 18. 12; 20.
23; 24. 14. prn hipJu Is. 27. 5; 42. 6, Job 18. 9. D]n
hiph, I S. 2. 10, 2 S. 22. 14, Job 37. 4, 5; 40. 9 (no-
where in indie). T^ hiph. Job 15. 33 ; 27. 22, Dan. 8. 12,
cf. Ps. 68. 15. ino hiph. Mic. 3. 4, Job 34. 29. mo Is.
50. 2. Job 36. 14. Din Ps. 72. 13 and often. IDD hiph. Ps.
II. 6, Job 20. 23. on Nu. 24, 7, I S 2. 10, Mic 5. 8. —
Nu. 24. 19, Deu. 28. 8, 21, 36; 32. 8, 18, i K. 8. i, Is.
27. 6; 63. 3, Hos. 14. 7, Mic. 6. 14; 7. 10, Jer. 13. 10 (cf.
THE ACCUSATIVE 95
coh. 3 25 ; 4. 19, 21), Nah. 3. 11, Zech. 9. 5, Mai. 2. 12?
Ez. 14. 7 with Jo. 2. 20, Zeph. 2. 13, Ps. 12. 4; 25. 9;
47- 4; 58. 5; 90-3; 107. 29, Job 10. 17; 17. 2; 20. 26, 28
(cf. 36. 15); 23. 9, 11; 27. 8; 33. 21, 27; 34. 37; 38. 24;
40. 19, Pr. 12. 26; 15. 25, Lam. 3. 50, Dan. 11. 4, 16,
The frequency with which certain words appear anomal-
ously in the juss., and the place of others in the clause,
suggest that rhythm sometimes dictated the form (Job 23.
9, 11). The fact that the anomalous juss. is often at the
head of the clause has little meaning, as this is the usual
place of the verb. — Pointing like Ex. 22. 4 t5^tjf^Jfl^ '•^ seems
due to the accentual rhythm, and no more implies an
intermediate '1]?T than np^'»D implies anything but P**?^©. Cf.
Job 39. 26; 22. 28, Ps. 21. 2; 104. 20?
GOVERNMENT OF THE VERB
THE ACCUSATIVE
§ 66, Verbs subordinate other words to themselves in
the accusative case. This accus. is of various kinds. Besides
the ace. of the object, verbs may subordinate words to them-
selves in a freer way, in what may be called the adverbial
accus., e.g. in definitions oi place and time. Again, the action
of the verb may reach its object not directly, but through
the medium of a preposition. Very many so-called preposi-
tions, however, are really nouns, and stand themselves in the
adverbial ace
The accus. termination a in the Shemitic speeches is
probably the remains of a demonstrative particle (Eth. ha
or a)y which indicated the direction to of the verbal action or
the verbal state, and this demonstrative nature of the case
explains its very wide usage.^
^ With this idea of direction to of the verbal action or hearing on of the
condition expressed by the verb is to be compared the use of prep. ^ with
ohJ» in Aram, and later Heb.
96 HEBREW SYNTAX $ 67, 68.
The chief accusatives are these — (i) The ace of absolute
object or infin. abs., with which may be connected the cognate
ace. (2) The ace in definitions of titne^ place^ and measure,
(3) The ace. of condition^ or state of subject or object of the
verbal action, including ace of manner of the action. (4) The
ace oi specification^ or, as it is called, of respect. (5) The ace.
of the direct object of transitive verbs. (6) Certain other
accusatives, less common or doubtful in Heb., as the ace of
motive or purpose of the action; the ace after rm to be^ &c. ;
and that after certain particles as nSl belwld^ &e
I. TIu Absolute Object
§ 6^. (a) Any \-erb, transitive or intransitive, may sub-
ordinate its own inf. abs. or nomen verbi in the ace, with the
effect of adding force to the predication. Gen. 2. 17 HTO
n»n t/iou Shalt die\ 18. 18 9i"ra '•^a^ mm ivi lu s/iaii
be a great nation ; Is. 6. 9 jn^^tf ^iJ^TJtt? hear ye indeed. This
ace mostly precedes the verb, but may follow it, and does
so always in the case of imper. and ptcp. See Inf. Abs. § 86.
{If) Cognate accus. The cognate noun may be sub-
ordinated in the same ^'ay as an inner ace in order to
strengthen the \-erb; i S. i. 6 DJ^S DS "^f^^ •V®S31 and
her rival (fellow-wife) amtinualfy aggrieved her ; Lam. I. 8
DTttrn** HNl^jn Wpn Jer. sinned (a sin); Is. 42. 17 TWH ^ttH^
7*D55. DTl^Sjin they shall be ashamed (with shame). I K.
I. 12, Is. 21. 7 , 24. 16 ; 66. 10, Mie 4. 9, Hab. 3. 9, Ez. 25. 12,
Zech. I. 2, Job 27. 12, Ps. 14. 5 ; 106. 14.
More frequently the cc^^ate ace, instead of strengthening
the action absolutely, expresses a concrete instance of the
effect or product of the action ; 2 K. 12, 21 1ttJP^B3p*1 and
they made a conspiracy^ so 15. 30; Gen. 401 8 ^25^n Bivll
we ha\'e dreamed a dream. Ex. 22. 5, Josh. 7. I ; 22. 20, 31.
Usually this ace is strengthened either (i) by a gen.^ or
(2) by one or more adj. i S. 2a 17 toTllJ ^ttJpj '"0D{?
THE ACCUSATIVE ^J
he loved him zvith his love for his own soul\ Jer. 22. 19
^^H?*^ *^'1Dn Jl'l^lS he shall be buried with the burial of an
ass\ 2 K. 13. 14 i'^bn'MM TnT\ he was sick of his disease.
Lev. 26. 36, Deu. 16. 18, Josh. 9. 9, 2 S. 4. 5, Is. 14. 6;
27. 7; 45. 17, Jer. 30. 14, Zech. 7. 9, 4/*. Ps. 139. 22. With
adj., Gen. 27. 34 nl^P"15r TTO^ tHi^ n^y? p5^1 he cried
with an exceeding loud and bitter cry. Gen. 12. 17; 50. 10,
Deu. 7. 23, Josh. 22. 31, Jud. 21. 2, i S. 17. 25, 2 S. 13. 15, 36,
I K. I. 40, 2 K. 4. 13, Jer. 8. S ; 14. 17, Zech. i. 14, 15 ; 8. 2,
Jon. I. 10, Neh. 2. 10.
Rem. I. When abs. obj. is inf. cons, it is generally
introduced as a comparison, with 3, Is. 19. 14; 34, 4, cf.
noun, 30. 14; but ace. simply (as Ar.) also occurs. Is.
24. 22 ; 33, 4.
Rem. 2. The cognate ace. may be plur,^ Gen. 12. 17;
30* 8, 37, Ez. 16. 38. Occasionally too a noun from a
different root but cognate in sense is used, Is. 14. 6 (clause
instead of gen.), Jer. 20. 11; 31. 7, Zech. 8. 2. Cf. Ps.
13. 4 5/^€r^ (the sleep of) £3^^/^^ ; Ps. 76. 6, Pr. 3. 23.
Rem. 3. Perhaps it should be considered a form of
cognate ace. when verbs of expression (speak, cry, weep,
&c.) or of conduct subordinate the organ of expression or
acting in the ace, 2 S. 15. 23 all the land ^^J /ip D^3i were
weeping with a loud voice, Prov. 10. 4 riJpn"C|3 nb^j; he who
works with a slack hand, Deu. 5. 19, i K. 8. 55, Is. 19. 18,
Ez. II. 13, Ps. 12. 3; 63. 6; 109. 2, Ezr. 10. 12. Cf. Jer.
25. 30 with a Mdad.
2. Free Subordination to the Verb of Words in the Ace.
§ 68. Ace. of time. — Definitions of time are put in ace.
{a) In answer to the question when ? Hos. 7. 5 ^3375 O^**
on the day of our king; 2 S. 21. 9 0*^*11$^ 'I'^Sp T\^X\t^ in the
beginning of barley harvest; Ps. 127. 2 fc^2ttJ 1^*7*^7 )f^^
he giveth to his beloved in sleep. Gen. 14. 15 ; 27. 45 ; 40. 7,
Hos. I. 2; 7. 6, Ps. 91. 6 {at noon\ elsewhere with prep. V)\
7
98 HEBREW SYNTAX §69.
Ps. 119. 62 rh"h rt!Ml at midnight \ Ps. 5. 4; 6. ir. (b) In
answer to how long? Gen. 3. 14 ^'^'ipr ^'O'J'tS all the days
of thy life ; Hos. 3. 4 ^1^ D'^2l"1 Q'^'^ w^z^j days shall they
abide. Ox ^ how manyt of time; Gen. 7.4, 24; 14. 4; 15. 13. —
Gen. 21. 34; 27. 44.
§ 69. Ace. of place. — Definitions of place are put in ace.
(ci) In answer to the question where ? In prose this is usual
with the words H'^a, home. njlQ door, and some others, but
chiefly when the definition of locality is general, prepositions
being used when it is more precise. This ace. is also gener-
ally defined more fully by a following gen. Gen. 24. 23
Diptt IJ'^lWJl'^Sl tt^n is there room in thy fathet^s house}
2 S. 9. 4 'I'^Stt Jl^a. Mirmsn he is at the house of M. ; Gen.
18. I, 10 bnl^rrnns IttJ^ H'^m as he sat at the door of the
tent. — Gen. 38. 11 ; 45. 16, Ex. 33. 10, Josh. i. 4, 15 ; 12. i ;
23. 4, I K. 19, 13, 2 K. 2. 3, Is. 3. 6, Jer. 36. 10. Gen. 28. 11
at the place of his head^ i S. 26. 7 ; Ru. 3. 8, 14 at the place of
his feet. Without a following gen,y Ru. 2. 7. Proper names
compounded with JTI'^a are similarly construed, 2 S. 2. 32,
Hos. 12. 5. Comp. Jer. 27. 18 with z/. 21.
{U) In answer to whither f Gen. 27. 3 mteH MS go out
to the field \ 45. 25 ]5r35 y^^ IMiJI and they came to the
land of C. The 11 of direction is frequently appended, Gen.
24. 16 n3*J5^n Tllni and she went down to thefountain\ 12. 5 ;
39. I, 12; 42. 38; 43. 17. Of course prepp. (7M, 1^, &c.)
may be used before noun of place^ and must be used with
names of persons^ to which, too, the H local cannot be
appended; Gen. 45. 25 ipsr^-'^M ]^55 yiM IMiJI to the
land of C. to facob (cf. Jer. 27. 3). The prep, is used also
with creatures, Gen. 31. 4 '\3t^2"7M mtoil to the field to his
flock. — Gen. 13. 10; 24. 27, Ex. 4. 9; 17. 10, Josh. 6. 19, 24,
Jud. I. 26; 19. 18, I S. I. 24; 17. 17, 20, 2 S. 20. 3, Is. 14. II,
'^
THE ACCUSATIVE 99
Ten i6. 8; i8. 2, 3, Nah. 2. 6. — In Ez. 11. 24; 23. 16 Q'^'ltoS
is now name of the country; Jer. 50. 10; 51. 24, 35.
(c) In answer to how far f Gen. 7. 20, i K. 19. 4, Ez.
41. 22, Jon. 3. 4.
Rem. I. In elevated speech and poetry words are put in
ace. in answer to where ? more freely, i K. 8. 43 in heaven^
Is. 16. 2 at the fords, 15. 8; 45. 19 in a waste (in vain),
2 Chr. 33. 20. In I S. 2. 29 pytD is corrupt in some way.
Job 22. 12, Ps. 92. 9, height is scarcely ace. of place but
concrete for adj. as predicate, thou art height = high ; cf.
Ps. 10. 5, Is. 22. 16. In the frequent ^?B"i^^, i S. i. 22 ;
2. II, 17, 18, Ex. 34. 23, &c., riK is prep.
Rem. 2. The ace. whither? is also used freely; Gen.
31.4 called Rachel to the fields 31.21 set his face to mount
Gilead, Is. 10. 32 wage his fist toward the mounts Is. 40. 26,
Ps. 55. 9, Job 5. II, Ps. 134. 2, Lam. 5. 6. — ^The force of
the n of direction has in many cases become enfeebled, e,g,
TXi!^=s there ; so it is used with prep, of motion to Josh. 13. 4,
Ez. 8. 14, Ps. 9. 18; and even with prep, in 2j\Afromy
Josh. 15. 21, Jer. 27. 16. In later style it becomes a mere
ornate ending, Ps. 116. 14, 15, 18; 124. 4; 125. 3, though
perhaps for sake of rhythm earlier, Hos. 8. 7; 10. 13,
Ps. 3- 3-
Rem. 3. When questions how long? how far? &c. are
answered in numbers^ it is strictly the numeral that is in
ace. The case of the thing enumerated will depend upon
the numeral, being e,g, in gen, after numeral, D'*?b nnfe^;; ten
timeSf Gen. 31. 7, or in apposition with it, or possibly in the
ace. of specification after it, as Di^ tJ^Va^K forty days. See
§ 37, R. 6. Possibly under this ace. comes the use of ^BpO
according to the number^ Job i. 5, Jer. 2. 28, Ex. 16. 16.
Or it is ace. of limitation.
Rem. 4. The verb Kia to comCy when = come upon in a
hostile sense, has often ace. suff, of person in poetry and
later style. Is. 28, 15, Job 15. 21 ; 20. 22, Ps. 35. 8; 36. 12.
With noun Is. 41. 25 (though Dl^ has been suggested),
Ez. 38. II. In a favourable sense, Ps. 119. 41, 77.
Similarly nriK to come upon^ Job 3. 25,
100 HEBREW SYNTAX § 70. 71.
§ 70. Acc. of condition. — Any word describing the con-
dition of the subject or object of an action during the action
is put in the acc; and so words describing the manner of
the action, {ci) Gen. 15. 2 *^*)'^*^Jt ^7!^ *^?^^1 seeing I go
childless \ Is. 20. 3 P])!^') DilJ^ '^'7?5^ ^^T*^ "^7 servant has
walked naked and barefoot \ Prov. I. 12 D'^^H 05^75? let us
swallow them up alive (i K. 20. 18). Or even when no verb
is used, 2 S. 12. 21 "^n I7'»n "l^iya for the sake of the child
- V V - ^ I-
when alive (i K. 14. 6 her feet as she came). In general an
indef. adj. or ptcp. descriptive of a definite word (pron. or
def. noun) may be considered in the acc. of condition. Exx.
with subj., Gen. 25. 8, 25; 37. 35, Deu. 3. 18, Josh. i. 14,
I S. 19. 20, I K. 22. 10, 2 K. 18. 37; 19. 2, Am. 2. 16, Job
I. 21 ; 19. 25 ; 24. 10, Ps. 109. 7, Ru. i. 21. Exx. with obj.
Gen. 3. 8; 21. 9; 27. 6, i K. 11. 8, Is. 20. 4; 57. 20, Hag. 1.4,
Ps. 124. 3, Job 12. 17. — So even nouns that approach the
nature of adj., Gen. 38. 1 1 abide a widow (in widowhood),
44. 33 let him abide as a servant \ perhaps Is. 21. 8 he cried
like a lion^ Job 24. 5, as wild-asses, — With Jon. i. 6 Tfy'riD
D*T13 what meanest thou sleeping'^ cf. Kor. 74. 50.
iU) Words describing the manner of the action are in acc.
Certain words have become real adverbs, as li^ip very (lit. in
strength), DSH in vain, for nought, ilS.'in much, very, ItO*^!!
well, very^ &c. But adjs, in general may be used adverbially,
and (in poetical style particularly) nouns. Zeph. i. 14
'1'iaa XTp. "in bitterly crieth the hero; Ez. 27. 30 ^p'^yy
XT^ and they shall cry bitterly \ i S. 12. 11 Hpa ^l^Jfll
and ye dwelt in confidence, Hos. 14. 5 ni*T3 Dlili^ I will
' "* tt:"-:i
love Hatm freely, i S. 15. 32 n'^3n3??3 :iaM WM "m, and
Agag came to him cheerfully.
§ 71. Acc. of specification. — When to the general state-
ment of the action there is added the point of its incidence,
or the respect in which it holds, this secondary limitation is
put in the acc, Gen. 3. IS ttJfc^'^ TlSltjJ"? M^n he shall bruise
THE ACCUSATIVE lOI
thee on the head\ 37. 21 ttJM ^333 N7 let us not smite him
as to life (mortally), i K. 15. 23 Vb-JTHM Jl^n he was
diseased in his feet. Gen. 17. 25; 41. 40, Deu. 33. 11; 19.
6, II, Jud. 15. 8, 2 S. 21. 20 (i K. 19. 21), Jer. 2. 16, Ps. 3. 8;
17. II, Job 21. 7. Prov. 22. 23.
Rem. I. In § 70^ the Ar. consn. is assumed as the type.
For ex. {a) ^^ ^"^ ^KT they saw a man coming out. (5)
KV*n B^KH 't they saw M^ tw^zw who was coming out. (c)
\K^ ^jjn n they saw the man coming out. In a^ b, coming
out is adj. in agreement with a man<t the many but in c it is
ace. of condition to the obj. the man. It is possible, how-
ever, that in such cases as Job 27. 19 he lieth down richy
rich might be nom. in appos. to subj. in lieth down ; Job
^5* 7> ^9* 25, 2 S. 19. 21 (so Hitz.). Eth. seems to use
App. while Ar. has ace. The sing, in such cases as Is.
20. 4, Job 12. 17; 24. 10 (cf. pi. Jer. 13. 19) favours ace.
of condition. — The word of condition is naturally an adj. or
ptcp. expressing a temporary state, or at least a state which
might have been different, and so some nouns as Gen. 38. 11;
44. 33 may be similarly used. With Is. 21 8, cf. karra
zeidun ^SLsadan, Zeid charged like a lion. With Gen. 38. 1 1
cf. Kor. II. 75, and with 2 S. 12. 21 Hamas. 392, 1. 3. Other
exx. of nouns. Gen. 15. 16 ^^ the fourth generationy Deu.
4. 27 as a few meuy 2 K. 5. 2 in handsy Am. 5. 3, Is. 65. 20
a hundred years oldy Jer. 31. 8 ^5* a great assembly, Zech.
2. 8 as open villages, Ps. 58. 9. The text of i S. 2. 33 die
D^K^JK as men (in manhood) is doubtful ; Sep. hy the sword of
men.
Rem. 2. The ace. of manner of the action of an adj. may
be mas, or fem,y Is. 5. 26 (Joel 4. 4), sing, or plur., esp.
fem. plur. Ps. 139. 14, Job 37. 5. If a noun : (i) in principle
any noun may be used, Mic. 2. 3 HDil, Ps. 56. 3 DilD
haughtily y^ Is. 60. 14 T\\n^ bowing downy Prov. 31.9 P*iy in
* Ye shall not walk XKCSTi to height y he, so that there shall be height (to
your walking), rather than so that ye shall he high (be height to you). Heb.
refers such adverbial modifications rather to the action (Ar. more to the
subj,).
102 HEBREW SYNTAX § 71, 72.
righteousness^ Jud. 5. 21 tV ^^ power \ Lev. 19. 16, Nu.
32. 14, Is. 57. 2. (2) The noun may be plur.^ Lam. i. 9
DWB she came down wonderfully^ Hos. 12. 15 D^l^ntpn da^-
/^r/v, Ps. 58. 2; 75. 3, cf. I S. 15. 32 above. (3) The ace.
may extend to a phrase, Josh. 9. 2, i K. 22. 13 *in^ riB
unanimotisly^ cf. Zeph. 3. 9 ; Lev. 26. 21, 23, 24, Pro. 7. 10,
2 S. 23. 3 ruling 'k HtftT /» the fear of Grod. Ps. 83. 6 is a
mixed consn. for ^^^5 37 (i Chr. 12. 38). See § 140, R. i.
This usage of the noun is mostly poetical, prose rather
employs a prep., OM? confidently ^ but XXCH Jud. 8. 11, &c.,
Lam. I. 5 ^?i^ into captivity^ elsewhere ^^K^a ; Ps. 119. 78,
86 y!f]? falsely y in vain, usually "^ptSv i S. 25. 21. Jer. 23.
28, Ps. 73. 13, 119. 75, Job 21. 34. Comp. Is. 30. 7 with
49» 4> 65. 23. Ps. 119. 75 ^J^O^C with 2 K. 12. 16.
Rem. 3. The ace. of restriction (§ 71) is usually an indef.
noun. Gen. 3. 15; 37. 21, Ps. 3. 8. The phrsse smite in the
bowels is usually ^hf}"?^, 2 S. 2. 23 ; 4. 6 ; 20. 10. In 3. 27
htSt may have fallen out. The ace. i K. 15. 23 in his feet is
IWa, 2 Chr. 16. 12, as is usual, cf. 2 S. 2. 18, Am. 2. 15
(so Arab, fi rijlaiht). The ace. of respect is little used after
adjs. in Heb., the gen. consn. being employed; cf. § 24,
R. 5. The place of ace. of resp. is often taken by a prep.,
I K. 22. 24 ^npn'pj;, Mic. 4. 14.
Rem. 4. The ace. of motive, so common in Arab., per-
haps appears Is. 7. 25 'T'OB^ HKTyi^r (out of) fear of thorns.
— Possibly also njH when = become, takes ace. after it, Hos.
8. 6 the calf of Sam. nw D^MB^ shall became splinters. The
frequent use of prep. / makes this consn. probable ; cf. Jer.
26. 18. So Eth. ; the Ar. use is wider. And so perhaps
verbs of similar meaning, as *|Dn to turn (also nipH.), Jer.
2. 21, Lev. 13. 3, 4, 10.
3. The Ace. of the direct Object
§ 72. Many verbs govern the direct ace. in Kal ; and
many of those intrans. in Kal govern ace. in the Caus.
(hiph. &c.). Of the latter kind are M"15l come \ hiph. bring, &c.
Before the direct ace, when also def, the particle tXA is
THE ACCUSATIVE
103
_ , -.'.y \ised before persons, and especially
li it assumes as suff, in the case of the
■ 1 used, however, before things. Gen.
1 he took ike man; 2. 24 TaMTlM ^\^__
his father and his mother; 4. 11 fflli?^
...'ive thy brotliet's blood; 40. 4 mtt^l
.'//tv«; 41. 10 inV4 iri^l and he put me.
.if^ is common, it is very often wanting,
i.[n[)loyed in poetry and elevated con-
ill the broader prose writing. It is
nting for ejc. in the poems. Ex, 15., Deu, 33.,
, and other poetical passages.
. The direct obj. when a pron. is often appended
•-verb, as suff., esp. in earlier style, Gen. 4. 8 WnnM
WW kirn; in later style TiK with suff. has gjreater
But riK must be used in these cases : (a) when
tkke of emphasis the obj. is to be placed before the
3 '^"15 ■VI'* get her for me. Gen. ■ 7. i ;
. 7; 21. 10, Hos. 2. 15. (i) When
V governed by inf. abs., which is too inflexible to receive
; Gen. 41. 43 WIN Unjl and set him over, &c., i S, 2, 28,
'■- 9- 23, Ez. 36. 3. (f) When the verb, whether fin. or
iiin., has already a nearer suff. either of subj. or obj.; 2 S.
5. 25 VA 'JKyn he will let me see it\ Gen. 29. 20 Irinrita
iinit because of his loving her. Gen. 19. 17; 38. 5, Deu.
7. 24, 1 S. I. 23; 18. 3, 2 K. 8. 13 — the form Deu. 31. 7 is
unusual, cf. 1. 38 ; 19. 3. Similarly when subj. of inf. cons,
is a noun, Deu. 22. 2. In Ar. and Eth., as in Ital., the
verb can have two suff., a nearer and more remote.
Rem. 3. When several obj. under the same verb are
coupled with and nx is usually repeated before each of them,
esp. if they be distinct from one another. Gen. i. i. But
usage fluctuates, the newer broader style multiplying ntt.
Gen. 8. i ; 10. 15-18 ; 12. 5, 20 ; 15. 19-21 ; 21. 10.
Rem. 3. The use of nK with any ace. except that of
direct obj. is rare, (a) Of time, htrm long? Ex. 13. 7, Deu.
I04 HEBREW SYNTAX § 72, 73.
9. 25; wJien? Lev. 25. 22. (b) Of place, nxihither? Nu.
4. 19, Jud. 19. 18, Ez. 21. 25. (r) Of restriction, Gen. 17.
II, 14, 25 (not 24), I K. 15. 23.
Rem. 4. To the rule that n&5 is used only before def. obj.
there are apparent exceptions. First, it is used with un-
defined obj. . (a) In poetry, which greatly dispenses with the
art. ; e,g. in the case of words denoting a class^ Is. 41. 7 ;
50. 4, Pr. 13. 21. (d) In prose with words which are of the
nature of pronoun^ e.g, 5)3 all, Deu. 2. 34, 2 S. 6. i ; "inSJ
another ^^^x, 16. 13. So with *inK one\ and Num. in gieneral
have a certain definiteness of their own, Gen. 21. 30, Nu.
16. 15, I S. 9. 3, 2 S. 15. 16. Comp. the usage with maiiy
womany in the sense of any one, Ex. 21. 28, Nu. 21. 9,
cf. Lev. 20. 14. In some other cases the phrase though
put indefinitely has a particular reference, e.g, 2 S. 4. 11 a
righteous man (Ishbosheth), i S. 26. 20 a flea (one who is,
&c.), i,e, David. In 2 S. 5. 24 a known kind of divine
rustling is referred to, and art, of i Chr. 14. 15 might be
accepted were it not the habit of Chron. to correct anomalies.
2 S. 18. 18 pillar might be cons, before rel., but text is
uncertain (Sep.). i S. 24. 6 of the robe has prob. fallen out
after j-^z;^ (Sep.). On i K. 12. 31 ; 16. 18, cf. § 22, R. 3.
Secondly, nx seems used otherwise than before the obj.
[a) Some of the cases are only apparent. For ex. a neut.
verb used impersonally with prep, and subj. is felt to have
the force of an act. vb. ; 2 S. 11. 25 wn-flK ^-^-ya JTT-^K =
take not amiss the thing; so i S. 20. 13 (rd. l?"*^) Neh.
9. 32 n«^Jnn"i?3 nK TJ.?!' ^^P?"^? regard not as little; so even
the noun OJfO with prep. ^, Josh. 22. 17. Similarly ? H^H =
to havey Josh. 17. 11 ; cf. the Eth. usage with prep, ba^ in,
with, as baya is with m,e = / have^ followed by ace. (Dill,
p. 343). {p) In some cases a particle like beholdy or a verb
like thou hasty seesty may float before the writer's mind under
whose regimen the noun falls, as Ez. 43. 7 ^5<p3 Dip)p"nfe^
behold (Sep. thou seest) the place of my throne. But in
many cases riK seems merely to give emphasis or demon-
strative distinctness to the subj. , particularly the emph. which
an additional or new thing has, or which is natural in
resunmig things already spoken of. i S. 26. 16 where is
THE ACCUSATIVE IO5
the spear nnB5r'^^^ and the cruse? i S. 17. 34 there came
the lion l^'nnTIW and the hear too (the verbs are frequent.).
Ex, of resumption, Jud. 20. 44, 2 S. 21. 22, i K. 2. 32, Ez.
14. 22, Zech. 8. 17. Other ex. Nu. 3. 26 ; 5. 10, 2 K. 6. 5,
Jer. 27. 8; 36. 22, Ez. 17. 21 ; 35. 10; 44. 3 (47. 17-19?),
Neh. 9. 19, 34, Hag". 2. 17, Zech. 7. 7, Ecc. 4. 3, Dan. 9. 13.
Cf. Ez. 43. 17 after prep. ; i S. 30. 23 text obscure (Sep.).
§ 73. Classes of verbs governing ace. of obj. — {a) As in
other languages active verbs take ace. of obj., as ^J13 give^
np V take^ D^to put^ ^Tl pursue. But so also many verbs
properly stative^ as SllM /(C?^^, M3to /i^^/^, ^011 desire, and
even bi*' /^ ^^ ^^/^ (Is. i. 13, prevail over Ps. 13. 5). So
nS!! to weep for, bewail.
(6) The causative of verbs intrans. in Kal, as Mil come,
hiph. bring, \X^ go out, hiph. bring out, TVyU ascend, hiph.
bring up, T1'' go down, hiph. bring down, &c.
(^) Verbs of fulness and ze/^;^/, as fe^ vTD ^^ /«// ^, ^StZ?
^^ satisfied with, "1011 ^^ «;^2:«^, bittJ ^^ bereaved of . Is. i. 11
d''7''M jnl^S^ ^'JiySto I am sated with burnt-offerings of
rams ; 2/. 15 ^b47TD D*^*^ D!D*^T your hands are full of
blood \ Deu. 2. 7 "H*^ H'lDn k^v //^^« ^/V/^/ ze/^;^/ nothing.
Gen, 18. 28; 27. 45, Ex. 15. 9. The ace. here is perhaps
properly one of specification. — Pr. 25. 17 ysto with ace. of
person, so \s7^ Ex. 15. 9.
{d) Verbs of putting on and putting off clothes, as ttJl7
put on, tDtf S strip, Jltoy be clothed with (more poetical), i K.
22. 30 ?I*'735. ttJ?7 '^•0^'^. '^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ ^''^ robes', i S. 19. 24
inHSL M^rT"D3i tD^9*^l he, too, stripped himself of his clothes ;
28. 14 7*^yp np'S^ fe^ini. wearing a robe. Gen. 38. 19, Deu.
22. S, I S. 28. 8, Is. 49. 18, Lev. 6. 4, Song 5. 3. Is. 59. 17,
Ps. 169. 29. Y ox put offy^pTl is often used.
{e) Verbs signifying to inhabit, dwell hi, as SttJ*^ dwell in,
pU) /^., 'l^a dwell with. Is. 44. 13, Jer. 17. 6, Ps. 37. 3, Jud.
I06 HEBREW SYNTAX §73,74.
5. 17, Is. 33. 14, 16, Ps. 94. 17. In poetry even ace. of person,
Ps. 5. 5 ; 120. 5. — ^The consn. with prep, is more usual in prose.
(/) Verbs of speakings as •^3.*'T speak to, niV answer, hear,
VCK^ call, n^S command, &c. But consn. with prep, is also
common in most of these cases.
Rem. I. The verbs nil go in, K5J come out, may also be
construed with ace, Jer. 10. 20 ^ifc<V* ^33 my children have
gone out from me, 2 K. 20. 4, Jos. 8. 19. So ^/fj in the sense
of ^ through, walk in (different from ace. of goal, whither?)
Deu. I. 19; 2. 7, Is. 50. 10 (darkness). Job 29. 3.
Rem. 2. Under (c) may be classed such verbs as ^1^ to
swarm with, Ex. 7. 28, pB /(? multiply greatly, cf, Pr. 3. 10.
^^ to flow with, Jer. 9. 17, and similar verbs, as ^9^ /o ^w^r-
flow with. Is. 10. 22 ; ^'^ go down (flow) with, Jer. 13. 17,
Lam. 3. 48, Ps. 119. 136; ?Rn ^ (flow) with, Jo. 4. 18;
t|DJ /{? fl?n>/, Jud. 5. 4, Jo. 4. 18, Song 4. II ; and others.
Also npy to come up (be overgrown) with. Is. 5. 6 TD^ njyi
nj?^ it shall come up in thorns andbnars ; 34. 13.
Rem. 3. Under (d) come such verbs as "ITK to gird (one-
self) with, I S. 2. 4; "ijn A? ^m/ on, i S. 25. 13, Is. 15. 3;
rny /{? flfec^ (oneself) with, Hos. 2. 15, Is. 61. 10, Job 40. 10;
and others which mostly occur with two ace.
Rem. 4. The pron. sufF. is usually direct obj., but some-
times indirect, Zech. 7. 5 ^?tf ^?^V did ye fast for me ? Job
31. 18 ^K!) ^jT}} grew up to me as a father. This kind of
consn. (instead of prep.) is easier with suff., e,g. Job 6. 4
array against me, Neh. 9. 28 cry unto thee. Is. 44. 21 for-
gotten of me, Jer. 20. 7, i K. 16. 22, 2 Chr. 28. 20. In
Is. 65. S ^d^ pi' T?^? stand back ! / shall sanctify thee!
cf. Ez. 44. 19. — So with reflex, vb. Ps. 109. 3, though such
verbs may take direct ace, Gen. 37, 18, Jos. 18. 5, Jud.
19. 22, Is. 14. 2. Ps. 42. 5 D'5'nNI is explained by Hitz. in
Riicksicht auf sie ; perhaps pi. D'!!*lt?.
Rem. 5. The pron. obj. is often omitted contrary to our
idiom, particularly after vbs. of giving, bringing, putting,
telling, and others. Gen. 2. 19 K^i? a-nd brought them, i S.
17. 31 Wl they told (hem, i S. 19. 13 DK^ril she put tliem.
Gen. 12. 19; 18. 7 ; 27. 13, 14; 38. 18, Deu. 21. 12. — Different
THE ACCUSATIVE I07
is the case where certain verbs by a brachylogy may omit
their obj. e.g. Kfe^3 lift up^ sc. ^p, Is. 3. 7 ; 42. 2. ^ Kfe^j
forgive J sc. t^{^, Is. 2. 9, Gen. 18. 24. ri'ia sc. ri'na i S.
20. 16, 2 Chr. 7. 18. ^Bn sc. Wl /(?/, I S. 14. 42, Job
6. 27, cf. Jud. 18. I. D^fc^ sc. 37 Job 4. 20, so Ijta Job 8. 8.
IDB^', "iDi /^ retain^ sc. ^K angevy Jer. 3. 5, Ps. 103. 9. n^K^ *
sc. TJ 2 S. 6. 6. HK^ijn sc. ^"^.S^ necky Job 9. 4, cf. Jer. 7. 26.
So ^nj? Kpp sc. nw /(? ^, Jos. 14. 14. In I S. 24. II eye
seems om., but perh. rd. ist pers. with Sep. Syr. Cf. 2 K.
10. 13.
Rem. 6. Sometimes the obj. is regarded as the instm-
tneni or means by which the action is realised, and construed
with prep. 3. Ex. 7. 20 niDB3 D^n to lift up with the rod,
Lam. I. 17 n^3 %Vtr\^ she stretches out with her hands.
Jer. 18. 16 to wag with the head ; Job 16. 10 to open with
the mouth, Ps. 22. 8 ; Job 16. 9 to gnash with the teeth ;
Jer. 12. 8 to give forth with the voice. Cf. Pr. 6. 13. So
the phrase DK^? Vr\p to call with the name = invoke Gen.
4. 26, proclaim Ex. 34. 5, &c.
Rem. 7. The direction of the action upon obj. is some-
times indicated by prep. ^, particularly with ptcp. and inf.
whose rection is weaker than that of fin. vb. Is. 11. 9
D^MD Dv covering the sea^ cf. different order, Hab. 2. 14.
Am. 6. 3, Is. 14. 2. The caus. (hiph., pi.) not uncommonly
reaches its obj. by ^, Nu. 32. 15, i S. 23. 10 (2 S. 3. 30),
Is. 29. 2, Am. 8. 9, Hos. 10. i, cf. Jer. 40. 2, Ps. 69. 6 ; 73. 18,
Job II. 6. — In later style ^ is used in all the senses of riKj
e.g. (a) direct obj. i Chr. 16. 37 ; 25. i ; 29. 22, Ezr. 8.
16, 24. (b) resumptive (or appos.) i Chr. 5. 26, 2 Chr.
2. 12; 23. I, Ps. 136. 19, 20. {c) giving prominence to
preposed subj.
4. Verbs with two Ace, of the Object
§ 74. Many verbs and forms of verbs govern two objects.
There are several cases. First, when the two obj. (generally
a pers. and a thing) have no relation to one another, and
could not stand as subj. and pred. in a simple proposition,
as, he showed him the place. Secondly, when the two obj.
I08 HEBREW SYNTAX §76,76.
are so related that in a simple sentence the one might be
pred. of the other, as man is dust\ he made man (of) dust.
Thirdly, in a wider way, when the action is performed upon
the main obj. through the medium of some other thing, this
means as coming also under the action of the verb is con-
sidered a remoter ohj.^ as, they stoned him (with) stones.
§ 75. To the first class belong — (a) The causatives of
verbs transitive in the Kal; Deu. 8. 3 ]an"nM '^'?J?^i|!l he fed
thee with manna \ Jud. 4. 19 D*]P"I05^ b43'^3'^jptt5n give me a
little water to drink; 4. 22 ttJ^^fe^n'jnM *lN'1b4 I will show
thee the man. So 5^*Tin to show, i S. 14. 12; rTliJl, Tin
to show Is. 28. 9; 7*^1311 make to in/terit, Deu. 3. 29; 31. 7;
*T57 to teach^ Jud. 3. 2, Deu. 4. 5 ; y'^ttjn cause to hear^ 2 K.
7. 6, Song 2. 14. 2 K. 6. 6; II. 4. An ex. of three ace.
2 K. 8. 13 showed me thee king^ &c.
{b) The caus. of verbs of plenty and want (§ 73^).
Gen. 42. 25 •^a Dil'>'75"n« ^w'pO'n they filled their sacks
with com\ 26. 15. I K. 18. 13 D^^l DPTT D'?373fe^'1 I sup-
• • • • • • IT
ported them with bread and water ^ Gen. 47. 12, Is. 50. 4.
y^'nton to satisfy with, Ps. 132. 15. ^^OT^ to make want, Ps.
8. 6. TVT^^ to water with, Is. 16. 9. Cf. Jud. 19. 5, Ps. 51. 14;
104. IS, Lam. 3. 15. Some cases may belong to a.
(c) The caus. of verbs of clothing with, stripping off
(§ 73 ^« Under this may come verbs of covering, girding,
surrounding with, overlaying or plating with, crowning, &c.
I S. 17. 38 l^^'ip TjTjnM UfeL/lH he put his garments on
David, Gen. 41. 42, Ps. 132. 16, 18. Gen. 37. 23 ^tD^'ttJp^l
injnS'jnM S'^"Jlt^ they stripped Joseph of his coat. Nu. 20.
26, 28, Is. 22. 21. If the action be performed on oneself
one ace. may be represented by reflex., i S. 18. 4 tOB^Djn?1
7^J^^lTjnM he stripped himself of the robe. Comp, § 73,
R. 4.
{d) Verbs of asking, answering, calling, commanding in
THE ACCUSATIVE IO9
the sense of intrusting to, &c. (§ 73/). Is. 58. 2 •'3^7Mt{J^.
p*l!J"*'tDQljto they ask me for judgments of righteousness.
I K. 12. 13 XVibp Dyrrnti ]y^5 he returned the people a
harsh answer, i S. 20. 10. So the phrase *^11 S^ttJil, Gen,
37. 14 ■1!l*T ^'ilttJrn and return me an answer (or, bring me
word)y 2 S. 24. 13, I K. 12. 6. i S. 21. 3 "^IT ^'i^S 'nStDfT
intrusted me with a matter. So H vttJ in this sense, Ex.
4. 28, I K. 14. 6. To m//, Gen. 41. 51, 52. Is. 45, 11, Ps,
137. 3. I K. 18. 21.
Similarly the verbs in § 73, R. i ; *Tp7'lil Hos. 2. 16, Deu.
8. 2, Lam. 3. 2.
§ 76. When two nouns might form the subj. and pred. in
a simple affirmation they become under a verb a double
obj. ace. There are two cases: e.g. man is dust\ — he made
man of dust (so-called ace. of Material) ; and, the stones are
an altar \ — he built the stones into an altar (so-called ace. of
Product). The nearer obj. is usually def. and the more
remote indef. Such verbs are those of making, placing,
putting, appointing, and verbs of the mind as to see, know,
consider, think, find, &c. Gen. 2. 7 "^Dy DlMiTriM •^JT^^I
he made the man (out of) dust of the ground. Deu. 27. 6
'^ natD-riM nann Tt\xh'^ D'^ilW (of) whole stones shalt
thou build the altar of Je. Gen. 27. 9, Ex. 20. 25 ; 25. 18, 28;
38. 3, 1 K. 7. IS, 27.— I K. 18. 32 najD D^'inwn"^^ J^^i*^'^
he built the stones into ^« ^//^r. Is. 3. 7 oy ^'^Sp '^3Q*'tojfl bi*?
appoint w^ not a ruler of a people, 5. 6; 28. 15, Gen. 28. 18,
Ex. 32. 4, I S. 28. 2, Mic. 4. 13 ; 6. 7. Deu. i. 15 DJlk4 ]Jn^^
D'^ttJM*^ and I made them heads, i K. 14. 7, Is. 3. 4. Gen.
15. 6 T\Xn% iv nittJn'*'! he counted it righteousness to him.
't t t t V s : ""
The same consn. occurs with adj. and ptcp., which then
forms a predicate ace. (tertiary pred.). Gen. 7. i ''fl'^bi'l ^i?k^
p*12 thee have I perceived righteous, Deu. 28. 25 ^33 ^ ^5J?1
no HEBREW SYNTAX §77,78.
Je. shall make thee defeated^ v, 7. Jer. 22. 30, Is. 53. 4; 26. 7.
2 K. 14. 26.
§ yj. More generally, when in reaching the main obj. the
verb brings some other thing under its action, both are put
in ace. of obj. Is. 5. 2 p^to ^JlJ^^I he planted // with
choice vines, Jud. 9. 45 HTD njnt^^l he sowed it with salt.
Mic. 7. 2 hunts A/V brother with ^2: «^/, Mai. 3. 24 smite the
earth with (into) a curse, Ps. 64. 8 shoot at tJtem with arrows ;
Ps. 45. 8 anointed thee with ^//; 2 K. 19. 32 (D*lp//.)> I^^-
88. 8. Jos. 7. 25 ]1« "ink^ 1»?n.11 they stoned him with
stones. Lev. 24. 23, 2 Chr. 24. 21 ; also with S instrum,, and
so 7pD /^ j/(7;^^ always, Jos. 7. 25, Deu. 13. 11, i K. 21, 13. —
Pr. 13. 24.
§ 78. Besides the double obj. verbs may have two ace. of
different kinds, as obj. and coz. ace, i K. 2. 8 rT775 *^377&
jnS^PJ cursed me with a bitter r^rj^, 2 K. 17. 21, i K, 8. 55 ;
ace. of condition. Gen. 27. 6 nanp TplMTIM '^JjlJTDttJ I heard
thy fat/ter speaking", ace. of restriction. Gen. 37. 21 smite Am
as to Z?/"^ (mortally) ; ace. loci, 37. 24 they cast him rniiH
into the pit, &c.
Rem. I. Under § 75^ may come verbs of givingy grant"
ing, &c., JTD, pn to grant Gen. 33. 5 ; to bless with Gren.
49. 25, 28; to requite with xhvi i S. 24. 18, Ps. 35. 12.
Rem. 2. Under § 75 c might be classed nD3 ^/. to cover,
Mai. 2. 13, Ps. 104. 6 ; ntK pi* to gird Ps. 18. 33, n:in to gird
Ex. 29. 9 ; llD surround with i K. 5, 17, iDy ^/. to surround
with, crown Ps. 5. 13; 8. 6; 103. 4; jDD to del with i K.
6. 9; PlBV ^/., nan pi* to overlay with i K, 6. 20, 21, 22, Ex.
25. II, 28, 2 Chr. 3. 4—9 ; miD /^ daub with Ez, 13. 10. Song
3. 10 paved with love. Some of these cases might be classed
under § 77.
Rem. 3. Under § 76 come such verbs as nfc^ makcy n33
build, jna make, put, Jos 9. 27; 11. 6, i K. 14. 7, D^b
/«/, I S. 28. 2, 2 K. 10. 8, Is. 28. 15, Ps. 80. 7; 105. 21.
n^B? putls, 5. 6, Ps. 21. 7 ; 88. 9; no. i. ^nl create, Is. 65.
THE ACCUSATIVE III
i8. ^B^ to turn into Ps. 1 14. 8. Ex. of so-called ace. of pro-
duct, I K. II. 30 rent //into 12 piecesy Am. 6. 11 smite the
house into fissuresy Hab. 3. 9 cleave riversmto dry ground^ Ps.
74. 2. Ar. Gram, regards such cases as ace. of specification.
Rem. 4. The affinity of the consn. § 76 to the usage
of Apposition (§ 29) is evident. The two obj. are virtually
in Appos. 2 Chr. 2. 15.
Rem. 5. For second obj. ^ is frequently used, esp. with
persons, Gen. 2. 22 built the rib HB^? into a woman ; 12. 2
I will make thee ^i> a nation. With w^ Is. 14. 23 ; 23. 13 ;
28. 17. So 3t5?n to reckon Gen. 38. 15, i S. i. 13, and
usually ; to turn into Am. 6. 1 2, &c. And prep, for 2nd ace.
is common in other cases, as to satisfy with l Is. 58. 11,
Lam, 3. 15 ; to smite on tlie cheek ^y, Mie. 4. 14 ; to overlay
with 1, Jer. 10. 4, 2 K. 19. i.
Rem. 6. Ecc. 7. 25 ?D3 PKh ftjn? to know wickedness (to
ht) folly y is an ex. of verb of the mind. The consn. with
^3 that is more usual. Ar. Gr. draws a distinction between
verbs like to seCy &c. as verbs of sense and as verbs of the
mind. In both cases they take 2 ace, but the 2nd ace.
differs. I saw him sleeping (verb of sense), sleeping is ace.
of condition ; in the other case it is 2nd obj.y perceived him
(to be) sleeping = that he was sleeping, pred. ace.
Rem. 7. Two ace. appear in the phrase 073 nfc^ to make
(to be) Q.full endy utterly destroy, Neh. 9. 31 np3 DH^fc^ K7,
Nah. I. 8, Jer. 30. 11, though nK seems prep. Jer. 5. 18.
Strong consns. occur in poetry, Ps. 21. 13, put them the
back D3?^, 18. 41 make them the back ^'^X i.e, cause them to
turn the back (in flight) to one. Ex. 23. 27.
Rem. 8. Sentences beginning with ^3, ne^, ne^'t^ JlK thaty
how thaty after telly shoWy &c. form virtually a 2nd obj.
§ 146. And so words with 3 asy for. Gen. 42. 30 held us
073^03 spiesy Ps. 44. 12. — Unique perhaps is 'l^sn with 2 ace,
Ez. 43. 10, 2 S. 15. 31 rd, T>1^; 2 K. 7. 9 H^? is ace. loci\
Job 26. 4 ^©"riK =^by whose help (inspiration), as Gen. 4. i,
according to parallel clause.
(
112 HEBREW SYNTAX §79-82.
S. Construction of the Passive
§ 79. Wlien one obj. is governed by the act. this may
become subj. of the pass., as in other languages. But
frequently the pass, is used, as we say, impersonally (3 sing,
mas.), and governs in the same way as the act. — the idea
being that the pass, expresses an action of which the agent
is unknown, or, not named, i K. 2. 21 JttJ'^li^'Jlb^ \P^ let
Abishag be given \ Jer. 35. 14 lljin^ ^'tJ^T^^ CD|2^n the
commands of Jon. are performed*. Gen. 40. 20 jmVn D"!*^
ninSTlM the day Ph. was bom (inf.). Ex. 21. 28 73M*' vh
'l^^toJl'JlM its flesh shall not be eaten. Gen. 4. 18; 27. 42,
Ex. 10. 8, Deu. 12. 22, Jos. 9. 24, 2 S. 21. 6, 11, i K. 18. 13,
2 K. 5. 17, Hos. 10. 6, Am. 4. 2, Jer. 38. 4.
§ 80. When two obj. are governed in the act. the nearer
of the two usually becomes subj. of the pass., and the more
remote is retained in accus. Is. 6. 4 tOjy ^i?Ki'? ^^s^-lH ^^^
the house was filled with smoke \ Ex. I. 7, Is. 2. 7, 8; 38. 10.
Gen. 31. 15 "h ^35^TO ri"in?3 V^'hyi are we not counted
for strangers by him? Cf. 15. 6, Is. 40. 17. Mic. 3. 12
Uj^nn TTiJO ti^^S Zlon shall be ploughed into a field] Is.
6. II; 24. 12. I K. 6. 7 the house HJ^lp rTO70 p^? was
built of unhewn stones ^ Ezr. 5. 8, cf. Deu. 27. 6. — Gen. 17. 11,
Ex. 13. 7; 25. 31, Lev. 6. 9, Jud. 18. 11, I K. 7. 14; 14. 6
(cf. Ex. 4. 28); 22. ID, Ps. 80. II, Pr. 24. 31. So cog. ace.
Jer. 14. 17.
§ 81. The connexion between the real personal agent
and pass. vb. is usually expressed by prep. 7. Gen. 14. 19
"^h^ ^"^ *^*^| blessed by God\ 31. 15 "iV ^35^TO we are
counted ^j/ him\\s. 65. i ^'it^pl «V^ •^n«Srp2 I was to be
found by those who sought me not. Gen. 25. 21, Ex. 12. 16,
Jos. 17. 16, I S. 15. 13, Jer. 8. 3, Neh. 6. i. More rarely by
ID {from, of source), Hos. 7. 4 nok^D rnya "I^Sfl an oven
heated ^j a baker (text doubtful), Lev. 21. 7; cf. Jud. 14. 4,
SUBORDINATION OF ONE VERB TO ANOTHER II3
Mai. I. 9, Job 4. 9, I Chr. 5. 22. Prep. "^"O is usual of cause
or means, not personal. Gen. 9. 1 1 T^Sllsn ^^12 n*^31 be cut
off 6y t/ie waters of the flood, Ob. 9, Job 7. 14. Prep. 2
{through^ of instrum.) is also used of persons, Gen. 9. 6
"TIDO^ ^}2r\ D'^^^JJ through men shall his blood be shed.
Rem. I. More rarely the remoter obj. becomes subj. of
pass., Lev. 13. 49 inbri'IlK nijnrn and it shall be shown /^ the
priesty cf. Ex. 26. 30. So Ar. can say, 'u'tiya zeid^n dirham»»,
a dirhem was given Zeid, though usually, Zeid was given a
dirhem (zeidun dirhRman),
Rem. 2. It is seldom that both ace. of act. are retained
in pass., Nu. 14. 21, Ps. 72. 19. Such impers. use of pass,
is easier when the act. governs one ace. and prep.. Gen.
2. 23 nc^ tOl^^ TMit? this shall be called woman (ace). Is.
I. 26, Nu. 16. 29. Of course all ace. except that of the
obj. must be retained in pass.
Rem. 3. The exx. given above show that the use of ace.
after pass, is classical, though the usage perhaps increased
in later style. It is common with *^ to bear^ Gen, 4. 18
(J); 21, s ; 46, 20, Nu, 26. 60. The consn, of this word in
some cases is uncertain, Gen. 35, 26 (Sam, pL)y cf. 36. 5,
I Chr, 2. 3, 9; 3, I, 4. Other exx. Gen. 21, 8, Nu. 7, 10.
Ex, 25. 28; 27, 7, Lev, 16. 27, Nu, 11. 22 ; 26. 55 (cf. v, 53) ;
32, 5. Gen. 17. 5; 35. 10. Gen. 17. 11, 14, 24, 25 (ace. of
restriction). In some cases where noun with riK precedes the
pass, the HK may merely give definiteness to the subj., Jud,
6. 28; and in other cases T[^ may be resumptive, Jos. 7. 15.
Rem. 4. The pass, be heard in sense of answered is niph.
of nay, Job 19. 7, Pr, 21, 13, Pass, of yoB'* does not seem
used in this sense with personal subj. (cf. Del. N.T.
Matt. 6. 7).
SUBORDINATION OF ONE VERB TO ANOTHER
§ 82. There are two cases — {a) When the first verb
expresses the mode of the action denoted by the second.
In this case the second verb expresses the real action, and
the first has to be rendered adverbially. Gen. 31. 27 jntiiCT^
8
114 HEBREW SYNTAX §83.
11*157 ^ho" '^^st fled away secretly ; 2 K. 2. 10 ^'ife^tj)? i^^^ttJpil
thou hast asked a Jiard thing (lit. done Jiardly as to asking) ;
Ex. 8. 24 VuT^ ^p'^rnil'N? ye shall not go far away ; Ps.
55. 8. Jer. 13. 18 ^ntf 1^*^Q?>n sit down low. i S. i. 12;
2. 3; 16. 17, 2 S. 19. 4, I K. 14. 9, 2 K. 21. 6, Is. 23. 16;
29. 15; 55. 7, Jer. I. 12; 16. 12, Hos. 9. 9, Am. 4. 4, Jon.
4. 2, Ezr. ID. 13, 2 Chr. 20. 35. The consn. is common with
l^tlj, ^p^ to do again, na^H, 7*'*7-3n &c.
(J>) When the two verbs express distinct ideas. Gen.
II. 8 l*^5^rT nSyi7 ^^Xy^^ and they gave up building the
city; I S. 18. 2 l^tfS "iiflj \X7\, he did not allow him to
return, i S. 17. 39 rd. perhaps jHS?^ ^ r.*!!*
§ 83. Modes of connection. — {a) The second verb is sub-
ordinated to the first in inf. cons,, with, or less commonly
without, 7, or still less commonly in infin. abs. See exx.
above, and cf. § 90 ^.
{U) The verbs are co-ordinated in the same tense-form
with vav. Gen. 24. 18 mS T^ril irTOJll she /tasted to let
down her pitcher; 44. 11. 2 K. 6. 3 ^TfTl biyTi^'in consent
to go\ Jud. 19. 6. Gen. 25. i fl^M njp*;! 'ife^ ^D**»l and
Abr. /(?(7^ another wife\ i K. 19. 6 33tllJ'»1 SttJ*^*! and he Azy
•^ T : •- T T- "^
^(?«/;^ again \ 2 K. i. 11, 13. Instead of the same tense the
equivalent vav conv. form may be used, Hos. 2. 11 S^ttJt^
^Pin^'y / will take back again. Gen. 27. 42, 2 S. 7. 29, i S.
20. 31, Is. 6. 13, Mai. I. 4, Job 6. 9. — Jos. 7. 7, Is. i. 19, Est.
8. 6, Dan. 9. 25.
(^) The verbs are co-ordinated without vav, asyndetously.
Esp. in imper.; 2 K. 5. 23 D^133 Hj? ^\^^ please take two
talents ; i S. 3. 5 l^?' ^'^^ ^^^ ^i^ze^^ ^^^/;^ ; v, 9, Gen. 19. 22,
Deu. 2. 24. Jos. 5. 2, Is. 21. 12, Jer. 13. 18, Ps. 51. 4.
—Irnpf. Hos. I. 6 DPHM Tiy ^^^DiM «*? / will no viore
pity) Gen. 30. 31 ?J3«:^ J^^l^ ni^ttJM / will keep thy flock
again ; i S. 2» 3 ^"^tf^ ^3.*)ln"7M speak not always. Mic.
SUBORDINATION OF ONE VERB TO ANOTHER II5
7. 19, Lam. 4. 14, Ps. so. 20; 88. 11; 102. 14, Job 10. 16;
19. 3 ; 24. 14. Or with equivalent vav conv.y Is. 29. 4 J^7Dtth.
"^"^i*!^ V^^P ^^^^ j/^/V speak low out of the ground (i S.
20. 19 rd, *lp5jn inCJ^tpi shalt be greatly missed a third timey
cf. V, 18). — Perf. Ps. 106. 13 ^n5|i? ^"^DP speedily they forgot.
Hos. 5. II ; 9. 9, Zeph. 3. 7, Zech. 8. 15. — Ptcp. Hos. 6. 4;
13. 3. — ^The vigorous "^p^StJ . . . ^^n'^'Jfl Gen. 31. 40 reminds
of Ar, kuntu . . . ya^kuluni) — more usually with inchoative
pendens y as Gen. 24, 27. § 106.
Rem. I . The second verb is occasionally subordinated in
impf.y Is. 42. 21 y^Xl ^p*!^ )y?/ r?D '^ Je. was pleased to make
great \ Job 32. 22 na^K ^^JT!!^ ^^ I am not good at flattering \
Is. 47. I ^^ ^^"!i?! ^9^Dln t6 thou shalt no more be called.
Lev. 9. 6, Nu. 22. 6, Lam. i. 10. The consn. is more
common in Syr., Noeld. § 267.
Rem. 2. In a few instances the ptcp. or an adj. is sub-
ordinated (ace). Is. 33. I y)\^ ^D^nna when thou art done
destroying ; i S. 3. 2 Hlna WH IJ^jn his eyes had begun to be
dim. I S. 16. 16, Hos. 7. 4, Jer. 22. 30, Neh. 10. 29. So
probably a noun, Gen. 9. 20, N. began (as) a husbandman
(ace). The consn., and N., the husbandman, began and
planted (was the first to plant, or, planted for the first time,
Gen, 10. 8, i S. 14. 35 ; 22. 15), is rather unnatural, though
cf. the appos. Gen. 37. 2. In this sense ** begin " is usually
followed by inf.y but cf. Ezr. 3. 8. — ** One of them " says —
" Or (nae reflection on your lear),
Ye may commence a shaver," &c.
Rem. 3. The asyndetous consn. § 83 c is very common
in Syr., Noeld. § 337. In Ar. the older and classical consn.
was with fay andy Wr. ii. § 140 ; de Lag. Uebersichty
p. 209 seq.y does not alter this fact.
Rem. 4. Such words as ?!.<, Hpp comCy Dip arisCy are
used almost as interjections though construed regularly. Is.
22. 15 *^3"n^, I K. I. 13 ^Kbl w, V. 12, Gen. 19. 15, i S. 9. 5.
The mas. HDp is even used to a woman, Gen. 19. 32. Both
verbs often merely confer liveliness on the real action, Hos.
5. 15; 6. I, Gen. 19. 35, Ps. 2&. 11. Some fixed compound
Il6 HEBREW SYNTAX §84-86.
phrases express only a single idea, as "^^i^*} R??! answered
andsaidy Ijjj?) "IHWI conceived and bore = jA^ d^ri^, Gen. 21. 2.
Text I S. I. 20 is probably quite right. Comp. i Chr.
4. 17 where inm alone is used for the whole phrase.
Rem. 5. In some instances the modifying verb stands
second, Jer. 4. 5 \^syo ^K^ip cry with full voiccy cf. 12. 6
^^ ^^5- Is. 53. II, Jo. 2. 26.
THE NOMEN ACTIONIS OR INFINITIVE
I. Infinitive Absolute
§ 84. The infin. abs. as an abstract noun expresses the
bare idea of the verbal action, apart from the modifications
which subject-inflections or tense-forms lend to it. Used
along with the inflected form it gives emphasis to the
expression of the action, and, when used alone, graphically
represents the action in its exercise, continuance, prevalence,
and the like, sometimes almost with the force of an
exclamation.
Construction of inf. abs. — Expressing the bare notion of
the verb the inf. abs. refuses to enter into close construction,
receiving neither suffixes nor prep. It may, however —
(a) Be the subj. in a nominal sent, esp. when the pred. is
SitO goody or lltO vh (in poet. 311D ^i) not goody but also
otherwise. Pr. 28. 21 l"itO"b^7 D''3Q"^3n to be partial is not
•TV— "*
good. I S. 15. 23, Jer. 10. 5, Pr. 24. 23; 25. 27, Job 25. 2.
In Job 6. 25 it is subj, to a verbal sent.
(^) Or the obj. of a verb. Is. i. 17 ItO'^H ^1T?7 learn to
do well) 42. 24 *!J'i7n ^It^ vh they willed not to walk. Is.
7. IS; 57. 20, Pr. 15. 12, Job 9. 18; 13. 3. Rarely in gen.
Is. 14. 23 TptJJrr fe^tpM^^Sl with the besom of destruction.
Pr. 1. 3; 21. 16. Cf. Rem. i.
(c) It may govern like its own finite verb, eg, ace, Hos.
10. 4 tV^^ nh3 making covenants) Is. 22. 13 'IpS. ah!l
]b^2 ^httJl killing oxen and slaying sheep. Is, 5, 5; 21, 5;
THE NOMEN ACTIONIS OR INFINITIVE II7
59. 4, 13, Pr. 25. 4, 5. Or prep., Is. 7. 15 ^SVC^ 5^3. D'^MD
nitOi to refuse ^z^// and choose good. It is not followed by
gen. either of noun or pron.
Rem. I. I S. I. 9 is the only ex. of inf. abs. with prep,
(text dubious). The inf. abs. tends, however, to become a
real noun (Job 25. 2, Lam, 3. 45), and may take prep, when
so used. Is. 30. 15, and also when used adverbially, Neh.
5. 18, The inf. cons. hiph. is occasionally pointed like inf.
abs., e.g. Deu. 32. 8, Jer. 44. 19, 25, which introduces some
uncertainty (Deu. 26. 12, Neh. 10. 39 should perhaps be
read//.). Inf. abs. as obj. seems to occur first in Is.
§ 85, Use of inf. abs. — The inf. abs. is used firsts along
with the forms of its own verb, to add emphasis. In this
case it stands chiefly before its verb, but also after it.
Secondly^ it is used adverbially to describe the action of a
previous verb. And, thirdly y it is used instead of the finite
or other inflected forms of the verb.
§ 86. Use along with its own verb. — (^2:) When before its
verb the kind of emphasis given by inf. abs. may be of
various kinds, eg. that of strong asseveration in promises or
threats; that of antithesis in adversative statements; the
emphasis natural in a supposition or concession \ and that of
interrogation^ particularly when the speaker is animated, and
throws into the question an intonation of surprise, scorn,
dislike, &c. Such shades cannot be reproduced in transla-
tion. Occasionally such a word as indeed^ surely (Gen. 2. 17),
forsooth (37. 8), of course (43. 7), at all (Hos. i. 6), &c., may
bring out the sense, but oftenest the kind of emphasis is best
expressed by an intonation of the voice.
Ex. of asseveration-. Gen. 2. 17 JHITDfl ITIO thou shalt
T
(surely) die! 16. 10; 18. 10, 2 S. 5. 19. Frequently in
injunctions; Ex. 21. 28 *^it2^rT vj^D^ ^IpD the ox shall be
stoned, 2'^, /^^ Deu. 12. 2, and often. Antithesis: Jud. 15. 13
;in^P5 ^ t\Qrr\ ;i"|p«^ ^b^ ^a «V nay, we wHl bind
%•
Il8 HEBREW SYNTAX §86.
theCy but we zvill not kill thee. 2 S, 24. 24, Deu. 7. 26; 13. lO;
21. 14, and often, i S. 6. 3, i K. 11. 22, Am. 9. 8, Is. 28. 28,
Jer. 32. 4; 34. 3. Supposition (very common): Ex, 21. 5
myn •^?:iM*' nb« D«1 but if the slave should say. Jud.
II. 30, Ex. 22. 3, II, 12, 16, 22, Jud. 14. 12, I S. I. II ; 20. 6,
9, 21, 2 S. 18. 3. So concession*. Gen. 31. 30 "rfbri ilfljn
Hp^n «e^^//, //i^^« //^J/ ^«£?«^ off biecause, &c. (but why steal
my gods?), i S. 2. 30. In questions-. Gen. 24. 5 IttJiTT
;i5Sl"n« I'^ttJSI am /, then, to bring back? 37. 8, 10 "n^O
^3*^75^ *5j7?pfl ^//^/^ /"A^^^ r?^/^ (forsooth) over us ? 43. 7 ^^fj
"1)pbi*' *^S 5^15 were we (then) /(? knozv? Nu. 22. 30, 37, 38,
Jud. II. 25, I S. 2. 27, 2 K. 18. 33, Is. 50. 2, Jer. 26. 19, Ez.
14. 3; 18. 23, Zech. 7. 5.
The peculiar emphasis of inf. abs. is well felt when a
speaker gives a report regarding circumstances, or repeats
(directly or indirectly) the words of another, or his own
thoughts. Gen. 43. 3, 7, Jud. 9. 8; 15. 2, i S. 10. 16; 14.
28, 43 ; 20. 3, 6, 28 ; 23. 22, 2 S. I. 6. Also when restrictive
particles, *TfSI, p*^, are used. Gen. 27. 30; 44. 28, Jud. 7. 19.
(Ji) In negative sent. inf. abs. precedes the neg. Is. 30, 19
nSJf^'M? '133. thou sJialt not weep. Jud. 15. 13 above, Ex.
8. 24; 34. 7, Deu. 21. 14, Jud. I. 28, I K. 3. 27, Am. 3. 5, Jer.
6. IS ; 13. 12. With 7SI, i K. 3.26, Mic. i. 10. Exceptions
occur mostly when a denial is given to previous words, Gen.
3. 4, Am. 9. 8, Ps. 49. 8.
if) When placed after its verb inf. abs. has often the
same force as when before it. 2 K. g. 11 bijf^ *^7bi ^'H^IDb^
*^ ........ . { « ^
M'i!?' I thought, He will (certainly) come out unto me. Nu.
23. II, 2 S. 3. 24; 6. 20, Jer. 23. 39, Dan. 11. 10, 13. In this
case inf. abs. is sometimes strengthened by DH. Gen. 46. 4
n^yoa ^Vs^M ^'SiMI. / will also bring thee up\ 31. 15, Nu.
T ^ • I IT •
16. 13. Inf. abs. always stands after imper. dind ptcp., Nu.
II. 15 ^ihrr M3'^5?^n km me rather (at once); Jer. 22. 10
THE NOMEN ACTIONJS OR INFINITIVE II9
*?J7flv iSl ^3SL weep, indeed^ for him that is gone away.
Jud. 5. 23, Is. 6. 9. With ptcp. Jer. 23. 17, Is. 22. 17, Jud.
II. 25?
But inf. abs. after its verb suggests an indefinitely pro-
longed state of the action, and therefore expresses con-
tinuance, prevalence, &c. Nu. 1 1. 32 PrtlDttJ Dil? ^HpttJ^l
and ihey went spreading them out (the quails). Jer. 6. 29,
This use is clearer when another inf abs. is added ; Jud.
14. 9 7bM1 *5|ivn *!l751 he went on, eating as he went\ Gen.
8. 7 SltlJl MiJf^ biSJl and it went (always) out and back.
I S. 6. 12, I K. 20. 37, 2 K, 2, II, Is. 19. 22. This use is
akin to the adverbial use, cf. 2 K. 21. 13, where rd, probably
*?fbrT| nrro, with larger accent at disK This inf. before the
verb, Is. 3. 16, cf. Ps. 126. 6.
Rem. I. Exx. like Gen. 43. 3, 7, Am. 9. 8 hardly prove
that infin. abs. intensifies the action in the same sense as
the^z. With i S. 20. 6 cf. v, 28. In Gen. 19. 9 the inf.
after verb may emphasise the assumption to he judge on the
part of one who was a stranger rather than the hahit of
judging. Jos. 24. 10.
Rem. 2. The inf. abs. is oftenest of the same conjug. as
the finite, whether before or after it, e.g. Kal Gen. 2. 16,
niph, Ex. 22. 3, pi. Gen. 22. 17, pu. 40. 15, hiph. 3. 16,
hoph. Ez. 16. 4, hith. Nu. 16. 13. But as the nomen actionis
of the Kal expresses the abstract idea of the verb in general,
it may be joined with any other conjug., e,g, with niph.
Ex. 21. 20; pi. 2 S. 20. 18; pu. Gen. 37. 33; hiph. i S.
23. 22, Gen. 46. 4; hoph. Ex. 21. 12 (and always in this
phrase shall he put to death) ; hithpo. Is. 24. 19. Other
combinations are rarer, e.g. inf. hoph. with niph. 2 K. 3. 23,
and with pu. 'Ez. 16. 4 ; inf. pi. with hiph. i S. 2. 16.
Occasionally the inf. is from another verb, cognate and
similar in sound. Is. 28. 28, Jer. 8. 13; 48. 9 (Zeph. i. 2?).
If text right in Jer. 42. 10, liK?, the weak yod has fallen
away, cf. Jud 19. 11, 2 S. 22. 41.
Rem. 3. Instead of inf. abs. the abstract noun is some-
120 HEBREW SYNTAX §86-88.
times used ; Is. 35. 2, Jer. 46. 5, Mic. 4. 9, Hab. 3. 9 (last
two cognate stems), Job 27. 12, cf. Is. 29. 14, both inf. and
noun. — Occasionally the form of inf. cons, is used, Nu.
23. 25, Ru. 2. 16, Jer. 50. 34, Pr. 23. i (all due to assonance
with following verb), Ps. 50. 21, Neh. i. 7. — 2 K. 3. 24ni3ni
text amiss (but cf. § 96, R. 4), Ez. 11. 7 rd, K^^K- Cf.
however, Jos. 4. 3 ; 7. 7, Ez. 7. 14.
Rem. 4. The verb ^i)^ with its inf. abs. is followed :
(a) mostly by another inf. abs. as above in c, e,g. 2 S. 3. 16.
nby "ilbt\ 1?^, Jos. 6. 9, 2 K. 2. II ; but (b) also by ptcp.
2 S. 18. 25 l']iJ1 IvH l^^l, Jer. 41. 6, cf. 2 S. 16. 5 ; and {c)
by a finite tense, 2 S. 16. 13 ^\t,\ Ivn 17^, Jos. 6. 13, i S.
19. 23, 2 S. 13. 19, cf. Is. 31. 5.
But ^b^ is often used in a metaphorical sense to express
progress^ continuance y &c. in an action or condition, which
is expressed by ptcp. or adj. Gen. 26. 13 /^J1 Iw 1>^1 he grew
ever greater. Jud. 4. 24, i S. 14. 19, 2S. 5. 10, i Chr. 11. 9.
In the same sense the ptcp. ^A\ is used in a predication.
2 S. 3. I ptrn ?|7h ini Z>. waxed stronger and stronger,
Ex. 19. 19 always waxed louder. 1 S. 2. 26 (17. 41
in a literal sense), 2 S. 15. 12, 2 Chr. 17. 12, Est. 9. 4,
Pr. 4. 18.
Used adverbially with inf. abs. of other verbs inf. abs.
of T^n expresses the same idea of progress or endurance.
Gren. 12. 9 J?^DJ\ ^liSl ys^ ^^ continued always Journeying \
8. 3 always receded more and more, cf. v. 5.
§ ^y. Adverbial use of inf. abs. — The inf. abs. is used to
describe adverbially the manner, degree, &c., of the action
expressed by a previous verb. This inf. is itself without
and, but other inf. may be subjoined to it. Deu. 9. 21 JiSMI
ItD'^n t^rro ini^ and / beat it, grinding it small; i S. 3. 12
rhy\ 7nrT "^rvi^^, nttJM-'ra nw D^pw i win fuijii aii that
I have spoken, /r^w beginning to end. Gen. 21. 16; 30. 32,
Nu. 6. 23, Jos. 3. 17; 6. 3, II, I S. 17. 16, 2 S. 8. 2, Is. 57, 17,
Mic. 6. 13, Zech. 7. 3, Jer. 3. 15; 12. 17; 22. 19. Cf. Gen.
30. 37 r]tol7?5. Some inf. abs. (chiefly hiph.) have become
THE NOMEN ACTIONIS OR INFINITIVE 121
almost simple adverbs, as *11^^T\ well, very^ nS,*)!! mmh^ very,
jjrnnya/-, Gen. 21. 16, Jos. 3. 16.
Rem. I. Here belongs the phrase of Jer., e,g> 7. 13
")3T1 D3^ , . . "^Slfc?^ I spoke, earnestly speakings in which
inf. of first verb is repeated; 11. 7; 25.4; 29. 19; 32. 33;
35. 14, 15. As adverbial inf. is without and^ delete vav in
26. 5. — Instead of inf. of first verb there is finite form, Is.
57. 17, cf. 31. 5. In Hos. 10. 4 the inf. might exegese
D^n Xyss^^^ giving examples of their idle or swelling words ;
or they may express actions on the same line as their talk.
§ 88. Inf. abs. instead of inflected forms.— (tf) When
circumstances, personal relations, &c., have already been
suggested by an inflected verbal form, it is often thought
sufficient to subjoin further actions in the bare inf. form.
This inf. may follow any inflected form, and, unlike the
adverbial inf., is introduced by and. Jud. 7. 19 ^3^pll^
D'^'lSn \^D31 ni"^Qit^ they blew with the trumpets, and
broke the pitchers; i K. 9. 25 "^'^prtj '^ *^i?^i7l ^"^
Solomon offered sacrifices (freq.) and burnt incense \ Jer. 14. $
Slt^l ni7'' I ntoil n7*»M"D3 even the hind calves, and f or-
sakes (her young); Jer. 32. 44 DinPT] "^QD3' ^'^'^?1 ^JT- ^^^
tSnV lyrn they shall buy fields, and subscribe deeds^ and
seed them^ and take witnesses. The usage becomes more
common in later style. Cf. Rem. i.
(^) The bare inf. abs. is used without a preceding inflected
form when the verbal action or state in itself, apart from
modifications of time, person, &c., is to be forcibly presented,
e,g. in injunctions which are general ; in descriptions of pre-
vailing conduct or condition of things ; but also in any case
where the action in itself, apart from its conditions, is to be
vividly expressed. Ex. 20. 8 HSU^n Di'' Ht^ "^tot remember
the sabbath day !— Hos. 4. 2 r]i^2T IbiT T(T^ tTXS\ n7«
false swearings and murder^ and thefts and adultery (they
122 HEBREW SYNTAX §88-90.
practise)! — i K. 22. 30 rTl^nV)^! Mil ^SHtyn disguise
myself (will I), and go into the battle ! 2 K. 4. 43 "^Ot^ Hlb
"^Jl'irn v'^iSM "^ thus saith Je., Eat (shall ye) and leave over !
(c) So in other cases where the action in itself, apart
from its circumstances, is to be stated, the inf. abs. is
sufficient. Is. 20. 2 t]r\^ Di^J^ ^hri ]5 tojr^JI he did so,
walking naked and barefoot^ Is. 5. 5. Particularly when the
action is first indicated by this. Jer. 9. 23 7 jjrUl^ Hi^tSl
"^rjlA y'T*) vSlpn v^rWl)!pn in tins let one glory, in under-
standing and in knowing me] Is. 58. 6 is not this the fast
that I like, ^ttJ^ IT^SlS^lll llJn? to loose the bonds of wicked-
ness, &c. (three inf., cf. v. 7). Gen. 17. 10; Deu. 15. 2, Is.
37. 30, Zech. 14. 12.
Rem. I. Exx. of a. After perf., i S. 2. 27, 28, Hos.
10. 4, Jer. 19. 13; 22. 14, Hag. i. 6, Zech. 3. 4; 7. 5,
I Chr. 5.. 20, 2 Chr. 28. 19, Ecc. 4. i, 2; 9. li, Est. 9. 6,
12, 16, cf. 17, Dan-. 9. 5. — After impf., Jer. 32. 44; 36. 23.
With IK or J Lev. 25. 14, Nu. 30. 3, Deu. 14. 21. — After
vav impf., Gen. 41. 43, Ex. 8. 11, Jer. 37. 21, i Chr. 16. 36,
Neh. 8. 8. — Vav perf., Zech. 12. 10. — Inf., i S. 22. 13, Jer,
7. 18, cf. 32. 33. — Ptcp., Hab. 2. 15, Est. 8. 8.
Rem. 2. Exx. of b. Inf. abs. as imper., Ex. 12. 48;
i3« 3» Deu. I. 16; 5. 12; 31. 26, Jos. i. 13, 2 K. 3. 16,
Zech. 6. 10. So ^^ go/ 2 S. 24. 12, 2 K. 5. 10, and often
in Jer., 2. 2; 3. 12, &c. Is. 14. 31? (itoj inf. abs.). — Of
prevailing conduct or condition. Is. 21. 5; 22. 13; 59. 4,
13, Jer. 7. 9; 8. 15 ; 14. 19, Ez. 21. 31, Hag. i. 9. — Exx.
of ^, Jer. 3. I (niKh), Ez. 23. 30, 46, Job 40. 2, Pr. 17. 12 ;
25. 4» S-
Rem. 3. Like inf. cons. (§ 96), inf. abs. when used for
finite may be continued by fin. form. Is. 42. 22 ; 58. 6.
Rem. 4. A force akin to that of inf. abs. is sometimes
obtained by repeating the verb in another form. Ps. 1 18.
II, Zeph. 2. I, Hab. i. 5, Is. 29. 9 (Hos. 4. 18). But in
some of these places text is doubtful.
Rem. 5. When inf. abs, is used for finite verb the stibj.
THE NOMEN ACTIONIS OR INFINITIVE 1 23
' is occasionally expressed with it, Deu. 15. 2, Lev. 6. 7,
Nu. 15. 35, I S. 25. 26, Is. 42. 22, Ps. 17. 5, Job 40. 2, Pr.
17. 12, Ecc. 4. 2, Est. 9. I. Gen. 17. 12, 13 make it prob-
able that lar^D V, ID is subj. and not ace. after pass.
Rem. 6. In § 86 (cf. § 67) and § 87 the inf. abs. is no
doubt in ace. ; possibly also in § 88, cf. Kor. 2. 77.
2. The Infinitive Construct
§ 89. The inf. cons, has the qualities both of noun and
verb, being used like a gerund, admitting prepp. and suffixes,
and yet having the government of its verb. As noinen verbi
it does not of itself express tense; the time is either indefinite
or suggested by the context and circumstances. It is too
little of a noun to take the arty § 19.
§ 90. Cases of inf. cons, itself. — {a) The inf. cons, may be
nont. as subject to a nominal sentence, especially when the
pred. is " good " or " not good " (§ 84 ^), but also otherwise.
Gen. 2. 18 1*117 DIMH nl^H H'^ID k^7 man's being alone is
- : T T It v: *^
not good ; Is. 7. 13 D'^ttJaM niM7rr DSO lOypn IS wearying
men too little for you? Gen. 29. 19; 30. 15, Ex. 14. 12, Jud.
9. 2; 18. 19, I S. 15. 22; 23. 20; 29. 6, 2 S. 18. II, Is. 10. 7,
Mic. 3. I, Ps. 118. 9, Pr. 10. 23; 13. 19; 16.6, 12, i6,.and often.
(^) It may be in gen. by a noun or prep. Gen. 2. 4 Di*^5L
•
iTliT nitoj^ in the day of JehovaUs making \ 14. 17 '''irjJL?
ir^Srrp ta^ttJ after his returning from smiting. Gen. 2. 17;
21. S; 24. 30; 29. 7, Is. 7. 17, Hos. 2. 5, 17. Also, though
rarely, after an adj. or ptcp. in cons,^ Is. 56. 10, Jer. 13. 23,
Ps. 127. 2, Pr. 30. 29. In a few instances 73 all precedes
inf. cons.. Gen. 30. 41, I K. 8. 52, Ps. 132. i, i Chr. 23. 31.
if) It may be in ace, as obj. to an active verb, i K. 3. 7
k^m nt^S jnM k^7 I know not how to go out or come in.
Gen. 8. 10, Ex. 2. 3, Deu. 2. 25, 2 K. 19. 27, Is. i. 14; 11. 9,
Jer. 15. IS, Am. 3. 10, Ps. loi. 3. The ace. sign r\M occurs
before inf. 2 K. 19. 27 (Is. 37. 28). The inf. cons, with
124 HEBREW SYNTAX §90,91.
prep. 7, which expresses the direction of the action of
governing verb, has in usage greatly superseded the simple
inf. when obj,\ Gen. i8. 29 "^ll? Tlj^ ^D^ n. 8; 13. 16.
This inf. with 7 has become almost a simple verbal form^
and appears often as subj. in the nominal sent., i S. 15. 22,
2 S. 18. 1 1, Is. 10. 7 with 28. 19, Mic. 3. I, Ps, 1 18. 8, Pr. 21. 9
with 25. 24. Cf. Hab. 2. 14.
Rem. I. It is usually the whole clause rather than the
mere inf. that is grammatical subj. ; comp. the forcible
phrase 2 S. 14. 32. The inf. cons, is too little nominal to
be subj. to a verb : in 2 S. 22. 36 rd. with Ps. 18. 36 irnajTI ;
I K. 16. 31 ^3n is ptcp., cf. I S. 18. 23. In 2 S. 24. 13
^W is loosely appended to preceding words. Is. 37. 29
^Vi^ if text right may be an ex., or adj. used substantively
(vocalisation varies). Ps. 17. 3 ^nfef if inf. is scarcely subj.
to following verb. On the other hand the fem. inf. tends
to be a real noun, and may be subj. to a verb, Pr. 10. 12. —
It is rare that the mas. form of inf. is construed as fem.
(neut.), I S. 18. 23, Jer. 2. 17 with 2. 19.
Rem. 2. Deu. 25. 2 rtan {3 worthy of a heating (adjudged
the bastinado) is peculiar, cf. i S. 20. 31.
§ 91. Government by inf. cons. — {a) The agent or subj.,
which usually immediately follows inf., is in the gen. Gen.
2. 4 mrP nitoj? JehavaKs making \ 19. 16 vSv '^ nTPHSl
in Jehovah s pitying him. Gen. 16. 16; 24. 11, Ex. 17. I,
Deu. I. 27, I K. 10. 9. So with suff.. Gen. 3. 19 ?p^t^ IJ^
rro^kJiTvM until thy returning to the ground, 3. 5 ; 39. 18.
When separated from inf. by intervening words the
subj., with a looser construction, must be supposed to be
in the nom,\ Is. 20. i tl3"lD \TiA XyT^ when Sargon sent
him. Gen. 4. 15, Nu. 24. 23, Deu. 4. 42, Jos. 14. 11, Jud.
9. 2, I S. 16. 16, 2 S. 18. 29, Is. 5. 24, Jer. 21. I, Ez. 17. 10,
Ps. 51. 2; 56. I ; 76. 10; 142. 4, Pr. I. 27; 25. 8, Job 34. 22.
ip) The inf. cons, puts its obj. in the same case as the
verb does from which it is derived, Le. ace. or gen. through
THE NOMEN ACTIONIS OR INFINITIVE 12$
a prep, i S. 19. i T)*l"nt< tVG^ to kill David] Deu.
10. IS Ur\\k rQriM? to love them\ Nu. 22. 11 ^ Dn?n7
•'t t-:T-: ' VT»:
to fight with him. Gen. 2. 4, Deu. 2. 7, i K. 12. 15 ; 15. 4,
Gen. 19. 16, Deu. 30. 20, Is. 7. i. The inf. may take two ace.
like its verb, Gen. 41. 39, Deu. 26. 19, Jos. 10. 20.
{c) When subj. and obj. are both expressed the usual
order is: inf., subj., obj. Gen. 41. 39 ^jllji 'm 3^*^lin "''ID^
after God*s s flowing thee\ Hos. 3. i tT ''ijL'Ubji "^ nint^J
as Je. loveth the children of Israel \ and with pron. as subj.
Gen. 39. 18 *^7ip ''p*^"^n3 when I lifted up my voice. Gen.
11. II, 13; 13. 10; 24. 30; 39. 19, I K. II. 24; 13. 23, 31,
Is. 10. IS, Am. I. 3, 6, 9, II, 13, &c.
Rem. I. The subj., especially when a pron., is often
omitted : {a) when clear from the context. Gen. 24. 30 'li^"!?
when he saw] 19. 29, Deu. 4. 21, i K. 20. 12, Ez. 8. 6.
(d) When general and indeterminate. Gen. 33. 10 HK'ia as
one sees\ Jud. 14. 6, i S. 2. 13 ; 18. 19, 2 S. 3. 34; 7. 29,
Is. 7. 22; 10. 14. — Gen. 25. 26, Ex. 27. 7; 30. 12, Nu.
9. 15 ; 10. 7, Zeph. 2. 2, Zech. 13. 9, Ps. 42. 4 with v. 11,
Job 13. 9; 20. 4. The ohj. is also often omitted, when a
pron., in the same circumstances. § 73, R. 5.
Rem. 2. The subj. is probably nom. in some cases where
it is not separated from inf. (a above), e.g. when ^ of inf.
has pre tonic qameg ; 2 S. 19. 20 ^^? fi'fc6 with Gren. 16. 3
tJ-jlK niB6, I K. 6. I, Job 37. 7. The inf. hiph. of Vy verbs
is never shortened except with sufF. (Gen. 39. 18 in c above),
e.g. Is. 10. 15 015^ V?n3, 14. 3 '' 0^?i? ^% 2 S. 17. 14,
Ps. 46. 3.
Rem. 3. The obj. of inf. when a noun is probably ace.
and not gen. objecti. When inf. has suff. this is clear. Gen.
39. 18, Deu. 9. 28. Also the particle nK is frequently ex-
pressed. Gen. 14. 17; 25. 26, Deu. 10. 12, 15; 11. 22, i S.
18. 19; 25. 2, Zech. 13. 9. Cases in which neither of these
marks is present are probably to be decided on the same
analogy, e.g. Jud. 14. 6 ^3in yDC'S as one rends a kid^ Is.
10. 14 as one gathers eggs^ 17. 5, i K. 18. 28, Ps. 66. 10 ;
126 HEBREW SYNTAX §92-96.
loi. 3, Pr. 21. 3. The fern, inf., while it may take ace, is
occasionally construed with gen. obj.^ Ps. 73. 28 DWfc5 '^?1?
to draw near to God^ Mic. 6. 8, so Aram. Ezr. 4. 22. So the
common ^O^P? to meet me^ ^I'H ^'^IPr to f^eet Davidy &c.
Similarly fem. verbal noun, Deu. 29. 22, cf. ace. Ez. 17. 9,
Am. 4. II, and with mas. noun, Nu. 10. 2 (Hab. 3. 13?).
In Nu. 23. 10 rd, perhaps "IBD ^. Others consider cases
like Is. 10. 14; 17. 5 as gen. obj. (Hitz. on Is. i. 7).
Rem. 4. Though inf. has a distinct suff. for ace. only
in I p. s, and occasionally in others, e,^. 3 s. ^HKinrv, Jer.
39. 14, and I pi. ^N^yin?, Ex. 14. 11, there seems no reason
to doubt that the sufF. of all the persons are often in ace.
There is no syntactical reason why inf. should govern ace.
of I p, s. and not of the other persons,, as it does govern
ace. of all persons with riK. A gen. obj. would in many
cases be awkward, as Gen. 37. 4 i'13'n to speak to him^ and
where the suff. is parallel to nK as 37. 22^ Deu. i. 27. In
Deu. 23. s the suff. has verbal n demons. Comp. exx. like
Nu. 22. 23, 25, Deu. 9. 28 ; 26. 19 with Ps. 89. 28, Jud.
13. 23; 14. 8; 18. 2, I S. 2. 25; 19. II, I K. 20. 35, 2 K.
9. 35, Ps. 106. 23, 26, 27. When prep. ^ precedes inf. the
suff. is mostly ace. ; also often when p precedes, and even
when other prepp. are prefixed. — Nu. 22. 13 ^nnp = ^JWip,
and Jer. 27. 8 ^isri seems used as trans., though cf. Sep.
§ 92. Usage of inf. cons. — ^The inf. cons, with prepp. has
all the meanings of the finite forms with conjunctions. Gen.
4. 8 mtel Dni*^rT|L when they were in the field ; 3. 19
?l5^tt} ^3^ until thou return^ cf. Hos. 10. 12 Mii*^ ^J^ until he
conte^ Gen. 39. 16, 2 S. 10. 5. Gen. 39. 18 *^7lp *tt^"in3 when
I lifted upy cf. 37. 23 M3, ^^B^fcJS when he came. The prepp.
become conjunctions, taking finite forms, by combination
with the rel. "^U)M, which, however, is pften omitted, as Hos.
10. 12 above, 5. 15. Gen. 18. 12 with Jud. 11. 36, 2 S. 19. 31;
Am. 1. 1 1 with 2 S. 3. 30; 2 S. 3. 11 with Is. 43.4. — Gen. 13. 10;
34- 7; 35- i> I S. 9. IS, 2 S. 12. 6, Ex. 19. 18. Cf. § 145.
§ 93. The prep, v, which properly expresses the direction
THE NOMEN ACTIONIS OR INFINITIVE. 12/
of the action of previous verb, is used with inf. cons, in a
weaker sense (like gerund in do) to explain the circum-
stances or nature of a preceding action. This gerundial
(adverbial) use is very common, i S. 14. 33 D*^Mtph bJ^H
D*Tn'73^ vitJ7 the people are sinning in eating with the
blood; I K.*s.' 23 '^H^a urh nth '^spn-riM ntoyri thou
wilt do my desire in giving (so as to give) bread for my
house. Gen. 18. 25; 19. 19; 29. 26; 34. 7; 43. 6, i S. 12.
17, 19; 19. s ; 20. 20, 2 S. 14. 20, I K. 8. 32; 14. 8; 16. 19.
So the frequent "^DM"? saying. Similarly in explanation of
a comparison, Gen. 3. 22, 2 S. 14. 25, Is. 21. i, Ez. 38. 16,
Pr. 26. 2, I Chr. 12. 8. — Jos. 22. 26 is peculiar if text, right.
Is. 44. 14 nhp7 text dubious.
§ 94. The inf. with 7 is also used as a circumscription in
various senses of the imperfect, (a) As a periphrastic fut.
Gen. 15. 12 Mil27 tttott?!! Tl'^l and it was, the sun was about
•^ T V V - • :-
to set^ Jos. 2. 5. Is. 38. 20 *^35^*^tt)in7 '** Je. is (ready, about)
to save me. Is. 10. 32, Jer. 51. 49, Ps. 25. 14; 49. 15, Pr.
19. 8, Ecc. 3. 15^ I Chr. 9. 25. — In i S. 14. 21 rd. ^31j5
rron'Di they also tui'ned to be. {U) As a gerundive, in the
sense of is to be^ must be, ought to be. 2 K. 4. 13 H'^tDJ^v HD
*n7'*^Sn7 Oj^n *n V what is to be done for thee ? should one
speak for thee to the king? 2 K. 13. 19 tt}tp"^M ttJpn ni3rT7
tS^"^^ percutiendum erat. Is. 5. 4, Hos. 9. 13, Ps. 32. 9;
49. 15, Job 30. 6, 2 S. 4. 10. Or in the sense of can be, Jud.
1. 19, 2 S. 14. 19 (UJM = tt)5. — The consn. in Gen. 15. 12, Jos.
2. 5 appears to be as i S. 7. 10, 2 S. 2. 24, i K. 20. 40, 2 K.
2, II, and often, thevb. was being understood.
§ 95. The negative inf. is formed — (a) Usually by particle
"^thl with S, as Gen. 3. 11 ?I3)!!)D-'73M "'th^h TH^^S
I commanded thee not to eat of ity Deu. 4. 21, i K. 11. 10.
This particle negatives inf. in its various uses, e,g. when it
expresses purpose. Gen. 4. 15; 38. 9, and frequently in its
128 HEBREW SYNTAX §96.
gerundial or explicative sense, Gen. 19. 21, Ex. 8. 25, Deu.
3. 3 ; 8. II ; 17. 12, Jos. 5. 6, Jud. 2. 23 ; 8. i, Jer. 16. 12 ; 17.
23, 24, 27.
(J?) The inf. as periphrastic fut. or gerundive (§ 94) is
P| ^ r|| negatived by ^ t^So r ^ pM. Am. 6. 10 '•• DttJljl T?|n^ M*?
the name of Je. must not be mentioned \ Jud. i. 19 (could not
dispossess), i Chr. 5. i. Est. 4. 2 '^J^^n-'jM «ta^ pM "'S
the gate must not be gone to. Ezr. 9. 15, 2 Chr. 5. 11 ; 20.
6, 17; 22, 9, Est. 8. 8, Ps. 40. 6, Ecc. 3. 14. There seems no
difference in sense between 7 VO and 7 TM, though the
latter is common in the later style; cf. i Chr. 15. 2 with
23. 26. Jer. 4. 1 1 does not belong here.
§ 96. In the progress of the discourse, when new clauses
are added with and^ the inf. is very generally changed into
the finite construction. Gen. 39. 18 M'lpMI^ "hSp "^O'HPJJD
lifted up my voice and cried \ 2 K. 18. 32 ^^UTOTl "^MiSl ^3^
Dpr^M till I come and take you. Gen. 27. 45, Jud. 6. 18, i S,
24. 12, Is. 5. 24; 10. 2; 13. 9; 30. 12, 26; 45. I, Am. I. 9, II,
Ps. 104. 14, 15, This resolution is necessary with a neg.
clause, Am. i. 9. Cf. Rem. 2.
Rem. I. The pleonastic neg. 7 w!l? (§ 95) occurs 2 K.
23. 10 (cf. ^ l?D? Ez. 21. 20), and W210 Nu. 14. 16 because
Je, was not able, — The inf. is sometimes negatived by prep,
p awayfronty as Is. 5. 6 "»^opno command not to rain. So
^Stev to swear Is, 54. 9, cf. Deu. 4. 21, ond to beware Q^n,
31. 29 (cf. V, 24), 2 K. 6. 9. Occasionally a periphrasis of
'^)^V0 saying" and direct speech is employed, Gen. 3. 11 with
V. 17, Am. 2. 12.
Rem. 2. The finite tense consecutive to the inf. (§ 96)
will show the nuances of time, relation, &c., in which the
inf. was used. Thus Gen. 39. 18, i S. 24. 12, the inf. re-
ferred to a past act ; 2 K. 18. 32, Jud. 6. 18 to a future one,
and Am. i. 11 to a frequentative action. Loose constructions
occasionally arise in the process of resolution, e,g, Hos.
9. 7 nani ^J|^ ah bv ue. nan '>»^^jn, and because . . . is great;
THE SOMEN ACTIONIS OR INFINITIVE. 1 29
SO Jer. 30. 14, 15. So perhaps i S. 4. 19 ^^^ . . . '^i?p'7"''^>
i,e. Dp "*K^ P?)"^?in and regarding the fact that he was dead.
Rem. 3. Sometimes, esp. in later style, the inf. with
sufF. appears used for finite form, Job 9. 27 '•'^Ot^ U^ if I
think (my thought be). Jer. 9. 5, Zeph. 3. 20, Dan. 11. i.
Comp. also the consn. Ex. 9. 18, 2 S. 19. 25.
Rem. 4. The inf. cons, with and is used, particularly in
later style, in continuation of a preceding finite or other
form (cf. inf. abs. § 88). Several times DTI7I, Ex. 32. 29,
Jer. 17. 10; 19. 12, Dan. 12. 11. Originally and in the
older passages the inf. stood perhaps under the influence of
a will or purpose implicitly contained in preceding clause,
but in many cases this cannot any more be discovered ; the
inf. is merely a shorter way of indicating the action. Am.
8. 4, Hos. 12. 3 (Sep. wants and)^ 1 S. 8. 12, Jer. 44. 19,
Ez. 13. 22y Is. 44. 28, Lev. 10. 10, II, Neh. 8. 13, Ps. 104. 21,
Job 34. 8, I Chr. 6. 34 ; 10. 13, 2 Chr. 7. 17 ; 8. 13, Ecc.
9. I, Dan. 2. 16, 18. In Gen. 42. 25 and to restore is under
<* commanded," the preceding clause being brachylogy usual
with " command." Prep, omitted i Chr. 21. 24, cf. 2 S.
24. 24.
Rem. 5. Though the pass. inf. is quite common the act.
is often used where pass, might be expected. Gen. 4. 13,
Ex. 19. 13, I S. 18. 19, Is. 18. 3, Hos. 10. 10, Jer. 6. 15;
25. 34; 41. 4, Hag. 2. 15, Ps. 42. 4; 67. 3, Job 20. 4,
Ecc. 3. 2.
Obs. — In composition, if doubt arise, it is safe to use
prep. ^ before inf., as the bare inf. being a noun can be
governed properly only by a trans, verb. The prep, must
be used: i. After verbs expressing purpose and verbs of
motion, Gen, 2. 15, Ex. 3. 4. 2. After a nominal sent.,
pos. or neg., Gen. 2. 5 ; 24. 25. 3. After an adj.. Gen.
19. 20, Is. 5. 22 (Job 3. 8 a rare exception). 4. After a
noun, Hos. 8. 11 ; 10. 12, Is. 5. 22, unless the inf. be gen.,
Gen. 29. 7. Such verbs, however, as /'b^ to be able, Itf? to
refuse, are trans, in Heb. and may take bare inf., Deu. i. 9,
Hos. 8. s. Is. I. 13, Nu. 22. 14, Jer. 3, 3 ; so ^^VO} to be
weary, Is. i. 14, Jer. 15. 6.
1 30 HEBREW SYNTAX § 97, 98.
THE NOMEN AGENTIS OR PARTICIPLE
§ 97. The ptcp. or nomen agentis partakes of the nature
both of the noun (adj.) and the verb. It presents the person
or subj.in the continuous exercise or exhibition of the action
or condition denoted by the verb. The pass, ptcp. describes
the subj. as having the action continuously exercised upon
him, or at least differs from the adj. in presenting the state
of the subj. as the result of an action.
Rem. I. The ptcp. carries the notion of action, opera-
tion, like the verb, while the quality expressed by the adj.
inheres in the subj. as a mere motionless characteristic.
On the other hand the ptcp. differs from the impf. in that
the continuousness of the impf. is not unbroken, but mere
repetition of the action. The ptcp. is a line, the impf. a
succession of points.
It is but natural, however, that act. ptcps. expressing
conditions or operations which are habitual should come to
be used as nouns, as iriK friend^ TK enemy ^ \^'S!V judge^
^yov} watchman^ ntn seer^ &c., and that pass, ptcps. should
in usage become adjectives. The ptcp. niph. in particular
has the sense of the Lat. gerundive and adj. in hilis^ as fc^nia
to he fearedy terrible, ^K^ru cestimandus^ TOTO desirdbley ^PH?
detestable^ ^M? honourable. Occasionally ptcp. /*«., 7P^
laudandusj Ps. 96. 4. Possibly Kal, Ps. 137. 8 (some point
rni'ie^). Jer. 4. 30, Is. 23. 12, are real or imagined pasts.
Seels. 2. 22, Ps. 18. 4; 19. 11; 22. 32; 76. 8; 102. 19,
Job 15. 16. In like manner the difference between ptcp. and
impf. is often scarcely discernible in usage. Gen. 2. 10,
Ex. 13. 15, Lev. II. 47, Nu. 24. 4, 16. Cf. Jud. 4. 22 with
2 K. 6. 19.
§ 98. Construction of ptcp. — The ptcp. is construed —
{a) Verbally, taking the government of its verb, ace. or prep.
Gen. 32. 12 ^n^ ^DiM «T I fear him\ 25. 28 Tan\^ Pm"^
2'p^'^/nM Reb. loved Jaeob. Gen. 27. 8 ; 37. 7, 16; 40. 8, 17;
41. 9; 42. 29, I S. II. 3, 2 S. 14. 18, 1 K, 18. 3, Am. 5. 8,9, 18,
THE NOMEN AGENTIS OR PARTICIPLE I3I
With prep. Gen. 16. 13; 26. 11, i S. 17. 19; 23. i, 2 S. 23. 3,
Ps. 89. 10. The ptcp. may take any ace. taken by its verb;
Deu. 6. II a^tO"':'! D'^N7?p/«// of every good. Am. 2. 13;
cogn. ace. i K. i. 40; or two ace, 2 S. I. 24 *^3^ DDlp^yDn
who clothed you with crimson. Zeph. i. 9.
{J}) Or, nominally, being in cons, with following gen.
Gen. 3. 5 y^l l"ilD '^JH*' knowing good and evil\ Hos. 2. 7
• TT ••SI
'^T2*'72't "^PD^ \2n5 ^^^ ^'^^ '^y ^^^^d ^^d water. This consn.
is very common : the act. ptcp. of verbs governing a direct
obj. take this obj. in gen. ; and the pass, ptcp. of such verbs
take the subj. of the verbs in the gen. Gen. 22. 12 *^riyT'
nriM 'M «T-^3 thoufearest God\ Hos. 3. i JT"^ mrTM Ht^M
a woman loved by a paramour. Gen. 19. 14, 25, Ex. 15. 14;
23. 31, Jud. I. 19; 5. 6, 2 S. 4. 6; 6. 13, i K. 2. 7; 12. 21,
Is, 5. 18, Hos. 6. 8. So ptcp. of other act. conjugations,
Is. 5. 8; 19. 8, 9, 10; 28. 6; 29. 21, Jer. 23. 30, 32, Hos.
5. 10; II. 4, Ps. 19. 8, 9; cf. 136. 4-7. Pass, ptcp., Gen.
24. 31 blessed by /<?., 2 S. 5. 8 hated by. Is. 53. 4, Job 14. I.
Frequently the cause or instrument takes the place of the
subj., Is. I. 7 U5M H'iD^jSp burnt with fire. Gen. 20. 3; 41. 6,
Deu. 32. 24, Is. 14. 19; 22. 2; 28. I stricken down with wine,
Jer. 18. 21, Hos. 4. 17.
{c) In like manner suff. to ptcp. may be ace, or gen, Deu.
8. 16 t^ ?l7j?M]5n who fed thee with manna. Deu. 8. 5
{n demons.); 13. 6, 11 ; 20. i. Is. 9. 12; 10. 20; 47. 10; 63. 11,
Jer. 9. 14 (cf. 23. 15), Ps. 18. 33; 81. II, Job 31. 15 ; 40. 19.
Often in gen, ; Gen. 27. 29 ^'^55^P ^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ ^^^^ ^V
blessers), 4. 14, Ex. 20, 5, 6, l S. 2. 30, Is. 50. 8, Ps. 7. 5 ;
55. 13, Job 7. 8.
Rem. I. The mixed consn., gen. and ace. (for 2 ace).
Am. 4. 13 is curious. — The verbs kd to go into and ^y to
come out of may be consd. with ace. (Gen. 44. 4, Deu.
14. 22, 2 K. 20. 4, Lam. i. 10, Ps. 100. 4), and so their
ptcp. with. gen. Gen. 9. 10; 23. 10, 18; 34. 24; 46. 26,
132 HEBREW SYNTAX §99,100.
Ex. I. 5, Jud. 8. 30. Similarly other kinds of ace, as that
of direction, Is. 38. iS ^^y^'T\}^ gone down to the pit, i Chr.
12. 33, 36, or of respect. Is. i 30 fading in its leaf. In
poetry this brief forcible consn. of gen. represents prose
consn. with prep.; Ps. 88. 6 lying in the grave, though of.
57. s ; Mic. 2. 8, Is. 22. 2. Particulary with sufF., Ps. 18. 40
"^P^ those rising up against me, cf. Ps. 3. 2. Deu. 33. 11,
Is. 22. 3, Ps. 53. 6 ; 73. 27 ; 74. 23 ; 102. 9, Pr. 2. 19. Is.
29. 7 who war against her and her stronghold is so condensed
as to be suspicious.
The pass. ptcp. also may retain the ace, of act. verb, as
I S. 2. 18 I^SK "i^an girt with an ephod, Jud. 18. 11, Ez.
9. 2, 3, Neh. 4. 12; or take the gen., Is. 3. 3; 51. 21, Joel
I. 8, Ez. 9. II. Particularly when the gen. explains the
extent of application of ptcp. (§ 24 c?). Is. 3. 3. D^3D K^to
he whose face is lifted up. Ps. 32. i •"'^^H ^^D3 he whose sin
is covered, 2 S. 13. 31, Is. 33. 24, Pr. 14. 2. In 2 S. 15. 32
Injna J/^n^ 'a is not ace. of respect, as to his garment, but
subj. to rent, though rent at the same time is ace. of con-
dition to Hushai. On the other hand Jud. i. 7 is rather an
ordinary circ. cl., cut off being pred. to thumbs, although
elsewhere this word is fem. Ex. 12. 11, Jer. 30. 6.
§ 99. The ptcp. becomes virtually a noun, as Is. 19. 20
3^*^0510 one who saves, a saviour, and may be subj. or obj. of
a sentence. When in apposition with a noun it is used as
an adj., Deu. 4. 24 Hvpi^ UJM a devouring fire, 4. 34 an out-
stretched arm, Gen. 22. 13, Is. 18. 2, 5, Jud. i. 24 U^bi ^t<*1^1
M^'i'^ they saw a man coming out. Am. 5. 3, Is. 2. 13 ; 10. 22.
With the art. the ptcp. may like the adj. designate a class.
Am. 5. 13, Is. 14. 8; 28. 16, Mic. 4. 6; or have the sense of
he who • . ., whoever, Gen. 26. 1 1 ntil tt5*^MSL VUSH wJioever
totiches, 2 S. 14. 10; and so with gen., Gen. 9. 6, Ex. 21. 12,
IS, 16.
When in appos. with a preceding def. subj. the ptcp, with
art. has the meaning very much of a relative clause. Gen.
12. 7 V7b* nN*^3rT '^ Je. who ftad appeared to him; i S.
Th^ nomen ageNtis 6r participle 13^
I. 26 fQitSn n^Mn '^iM I am the woman who stood, cf. Jud.
VV*— T*|T*-*: '*
16. 24. This usage is very common: Gen. 13. S; 27. 33;
35. 3; 43. 12, 18; 48. IS, 16, Ex. II. 5, Jud. 8. 34, 1 S. 4. 8,
2 S. I. 24, 2 K. 22. 18, Is. 8. 6, 17, 18; 9. I, Am. 4. i ; 5. 3,
Mic. 3. 2, 3, 5. With pass, ptcp., Nu. 21. 8, Jud. 6. 28 the
altar tliat had been built, 20. 4 the woman who was murdered,
I K. 18. 30, Ps. yg. 10. — Ps. 19. II resumes v. 10 (they) which
are more desirable. Ps. 18. 33 ; 49. 7.
Rem. I. Of course the ptcp. with art. is not to be used
as an ordinary rel. clause after an indef» noun, only after def.
words as pron., proper name, or other defined word. In later
style exceptions occur, Jer. 27. 3 ; 46. 16, Ez. 2. 3 ; 14. 22,
Ps. 119. 21, Dan. 9. 26, though in most of these cases the
preceding word is really def. though formally undetermined.
In other cases the preceding subj. receives a certain definite-
ness from being connected with all. Gen. i. 21, 28, or a
numeral, Jud. 16. 27, cf. i S. 25. 10, or from standing in a
comparison, Pr. 26. 18 (Ps. 62. 4 n/. perhaps '^ ^"J-f)' ^^
from being described by an adj.. Is. 65. 2, cf. v. 3.
Rem. 2. When another ptcp. follows one with art. it is
often without art., as predicate. Is. 5. 20, Am. 6. 4, Job
5. 10. But in vigorous speech the clauses are made parallel
and the art. used. Is. 40. 22, 23, Mic. 3. 5. Occasionally
the rel. pron. takes the place of the art. as more distinct,
Deu. I. 4, Jer. 38. 16, Ez. 9. 2, Ps. 115. 8. Both are used
I K. 12. 8; 21. II.
Rem. 3. When the ptcp. as direct pred. receives the art.
it becomes coextensive with the subj. Gen. 2. 11 it is
that which goeth round, 45. 12 my mouth is that which
speaketh, Deu. 3. 21 thine eyes were they which saw. Gen.
42. 6, Deu. 3. 22, I S. 4. 16, Is. 14. 27.
§ 100. {a) The ptcp. as pred., unlike the finite verb, does
not contain the subj., which must be expressed, i S. 19. 11
H?D^D nnM *^nD to-morrow thou shall be slain : Gen. 38. 25
riMS^D M'lrr she was brought forth ; i S. 9. 1 1 U'h)} TX&n
they were going up. The pron., however, is often omitted if
134 HEBREW SYNTAX §100.
the subj. has just been mentioned, particularly after nSH
Gen. 24. 30 -TOJf nsrvi CJ^WrrS'M i^3*l he came to the
man, and, behold, he was standing. Gen. 37. 15 ; 38. 24,
41. I, I S. 30. 3, 16, Am. 7. r. Is. 2% 8. With DJ Gen. 32. 7.
Occasionally the pron. is omitted anomalously, Jos. 8. 6, Ps.
22. 29 {lie is ruler), Neh. 9. 3, j. In i S. 6. 3 DJjlfcH has
probably dropped out. On ptcp, with general subj. § \o%c,
(J)) Owing to the emphasis thrown by the idea and usage
of ptcp. on the subj. the latter usually precedes. Gen. 3. 10
Mtfi injl and a river went forth; 24.21 rh nMriOSp VJ^VST)
aTtd the man gased at her, 24. 13, 37 (see above in a). This
order is usual with ilSn and in rel. clauses, 18. 17; 24. 37;
28. 20; 31. 43. On the other hand, if emphasis fall on ptcp.,
and in clauses beginning with ''3/ur, tliat, DM if, which give
prominence to the pred., the ptcp. precedes the subj. Gen.
30. I ''a^N nnp ]^« DW, and if not fdie; 3- 5 N STf "i?
for Godknoweth, ij. 14; 19. 13; 25.30; 29.9; 32. 12; 41. 32.
With interrog.. Gen. 4.9; 18. 17, Nu. 11. 29. After TfM Jud.
3.24.
(c) The ptcp. does not indicate time, its colour in this
respect being taken from the connection in which it stands.
The pass, ptcp, refers chiefly to the past, though not
exclusively. The act. ptcp. is mainly descriptive of some-
thing present, i.e. either actually present to the speaker, or
present to him in idea, as the fut. instans ; or, as in circums.
clauses, present to the main action spoken of, though this
may be in the past. Gen. 4. 10 Q""!^^ THM "^"^ thy
brother's blood crieth. Gen. 19. 13, 14 nil^Jt^ D'>n''rn;jp ""S
for we are destroying (going to des.). i S. i, 12 shefire^ed
long rr'Q'JlM *TDto ''73n Eli watching Iter mouth. See exx.
1 Rem. I.
((/) Owing to its nominal character the ptcp. is negatived
rg. The place of the neg, varies. Gen. 41. 8 I^^B py
THE NOMEN AGENTIS OR PARTICIPLE 1 35
DJlt^ there was none interpreting them ; cf. different order,
40. 8; 41. 15. Ex. 5. 16 |fl5 rW ]Sri straw is not given \
I K. 6. 18 nM^3 pM I'^M no stone was seen. The ]^M often
takes suff. of subj., Gen. 43. 5 H^ttfe TfJ*^^ DM if thou dost
not let go y Ex. 5. 10. — Gen. 20. 7; 39. 23; 41. 24, Ex. 3. 2,
Deu. 4. 22 ; 22. 27, Jos. 6. i, Jud. 3. 25, 1 S. 3. i ; 22. 8 ; 26. 12,
1 K. 6. 18, Hos. 5. 14, Am. 5. 2, 6, Is. 5. 27 ; 17. 2 ; 22. 22, Jen
9. 21. See Rem. 3.
{e) When additional clauses are joined by and to a
participial consn. the ^«/V^ tense is usually employed, though
not always. Gen. 35. 3 '^IDy '^m ^T\^ TOyn h\h the
God wlio answered me^ and was with me: 27. 33 T'S T!JrT
Ml*n «/^ hunted venison, and brought it In animated
speech without and. Is. 5. 8 TTV^n rnto n'^Sa n**! '^JT'^SD
^a"np^ who join house to house, lay field to field; cf. Ps. 147.
14-16. — Gen. 7. 4; 17. 19; 48. 4, Deu. 4. 22, i S. 2. 6, 8, 31 ;
2 S. 20. 12, Is. 5. 23; 14. 17; 29. 21 ; 30. 2; 31. I ; 44. 25, 26;
48. I, Am. 5. 7-12, Hos. 2. 16, Jer. 13. 10, Ps. 18. 33. This
change to the finite is necessary when the additional clause is
neg. See Rem. 4.
(/) As the ptcp. presents the subj. as in the continuous
exercise of the action, it is greatly employed in describing
scenes of a striking kind and in circumstantial clauses
(§ 138^). Much of the picturesqueness of prose historical
writing is due to it. So it is used with such particles as
TXS^ behold, T^y still, while, i K. 22. 10 the kings D^l^*^
were sitting, each on his throne, clothed in their robes, and all
the prophets were prophesying before them; so v, 12, 19.
2 S. 15. 30 David*s ascent of Olivet, cf. v. 18, 23. Is. 6. 2,
2 S. 12. 19, I S. 9. II, 14, 27, Is. 5. 28, Nu. II. 27, I K. 12. 6,
2 K. 2. II. With 'n'Sn, Gen. 25. 32; 37. 7; 41. 1-3, i S.
10. 22; 12. 2, 2 K. 17. 26. With T\V, Gen. 18. 22, Ex. 9.
136 HEBREW SYNTAX §100.
2, 17, I K. I. 14, 22, 42, 2 K. 6. 33, Jer. 33. i, Job 2. 3. So
with BS^ and ^N. Gen. 24. 42, 49; 43. 4, Deu. 29. 14, Jud.
6.3*5.
Rem. 1. The time of ptcp., § \ooc. Exx. of present
time: Gen. 16. 8; 19. 15; 32. 12; 37. 16; 43. 18, Deu.
4. 1; 12. 8 and often, jud. 7. 10; 18. 3, i S. 14. 11, Is. 1. 7,
Hos. 3. I. Exx. of past time: Gen. 39. 33 nWjf Kin nrw
HTSp '» whatever he did Je. prospered, 37. 7, 15; 40. 6;
41. I seq., Ex. 18. 5, 14, Deu. 4. 12, Jud. 4. 22; 14. 4;
19. 27, I S. 2. 13; 9. II, I K. 3. 2; 4. 20; 6. 37, 3 K,
13. 21. Exx. of fut. time: Gen. 7. 4; 17. 19; 41. 25, 28;
49. 29, Ex. 33. 15, Jud. II. 9; 15. 3, I S. 20. 36, 3 S.
12. 23, 2 K. 4. 16, Ps. 22. 32; 102. 19. Particularly with
njsn, as Gen. 15. 3; 20. 3; 24. 13; I S. 3. 11, I K. 13. 2,
Is, 3. I ; 7. 14, Am. 8. 11. The ptcp, with run however
may refer to any time, as pres., Gen. 38, 24 is with child,
Jud, 9. 36, I S. 10. 22, I K. I, 25; 17. 12; or past, Gen.
40. 6; 41. I, Am. 7. i, 4, 7.
The ptcp., even without copula, may express ,^f. sense ;
Gen, 3. 14 nnK inij cursed be thou, 9. 26; 24. 37, 1 K.
2. 45, cf. Ru. 2. 19,
Rem. 2. In order to express more distinctly the idea of
duration, particularly in past, the verb rPH is sometimes
used with the ptcp., generally in a clause of circumstance
explicative of the main narrative, but also in an independent
statement. Gen. 37, 3 nph n^ *15l' Jos. mas herding; Jud.
16. ai oniww nm jrrto 'IIT and he continued to grind ; i S.
a II ''TIS rriBte n^ ^Hlfn and the child continued to minister.
Gen. 4. 17; 39. 32, Ex. 3. i, Deu. 9. 7, 22, 24; 38. 39,
Jud. I. 7, I S. 18. 29, 2 S. 3. 6, 17; 7. 6, 2 K. 17, 25-41 ;
18. 4, Is. a. 2; 59. 2, Jer. 26. 18, 20, Hos. 9. 17, Ps.
132. 2, Job I. 14. Pass. ptcp. Lev. 13. 45, i K. 22. 35,
Jer. 14. 16; 36. 30, Zech. 3. 3. The usage is more common
in the later style (occurring sometimes with almost no
emphasis). Neh. i. 4; a. 13. 15, i Chr. 6. 17; 18. 14,
3 Chr, 30, 10 ; 36. 16, Est. 2. 15, Dan. i. 16 ; 5. 19 ; 10. 9.
Rem. 3, Thu ptcp. is negatived by «!> when an attributive.
Jer. a. a n^ni] 1^ pM a land not sown (cf. adj. Deu. 32. 6,
THE NOMEN AGENTIS OR PARTICIPLE 1 37
Hos. 13. 13). Jer. 18. 15, Hab. i. 14 in an attributive
clause, Job 29. 12. Cf. 2 S. i. 21, Hos. 7. 8. But also
in a number of cases when pred,^ perhaps with rather more
force, Nu. 35. 23 (= Deu. 19. 4), Deu. 28. 61, 2 S. 3. 34,
Jer. 4. 22, Ez. 4. 14 ; 22. 24, Zeph. 3. 5, Ps. 38. 15, Job
12. 3. The double neg. of i K. 10. 21 is wanting in 2 Chr.
9. 20. The accents show Is. 62. 12, Jer, 6, 8, to be perf, ;
Zeph. 2. I is doubtful. Of course HIDPn WHos. i. 6, HDru «7
Is. 54. II, are perfs.
Rem. 4. The finite tense which continues ptcp. will vary
(cf. on inf. § 96, R. 2). It will be vav conv. impf. when
ptcp. referred to a fact in the past, Gen. 27. 33 ; 35. 3, or
was equivalent to a perf. of experience. Am. 5. 7, 8 ; 9. 5.
It will be simple impf. or vav conv. perf. when ptcp. ex-
pressed a thing habitual or general, 2 S. 20. 12, Am. 8. 14,
Is. 5. 8, Mic. 3. 5, 9, or referred to fut., i K. 13. 2, 3.
Rem. 5. The ptcp. being of weaker force than finite
tense, sometimes uses prep. ^ instead of ace. to convey the
action, particularly when obj. precedes. Is. 11. 9 D''B?0 D»p
waters covering the sea, Nu. 10. 25, Deu. 4. 42, Am. 6. 3
(cf. Is. 66. 5), Is. 14. 2. So in Ar., limdlihi ffha muMna^
making light of his money, Am. b. Keith, v, 4.
Rem. 6. The ptcp. without subj. tends to be used in
later style for 3rd pers. like finite verb. Jos. 8. 6, Neh.
6. 6; 9. 3. 5, Is. 13. 5, and in Psalms. So occasionally
for inf., Jer. 2. 17 ?I5p^0 HJ? the time when he led thee. Gen.
38. 29 (comp. Mai. i. 7 with 8; i. 12; 2. 17 ; also 2. 15).
In Ez. 27. 34 rd. i!i"J?5^? W. Both uses are common in post-
biblical Heb.
Rem. 7. The pass. ptcp. appears in some cases to express
a state which is the result of the subject's own action. Is.
26. 3 rn03 trusting^ Ps. 103. 14 *^^\ mindfuly Is. 53. 3
WJ acquainted with. Cf. i S. 2. 18, Jud. 18. 11, Ez. 9. 2, 3,
Song 3. 8.
138 HEBREW SYNTAX §101.
SUBORDINATION OF NOUNS TO THE VERB BY MEANS
OF PREPOSITIONS
§ 1 01. The action of the verb often reaches the obj.
through the medium of a prep. The prepp. may be
assumed to be — i. Words expressing locality. 2. Then
they are transferred to the sphere of tittu. 3. And, finally,
they are used to express relations which are intellectual or
ideal.
When several words are coupled together under the
regimen of the same prep, it is often repeated before each,
as Hos. 2. 21 D'^pn;^^^ norO^ tOStppj^ p^ Gen. 12. i ;
40. 2, 2 S. 6. 5, Hos. I. 7. But usage varies, Hos. 2. 20;
3. 2. Sometimes, in poetry especially, the prep, exerts its
influence over a second clause without being repeated, Is.
28. 6 for '^n'^tt?pV> Job 15. 3 for D''Vp?^> Is. 30. i from my
spirit, 48. gfor tlie sake ofvay praise.
Certain prepp. of motion, chiefly 7M and |Q, are used
with verbs that do not express motion, and, on the other
hand, a prep, of rest such as H may be used with a verb of
motion. This pregnant consn., as it has been called, permits
the ellipse of a verb, i S. 7. 8 '^S^P ttnnp" vtjt be not silent
(turning away) front us, Ps. 22. 22 '^SH'^SS? 0*^1 *^Jnj?P
luard (and delivered) me from the horns. I S. 24. 16
^fjpp *^it}Qtir;, cf. 2 S. 18. 19. Is. 38. 17, Ez. 28. 16 profane
(and cast) tlue from the mount, Ps. 28. i; 18. 22; 73. 27,
Ezr. 2. 62. — Gen. 19. 27 D'ipTSrT"7M . . . D3W lie rose early
(and went) unto the place. Song 7. 1 3. Gen. 42. 28 ^TlPM
VnWvti^ ttJ^^ ^^^y trembled (and looked) unto one another;
and often with verbs oi fear^ wonder^ &c.. Gen. 43. 33, Is.
13. 8, Hos. 3. 5 come trembling untOy Mic. 7. 17, cf. Is. 41. i.
Ps. 89. \o profaned (and cast) to the ground, 74. 7. Is. 14. 17,
Gen. 14. 3. With i S. 21. 3 (if text '^njm*^ right) cf. Gen.
46. 28. I S. 13. 7 rd, prob. '^'^O^P trembled /ri^;« after him
SUBORDINATION OF NOUNS BY PREPP. 1 39
(left him from fear). So the brief language, i S. 15. 23,
rejected thee 'TjbDD from (being) king^ cf. v. 26 '^ Hl'^rT^p ;
I K. 15. 13 removed her 7T\^'23!f2 from being queen-mother.
Is. 7. 8 ; 17. I, Hos. 9. 12, Jer. 48. 2, Ps. 83. 5. Ps. 55. 19
DlvttJl iTTQ redeemed (so as to be) in peace ^ Ps. 23. 6? i S.
T : TT ^
22. 4 b "^71 "^JSTlt^ Dn2'»1 led them (so that they were)
in the presence ^the king of Moab.
Rem. I. The prepp. are either, (a) of rest /w, as 3; (3)
of motion in the direction of, as ^k> ^> HV; (p) of motion
away from, as p ; or (d) of the expression of other relations,
as ^y over^ above ^ upon^ nnn under ^ &c. In addition there
are compound prepp., mostly with ^5< or p as first element.
See the Lexx. Only a few points can be noticed.
(a) Prep. 3 is either in^ within {Ar. ft), or, at, on of contact
(Ar. bi). Most of its uses are reducible to these two senses,
e,g. n)35 in the house. P.??? "^f?? ^'«> on the mountain ; of time,
"^533, Hence its use with verbs to touch ViJ, to cleave to p?'n, to
hold^^^, !jDri. From the sense of in (in the sphere of, em-
bodied in) comes its use with pred. {beth essentice), as Ps.
68. 5 S^f n;3 (in) /ah is his name, Ex. 18. 4 God ""JTya is (in)
my help, Ps. 35. 2. And otherwise, Ex. 6. 3 I appeared /K2l
^^^ flj El shaddai. Is. 40. 10 pTn? ^5* a strong one, Ps. 39. 7
a^ an image ; Ps. 37. 20 ; 146. 5, Pr. 3. 26, Job 23. 13, Lev.
17. II. With ptcp. the plur. is used, though ref. be to a
single person, Jud. 11. 35 ''l^V? an^or^g" "^y troublers = wy
troubler, Ps. 54. 6 ; 118. 7 ; 99. 6 as (being) his priests, cf.
Hos. II. 4. So other allied senses, e.g. where we use with,
^53 i'^'D? with a great army (in, in the element of; less
naturally of contact, and so accompaniment), vi??? with my
staff. Gen. 32. 11 ; so with of instrument, Mic. 4. 14 I3?t5^3
with the rod. Is. 10. 24, 34 ; of persons, in, through, Hos.
I. 7 niiT3 through Je,, Gen. 9. 6. Similar is 3 oi price, Gen.
30. 16, ''33 ''Kiniiybr (with) the mandrakes, t;. 26, 33. 19;
37. 28, I K. 10. 29. Finally 3 has partitive sense, Job 7. 13
my bed ''n^'bl Kfe^ will bear of (in) my complaint, Nu. 11. 17,
Ez. 18. 20. On n with obj., § 73, R. 6.
(3) Prep. f)K expresses motion towards, in the direction of,
140 HEBREW SYNTAX § 101.
whether the goal be reached or not. Gen. 2. 19 brought them
^7?,?"^v ^^^^ the man, 3. 19 «;//t> the dust, 6. 18 into the ark,
19. 3, 2 S. 5. 8. Then less literally, Gen. 39. 7 lifted up her
eyes ^Di^vtjt /t>w^n/j (upon) Jos., Deu. 24. 15; Gen. 32. 31
D''3B"7X D'liQ face to face, Nu. 12. 8 mouth /<? mouth. So after
• T V • T . '
verbs to speaky 7^ "^3'^ (mostly with this verb). After verbs
of speaking, in the sense of of^ in reference to^ Gen. 20. 2,
I S. I. 27 ; 3. 12, 2 S. 7. 19, Is. 29. 22, Ps. 2. 7. Naturally
unto may mean in addition tOy i S. 14. 34 eat D'nn v»K with
the bloody Lev. 18. 18, i K. 10. 7, Lam. 3. 41, Ez. 7. 26 (^y is
more common in this sense, and the two prepp. are often
confounded). The verb may give to unto the complexion of
Jwstilityy Gen. 4. 8 rose up ^5? v o^gainst Abel, Gen. 22. 12,
Jud. I. 10, Is. 2. 4; 3. 8.
Prep. ^ to may like fj« imply motion to. Gen. 24. 54;
27. 14, 25, I S. 25. 35, Is. 53. 7, Jer. 12. 15 (perhaps oftener
in later style, 2 Chr. i. 13), but oftenest expresses direction
tOy and greatly in an ideal sense. Hence with verb to say
IDK; and after verbs of speakingy rememberingy &c., in the
sense of in reference tOy Gen. 20. 13 v"^"jDK say of mCy Ps.
3« 3> 132. I, Jer. 2. 2, Ez. 18. 22; 33. 16, i K. 2. 4;
20. 7, Gen. 17. 20; 19. 21; 27. 8; 42. 9; 45. i, Is. 5. i.
So Is. 8. I "^i???, though the ^ is not to be translated. In
particular, ^ is used to introduce the indirect obj. (dat.), Jud.
I. 13 ^/t??5 gave hiniy and in the various senses of the dat..
Gen. 24. 29 nK Hijaip^ R. had a brothery 13. 5. The so-called
dat. commodi (or, incommodi, Jer. 2. 21, Mic. 2. 4, Ez.
37. II, Ps. 137. 7), Is. 6. 8 ^^f^, ^P, Jud. I. I, Deu. 30.
12, 13 ; particularly in the form of the ethical dat. y when the
action is reflected back upon the agent and done for him.
Mostly with imper. : Gen. 12. i v"^^ gettheCy 22. 5 Mpnilp
sit you here, 21. 16 Hp DK'ril she sat her down ; Deu. i, 7, 40 ;
2* 3 > S» 27, Jos. 7. 10; 22* 19, I K. 17. 3, Is. 2. 22 ; 36. 9;
40. 9, Am. 2. 13; 7. 12, Ps. 120. 6; 122. 3; 123. 4. On
use of ^ to express second obj. after to makcy puty &c.,
§ 78, R. s; with agent of pass., §81; to circumscribe
the gen., § 28, R. 5. — Prep. ^ also expresses the norm,
according to (perh. allied to in ref, to)y Is. 11. 3 ^''J^J? •"l^p|'
according to ih^ sight of his eyes, Gen. 33. 14; 13. 3, i S.
SUBORDINATION OF NOUNS BY PREPP. I4X
25. 42, Hos. 10. 12? Comp. such phrases as i S. i. 18
nailp T|7n5 went her way^ i. 17 DvKv w^ in peace ; to smite
y\n ••DP with the edge^ Is. i. 5 "h^y 50. 11. On ^ with obj.
cf. § 73, R. 7.
The prep. T^ t^n/t?, oj ^r oj /(?, often includes the limit,
I S. 17. 52 ; esp. the form pjp.) ^J? ... IP, Gen. 31. 24 ^itsp
T^^^ good or evil (from g. toe.), 14. 23; 19. 11, Ex. 22. 3,
I K. 6. 24, Is. I. 6. The form jp/ is common, Deu. 4. 32,
Jud. 19. 30, 2 S. 7. 6, cf. Is. 7. 17, Am. 6. 14. In later
style the compound \ ^^ is common, 2 Chr. 28. 9 ; 29. 28,
cf. I K. 18. 29; Jud. 3. 3 in the phrase **unto the entering
in of Hamath," i Chr. 13. 5, cf. 5. 9. The sense up to
becomes = even (cf. Ar. hatta), Nu. 8. 4, i S. 2. 5, Hag.
2. 19, Job 25. 5, cf. Ex. 9. 7, Deu. 2. 5.
(c) Prep, p? may be a noun = a part. Its various senses
follow from this, e.g. (i) the partitive. Gen. 30. 14 T|?3 ^fcJWD
some (7^ thy son's mandrakes, 28. 11 ; 45. 23, Ex. 4. 9; 6. 25;
16. 27; 17. 5, Lev. 5. 9, I K. I. 6, Job 27. 6, Neh. 5. 5,
Ps. 137. 3 (§ II, R. id). So perhaps such passages
as Lev. 4. 2, Deu. 15. 7 (§ 35, R. 2), i S. 14. 45, 2 S.
14. II, Ex. 12. 4, unless such cases belong to (3) below,
e.g. I S. 14. 45 from (beginning with, starting from) a
hair. Cases like Gen. 6. 2; 7. 22; 9. 10; 17, 12,
where p seems to particularise, are explainable in the
same way.
(2) The sense //iwj, away fromy naturally follows. Hence
use of }D in comparison, Ex. 12. 4, i S. 15. 22, 2 S. 20. 6,
Hos. 6. 6 (§ 33 seq.\ Hence ^so privative sense, away from^
without^ Gen. 27. 39 /^p away from the dew, Job 11. 15
tiXtSO without spot y 19. 26; 21. 9, Is. 22. 3, Hos. 9. 11, Jer.
10. 14; 48. 45, Mic. 3. 6, Zech. 7. 11, Ps. 109. 24, Pr. 20. 3.
So after verbs of delweringy savings redeeming from^ re~
strainings ceasing froniy fearing and being ashamed to do,
&c. And in pregnant consns. (§ loi above) ; Gen. 27. i,
I S. 8. 7; 15. 23, I K. 15. 13, Is. 7. 8, Hos. 4. 6; 9. 12,
Ps. 102. s, cf. I S. 25. \*j so that there is no speaking to
him. (3) The sense /ww may refer to source ^ point of start-
ing from, e.g. frequently in the local (and temporal) sense,
Gen. 12. i; 13. 11 ; 15. 4, Ex. 15. 22^ i S. 17. 33; 20. i;
142 HEBREW SYNTAX §101.
but then, naturally, in a causative sense (influence coming*
from),yh?w, because of, by, as Gen. 48. 10 his eyes were set
1P.^P /^^ ol<i age. Is. 53. 5 pierced OWSp because of our
transgressions. Gren. 9. 11 ; 16. 10; 49. 12, Ex. 6. 9, Deu.
7. 7, I S. I. 16, I K. 14. 4, Is. 28. 7; 40. 26, Ob. 9, 10,
Hos. II. 6. Cf. §81.
(d) Prep. /'J has the meaning above, over, upon; e.g.
locally -whether of motion or rest, as Gen. 2. 5 had not
rained p.^f»^"py upon the earth, 2 K. 4. 34 he laid himself
*^?'?"^? upon the child. Gen. 24. 30 he saw the bracelets
inhK n^ vy upon the hands of his sister, Gren. i. 20 let fowl
fly pKn"i5y above the earth. And in a figurative sense. Gen.
16. S T^ ^P?n iny wrong be upon thee, 41. 33 set him
pKn"^y (?i/^r the land, Jqd. 3. 10, i S. 15. 17.
From these senses comes the use of ^y with verbs to
cover, as HDS, to pity, spare D^n, pDH, to burden, as Is. i. 14
n"]bp 7J; vn they are a burden upon me, 2 S. 15. 33, Job
7. 20. So to express obligation, 2 S. 18. 11 v ^? V? it would
have lain upon me to give thee, Gren. 30. 28, Jud. 19, 20, Pr.
7. 14. With words expressing the idea of addition, Gen.
31. 50 if thou take wives ^rt^vy in addition to my daughters,
32. 12 D^?2l"7y DK mother with children. Gen. 28. 9; 48. 22,
Hos. 10. 14, Am. 3. 15. Other uses of by are similar, as
Jud. 9. 17 D?yy DTO fought for you [over, protecting), but
also in a hostile sense against. Gen. 43. 18 to fall upon. Gen.
34. 30 to gather themselves against, 50. 20 plot against, Nu.
10. 9, Am. 7. 9, Is. 7. 5, Ps. 2. 2. From the sense over
(being higher) comes the meaning beside, by after to stand,
sit, &c. Ps. I. 3 D:i?"\i^a"i)J? by the rivers of water, 2 S.
9. 10 *?npB^py at my table (also b«). Gen. 18. 2 standing
beside him, 16. 7; 29. 2; 41. i ; Ex. 14. 2, Is. 6. 2.
From the sense upon comes the use of ^ to express the
condition, circumstances in which an action is performed,
on which it rests or which underlie it. Here f)y seems more
general than D and has such meanings as amidst, although,
notwithstanding, according to, &c. Jer. 8. 18 l^ij vg amidst
trouble. Job 10 7 ^^rn"^ though thou knowest, Is. 53. 9
nfc^ DDPTW by notwithstanding that he had done no evil, Job
16. 17. 2 K. 24. 3, Ps. 31. 24, Jer. 6. 14, Is. 38, 15; 60.7.
SUBORDINATION OF NOUNS BY PREPP. I43
Ps. 50. 5. So perhaps Ex. 12. 8 Dnhp"?y *mUh bitter herbs
(the idea in addition to is less expressive), Nu. 9. 11/
Prep. Dy is with of accompaniment. Hence the sense of
beside^ near locally, Gen. 25. 1 1 ; 35. 4, Jud. 9. 6, i S. 10. 2.
So its use in comparisons. Job 9. 26 HIK ni*3J5"Dy like ships
of reed, Ps. 88. 5 ; and in the sense as well asy i Chr. 25. 8,
Ecc. 2. 16. In I S. 16. 12; 17. 42 UV seems used adverbi-
ally, unless HD^ be employed nominally, along with beauty
of eyes.
Prep, rinri under ^ below ; hence such usage as i S. 14. 9
y^Jnnn where we stand (under us), on the spot, Jos. 5. 8;
6. 5, Jud. 7. 21, 2S. 2, 23. So the sense instead\ and"^K^ 'n
because.
The particle ? like^ as, is either a prep, or an undeveloped
noun, instar. If the latter, it may be in appos. with a
previous virord or in ace. of condition. If a prep, it is used
in a pregnant sense ; in either case it governs the gen.
Ps. 95. 8 harden not your hearts nT"iM as at M., 83. 10 do
to them fc<1D''D3 as to S., (jen. '^4. 31 HiiDH as with a harlot ?
t: . !• : ' ^* v> T : -
Hos. 2. s •^?^'7 D^^3 as (?»the day. Is. i. 25 ; 5. 17; 10. 26;
23. 15; 28. 21 ; 51. 9, Hos. 2. 17 ; 9. 9; 12. 10, Am. 9. 11,
Ps. 35. 14, Job 28. 5 ; 29. 2.
The first element of the compound prepp. is chiefly |D or
^. The form ''.^SD in earlier writings is mostly a prep, in-
commodi ; in later style it is used for because ofy for the sake
ofy even in a favourable sense.
^ From the sense upon comes the general use of Jjj; as a prep, incommodi^
opposed to 7* Particularly in the expression of feelings and mental states
with such words as hearty soulf spirit, the prep, suggests the pressure upon
the subject of the feeling or state. Jer. 8. 18 ^JT ''21? wV my heart is sick
upon me, Hos. 11. 8, Lam. 3. 20, Job 10 i ; 14. 22 ; 30. 16, Ps. 42. 6, 7, 12 ;
43. 5 ; 131. 2 ; 142. 4 ; 143. 4, Jon. 2. 8. In translation in must often be
used, and sometimes the prep, is almost untranslatable, e.g. Gen. 48. 7
Rachel died Wi cf. Nu. 11. 13, Jud. 14. 16, The primary sense may become
weakened in usage, Nch. 5. 7,
144 HEBREW SYNTAX § 102-104.
SYNTAX OF THE SENTENCE
THE SENTENCE ITSELF
§ 1 02. A sent, consists of a subj. and pred. The subj.
may be expressed separately, as f)Di'' "^pM IamJos.^OT\n the
case of the verbal sent, contained in the form, as Dfl^3p
ye sold. Besides the mere subj. and pred. sentences usually
contain additional elements, such as an obj. under the
regimen of the pred., or some amplifications descriptive
either of subj. or pred.
The subj. may be a pron., or a noun, or anything equiva-
lent to a noun as an adj. or advert used nominally, or a
clause. Gen. 39. 9 ^fUjJb^ tyA thou art his wife; 3. 3 ^QM
tSvhv^ God has said; 2. 18 ^Tl*? DnWH nl'^H I'ltO ^
that man be alone is not good. So 2 K. 9. 33 PWTO W
some of her blood spirted. Ex. 16. 27, 2 S. I. 4; ii. 17,
2 K. ID. la
The pred. may be a pron., Jud. 9. 28 DDOJ ^ who is
Shechem? A noun. Gen. 39. 9 (above), an adj. or ptcp.,
Gen. 2. 10 l^ ^n3 a river went out. Is. 6. 3 JTirP XCfVO
holy is Je. ; a finite verb. Gen. 3. 3 (above) ; or an adverbial
or prepositional phrase, Gen. 2. 12 nv'TJ^rT DOJ there is
bdolach; Ps. 11. 4 It^pS OT^t^ in heaven is his throne.
The noun as pred. is very common, because the adj. is little
developed in the earlier stages of the Shemitic languages.
See Nom. Appos. § 29 e.
The simple sent, is either nominal or verbal. A verbal
sent is one whose pred. is 2l finite verb. All other sentences
144
THE SENTENCE ITSELF I4S
are nominal. — This definition, though only partially exact,
is sufficient.
I. The Nominal Sentence
§ 103. In the nominal sent., which expresses a constant
and enduring condition, the subj. is the most prominent
element. In general the emphatic word is placed first,
hence in this sent, the order is — subj., pred. The subj. in
the nominal sent, is very generally definite, but not always.
Gen. 2. 12 I'itO N'^nn V^Wn im^ and the gold of that land
is good; 13. 13 D'^y^ D^p "^tfJMI. and the men of S. were
wicked: 2. 10 US'* ^njl and a river went forth; 29. I7
T^'Sy rTM7 "^T^ ^^^^ ^y^^ °f L- ^^^^ tender, 12. 6; 13. 7.
Esp. after nSPT, and when ptcp. is pred., 16. 6 'SfJinpttJ HSn
^Tf% thy maid is in thy hand. 20. 15, 16; 27. 42; 28. 12;
41.3,5,6; 48. I.
§ 104. This order is not invariable. There is considerable
freedom in the disposition of the parts of the sent., and
emphasis on the pred. may give it the first place, {a) A
simple adj. when pred. often stands first, particularly if the
subj. be also simple, though when the subj. is of some
heaviness the adj. may be put at the end, cf. Gen. 2. 12
above. Jer. 12. I XTITf^ T\P^ p*'*!^ righteous art thou, Je.
Particularly if the adj. be in the comparative, i S. 24. 18
"^S^Q rWM p*^*l? thou art more righteous than I ; Gen. 29. 19
"SJ V PUll^ ^^JJUJ) SitO it is better that I give her to thee. Gen.
4. 13, Hos. 13. 12, Ps. III. 2, 4; 116. S; 118.8,9.
{J)) In dependent sentences, eg. after '^S tltat^ fory the
pred. has a certain emphasis, and stands first. Gen. 3. $
D'^il/M V^ *^3 for God knows^ 3. 6; 22. 12. Esp. if subj.
be a pron.; 3. 10 *^5j)t^ ^^"S ^^ because I was naked \ 3. 19;
20. 7; 25. 30; 29. 9; 42. 33, Am. 7. 13. And in general the
pronominal subj. is without emphasis, 24. 34; 26. 9; 30. I,
Am. 7. 14 ; though, of course, it may be otherwise, as when
10
A
146 HEBREW SYNTAX § lOi, 105.
God speaks solemnly of Himself, Gen. 15. i ; 26. 24; 28. 13.
After nom, pendens the resumptive pron. with indef. pred. is
unemphatic; 34. 21 ; 40. 12, 18; 41. 25-27; 42. 11.
(c) Naturally the pred. is emphatic in interrogative
sentences of whatever kind. Gen. 24. 65 T1\yTl ttJ^t^n "^
wlw (pred.) is yonder man? I S. 17. 43 *^?IlM SvJD ^"^ ^
a dog} Gen. 18. 17. *^2fcJ nDppn s/tall I kidel Gen. 4. 9,
Jud. 2. 22, I S. 16. 4; though emphasis may alter this order,
Ex. 16. 7, 8 rro ^21121 what are we7 In answers the order
of question is generally retained ; Gen. 29. 4 . . . DflM T^P
^TObJ nnp /ri^/« zcz/^r^ are ye? from Haran we, 24. 23, 24,
2 K. 10. 13. But great variety appears in use of the pron.;
cf. Gen. 24. 65.
The prep. 7 with noun or pron. when meaning to be to^
to Jiave. often stands first ; Gen. 26. 20 0*^)311 ^3 v the water
is ours\ 29. 16 T^'Sl "^PX^ l?Vf^ and L, Jiad two daughters.
19. 8; 31. 16; 48. 5, Ex. 2. 16, Jud. 3. 16, i S. i. 2; 17. 12;
25. 2, 2 S. 14. 6. And so adverbial expressions, Gen. 2. 12.
In the nominal sentences above the predication is
expressed by the mere juxtaposition of subj. and pred.
without any copula. The time also to which the predica-
tion belongs is left unexpressed.
2. The Verbal Sentence
§ 105. In the verbal sent, the idea expressed by the verb
is the emphatic element, and in ordinary calm discourse the
order is — pred., subj. Gen. 4. 26 ]5l"7v'^ r^ttJTI a son was
bom. And with the conversive tenses universally, which
must stand at the head of the clause. Gen. 3. 2 ^Qk^ffl
nt^Mn and the woman said. This kind of sentence is far
th; m^st common in prose narrative.
When, however, any emphasis falls on the subj. it may
precede the verbal pred. This emphasis may be of various
kinds, though generally due to some kind of antithesis,
THE SENTENCE ITSELF I47
latent or expressed. Gen. 3. 13 "^SSt*^^!! ttJnSil the serpent
beguiled me; 37. 33 ^rTn':>3W r\T\ H'^H ^^% n^h? it is
my son's coat, an evil beast hath devoured him; 37. 27
'^l"'^rW"7M ^3*1^1 but let not our hand be upon him. Often
• : - "t: « *
the antithesis is expressed: Is. i. 3 7M*^to*' ^Jlip "I'^ttJ JH*^
yr* fc^ V the ox knoweth his owner, Israel does not know ;
Gen. 4. 2 Abel was a shepherd iTIDltJ *lli^ rPH ]'^j7\ /5/^/
Ci^/;^ was a tiller of the ground ; I S. I. 22 . . . Qj'^i^n /^^l
nn /y M v n|ni the man went up, but Hannah did not go
up. Gen. 6. 8; 18.33; 33-17; 35- 18; 37. 11, Hos. 2. 23, 24;
Is. I. 2 and they\ Am. 7. 17. A new subject in distinction
from others is thus introduced, e.g. Jud. I. 29 and Ephraint]
sometimes without and^ Jud. i. 30, 31, 33. Or any new
point that is to be somewhat signalised. Gen. 2. 6 and a mist
went up. I K. 2. 28 and the report came to Joab. But
rhythm and style must also be taken into account.
In the circumstantial sent. (§ 137) the subj. is prominent,
and precedes the verbal pred. Gen. 24. 31 why stand out-
side Jl'^lD ^^"^ ^'^^^l when /have made ready the house?
Job 21. 22 to^ise^ D^^on M^m TW'T^y^'^ *?«Vn shall one
teach 6^^^ knowledge when //^judges those on high? Ex.
23-9; 33- 12, Jud. 4. 21.
Rem. I. As stated above, there is a departure from the
ordinary prose narrative style with vav impf. when a new
subject has to be introduced or any important point signal-
ised which is the beginning of a new development, e.g. Gen.
4. I, the new history after the fall. In these cases the subj.
is placed first even in the verbal sent. This is particularly
the usage when the event to be signalised was anterior to
the events in the current of the narrative. Jud. i. 16 ''.^ll
v^ T2 ''^ow the Kenites had gone up with Judah. Gen. 16. i ;
24. 62; 31. 19, Jud. 4. II. See exx. § 39c.
Rem. 2. It is a point of style, however, especially in
prophetic parallelism, and even otherwise, to vary the consn.^
148 HEBREW SYNTAX §106.
and after a conversive tense to use the simple tense and
subj. before it with no emphasis. Is. 6. 7 ^HKlsm ^Av ^D1
IBDri, Is. II. 13 ; 14. 25; 28. 18; 31. 3, Ps. 78. 64.
3. TAe Compound Sentence. Casus pendens
§ 106. In such a sent, as Cain's father is dead the
language often prefers to say, Cain^ his father is dead,
^iT^lM no p)2 instead of ]'^)?"^1« ni?. So for : the way of
Godis perfect, S'yyi a'^af) hv(n Ps. iS. 31. While a certain
prominence is thus given to the main subject it is slight, and
the rendering as for Gody his way, &c., is an exaggeration.
Such sentences are composite; the subj. is placed at the
head in an isolated position as casus pendens^ and the
predication regarding it follows in a distinct sent., which
may be nominal or verbal. The effect of this consn. is
sometimes to give real emphasis to the chief subj., but often
merely to give emphasis or vividness and lightness to the
sentence as a whole. The consn. is common in sentences
where the subj. is encumbered with complementary elements,
so that it needs to be disentangled and restated. Gen. 3. 12
TMTS^ VC'T} . . . n^tj^ijl the woman whom thou gavest, &c.,
she gave me; 15. 4 ?Tt!h*^^ Min . . . «2^ ntt5« he wJio shall
come out of thy loins, he shall be thine heir ; 24. 7 '^H 7M '^
nbl{5*^, I4^n . . . D^^tl^n Je, the God of heaven who took me,
and who, &c., he shall send.
The subj. placed as an isolated inchoative is resumed by
a pron. in the same case as the subj. would have had in a
simple sent.
{a) Nom.— Gen. 42. 1 1 ^3^2 in« CJ^M ^JlJ ^3^^ we are
all sons of one man; Is. i, \% "^ \/(^T\ my^f) H"ltD|?
incense (sacrificial smoke) is an abomination to me. Jer.
12. 6 '!T1 ^*lia nDiTDH . . . Tl'^nM'Dil even thy brethren have
acted treacherously. Gen. 14. 24; 22. 24; 30. 33; 31. 16;
THE SENTENCE ITSELF 1 49
34. 21 ; 41. 25 ; 44. 17 ; 45. 20, Ex. 12. 16, Jud. 4. 4, 2 S. 5. i,
Deu. I. 30, 38, 39.
(b) Gen.— Jud. 17. 5 'm n'^l "h HD'^D ttJ'^Mm /A^ /«^;«
Micah had a house of God. 2 K. i. 4 T^V IttJM ntflt^il
T • T V -: T • -
nSDP TjJl"^/ X^ from the bed which thou hast gone up
into thou shalt not come down. Is. 4. 3 UJi^lS . . . IMttJsrn
17 "^^WH f^^ ^f^i i^ W^ j//^// be called holy. The prep, is
sometimes placed before the main subj., and repeated with
the pron. Gen. 2. 17 ^3)ap hykr\ «*?... ny'in yj^^ but
thou shalt not eat of the tree of knowledge, 2 S. 6. 23. — Gen.
17. 4, 15 ; 48. 7, I S. 12. 23, I K. I. 20; 12. 17, Is. 3. 12; 9. I ;
11. 10, Hos. 9. 8, II, Ps. 10. S ; II. 4; 125. 2, Jon. 2. 7.
(^) Ace— Gen. 24. 27 ^ '^^TO •?I"5*^?^ '^?i^ Je. led me in
tJte way. Gen. 28. 13 n33flM Tf v . . . Y^^MH the land on
which thou liest will I give thee. Is. i. 7 D*^*^t D^]lp^M
T\T^ ^SH^ your land strangers devour in your sight. The
main subj. may be ace, which is resumed: Gen. 47. 21
\TiA ^y^T\ Dyn'JlW and the people he removed. Gen.
13. IS ; 49. 8, Nu. 22. 35, Jud. 11. 24, i S. 9. 13 ; 25. 29, i K.
15. 13; 22. 14, 2 K. 9. 27, Is. 8. 13, Ps. 125. 5, Deu. 13. i; 14.6.
{d) In the verbal sent, the expression of the resumptive
pron. throws emphasis upon the subj., the place of which at
the head gives it prominence. The same is the case in the
nominal sent, when the pred. is definite, as i K. 18. 39
D'^n^PMn \x\r\ mr\'^jehovak is God ! Deu. 18. 2 Min mm
• v: IT •'
in^TO Jehovah is his inheritance. In this case the pron.
precedes the pred. Gen. 2. 14; 9. 18; 42. 6, Deu. 10. 17;
12. 23; 31. 6, 8, Is. 9. 14; 33. 6, I S. 17. 14.
When the pred. of the nominal sent, is indefinite the
pron. usually follows the pred., and there is a balance of
emphasis on subj. and pred., the resumptive pron. sinking
almost to the rank of a copula. Gen. 41. 25 SliTjS) Dibn
MVr in« t/te dream of Ph. is one ; 47. 6 ^T^^aD*? D*^"^2a V'lM
TV 'VTI •-:*lyv
1 50 . HEBREW SYNTAX § 106, 107.
Min. Gen. 34. 21 ; 45. 20, Ex. 3. 5 ; 32. 16, Nu. 11. 7, Deu.
I. 17; 4. 24, Jos. 5. 15, 2 S. 21. 2, I K. 20. 31, Mic. 7. 3.
Cf. Ps. 76. 8.
The sent, is also compound when cas. pend. is resumed
by convers. tenses, e.g. i K. 12, 17.
Rem. I. When the cas. pend. is to be resumed in ace.
[c above) it may be put in ace. also in Ar. And in other
languages —
Den Konigf Wiswamitrai
Den treibt's ohne Rast und Ruh • •
Rem. 2. The fact that the pron. agrees with subj. in
gend. and numb., e.g. ^5?'^ ^^"^ ^l'-» seems to show that
properly it is a resumption of the subj. and not an anticipa-
tion of the pred. Its occasional agreement with pred. {e.g.
in Eth. &c.) is a familiar case of attraction, cf. Jer. 10. 3.
The consn. is probably different when the pron. stands
after apron, of istor 2nd pers., as 2 S. 7. 28 DwXn X^n nriK.
Here the 3rd pers. pron. strengthens the other, thou art God.^
Is. 37. 16, Jer. 14. 22, Ps. 44. 5, Neh. 9. 6, 2 Chr. 20. 6,
cf. Is. 51. 9, 10, and with ist pers. Is. 43. 25 ; 51. 12; 52. 6.
So I Chr. 21. 17 /am he-who (iK?k) has sinned, Ez. 38. 17,
cf. Jer. 49. 12.. Others (Ew. Dr.) regard Kin in these cases
as pred., 2 S. 7. 28 thou art he — God. The same seems the
consn. with WH Ht Ecc. i. 17, i Chr. 22. i, and DH n?K Gen.
25. 16, Lev. 23. 2, Nu. 3. 20, 21, 27, 33, &c., though the
emphasis here is very slight.
In some cases wn appears to be pred.. Is. 41 4 wn ^JK
I am he (43. 10, 13 ; 46. 4 ; 48. 12, Ps. 102. 28), where ?ie
(it) expresses the divine consciousness of himself, cf. the
^ This use of the third pers. pron. seems secondary. Naturally it would
be used to strengthen only words in the 3rd pers., e,g. Is. 7. 14, Nu.
18. 23, Ex. 12. 42, Ezr. 7. 6, 2 Chr. 32. 30. The same use of 3rd pers.
pron. appears in the so-called Ar. " pron. of separation " (a mere empirical
phrase). This 3rd pers. pron. should properly be used only after a subj. in
3rd pers., its use after /, thou, &c., is no doubt secondary and analogical,
and is less classical. E.g, John 14. 6 ana htia el^arfq (van Dyck), / am the
way^ in the more classical trans, of the Jesuits is ana eltariq, ana elb^b,
/ am the door^ &c.
EXPRESSION OF SUBJECT IN VERBAL SENTENCE I SI
beginning' of 43. 11 and end of 43. 12. In sense, // is ly or
/ am (what- 1 am) is nearly the same.
When the sent, is transposed with pred. first the pron.
anticipates the subj., Lam. i. 18 HIH^ K^H p"«l5f ; Song 6. 8, 9
Wi^ Wy nriK one is she, my dove ; Pr. 30. 24, 29. Cf. Pr.
6. 16 ; 30. 15, 18. Peculiar is i S. 20. 29 ^HK "h rwp K^m (Sep.
otherwise), cf. Ps. 87. 5.
EXPRESSION OF SUBJECT IN VERBAL SENTENCE
§ 107. In the verbal sent, the subj. is expressed by the
inflectional element of the form, except in 3rd pers., as "^P!!^
/ know, D]n'l3TP ye sold (where tern and ti express the subj.).
In the nominal sent, the subj. has to be expressed. On its
omission with ptcp. cf. § 100.
I. Emphasis on Subject
When emphasis falls on the pronom. subj. in verbal sent,
it is expressed separately, being then placed chiefly before,
but also after, the verb. The emphasis is often slight, and
due to contrast. Gen. 42. 8 ^iT^Sn 1^7 DiT) but they did
not recognise him; 33. 3; 42. 23, Jud. 4. 3; 13. 5, Is. i. 2,
Hos. 2. 10, Am. 2. 9. After the verb, Jud. 8. 23 7tt5pM"l^7
D^S. ^'JM / will not rule over you. Gen. 24. 60, Ex. 18. 19,
I S. 20. 8; 23. 22, 2 S. 12. 28; 17. 15, 2 K. 10. 4, Is. 20. 6,
Jer. 17, 18. The pron. is often strengthened by Da
whether before the verb or after. Gen. 20. 6 ; 38. 11; 48. 19,
Jud. I. 3, 22 ; 3. 31, Hos. 4. 6,
Rem. I. These additional exx. of pron. may be turned up.
Gen. 30. 26; 31. 6; 42. 19; 43. 9; 45. 8, Ex. 20. 19, Deu.
3. 28; 5. 24, Jud. 8. 21 ; 15. 12. In many cases, however,
the emphasis is not on the mere pron. ; the expression of
the pron. gives force or solemnity to the whole phrase,
which is emphatic. Particularly in responses to preceding
statements or requests, as Gen. 21. 24 I will swear^ 38. 17 ;
47- 3O1 Jud. 6. 18 (11. 9), 2 S. 3. 13; 21. 6, I K. 2. 18;
152 HEBREW SYNTAX §108,109.
5. 22, 2 K. 6. 3. But also in other cases, Jud. 5* 3 / will
^^g'i I will sing to the Lord. Pr. 24. 32. And in prayers
the thou is merely part of the solemnity of the sentiment,
I K. 3. 6. And so in earnest appeals, as in the phrases thou
knowesty ye know, the emphasis is not on the mere pron.
but belongs to the whole expression. Gren. 44. 27, Jos.
14. 6, I S. 28. 9, 2 S. 17. 8, I K. 2. s, 15 ; 5. 17, 20 (2 K.
9. 11), 2 K. 4. I, cf. 2 K. 19. II. Many languages whose
inflected verb does not need the pron. show a tendency to
express ist and 2nd pron. So Moab. St. 1. 21 seq. Pleonastic
expression of ^JK after verb is a peculiarity of Eccles., e.g.
I. 16; 2. I, II, 15, &c., cf. Song 5. 5.
2. The Indefinite Subject
§ 108. The indefinite, unnamed subj. (Eng. they^ one) is
expressed in various ways, {a) By 3 pers. sing, of verb,
eg. in the phrase they called the name^ &c. Gen. 11. 9
h^ PrattJ «'J)J p'*?^ they called its name Babel. Gen.
16. 14; 21, 31, Ex. 15. 23. The 3 plur. is also used, i S.
23. 28, I Chr. II. 7; 14. II. But in other cases 3 sing, is
of frequent use. Is. 7. 24 nSttJ t^S'^ nttJpS^ D'^STQ with
* ' T T T V lv~ I* * " I
arrows and bow shall one go there; Ex. 10. 5 73^** l^^l
y^MJl nl^^y so that one shall not be able to see the earth.
Gen. 38. 28; 48. I, Deu. 15. 2, i S. 16. 4; 23. 22; 26. 20, 2 S.
15. 31 ; 16. 23, I K. 18. 26, 2 K. 5. 4, Is. 6. 10; 8. 4; 14. 32,
Am. 6. 12, Mic. 2. 4.
(3) By 3 plur. Gen. 29. 2 D'^'iisfpT ^*?^ \K\ry:} ^M^rriP
from that well titey zvatered the flocks; I S. 27. 5 ^'T^ilTj
DipD let them give me a place. Gen. 41. 14; 49. 31, i S.
I. 25, I K. I. 2; 15. 8, Hos. II. 2, 7; 12. 9, Jer. 8. 4; 16. 6
(sing, and pL), Job 6. 2, 2 Chr. 25. 16.
if) By ptcp., in plur. Gen. 39. 22 D'^Wy '^^^?'^| ^^WT
TV^V T^^H M^n DC5 and whatever ///^ <^/df there. Is. 32. 12,
Jer. 38. 23, Ez. 13. 7, Neh. 6. 10, 2 Chr. 9. 28. More rarely
sing.. Is. 21. II l^*p '^7bJ one calleth unto me from Seir.
SUBJECT IN THE VERBAL SENTENCE 1 53
Rem. I. The 3 sing. fern, seems used Num. 26. 59,
I K. I. 6. The real subject in «, b is the ptcp. sing, or
plur., >^ H^p a caller y or fc^'jj^n the caller^ called. The ptcp.
is often expressed : Is. 28. 4 i^HK JIKin HKT "JB^ which one
(the seer) sees ; v. 24. Nu. 6. 9, Deu. 22. 8, 2 S. 17. 9,
Is. 16. ID, Jer. 9. 23 ; 31.5, Ez. 33. 4, Am. 9. i, Mic. 5. 2,
Nah. 2. 3, Ps. 129. 3. In 2 K. 12. 10 K'^K is used for oney
cf. 23. 8. Am. 6. ID ^V *liyn are there «7y/ still beside
thee ? the subj. is rather understood.
Rem. 2. The 3 plur. is sometimes used where human
agents cannot be supposed, in the sense of pass. Job 7. 3
and wearisome nights v ^D are appointed me ; 6. 2 ; 19. 26 ;
34. 20, Ez. 32, 25, Pr. 9. II. The usage is common in
Aram., Dan. 2. 30; 4. 22. So ptcp. 4. 28, 29. Peculiar
ptcp. sing., Jud, 13. 19 rffe^ ^rpP^ and something marvel-
lous was done.
Rem. 3. The use of 2nd person for the indeterminate
subj. is rare, except in the phrase ^^?^, ^^7^"*^^ (•^?^^) till thou
contest = as far asy 1 K. 18. 46, Gren. 10. 19,30; 13. 10.
Apparently, Is. 7. 25 TVtS^ Ntan «7 thou shall not come there.
In the injunctions of the Law thou is the community per-
sonified or each person, and in Prov. thou is the pupil of
the Wiseman, though cf. Pr. 19. 25 ; 26. 12 ; 30. 28.
3. Impersonal Construction
§ 109. The verb is also used impersonally in 3 sing.,
perf. and impf., chiefly mas. but also fem. Jud. 2. 15 *^251
ll^P Dil7 they were greatly distressed \ Gen. 32. 8. i S.
30. 6 ll«^p T117 *^2ffi, Jud. 10. 9. So mas. in '^rri and it
was, rr'^m. and it shall be. So many words followed by prep.
7; as 7 Sn ^^ ^^ amiss to, Nu. 22. 34, Gen. 21. 12, 2 S.
19. 8; Jer. 7. 6. 7 lilO i S. 16. 16, Hos. 10. i, Jer. 7. 23.
V *^?D bitter, Ru. I. 13, Lam. i. 4. 7 DH /^ /^^^^ A^^/, i K.
I. I, 2, Hag. I. 6. Job 3. 13 '^T ni3'^ tM / should have had
• — T T
rest. Is. 23. 12, Neh. 9. 28. Cf. Gen. 4. 5, i S. 16. 23.
The fem. seems used in reference to the phenomena of
154 HEBREW SYNTAX §109-111.
nature. Job il. 17 nQ^il (cohort.) should it be dark. Am.
4. 7 "^^^tS^fl it rained (freq.). Mic. 3. 6 // shall be darky Ps.
50. 3; 68. 15. (But cf. I S. 29. 10 wlien it is light (mas.),
2 S. 2. 32, see Gen. 44. 3, Jer. 13. 16.) And of an unseen
power, Job 18. 14 it brings him (he is brought) to the king
of terrors. The pass, is also used impersonally in the mas.
Gen. 4. 26 l^*^)?7 ^n^!^ ^^ then it was begun to invoke;
Ez. 16. 34 n|1t 1^7 'n?'3D^1 ^^^^^^ ^^-^ ^^ whoring after thee.
The pass, in this case often governs like the act. (§ 79),
Am. 4. 2 DSDM V^T\ ye shall be taken away. Nu. 16. 29,
Deu. 21. 3, 4, 2 S. 17. 16, Is. 14, 3; 16. 10; 27. 13; S3. 5, Jer.
16. 6, Am. 9. 9, Mai. i. 11 (ptcp.), Ps. 87. 3.
Rem. I. The forms 3to, JH, ID, &c., might be adjectives,
but the use of impf. and inf. makes it more probable that
they are perfs. Peculiar is Prov. 13. 10, by pride rWO 1^^, there
comes strife (es giebt). Rarely with suff., Job 6. 17 ^isna
when it is hot.
Rem. 2. It is scarcely impersonal use of fem. when it is
employed of a subject suggested by some statement pre-
ceding, where we say //. Is. 7. 7 tWpn fc6 it shall not stand
(the purpose); 14. 24, Jud. 11. 39, i S. 10. 12. The fem.
is often, however, used for neut. — Comp. these cases of
fem.: Gen. 24. 14 {therehy\ i S. 11. 2 iTflDfe^ (//, putting
out their eye). Gen. 15. 6 counted // (the^c:/ that he believed)
Ex. 30. 21, Jos. II. 20 nriNH, 2 S. 2. 26; 3. 37, I K. 2. 15, 2 K.
19. 25; 24. 3, 20, Is. 22. II ; 30. 8, Mic. I. 9, Jer. 4. 28;
5. 31 ; 7. 31 ; 10. 7 ; 19. 5, Ez. 33. 33, Job 4. 5 ; 18. 15.
Rem. 3. In poetry a peculiar consn. occurs in which the
verb seems to have a double subj., one personal and the
other the organ or member, &c., by which the action is
actually performed. This neuter subj. has always a sufF.
of the same person as the personal subj., and may precede
or follow the verb. Ps. 3. 5 K'liJK '^"?fi5 Thorny voice ^ I cried^
i.e. I cried aloud ; Is. 10. 30 ^P "hvj^^ shout aloud! Is. 26. 9,
Hab. 3. 15, Ps. 17. 10, 13, 14; 32.8; 44. 3; 60. 7; 66. 17;
69. 1 1 ; 108. 2, 7 ; 142. 2. In a nominal sent. Ps. 83. 19.
COMPLEMENT OF THE VERBAL SENTENCE IS5
— Others consider ^Sp> &c., to be ace, but the presence of
the suff. distinguishes the present case from that in § 67, R. 3.
COMPLEMENT OF THE VERBAL SENTENCE
§ 1 10. The sent, does not usually consist of mere subj.
and pred. ; the verbal sent, has usually an obj., and all
sentences may have additional elements which are the
complements of the two chief parts of the sentence. These
complements usually follow the parts, subj. or pred., which
they amplify. The order of the verbal sentence is: verb,
subj., obj., or complement of the verb. But emphasis may
alter this order. Gen. 3. 14 h^iikF) '^Qy\.'^hr\ "^^r^^^^
on thy belly shalt thou go, and dust shalt thou eat. i S.
20. 8 ^"IW:^ ntrra'? ^I'^aMl^n. '^"^ why bring me to thy
father! I K. 2. 26 •=|7 nhJJ? to Anathoth with you ! Gen.
15. 10; 20. 4; 38. 9, Deu. 5. 3, Jos. 2. 16, Is. 6. S, Hos. 5. 6,
Job I. 12; 34. 31.
The adverb usually follows the verb, except negatives;
and so longer designations of time. But short words of
time, like tM then^ HJ^V now^ T^'^VCGl, at firsts &c., precede.
§ III. Out of this principle of emphasis may arise a
variety of order, e^. —
{a) Obj., verb, subj. i S. 2. 19 i^M "^^"Hto^^ ^tOj^ '?^5^1
and a little robe his mother used to make him. Gen. 42. 4,
I S. 17. 36, I K. 14. II. And very often when subj. is con-
tained in the verb. Jud. 14. 3, 2 K. 22. 8, Is. 4. i, Hos. i. 7 ;
10. 6.
iP) Verb, obj., subj. i S. 15. 33 D^OJa H^JUJ "I^M?
?l3,'in as thy sword has bereaved women. Gen, 2i, 7, Nu.
19. 7, 18, I K. 8. 63 ; 19. 10, Is. 19. 13.
(c) Subj., obj., verb. Is. i. 15 ^m'tO D"^01 D3"^T. This
collocation brings the subj. and obj. into very close relation.
Jud. 17. 6 every man what zvas right in his own sight used to
156 HEBREW SYNTAX §112,113.
do. Jer. 32. 4 and his eyes his eyes shall see, cf. 34. 3. Is.
II. 8; 32. 8.
Rem. I. Other forms are occasional, asobj., subj., verb.
2 K. 5. 13, Is. 5. 17 ; 28. 17. This order is usual in nominal
sent, with participial pred. Gen. 41. 9 "^^STD ^^^1 ^H^H'nK my
faults I call to remembrance. Gen. 37. 16, Jud. 9. 36 ;
14. 4, 2 K. 6. 22, Jer. i. 11.
Rem. 2. Aramaic shows a liking* for placing the verb at
the end of the clause, the obj. and complement of the verb
preceding it, as in c. Dan. 2. 16, 18; 3. 16; 4. 15. Cf.
inf. Is. 49. 6. Jud. 6. 25. 2 Chr. 31. 7, 10.
Rem. 3. It is a point of style, however, particularly
in prophetic and poetic parallelism, to vary the order of
words. So even in ordinary prose. Ex. 3. 7 ^^JT'^^ ^T?^^
^r\f^^ Dnpvjrnw . . . '•tsy, is. 5. 24 ; u. 8 ; 31. i. * Cf. i K.'
20. 18 the double take them alive,
AGREEMENT OF SUBJECT AND PREDICATE IN RESPECT OF
GENDER AND NUMBER
§ 112. There is less precision in the matter of agreement
than there is in classical or other languages. Several general
peculiarities appear —
1. When the pred. stands first the speaker's mind is fixed
on the act in itself, and clear consciousness of the coming
subj. is not yet present to him, and he puts the pred. in the
most general form, mas. sing.^
2. There is a great tendency to construe according to
the sense rather than strict grammatical law, hence gramm.
singulars, such as collectives and words that suggest a
plurality, are often joined with plur. pred., especially when
they refer to persons.
3. On the other hand, there is a tendency to group things
that resemble one another, or belong to the same class,
under one conception, and construe them with a sing. verb.
^ Ar. g-rammarians have a more ingenious explanation of this usagfe.
AGREEMENT OF SUBJECT AND PREDICATE 1 57
The plur. of lifeless objects and living creatures, not persons,
may be treated as gramm. collect., and joined with sing. fern.
I. Agreement of Simple Subject
§ 113. {a) When subj. precedes the pred. there is in
general agreement in gend. and numb., whether the subj. be
person or thing. Gen. 15. 12 JlvQi rWlT^ni and a sleep
fell\ V. 17 riMS, tttotl?n the sun was gone down'. 16. i. But
exceptions occur; Mai. 2. 6 M!Spy^^ H/iy evil was not
found. Gen. 15. 17, Ex. 12. 49, Jer. 50. 46, Zech. 6. 14,
cf. V, 7, Job 20. 26.
(3) When pred. precedes, while agreement in gend. and
numb, is usual, esp. when subj. is personal, the verb is often
in 3 sing, mas., even though the subj. be plur. or fem. This
is common with T^T\ to be. The subj. having once been
mentioned, however, following verbs are in proper agree-
ment. Gen. I. 14 ^•^rt) nhto ^T\^ let there be lights, and
let them be signs. Is. 17. 6 T^^"^ '^I'^MtDil there shall be
left gleanings \ 2 K. 3. 26 rTOPf^an ^3Cip ptPf the battle was
too strong for him, cf. v. 18. Deu. 32. 35, Is. 13. 22; 24. 12,
Jer. 36. 32. Nu. 9. 6 VH ^^M D'^^'J^ ''H^li i K. 11. 3
iTi^^to D^'ttJi 'lv'^n'^5 ^^^ ^^^ wivesy princesses^ 700. The
7//^^. is apt to be used for 3 pi. fem. impf.; i K. 11. 3 ^^]|5
Il/JIM Vto his wives perverted his mind ; 2 S. 4. I ^Q^.'JI
VT his hands were paralysed (cf. Zeph. 3. 16), Jud. 21. 21,
Jos. II. II, Is. 19. 18, Jer. 13. 16, Ez. 23. 42, Hos. 14. 7. Gen.
20. 17; 30. 39. Song 6. 9. Imper., Is. 32. 11, Hos. 10. 8,
Zeph. 3. 16. — I S. I. 2, Jud. 20. 46, Gen. 35. 5, i Chr. 2. 22;
23. 17, 22.
if) Subjects in dual are necessarily joined with plur.
pred., verb or ptcp. Gen. 48. 10 ]j>tp 1113 '^ "^"^"SH the
eyes of Israel were dim from age. 2 K. 21. 12; 22. 20. Is.
I. IS, Mic. 7. 10. Ptcp., I S. I. 13, 2 S. 24. 3, Is. 30. 20, Hos.
1 58 HEBREW SYNTAX 8114,116.
9. 14, 2 Chr. 16. 9. Cf. § 31, and on i S. 4. 15, Mic. 4. ii,
§ 116.
2. Agreement of Compound Subject
§ 1 14. When the subj. is compound, consisting of several
elements joined by and, — {a) When subj. is first the verb is
usually plun, and so the pred. in nominal sent. 2 S. 16. 15
^M3. DjrrrbDI Dl'?ttJnMn Abs. and all the people came ; Gen.
TTT t:-: ^ '^ '
8. 22;. 18. II. But sometimes the verb is sing., agreeing
either with the word next it or with the chief element of the
complex subj., or the several parts of subj. all forming one
conception: 2 S. 20. 10 Joab and Abishai his brother P]T^
pursued. Hos. 4. 11 whoredom and wine and new wine
lS"njP*I take away the understanding. Hos. 9. 2, Deu. 8. 13.
Neh. S. 14 ^Jn'^DW «•? ^nW ^3M. 2 S. 3. 22, Est. 4. 16.1
If parts of the subj. be of different genders pred. is usually
mas.. Gen. 18. 11, but cf. Jer. 44. 25.
(J?) When the pred. is first it perhaps oftenest agrees in
gend. and numb, with the element of the subj. which is next
it; but it may be in plur. When the subj. has once been
mentioned following verbs are in plur. Gen. 31. 14 t^ffl
ili'lDl^Jl') ilMvl aT\ R. and L. answered and said\ Nu.
12. I n'^^t^'^n . . • Ihrjfc^l D"^in "laurn Mir. and Aaron spoke
and said\ Gen. 3. 8 iJnttJMI DlMJl M3,nn^1 hid themselves.
Gen. 7. 7 ; 9. 23 ; 21. 32 ; 24. 50, 55 ; 33- 7 ; 44- I4, Jud. 5. i ;
8. 21, I S. II. 15; 18. 3; 27. 8, I K. I. 34, 41. — PI. Gen. 40. i,
Nu. 20. 10; 31. 13, Ex. 5. I ; 7. 20. Or it may be mas. sing.
(§ 113*), Joel I. 13.
if) When the subj. is a pron. and noun, the pron. must
be expressed whether verb be sing, or plur. Gen. 7. I
^]l''3l v31 nJlM"N3. go thou and all thy house, Jud. 7. 10, 11.
Jud. II. 38 iT^nijni M'^rr "n^Ill she and her companions
iThe and before "maids," Est. 4. 16, and before "brethren/* Neh.
5. 14, recalls Ar. waw of concomitance.
AGREEMENT OF SUBJECT AND PREDICATE 1 59
went. I K. I. 21 "^^yi "^i^ "^m^^rX) I and my son shall be.
Gen. 14. 15 ; 20. 7; 24. 54 (pi); 31. 21 ; i S. 20. 31 ; 28. 8,
2 S. 19. 15. In I S. 29. 10 TlF)^ is missed before servants.
Even when two nouns are subj. a pron. referring to the
first must be expressed if any words separate it from the
second, unless the words be a mere apposition. Gen. 1 3. i ;
35. 6; 38. 12 ; so. 14, 22, Jud. 9. 48, Neh. 2. 12, cf. Jos. 22. 32.
The pron. tnay be expressed in any case, i S. 29. 1 1 ; 30. 9.
When compound subj. is of different persons ist pers.
precedes 2nd and 2nd the 3rd. i K. i. 21 above, I and my
son. I S. 14. 40; 20. 23, Nu. 20. 8, Gen. 43. 8.
3. Agreement of Collectives
§ 1 1 5. With sing, nouns having a collective meaning the
pred. is often construed in the plur. according to sense :
particularly when the collective term refers to persons, but
sometimes also when it refers to lower creatures, or even to
things. Grammatical agreement in sing, is also common,
and the two consns. often interchange. When the pred. is
first it may be in sing, while following verbs are in plur.
Hos. 4. 6 ^)3y ^X^l? niy people are destroy ed^ cf. Is. 5. 13
^th'S n73l is gone away ; Is. 9. 8 "173 D^H ^5^7^*] the people
shall know all of it. i K. 1 8. 39 "hf^^ t^??"''? *^1111- E^-
I. 20; 4. 31, Jud. 2. 10. Gen. 41. 57 W3. yi^!l"731 all the
world came\ i S. 14. 25; 17. 46, 2 S. 15. 23. Nu. 14. 35
D'ny^jn nMtn irryn this congregation tJiat are met
together. With creatures: Gen. 30. 38 ]l^JtrT njt^lf) the
flock used to come^ Ps. 144. 13. So fem. pi. with "Ipl Job
I. 14; mas. pi. I Chr. 27. 29, cf. i K. 8. 5. With things:
Jer. 48. 36 ^IJIM nto^^ "n*!]!^, the gain he has made is lost.
Is. 15. 7, Hos. 9. 6, Hag. 2. 7, Ps. 119. 103. Comp. i S. 2. 33
increase in a personal ref. — Ex. 15. 4, Jud. 9. 36, n people
sing, and pL, so i S. 13. 6, cf. vv, 15, 16. Jud. i. 22; 9. 55,
l60 HEBREW SYNTAX § 116.
2 K. 25. 5, Am. I. 5, Hos. 10. 5 ; 11. 7, Is. 16. 4; 19. 13. Gen,
34. 24. Nu. 20. 11; 21. 7, Job 8. 19.
§ 116. On the other hand, plur. of inanimate objects that
may be grouped under one conception, of the lower
creatures, and abstract plurals are frequently construed with
fem. sing, of pred. I S. 4. 1 5 fTOp V^^^JH and his eyes were
set, Mic. 4. II. Jo. I. 20 ^"hv^ ahjfp rrito niDna t/ie
beasts of the field pant unto thee. Ps. 103. S *^tt)33 ttJ'^Tnnn
*'3'?^')5^3 ifiy youth is renewed like the eagle. Gen. 49. 22,
Is. 34. 13; 59. 12, Jer. 4. 14; 12. 4, Mic. i. 9, Ps. 18. 35;
37. 31, Neh. 13. 10, Job 12. 7; 14. 19; 20. II. Cf. 2 S.
24. 13. 2 K. 3. 3 nSDD {sins of Jeroboam); 13. ii, Is.
59. 8. There is no reason for K'ri Ps. 73. 2, il3DttJ. Deu.
21. 7 is more unusual. — Sometimes when subj. precedes it is
treated almost as casus pendens, and its general idea becomes
subj.; Gen. 47. 24 the four fifths XV^TV^^ it shall be. Ex. 12. 49,
Ecc. 2. 7. Cf. Is. 16. 8, Hab. 3. 17.
Rem. I. General plurals are sometimes construed with
sing. pred. from a tendency to individualise and distribute
over every individual, or apply it to any individual supposed.
Gen. 27. 29 "i^'lK ^'•'J^.i* they that curse thee shall he cursed.
Nu. 24. 9, Jer. 22. 4. Ex. 31. 14, Lev, 17. 14; 19. 8, Zech.
II. 5, Ps. 64. 9, Pr. 3. 18, 35 ; 14. 9; 27. 16; 28. I, 2 Chr.
10. 8 («/. ^•^?}?^.). In particular a sing. suff. frequently refers
back to a plur. Is. 2. 20 XTW^ "JK'^5 which they made
C2ic\\ for himself Hos. 4. 8. Deu. 21. 10; 2S. 48, Is. i. 23;
2. 8; 5. 23; 8. 20, Jos. 2. 4, Ex. 28. 3, Zech. 14. 12, Or sing,
and plur. interchange. Is. 30. 22 ; 56. 5, Ps. 62. 5 ; 141. 10.
Cf. Deu. 4. 37 ; 7. 3, Jud. i. 34, 2 K. 19. 14. Sometimes
sing. pron. refers back to plur. as a collective unity, Is.
17. 13, Jer. 31. 15 ^33"*feJ (of Rachel's children), 2 S. 24. 13,
Jos. 13. 14, and perhaps some of the exx. above. Or the
pron. expresses a generalised zV, Jud. 11. 34 J? ^^ v P??
nn'iK he had not besides it (her) son or daughter. Ex. 11. 6
like it.
Rem. 2. When the compound subj. is a noun with its
AGREEMENT OF SUBJECT AND PREDICATE l6l
gen. agreement may be with gen. as expressing the main
idea of the phrase ; or pred. being next gen. may agree
with it by a kind of attraction, i K. 17. i6 IDPI K? \0\^ ^^?P^
the cruse of oil dui noi fail. Is. 2. 11, i S. 2. 4, Lev. 13.9;
Job 21. 21; 29. 10; 38. 21. Attraction of gend. Jer. 10. 3,
Lev. 25. 33 ; in the case of verb io be attraction by pred.
Gen. 31. 8, Pr. 14. 35. The pred. usually agrees with gen.
after fo all^ Hos. 9. 4, Gen. 5. 5, Ex. 15. 20, but not uni-
versally, Hos. ID. 14, Is. 64. ID.
Rem. 3. In nominal sent, the pred. adj. when first is
sometimes uninflected, Ps. 119. 137 T^??^ "^5^ ^/^-^^ are
thy judgments, cf. v. 155; but this is rare, except with the
word nitD ; Jud. 8. 2, Gen. 49. 15, i S. 19. 4, 2 K. 5. 12,
Ps. 73. 2^'i 119. 72; 147. I, Pr. 17. I ; 20. 23. — Gen. 47. 3
nj^ is coUec, cf. Deu. 14. 7, Ezr. 3. 9, Neh. 2. 16.
Rem. 4. Plurals of Eminence such as D^n^K Gody D'»yiK
D^^^ lord^ owner^ when referring to a single person, are
usually in concord with sing., Ex. 21. 29 T\W V7j;2l its owner
shall he kUledy Is. 19. 4 HB^? ^t^^. ^ cruel lord. When
D^^^ means gods it is construed with pi., and in a few cases
even when it is God, Gen. 20. 13 ; 35. 7, Ex. 22. 8, Jos.
24. 19 (E.), and sometimes in the phrase living God^ Deu.
5. 23, I S. 17. 26, Jer. 10. ID ; 23. 36. Words only used
in pi. are occasionally joined to sing;, e,g. 2 S. 10. 9 D^'Jd as
fem. sing., cf. Job 16. 16.
Rem. 5. Names of nations are construed in three ways :
{c^ with mas. sing., the name being that of the personal
ancestor, Ex. 17. 11, Is. 19. 16, Am. i. 11, i Chr. 18. 5;
19. 15, 16, 18, 19. (3) Or with plur., 2 S. 10. 17, i K.
20. 20, 2 K. 6. 9, I Chr. 18. 2, 13. (c) Or with fem. sing.,
when the ref. is to the country or when the population is
treated as a collective, often personified ; 2 S. 8. 2, 5, 6 ;
ID. II ; 24. 9, Is. 7. 2, Jer. 13. 19, i Chr. 19. 12, Job i. 15.
The consns. a, 3, c may interchange in the same passage.
Jer. 48. 15, Am. 2. 2, 3, Hos. 14. i, Mai. 2. ii. Peculiar,
Is. 18. I, 2.
Rem. 6. When there are several predicates one may be
in agreement and the other left uninflected. Is. 33. 9, Mic.
I. 9, Zech. 5. II ; cf. on adj. § 32, R. 4. But irregularity
II
1 62 HEBREW SYNTAX § 117.
in gpend. and numb, is common, e.g. Jer. 31. 9?^^ , , , "IB^ ifrn,
Zech. 6. 7. Sometimes text may be at fault, Jud. 4. 20
*lby, inf. abs. ? i S. 2. 20 rd. /KB^; 25. 27 HKW, cf. v. 35.
In particular, vowel terminations of verbs were not always
expressed in ancient texts, and are sometimes given or
omitted wrongly by Mass. Ez. 18. 29 ^33ri^ as v. 25. With
20. 38 KU^ cf. Is. 45. 24. In Lam. 5. 10 ^"1^3? may be due
to plur. sufF. in our skin^ cf. i Chr. 24. 19, 2 Chr. 17. 14,
Jer. 2. 34.
Exx. of mas. for 2 fem. impf.. Is. 57, 8, Jer* 3. 5, Ez.
22. 4; 23. 32; 26. 14.
PARTICULAR KINDS OF SENTENCE
INTERJECTIONAL SENTENCE
§ 117. Words in direct address (the voc.) are of the form
of interj. as '^^an O king I "^tS^ ''J^TbJ my lord the king!
and such phrases of entreaty as "^p^H ^ But any words
may be uttered as exclamations, 2 K. 4. tp *»ttjM^ '^ttJlV^ my
headt li. 14 •^ttJi? "IttJj? treason/ treason t Jer. 4. 19 my
towels ! 37. 14 "IpttJ it's a lie \ 2 K. 9. 1 2. Is. 29. 16 035511
your perversity I Jer. 49. 16. Hab. 2. 19 TX^ t^^il it reveal!
Hos. 8. I to thy mouth the trumpet! 2 S. 13. 12 *»nM"7M
dofttl my brother! Gen. 49. 4. So adverbs: W> '•^^ til
well ^ yes! SitO good! well! Also the imper. of some verbs,
as n^^J (3rP)^<^ l^f Gen. 38. 16, Ex. i. 10; IjS, Jlpp (even
to a woman, Gen. 19. 32) come!
More strict interjections are Oil hush ! silence ! Jud, 3. 19,
Am. 6. 10, Zeph. i. 7, Hab. 2. 20, Zech. 2. 17. A verb JlDn
is denom. from DIl Neh. 8. 11, Nu. 13. 30. — 'SpM kow ! in
the Elegy, 2 S. I. 25, 27, Hos. 11. 8 (elegiac measure), more
commonlv n3*»M Is. i. 21, Lam. 1. 1. — *^H woe! with prep. ?,
Is. 6. S '^T^^Mi 3. 9, II, Jer. 4. 31 ; without prep. Ez. 24. &
%
INTERJECTION AL SENTENCE 1 63
In Ps. 120. 5 "h rr'iM, so "h "hb^ Mk. 7. I, Job 10. 15.—
•^n woe/ a/as/ in lament for the dead, i K. 13. 30 '^nM ^'iSi;
fuller form for the king, Jer. 22. 18. In the form \n Am.
5. 16. In a more general sense, Jer. 48. i ; 50. 27. Also in
threatening remonstrance, Is. 1.4 Mtsh ^'IS ^'iil Ha / sinful
nation, and often in Is. — Other forms, Jo. i. 15 D^v I^»^N
a/as/ for the day. Ez. 30. 2 Qxh nn, 6. 11 UN. — An
exclamation of de/iglity nMJl Is. 44. 16; by the horse in
battle, Job 39. 25 ; of malicious delight, Ps. 35. 21 ; 40. 16;
70. 4, Ez. 25. 3 ; 26. 2.
The pron. nO ^^w' / ^A^/ / is used in the expression of
a variety of feelings, as wonder, awe. Gen. 28. 17; scorn,
sarcasm, 2 S. 6. 20; dislike, Mai. i. 13 HMTinp nSH Ott
what a bore / And so ^ w/io / Mic. 7. 1 8, &c.
The particle JlSil also, as '^aan here I am/ Gen. 18. 9
fjnto n^n />5^r^/ in tite tent (is she). 16. 11 mJl •^Sil
j^^ /A^w art with chi/d/ Very passionately Job 9. 19, is it
a question of strength ? nSil ! perhaps, ^ r^rj^ / (Jte is
irresistible).
Rem. I. The adj. nW>n profane (absit) ! is construed with
^ of person and p of the act repudiated. The full phrase
is found I s. 26. II rbfQ miTD "^ xbhn, 24. 7, i K. 21. 3
(so rd. 2 S. 23. 17), but oftener without '^, Gen. 44. 7, 17.
The phrase acquires the force of an oath, and may be fol-
lowed by DK (§ 120). I S. 24. 7, 2 S. 20. 20, Job 27. 5. Cf.
Jos. 22. 29; 24. 16.
Rem. 2. In Gen. 16. 11, &c., the consn. is rnn riK "pn.
So in Ar. with def. pred., Kor. 2. 11, 12, 122.
Rem. 3. In exclamatory sentences there is omission of
subj. as Gen. 18. 9, orof pred. as Hos. 8. i, to the mouth the
trumpet (set ye !), i K. 22. 36 every man to his city (get ye !),
Hos. 5. 8 r?^3a ^^nx perhaps, thy rearX Benj. (sc. guard!),
or behind t/iee B. (is the danger). The word ^p voicOf
sound of is nearly /lar/iX Is. 13. 4 ; 66. 6,
1 64 HEBREW SYNTAX §118-120.
AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCE
§ II 8. Affirmative force is given in various ways, e^. —
(i) By casus pendens^ Gen. 3. I2 the woman . . . she gave me^
42. II (§ 106). (2) By expression of pron. either alone or
with vaVy D3, &c. Gen. 4. 4; 20. 5, Is. 14. 10. (3) By inf.
abs. (§ 86). (4) By repetition of words, Is. 38. 19, the livingy
the living. Ecc. 7. 24 deep^ deep^ who shall find it ? Is. 6. 3,
Jer. 7. 4.
Affirmative particles are bit? /r?^/^, Gen. 42. 21 7IM
^^riikj tD^'JDtffcj^ verily we are guilty; 2 S. 14. S, i K. 1.43;
later a particle of contrast, Dan. 10. 7, 21. — Ijb^ truly ^
surely y Gen. 26. 9 M*)?! Tfint^M "^^ in truth she is thy wife.
I S. 16. 6, Hos. 12. 9. So'pM, Ex. 2. 14 "la^n jTrta pM
verily the thing is known. Gen. 28. 16, i S. 15. 32, Is. 53. 4,
Rem. I. Also various derivatives of pK, e.g. OJIpK verily ^
in truthy 2 K. 19. 17 ; ironically Job 9. 2 ; 12. 2 verily ye are
the people. Also DJp^< id. (always with interrog.), Nu.
22. 37, Gen. 18. 13, I K. 8. 27. So nj)p«, Gen. 20. 12,
Jos. 7. 20.
The word ^'S often strengthens. Gen. 18. 20 the cry of
Sodom n2L*5 ^'S (surely) it is great. Particularly in antithesis
after neg.: Gen. 18. 15 J^pTO ^'S l^b nay^ thou didst laugh.
1 K. 3. 22 ^'lirr ^"S^ ^'S )s^ no ! my child is the live one. And
so usually, Jos. 5. 14; 24. 21, Jud. 15. 13, i S. 2. 16 07 = M7)»
2 S. 16. 18 {yh-'h last cL), I K. 2. 30, 2 K. 3. 13 •?«;
20. 10, Is. 30. 16, Ps. 49. II.
§ 119. The oath.— 'tM, mPT, D^TtSm, ^3M *»ll as I live,
as Gody Je. liveth ; but Hins, ^JtlJpJ "^D ^'^ ^^^ ^^^ Phar.y
&c., liveth. With pron. / and divine names the form is '^n,
otherwise *^n, cf. the curious "^^ ?|*^n7tj '^H Am. 8. 14 ^?j thy
gody O Dan, //z;^^^ — Jud. 8. 19 fTliT ^X\. 2 S. 2. 27
D^n'?«{i "^n, Jer. 44. 26 '^ r^)^ ^n, job 27. 2 ^kjnn, i k.
AFFIRMATIVE SENTENCE 1 6$
i8. lo, 15. — Nu. 14. 21, 28 ^5^ *»n; usually this shorter form
(Deu. 32. 40 ^'pbk^) and invariably so pointed. — i S. 20. 3
^tpM "^tT) '^ •»n, 25. 26; Gen. 42. 15, 2 S. 15. 21.
§ 120. The oath of denial is made by Dtt if ^=. that not ;
of affirmation by 1^7 DM if not -=1 that ^ or "^3 that, i S. 19. 6
n^^"^ DM '^ "T^ he shall not be put to death, i K. i. 5 1 '^'p'i^?^'!
TW^ DM D'^^3 let him swear to me first that he will not kill
me. Gen. 42. 15, i S. 24. 22 ; 30. 15. — i K. 18. 15 •'S '"^ ^H
VT'M HM*^^ D'i'^PT / will show myself to him to-day; Is.
45. 23 TlSf'^S 5n5in "h "*? '''^S^^? "'S^ I have sworn by
• • • • • •
myself that to me every knee shall bow. i S. 14. 44; 20. 3 ;
29. 6. Job I. II J5^J1'J k^/ DM (I swear) he will disavow
thee. Jos. 14. 9, 2 K. 9. 26.
Rem. I. The word ^? has also restrictive force, only.
Gen. 18. 32 only this once, i S. 18. 8 ^«{y the kingdom. So
in sense of utterly with adj. Deu. 16. 15, Is. i6. 7. Similarly
Pl> § IS3-
Rem. 2. nriijl ^n is not said ; ^JH by thy life, 2 S. n. ii,
if text right. Cf. Dr. or Well, in loc.
Rem. 3. Exx. of DK Gen. 21. 23, Nu. 14. 23, i S. 3. 14,
17 ; 14. 45 ; 17. 55 ; 28. 10, 2 S. 1 1. 1 1 ; 14. 1 1, 2 K. 2. 2 ;
3. 14; 6. 31, Is. 22. 14, Ps. 89, 36; 132. 3, 4. Of ^3 I S.
14. 39; 26. 16; 29. 6, 2 S. 3. 9, I K. 18. 15, 2 K. 5. 20,
Jer. 22. 5. Of K^ DM Nu. 14. 28, 2 S. 19. 14, i K. 20. 23,
Is. 5. 9; 14. 24, Jer. 15. II. — In m^ny cases there is no
formal oath, and the particles merely express strong denial
or affirmation. Ps. 131. 2.
Rem. 4. The full formula DN^5»K ^r\W^ nb God do so to
• * v-:i-
mCj &c., occurs only in i, 2 S., i, 2 K., and Ru., e,g. i S.
3. 17; 14. 44, I K. 2. 23, 2 K. 6. 31, Ru. I. 17. The
formula is followed by pos. or neg. statement. Usually
V or the speaker's own name is used (i S. 20. 13, 2 S. 3. 9) ;
therefore in i S. 25. 22 rd. Wp with Sep., and possibly >^
has fallen out i S. 14. 44 (Sep.), but cf. i K. 19. 2. In i S.
3. 17 1^ of person adjured.
Rem. 5. When a clause intervenes before the thing
1 66 HEBREW SYNTAX §121-124.
sworn '•3 is often repeated, 2 S. 2. 27; 3. 9; 15. 21, i K.
I* 3O9 Jer. 22. 24, Gren. 22. j6. In DK ^3 the DK is some-
times merely conditional, that^ ifj i S. 14. 39, Jer. 22. 24,
cf. Deu. 32. 40. In other cases the use of DK ^3 is peculiar,
(i) 2 S. 3. 35 with 2 K. 3. 14 seems to show that the use
of '•3 in the oath was customary without ref. to the pos. or
neg. nature of the thing sworn (apod.). The ^3, which may
be repeated, merely adds force to the whole statement. (2) On
the other hand, in such passages as Jud. 15. 7, i K. 20. 6,
2 S. 15. 21, the DK seems pleonastic. Its idiomatic use may
in some way add force to the ^a, though the origin of the
idiom is difficult to trace. It can scarcely be the same use
of DK as occurs after a neg. or exception, but ( = " yes, if").
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCE
§ 121. The interrog. sent, may be nominal or verbal. See
exx. below. — The interrogation may be made without any
particle, by the mere tone of voice. 2 S. 18. 29 *tJ?3v DwttJ
is t/te chUd well? 2 S. 11. 11 '^H'^a.-SM «taW ''3M1 and shall
... V X • -: I"
1 go to my house} i S. 21. 16 "^^^ D'^^Stflp *^prj ant I in
want of madmen? Gen. 18. 12; 27. 24, Jud. 14. 16, i S.
16.4; 22. 7, 15; 25. II, 2 S.9. 6; 16. 17; 19. 23; 23. 5, I K.
I. 24; 21. 7, Jon. 4. II, Song 3. 3. Less frequently in neg.
sent., I S. 20. 9, 2 K. 5. 26, Job 2. 10. Omission of the
particle is most common in animated speech, as when any
idea is repudiated, and particularly when pron. is expressed ;
cf. Jud. 14. 16, 2 S. II. II, 2 K. 19. II, Jer. 25, 29, Ez. 20. 31,
Jon. 4. 1 1.
§ 122. When a particle is used it is generally put at the
head of the clause, Gen. 3. 11. The simple question is
oftenest made by H (Gr. § 49). Gen. 4. 9 "^^^M ^JlW •^nWq
am I my brothet^s keeper f 24. 58 njil ttJ'^Mil D^ ^'J ^^IlJ
wilt thou go with this man? Gen. 18. 17; 43. 27, 29; 45. 3,
2 S. 7. 5.— So before ttJ;» and pM ; Gen. 24. 23 IpSM n*^ tt^H
P77 137 DipTS is tliere room for us to lodge in the house of
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCE 167
thy father? Jud. 14, 3 H^M ^n\A M'lajSL pMH is tJiere not
a woman among the daughters of thy brethren? Gen. 43. 7 ;
44. 19, Ex. 17. 7, Jud. 4. 20, I S. 9. II, 2 K. 4. 13; 10. 15.
— I K. 22. 7, 2 K. 3. II, Jer. 7. 17.
Sometimes DM (= nuni) is used as a lively denial, or
when the idea in the question is repudiated or disapproved,
Jud. 5. 8, I K. I. 27, Is. 29. 16, Lam. 2. 20, Job 6. 12, 28;
39. 13; though in some cases the first half of a disjunctive
question may be unexpressed, Am. 3. 6,
§ 123. The neg. question is put by k^Sil, Gen. 13. 9
T39V T39i7"'^? ^''l? ^ ^^ ^^ ^^ ^^^ before thee ? 4. 7 5
20. 5; 44, 5, Ex. 14, 12, Nu. 23. 26, Deu. 31. 17. Or by
pMil when the existence of the subj. is questioned, or when
the pred. is a ptcp. (§ 100 rf). i K. 22. 7, Jud. 14. 3 (§ 122
above). Am. 2. n, Jer. 7, 17. Occasionally the elements of
MtTT are separated for the sake of emphasis, Gen. 18. 25.
Rem. I. The interrog. particle, pes. or neg., may be
strengthened by other particles, as ^^ Gen. 18. 13, 24, Am.
2. II, Job 40. 8, or Dl Gen. 16. 13.
Rem. 2. The part, ton implying an affirmative answer is
often = nan, Gen. 37. 13, Deu. 3. ii and often. In Chr.
run is sometimes used for vhn of earlier Books, comp.
2 Chr. 16. II with i K. 15. 23. See i Chr. 29. 29, 2 Chr.
27. 7; 32« 32> and Sep. tiau for t^Tt, Deu. 3. 11, Jos. x. 9,
Jud. 6. 14, Est. 10. 2, cf. 2 K. 15. 21. So Ar. W(^» which
may be used with imper. Jud. 14. 15 is hardly to be read
DiSn here (Targ.).
§ 124. The disjunctive or alternative question is put by
ri in first clause, and QM or DM1 *^ second. Jos. 5. 13
^"nS? DM ilinM ^37!! art thou for us or for our enemies?
I K. 22. 15 7*5115 DM *n^3D ^^^^ ^^ S^ or forbear f Or if
neg. by M7 DM in second clause (or TM DM if tP be in the
first), Gen. 27. 21 fc^7T3M *»i5l nt rTJjMri art thou my son
or nott (cf. § 7 c). Ex. 17. 7 r.MW ^V^ '"" ^jQ ^ A
1 68 HEBREW SYNTAX §125,126.
in our midst or notl Nu. 13. 20. — Gen. 17. 17, Jud. 9. 2;
20. 28, I K. 22. 6, IS, 2 K. 20. 9 (§ 41 r), Am. 6. 2, Is. 10. 9,
Jer. 2. 14; 18. 14, Job 7. 12. — 2 S. 24. 13, Jo. i. 2, Job 11. 2;
21.4; 22. 3, cf. Pr. 27. 24. The second half of the alternative
is often merely the first in a varied form. Nu. 11. 12, Job
8. 3 ; 22. 3. Gen. 37. 8, Jud. 11. 25, 2 S. 19. 36.
§ 125. The indirect interrogation is made just as the
direct, with no effect upon the tense. Gen. 8. 8 ^ >^|2lJ ^t**i?
tD*J)3il to see whetJter the waters were abated^ 21. 26 k^7
ilto^ **p ^'^Sn** ^ ^^ ^°* know who did it. Deu. 13. 4
D*'SrTk^ BSttJ^rr iriSlv^ to know whether ye love. Gen. 24. 21
k^7 DW IS*^*! '"^ mbarrn nsnb to know wltether Je. Iiad
prospered his way £?f' «t?^. Gren. 42. 16; 43. 7, 22, Jud. 3. 4 ;
13. 6, I S. 14. 17, 1 K. 1. 20. Exx. of disjunctive sent, Gen.
37. 32, Ex. 16. 4, Nu. 11.23, I^cu. 8. 2, Jud. 2. 22. — In the simple
indirect sent. Dtji occurs (after to see, inquire, &c.), 2 K. I. 2,
Jer. 5. I ; 30. 6, Mai. 3. 10, Lam. i. 12, Ezr. 2. 59, Song 7. 13.
§ 126. The answer is usually made by repeating part of
the question, or by the use of some word suggested by it
Gen. 29. 6 O'lTttJ . . . 1 v Dl^ttJH is he well? . . . welL 24. 58
*n!?^ • • • ^'P/pD '^^^^ ^^^^ go? . ..I will go. I S. 26. 17
^7'^p • . . *»35 nj Tl/'^prj is it thy voice, my son? it is my
voice. Gen. 27. 24 "^3^ . . . "^55- Ht JlJlM art tliou my son ?
I ami 2 s. 9. 2 ^"inv . . . t^a^s rr]nwn ^ir/ />^« Ziba?
thy servant I Jud. 13. 11, I S. 17. 58; 23. 11, 12, 2 S. 2. 20;
9.6; 12. 19, I K. 21. 20.
To ttJ*|rT /j there f &c., the pos. reply is U^, 2 K. 10. 15
(tt}*^ begins the next clause, § 132, R. 2), Jer. 37. 17; and the
neg. ^\^, Jud. 4. 20. The neg. reply to T^i^ll w />^r^ ^«^
more? is DDM /^^ ^;/^r^. Am. 6. 10, cf. 2 S. 9. 3. The neg.
reply to a simple question may be t*^7 ^^, Jud. 12. 5, Hag.
2. 1 2, 1 3. In Jos. 2. 4 ]3 =yes, and Gen. 30. 34 VTj = w^//,
^^j (cf. An Hnna in the story Kos. Aghani, pp. 13, 14). In
"%
INTERROGATIVE SENTENCE 1 69
the reply the word that takes up the point of the question
usually stands first, being emphatic. Gen. 24. 23; 27. 19, 32;
29. 4, I S. 17. 58.
Interrog. sentences are made also by intern pron. (§ 7,
and the exx.), and by various particles. See Rem. 6,
Rem. I. The disjunctive question very rarely has n in
second clause, Nu. 13. 18; sometimeis iK Job 16. 3 ; 38. 28,
31, Mai. I. 8, Ecc. 2. 19; and sometimes simple ] Job
13- 7 ; 38. 32.
Rem. 2. In animated questions particles of intern are
sometimes accumulated, Gen. 17. 17 or shall Sarah — shall
one 90 years old bear? Jud. 14. 15, Ps. 94. 9; or repeated
I S. 14. 37; 23. II ; 30. 8, 2 S. 5. 19.
In Job 6. 13, Nu. 17. 2^ the double Dfc^n seems = nonne?
In Nu. jrtip ^pri means we are finished dying = are all dead
(Jos. 4. II, I S. 16. II, 2 S. 15. 24), therefore: are we not
dead to a man? (cf. v. 27). If Di^n were a stronger form of
n, the sense would be : are we to die (have died) to a man ?
but such a meaning of DKH does not suit Job 6. 13.
Rem. 3. In the forms ^3n {s it that? '•^ Kpn is it not
that? ^D adds force to the question. 2 S. 9. i ; 13. 28,
Job 6. 22, cf. Deu. 32. 30. Sometimes *?n vividly posits a
fact as ground for a real or supposed inference. Gen.
27. 36 is it that they called his name Jacob ? = well has he
been calledy &c. ; 29. 15, cf. i S. 2. 27, i K. 22. 3,
Rem. 4. The interrogation often co-ordinates clauses
when other languages would subordinate ; Is. 50. 2 why am
I come and there is no man? = why^ when I am dome^ is
therey &c. 2 S. 12. 18, 2 K. 5. 12, Is. 5. 4, Am. 9. 7, Job
4. 2, 21; 38. 35.
Rem. 5. The form of question is much used as a strong
expression of declinature, repudiation of an idea, or depre-
cation of a consequence. Gen. 27. 45, i S. 19. 17, 2 S.
2. 22; 20. 19, I K. 16. 31, 2 Chr. 25. 16, Ecc. 5. 5.
Rem. 6. Some other interrog. particles :
{a) Why? wherefore? n37, riDTl, OD?; J^TO, JHID^; why
not? K^ TO^, ^ JfTID.—i S. 19. 17 WQ-j naa nab why hast
172 HEBREW SYNTAX §127,128.
Gen. 20. 1 1 njrr oipiaa, 'm n«T. r^ ^^^^^ ^ ^^^ ^^ f^^^
of God, &c. Gen. 37. 29; 39. 11; 41. 8, Nu. 14. 42, Jud.
21. 25. The word denied may stand for emphasis before
pM, in which case the neg. is properly in the abs. in apposi-
tion. Gen. 2. 5 Ttl^v ^'JM taiM^ and man was not to till.
2 K. 19. 3 rnb? pM nil /fer^ i> «^/ strength to bring forth,
Nu. 20. 5. But the cons, form, being now habitual, mostly
remains in any place except at the end of a clause. Gen.
40. 8 \T^ ^\k *^r?b1 there is no interpreter of it ; 37. 24 ;
47. 13, Jer. 30. 13, Pr. 30, 27.— Mic. 7. 2 pW DltJjJ •^tf^
one upright among men tttere is not. Ex. 17. 7 ; 32. 32, Lev.
26. 37, Jud. 4. 20; 9. 15, I S. 10. 14, I K. 18. 10.
When pers. pron. is subj. it appears as suff. Ex. 5. 10
llfl 037 \T^ *»33'^b^ / will not give you straw. 2 K, 1 7. 26
D'^jry'^ Q3'iKI th^ do not know. Gen. 20. 7 ; 31. 2 ; 39. 9, Jud.
3. 25, Jer. 14. 12. So when existence is denied absolutely.
Gen. 5. 24 ^33'^Stl and he was not^ Jer. 31. 15 ; but a subst. is
put in casus pendens^ and resumed by suff.. Gen. 42. 36 ^D'i*'
^23*^^31 /. is not; cf. i'. 13 ; 37. 30. With a clause, Gen. 37. 29
^^'iSLi ^y^ ^"^ Jos. was not in the pit. 44. 31, Nu. 14. 42.
(r) The telic neg. |9 that not^ lest, is usually joined to
impf. and prefixed immediately to the verb. It expresses
the motive of action in previous clause, and hence is much
used: I. After imper. (juss., coh.) and neg. clause. Gen. 3. 3
pnij]l"]5) iSl ^i^jn ^ ye shall not touch it lest ye die.
19. 17; 38. 23, Ex. 5. 3, Jud. 18. 25, 2 S. I. 20, Is. 6. 10.
2. After words oi fearing^ expressed or understood. Gen.
32. 12 I fear him ^y3\y\ M'11^"]S) lest he come and smite me,
26. 7, 9. Gen. 3. 22 IT n70'^^S) rTJn:^!, 19. 19. Frequently
in this sense after •^CM to say^ think. Gen. 38. 1 1 "^^fc^ "^3
k^^n D5 n^D^]£) for he thought. Lest lie die too, ^i. 31; 42. 4,
Nu. 16. 34, Deu. 32. 27. — Also after beware, Gen. 31, 24
^4^*3^1^ ^"P *^9i?'7 beware not to speak \ 24. 6, Deu. 4. 23,
k
NEGATIVE SENTENCE I73
and often in Deu. — Sometimes in the sense of Lat. ne in an
independent sent, Ex. 34. 15 H'^'tJ ]lh5i?"]B ne ineas pactum.
Is. 36. 18, Jer. 51. 46, Job 32. 13 say not I
(d) The neg. D'1^ not yet is usually joined to impf. even
when referring to the past. Gen. 19. 4 ^IStJJ^ D*^li tliey were
not yet lain down. Gen, 2. 5 ; 24. 45, Ex. 10. 7, Jos.
2. 8, I S. 3. 3 (in V. 7 rd, perhaps JTT;). — The word DDM
(DDM to be done) means ceasing^ being done^ no more, nothing.
Is. 5. 8 D^pQ DDM 1^ till there be no more place. 2 S. 9. 3
tPM lii^ DDMil w /"ifer^ none still remaining f Am. 6. 10
DDM . . . 11^5^ TlJ^n are there any still there? no more!
With prep. Is. 52. 4/^?^ nothing, /^o. 17 of nothing. Cf. Is.
45. 14 ; 46. 9, Pr. 26. 20 (prep.). In Zeph. 2. 15, Is. 47. 8, 10
"^p5k^ has junctive vowel (not suff), I am, and none besides (me).
§ 128. The double neg. adds force to the negation. Zeph.
2. 2 HlS*'"k^7 D*^t05. ^c/^^^ it does not come. Ex. 14. 11
D"^*)!!? pM '^yS'Prj is it because there are no graves (]p is
causative), 2 K. i. 3, 6, 16. The prep. |p away from, so as
not to be, &c., has neg. force, and is often joined with
pleonastic TM. Is. 6. 1 1 IttJI^ Tt^T^ so that there shall be no
{= without) inhabitant, Is. 5. 9; Jer. 4. 7. Cases like Is.
50. 2 D^n pMp, Jer. 7. 32 D'lpn ]'^«p are different: from
there being (because there is) no water, &c., comp. Rem. 5.
The text of i K. 10. 21 is not above suspicion, owing to use
of M7 with ptcp. (2 Chr. 9. 20 omits M7).
I
Rem. I. The neg. K^ Is used as privative in forming
compounds : (a) with nouns, 7iJ fcO a no-god, Deu. 32. 21,
cf. 2;. 17; ^fc? ^ (one) not-man. Is. 31. 8; fj? ^6 (what is)
not-wood, Is. 10. 15 ; *^51 ^ ^ no-thing. Am. 6. 13, cf. Hos*
I. 9; 2. 25. (b) With adj., as D^O Sunwise, Hos. 13, 13,
Tpn fc{p impious, Ps. 43. i, cf. Pr. 30. 25 not-strong, 2 Ky»
7. 9. — With prep. ^/3 without, Nu. 35. 22, 23 (inf.), Ez.
22. 29, cf. Isa. 55. I, 2, Lev. i5» 25. — ^Job 26. 2 nb fi6p
174 HEBREW SYNTAX § 128, 129.
the not'^trength^ strengthless^ abstract noun for adj. (or to be
resolved into v rib"l6 "^J^), Is. 5. 14.
Rem. 2. Theneg. ?M with juss. &c.| sometimes expresses
merely the subjective feeling and sympathy of the speaker
with the act. Is. 2. 9 DH/ '^fc^'vW and thou canst not forgive
them. Jer. 46. 6, Ps. 41. 3; 50. 3; 121. 3; 141. 5, Job
5. 22 ; 20. 17, Pr. 3. 25, Song 7. 3, cf. the strong ex. Ps.
34. 6. In strong deprecation with /K the verb is occasion-
ally suppressed or deferred to a second clause, 2 S. 13. 12
^HK^ dorCt! my brother, v. 25 ^\Sr>^ nay ! my son. Gen.
19. 18, Jud. 19. 23, 2 S. I. 21, 2 K. 4. 16, Ru. I. 13, Is.
62. 6. In other cases the verb has to be supplied from the
previous clause, Am. 5. 14 seek good Jn"7|f! and not evil !
Jo. 2. 13, Pr. 8. 10 ; 17. 12. The word is used absolutely,
in deprecation of something said, 2 K. 3. 13, Gen. 33. 10.
— 2 K. 6. 27 '^ ^?'i)vl? perhaps, ifje. help thee not! For
^ I S. 27. 10 n/. ^"TNt (Sep.) or Jt|t whither? — In com-
position \i^ is little used, Pn 12. 28 njD'^i? not^death,
immortality.
Rem. 3. The particle fK frequently forms abbreviated
circums. clauses, as ^^^ T^ (there is) no number^ without
number, countless, § 140. In this sense (6 in poetry,
2 S. 23. 4 TSIV t6 "115^ a morning without clouds ; Job 10. 22
without order^ 12. 24; 38. 26, Ps. 59. 4; in prose, i Chr.
2. 30, 32 MJ ^ childless, — Ps. 135. 17 the stronger
B^. r^, I S. 21. 9, cf. Job 9. 33. — From the semiverbal force
of fK a late writer can say M^iJ r¥> Hag. 2. 17. In two
passages, Jer. 38. 5, Job 35. 15, fK seems used with finite
verb. — ^A contracted form is ^ij in composition, i S. 4. 21
■rtl3"^ij5 not'gloryy inglorious. Job 22. 30 '•pj'^^ not innocent.
This is the usual form of neg. in Eth. On ^ pK with inf.
§9S-
Rem. 4. The form B^JTB occurs owing to the verbal force
of B^, Deu. 29. 17, 2 K. 10. 23. With petf. |B expresses
what is feared may have happened, 2 K. 2. 16; lo. 23,
2 S. 20. 6.
Rem. 5. In Poetry, fe = i6 noty Hos. 7. 2 X^O^ 7» and
they say not. 9. 16, Is. 14. 21; 26. 10, 11, 14, 18. Often
with niph. of t31Di Ps. 10. 6; 16. 8; 21. 8, &c« With inf.
THE CONDITIONAL SENTENCE 1 75
Ps. 32. 9 3<"lp pa (when) there is not coming' nigh (they do
not come) — ^ya » t6 or T!?, With finite vb. Is. 14. 6, Hos.
8. 7 ; 9. 16 (Cod. Petrop. ^a), Job 41, 18 (once in prose,
Gren. 31. 20). With adj. 2 S. i. 21, n^?^ 7a un-^nointed^
Hos. 7. 8 ptcp., Ps. 19. 4. With noun = without^ Job 8. 11
D^"^pa viithout water, 24. 10; 30. 8; 31. 39, Ps. 59. 5 ;
63. 2, Is. 28. 8.
With a preceding prep. Deu. 4. 42 Mpi via without knovh>
ledge (unawares), cf. Is. 5. 14, Job 38. 41 ; 41. 25. — ^vao
from lack of y Deu. 9. 28 HjbJ V^ from not being able. Is.
5. 13, Hos. 4. 6, Lam. i. 4. With another neg., cf. § 129
above. — In the same sense as r??p so that there is not, Jer.
2. 15 ; 9. 9, Zeph. 3. 6. In other cases = without Job 4. 20 ;
6. 6; 24. 8. — ^The form Wa once with adj., i S. 20. 26 not
clean. With noun. Is. 14. 6 without cessation; suff. i S.
2. 2, Hos. 13. 4 except me, thee.
Rem. 6. The neg. without being repeated often exerts
its force over a succeeding clause, i S. 2. 3, Nu. 23. 19, Is.
23. 4 ; 28. 27 ; 38. 18, Mic. 7. i, Ps. 9. 19 ; 44. 19, Pr. 30. 3.
THE CONDITIONAL SENTENCE
§ 129. The conditional sent, is compound, consisting of
two clauses, the former stating the supposition, and the
second the result dependent upon it (the answer to the
supposition). Conditional sentences may be nominal or
verbal, or partly nominal and partly verbal. The apodosis,
in particular, may assume many forms.
In conditional sentences the verbal form will be used
which would have been used if the sentence had been direct.
The verbal forms vary according as the mind presents to
itself the condition as fulfilled and actual (perf.), or to be
fulfilled, and merely possible (impf.). In ordinary speech
the impf. is most common both in the protasis and apodosis,
but the mind may present to itself the condition as realised,
in which case the perf. is used. This happens particularly
in animated speech, and in the higher style. And, naturally.
176 HEBREW SYNTAX §130.
when the condition is conceived ^ realised and actual, the
result depending on it may appear carried with it, so that
two perfs. may be used.
The conditional particles are chiefly D^i if^ "^"^ wheUy if^
supposing ttiaty ^7 if\ less common *^ttJtJ wlietiy ify and tn if ;
neg, M7 DM,. pM OM if not, VOT^ if not, unless. These
may be strengthened by other particles, DM "^3, "^3 D3
(DM Da rare. Eccl. 8. 17).
§130.(^1; When the supposition expresses a real con-
tingency of any degree of possibility, the most common
form is impf. in prot. and vav conv. perf. or simple impf. in
apod., the impf. havings any of the shades of sense proper
to it (§ 43 seq). The impf. must be used in apod, when the
verbal form cannot stand first in the clause, as in a neg. sent.,
or when apod, precedes the protasis, cf. Am. 9, 2-4. — ^Jud.
4. 8 •n^M k^V "^p^^ t^'^-DW ''^^iSOl ^^^ '^^VliJ '^^^ ^^^^^
wilt go with me / will go, but if thou wUt not go with me
1 will not go. 2 K. 4. 29 '^'STS^ M*? ttJ^M-MSpn "^3 if tJum
meetest anyone thou shcdt not salute him. Gen. 18. 28
«»pM-DM rY^n^JM )^ I will not destroy if I find. 13. 16
mra'^ ^ynt Da . . . niaipS trJ^M hyt^ dm if one could count
the dust, thy seed also might be counted. Of course a ptcp.
may take the place of impf.. Gen. 43. 4, 5 117tt>P ?[1{MdM
brother we will go down, but if thou wilt not let him go, &c.
Gen. 24. 42, Ex. 8. 17, Jud. 6. 36, 37, i S. 19. ii. So without
ttJ"^ Deu. 5. 22, Jud. 9. IS ; 11. 9, i S. 6. 3; 7. 3, i K. 21. 6,
2 K. 10. 6. But the prot. may be a purely nominal sent.,
and the apod, may take almost any form; I K. 18. 21
Vyrj^ ^S^P O'^^'^^D ^^ tDM if Jehovah be God, follow
him; Ex. 7. 27 ^i ••pi^ nan nJjM ]MD DM if thou refuse,
befwld, I will smite. Gen. 42. 19 ; 44. 26, Ex. 1. 16 ; 21. 3, Jos.
17. IS, Jud. 6. 31, 2 K. I. 10; 10. 6, Mai. i. 6.
THE CONDITIONAL SENTENCE 1 77
(d) Perf. in prot. — The mind may conceive or imagine
the condition as realised and actual, in which case perf.
stands in prot. with the same apod, as in (a): Jud. 16. 17
"'TO ^Dy "^rinvS dm if I be sJiaved my strength will depart ;
2 S. 15/33 «te»V ^"^ TWpi ^t^\^ tr^ ^>A if thou go on
with me thou shcdt be a burden to me. Comp. Gen. 43. 9
with 42. 37. Deu. 32. 41, 2 K. 7. 4, Is. 4. 4; 16. 12, Mic. 5. 7,
Jen 14. 18; 23. 22; 37. 10; 49. 9, Obad. 5, Job 7. 4; 10. 14;
II. 13; 21. 6, Ru. I. 12. Comparison of cases like Lev. 13.
S3> 5^1 57 shows that the use of perf. or impf. is merely a
matter of mental conception. Comp. Lev. 17. 4 with 9,
Num. 30. 6 with 9. Job 17. 13, 14. Probably the difference
of use had become a mere matter of style, although the perf.
has in it something more forcible and lively. Cf. Job 31
throughout.
In many cases the supposition refers to an actual past
fcLct anterior to the speaker's position, or to the main action
spoken of; or refers to something which shall have come to
light through inquiry or inspection. In all such cases HsMtperf
will be used in the protasis, i S. 26. 19 XT^ '^T^'^T} '^ DM
nnj?? if J^' f^^ ^^t If^^^ on^ let him smell an offering (=if it
be Je. that has); Jud. 9. 19 nmpto Dn^'tpjr nn«| DM if ye
have dealt justly y rejoice, Ex. 22. i, 2 DM . . . 123irT MStD'J DM
tttot^n rrlT^t if the thief be found in the act . . . if the sun
have risen, &c. Deu. 17. 2, 3 . . . JltoJ^'' IttJM ttJ'^M M2D'' "^3
*n/.*Il if ^ ^^^ be found wJto does evil . . . and has gone and
served (having gone). With Ex. 22. 2 cf. 21. 36 OM). Lev.
4. 23; 5. I, Nu. 5. 19, 20, 27; 15. 24; 22. 20, Deu. 22. 20, 21,
I S. 21. 5, Is. 28. 25, Am. 3. 3, 4; 7. 2, Ps. 41. 7; 44. 21 ;
50. 18, Job 8.4; 9. 15, 16; 31. 5, 9, 21, 24, 33; 34. 32.
Narratives of past frequentative actions are also often
introduced by DM with perf. (§ 54, R. i). Gen. 38. 9, Nu.
21. 9, Jud. 2. 18; 6. 3. More rarely DM and impf., Gen. 31. 8,
Ex. 40. 37.
12
^
178 HEBREW SYNTAX §130,131.
(c) The protasis is often of considerable length, and has
a tense-secution within itself which must be distinguished
from the apod, of the whole sentence. This tense-secution
is the usual one. Gen. 28. 20 '^3'^ntt)^ nsj^ 'M rPif DM
• -t: 't* v:i* •
** rprn . . . "'Jjijt^ 1031 ^ ^^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^^^ "^^' ^^ ^^^ ^^»
and give me^ and I return . . . then shall J e. be my God. Deu.
13. 2 5«3eJn ^ . . . niMrr ms^ niM ^nai w'^aa op; •»?
^ ^ prophet shall arise and give a sign^ and tlte sign come
true . . . thou sJtalt not listen, Nu. 5. 27 7J^]T1 HMIp^? ^^^
^b^l^ • . ^if she has been defiled and trespassed . . . then shall
come^ &c. Gen. 43. 9 (secution of fut. perf. of imagination is
that of impf., § 51, R. 2); 46. 33, 34, Jud. 4. 20, i S. I. ii ;
12. 14, 15; 17. 9> 2 S. 15. 34, I K. 9. 6; II. 38; 12.7.
Rem. I. Additional exx. — DK and impf. in prot., with
vav perf. in apod. : Gren. 24. 8; 32. 9, Ex. 13. 13 ; 21. 5, 6 ;
21. II, Nu. 21. 2, Jud. 14. 12, 13; 21. 21, I S. 12. 15;
20. 6, I K. 6. 12; coh. after DK Job 16. 6. With impf. in
apod.: Gen. 30. 31; 42. 37, Ex. 20. 25, i S. 12. 25, i K.
I. 52, Is. I. 18—20; 7. 9; 10. 22, Am. 5. 22; 9. 2— 4, Ps.
50. 12. With ^3 in prot. : Gen. 32. 18; 46. 33, Ex. 21. 2,
7, 20, 22, 26, 28; 22. 4, 6, 9, Deu. 13. 13; 15. 16; 19. 16
seq.y Josh. 8. 5, i S. 20. 13, 2 S. 7. 12, i K. 8. 46, 2 K.
18. 22, Jar. 23. 33, Hos. 9. 16, Ps. 23. 4 ; 37. 24 ; 75. 3,
Job 7. 13. With ntTKi Lev. 4. 22, Josh. 4. 21, i K. 8. 31. —
Various forms of apod. : Gen. 4. 7 ; 24. 49 ; 27. 46 ; 30. i ;
31. 50, Ex. 8. 17; 10. 4; 33. 15, Jud. 9. 15, I S. 19. 11;
20. 7, 21 ; 21. 10, Is. I. 15 ; 43. 2, Jer. 26. 15, Ps. 139. 8.
Ex. 8. 22 (jn in prot.).
Rem. 2. Impf. with simple vav in apod, is less common,
Gen. 13. 9, Josh. 20. 5.
Rem. 3. The prot. is often strengthened by inf. abs.,
but only with D^5 and impf., not with ^a nor with perf.
Ex. 21. 5; 22. 3, II, 12, 16, Nu. 21. 2, Deu. 8. 19, Jud.
II. 30, I S. I. 11; 20. 6, 7, 9, 21 (§ 86). So with jn Is.
54. 15. The DK may be strengthened by '•a. — Inf. abs.
THE CONDITIONAL SENTENCE — Ijg
with perf. after vch i S. 14. 30. — ^The apod, is also many
times strengthened by '•3, Is. 7. 9, Jer. 22. 24.
Rem. 4. Instead of the natural calm apod, with vav
perf. or impf. the more animated perf. (of certainty, § 41)
may occur, expressing the immediateness or certainty of the
result; i S. 2 16 ^^pnp? fc{7"DK1 and if not, I will take it. Nu.
32. 23, Jud. 15. 7, Job 20. 14, Ps. 127. I. Comp. vavconv.
impf., Ps. 59. 16, Job 19. 18. Two perfs. Pr. 9. 12 ; with
IB'K? Gen. 43. 14, Est. 4. 16 ; cf. Mic. 7. 8. — Cases like
Nu. 16. 29, I S. 6. 9, I K. 22. 28 are different, being
elliptical, i S. 6. 9 if it go up by Beth, nby wn he has done
it = ye shall know that he, &c. ; ' cf. next clause.
Rem. 5. The conditional particle usually stands first,
the order being, particle, verb, subj. ; but words may come
between part, and verb if emphatic, and oftener with Dt<
than '•3. In the casuistry of the Law (P) the subJ, curiously
precedes the particle in the principal clause. Lev, 4. 2
^^SD""? ^> Lev. s. I, 4, 15; 7. 21; 12. 2; 13. 2 and
often ; Num. 9. lo ; 27. 8 ; 30. 3, 4 ; cf. Ez. 14. 9, 13 ;
18. 5, 18 ; 33. 2, 6, 9. In subordinate clauses the usual
order is found. Lev. 13. 42, &c. Comp. the older order
Ex. 22. 4, 5, 6, 9, 13, and often ; but cf. Is. 28. 15, 18, i K.
8. 37, Ps. 62. II. In the group of Laws Ex. 21 seq, the
principal supposition is made by ^:i and the subordinate
details follow with D^5 or DW, Ex. 21. 2-5, 7— 11, &c.
§ 131. Hypothetical sent. — Actions not realised in the
past, or considered not realisable (or unlikely) in the pres. or
fut. may ble made the subject of supposition. In this case
y7 (M^) iff and ^7^7 (fc^v^T') if not, unless, are used, {a) In
the case of past actions the perf. stands both in prot. and
apod. (§ Z9d). Jud. 13. 23 TXph ^ ^^H'^PlJ!? V^O "^ ^f^^^
had wished to kill us lie would not have taken, 8. 19; Gen.
31. 42 ^jnn'^ttJ nw "^3 ^ rr^n •»!« ^rhv< h^ unless
the God of my father had been for me, surely thou hadst sent
me away empty, 43. 10. — Nu. 22. 33 {rd- "^vlb), Jud. 14. 18,
I S. 14. 30 (apod, interrog.); 25. 34, 2 S. 2. 27, Is. i. 9, Ps.
l80 HEBREW SYNTAX §131,132.
94. 17; 119. 92 (both nominal prot); 106. 23. Nu, 22. 29
may be opt., or, if there had been . . . / would have slain.
See Opt. sent.
(^) When supposition refers to pres. or fut. the apod, is
usually impf., 2 S. 18. 12 "^T n'?t^«-«'? . . . S?.^? ^^"^"^ «*?
if I weighed 1000 shekels on my palms / would not put forth
my hand, 2 K. 3. 14; Deu. 32. 29 ^^'^Sto;; "^^PD ^^ ^f ^^
were wise they would perceive this, Job 16. 4; Mic. 2. 11, Ps.
81. 14. 2 S. 19. 7 (nominal prot. and apod.).
Rem. I. Ez. 14. 15 if) = Dfi<, just as DK = lfj Ps. 73. 15. —
Ps. 44. 21 perhaps, if we forgot would he not search? Job
10. 14. Gen. 50. IS h impf., ot action feared but depre-
cated. Deu. 32. 27 >^ impf. in prot. may be action
generalised in past, or extending into pres. Ps. 124. i, 2
seems to approach the Ar. laula, but for with a noun ; at
any rate the rel. here is not a conj. as in Aram, ellu lo d^
unless that*
Rem. 2. The Tfi<, nny in the apod., originally temporal,
have become often merely logical. Both are good, Gen.
31. 42; 43. 10, 2 S. 2. 27, cf. Job II. 15. 16, Pr. 2. 5.
The '•3 strengthens. Job 8. 6; but in some cases this ^a seems
resumption of '•a of oath, i S. 25. 34, 2 S. 2. 27. This kind
of apod, occurs with no formal prot., the prot. having to be
supplied from the connection ; e.g, after neg., i S. 13. 13
thou hast not kept ; (if thou hadst) then he would have estab-
lished ; or an interr . , Job 3 . 13 why breasts that I should suck ?
(if not) then I should have lain down\ or a gerundive inf.,
2 K. 13. 19 percutiendum erat sexies^ then thou wouldst have
smitten Aram, Ex. 9. 15, Job. 13. 19. This kind of apod,
with TKj Tfc5 '•D, nny ^a is common in Job.
§ 132. What is equivalent to a cond. sent, often occurs
without any cond. particle, (a) An idiomatic sent, of this
kind is made by vav conv. perf. both in prot. and apod.
This IS chiefly in subordinate clauses. Gen. 44. 22 SJJTl
t\fy\ VIM'HM if he leave his father he will die (lit., and he
THE CONDITIONAL SENTENCE l8l
will leave, and he will die). Ex. 4. 14 ^ly^ fTtttol ^Ifc^^l
wAen he sees thee he will be ^lad in his heart. Gen. 33. 13 ;
42. 38; 44. 4, 29, Ex. 16. 21, Nu. 14. IS ; 23. 20, I S. 16. 2;
19- 3; 25. 31, 2 S. 13. 5, I K. 8. 30; 18. 10 (if they said No,
he took an oath of them), 2 K. 7. 9, Is. 21. 7, Jer. 18. 4, 8 ;
20. 9, Pr. 3. 24. This vav perf. may have any of the senses
proper to it, e,g. frequentative, Ex. 16. 21 ; 33. 10, i S. 14. 52,
I K. 18. 10, Jer. 20. 9. — Of course if vav cannot be joined to
the verb, impf. will be used in either clause, Nu. 23. 20 Ipl^
rraS'^ttJM \X7\ if he blesses I cannot reverse //: 2 K. 18. 21
TV • -:
«2n V75^ ttJ^M 'TOD'^ *^ttJM on which if one lean it goes into
TTT»'"T»
his hand. Deu. 22. 3, i S. 20. 13, Jos. 22. 18, Is. 29. 11, 12,
Prov. 6. 22 (no and in apod.). More vigorously an imper.
for second perf., i S. 29. lo,
{U) Two corresponding imper. often form a virtual cond.
sent.. Gen. 42. 18 "KV^ ^to5? T\^ this do and live (if ye do,
ye shall), Is. 8. 9 liirn 1*1^Mnn though ye gird yourselves ye
shaJl be broken. Juss. or coh. may take place of imp., Gen.
30. 28, Is. 8. 10. Two juss. are less usual, Ps. 104. 20; 147.
18, Job 10. 16; II. 17, cf. Is. 41. 28.
Rem. I. In the case of two imper. of course both are
expressions of the will of the speaker ; he wills the first and
he wills the second as the consequence of the first. Similarly
in the case of two jussives (§ 64 seq,\ It is only to our
different manner of thought that a condition seems expressed.
Rem. 2. Such words as 'iK'ij he^who^ whoever^ ^J?,
*)B^ '•D whoever^ and similar phrases form virtually con-
ditional sentences, Jud. i. 12 ; 6. 31, Mic. 3. 5. And the
conj. and without any particle may introduce a cond. sent.,
e.g. with e^., fc6, niy, &c. Jud. 6. 13 liB? '^ e^!] if then Je. he
with us. So 2 K. 10. 15 K^.3 if it he (a larger accent should
be on first ^). Similarly the neg. fc<#»} ifnoty 2 S. 13. 26, 2 K.
5. 17. — Is. 6. 13 Ha *lijn if there he still in it a tenth. 2 K.
7. 9 D-'K^nD ^mKi. Cf. 2 S. 19. 8 ^t ^?'^? '?.
But in lively speech aided by intonation almost any direct
l83 HEBREW SYNTAX S 1S2-1BS.
form of expression without particles may be equivalent to
what in other languages would be a conditional, i. Impf. —
Hos. 8. 12 CBTO . . . 3n3« though I wriiie . . . they would
be considered; so Is. 26. 10. Ps. 139. 18 CJBpl* to^w //o
count them ; 141. 5 should the righteous smite ; 104, 22, 27—
30, Jud. 13. 12, Pr. 26. 26 ; two impf. Song 8, i. Coh., Ps.
40. 6 rrVH* if I would declare, Ps. 139. 8, 9, Job 19. 18.
With nin, i S. g. 7 behold we -aiill go (= if we go), Ex 8. 22.
— Cf. Ps. 46. 4 ; 109. 35 ; 146. 4, Is. 40. 30.
a. Perf.— Am. 3. 8 WB* fFlS ,/ ike lion roan. Job 7. ao
'nKOn Ite it I have sinned. Ps. 139. 18 if I atoake. Pr.
26. iz n'sn seest thou. Nu. iz, 14, Ps. 39. 12, Job 3. 25 ;
19. 4 ; 23. 10. With run, 2 S. 18. 1 1, Hos. 9. 6, Ez. 13. 12 ;
14, 22 ; 15. 4. And if perf. naturally also vav impf., Jer.
5. 22, Ps. 139. II. Ex. 20. 25, Job 23. 13, Pr. II. 2. Two
perf., Pr. 18. 22, Mic. 7. 8.
3. The ptcp.— Is. 48. 13 'JK vr^if I caU they stand up.
2 S. 19. 8. Ptcp. with art. (or in consn.) whoever, 2 S,
14. 10, Gen. 9. 6, Ex. zi. 12, 16 and often. Frequently in
Prov., e.g. 17. 13 ; 18, 13 ; 27, 14 j 29. 21, &c. Particularly
ptcp. with ^3 all; i S. 2. 13, Ex. 19. 12, Nu. 21. 8, Jud.
19. 30, 2 S. 2. 23, 2 K. 21. 12. With ran i K. 20. 36,
2 K 7. 2, Ex. 3. 13.
4. Inf. abs. — Pr. 25. 4, 5 D'J'D iJiJ if dross be removed,
12. 7. Inf. cons, with prep., Pr. 10. 25 {2 S. 7. 14, i K.
8. 33, 35). Ps. 62. 10 nw^ ir3nd33 to go up (or, at going up
= if they are put) upon the balance.
THE OPTATIVE SENTENCE
% 133. The wish may be expressed by impf, Quss, coh.),
3 S. 18. 33 yjSttj/ttttU^^Vxy^ *>*^y t^c enemies of my
lord be as SS^ff^^l^^Vrilh cr without HJ, 2 S. 24. 14
M3Tt^: /rf W /•!//; 1 ■=■ ■ "1^ '■' ::jr may /e. cstai/isi.
■ unpc^^y^^^^-i_-_>^j__ii' :, Gen. 3, 14 nriM nTlM
t rtyrw "laj- ikis be
, 1% OH me he ikf
THE OPTATIVE SENTENCE 1 83
§ 134. Opt. particles. — The common opt. part, is ^7, less
usually DM. The perf. or impf. will be used according to
reference. Nu. 14. 2 'o Yl^^ ^iHO"^^ would we had died
in the land of Egypt; Nu. 20. 3, Jos. 7. 7. Is. 63. 19
D'^TDttJ Jnj^p fc^'l V would tJwu hadst rent {i,e, wouldst rend, —
perf. caused by the importunity. So 48. 18 — hardly a real
past).— With impf., Gen. 17. 18 TVry^^ 'ttJ^ ^ O that Ishmael
might live\ Job 6. 2 "^ipyS ^gt^ TIpttJ ^7 O that my trouble
were weighed (apod. X^T\V ^^S)' With imper., Gen. 23. 13;
ptcp., Ps. 81. 14. — Ps. 139. 19 5^tth 7bp]1 DM O that thou
wouldst kill the wicked. Ps. 81. 9 ; 95. 7 ; Pr. 24. 1 1.
§ 135. An interrog. sent, with "^Tp whof expresses a wish.
2 S. 23. IS D"^ *'?i?.tt^ ^ O that I had water to drink! (lit,
who will let me drink !). Ps. 4. 7 I'itO ^2^*1^ •»» O that we
saw some success! Nu. 11. 4, 2 S. 15. 4, cf.Mal. i. 10, —
Particularly the phrase ]J1'J "^ who will give? 2 S. 19. I
^rilin •'JM *'J1^» iril •»» «;^«/^ that I ^^ ^/V^ for thee !
Ex. 16. 3. With impf., Job 6. 8 *'n'?«ttf M'iirHJn'J *^a (? />ia/
my request might come\ Job 13. S ; 14. 13.
Rem. I. The opt. sense of v, DK, has arisen out of the
conditional use; of. Gen. 24. 42, Ex. 32. 32, where the
transition is seen.
Rem. 2, A rare opt. part, is vnfcC, ^riK (out of HfcC and ^i>=1^),
2 K. 5. 3, Ps. 1 19. 5 (tfcjt in apod.).
Rem. 3. The consn. of jn^ ^d varies, (i) One ace, Jud.
9. 29, Deu. 28. 67, Ps. 14. 7 ; 55. 7, Job 14. 4 ; 29. 2 (sufF.),
31. 31, 35 (ptcp.). (2) Two ace, Nu. 11. 29, Jer. 8. 23;
9. I (verbs oigrantingy 2 ace. § 78, R. i ; unless the consn.
be who will set me in the wild, (in) sl lodge, as Jos. 15. 19,
Jud. I. 15 where pK might be ace. of place). (3) inf. cons.
2 S. 19. I, Ex. 16. 3 ; ace. and inf., Job 11. 5 "^51 f?i?t5 15^. 'V
ihat Gqd would speak (anomalous order perhaps due to
emph. on God\. (4) Simple impf., Job 6. 8 ; 13. 5 ; 14. 13 ;
impf. with vav, Job 19. 23 ; vav conv. perf., Deu. 5, 26
1 84 HEBREW SYNTAX §186,137.
O that this mind of theirs might he to them (always), to fear,
&c. With perf. Job 23, 3 (stative v.).
CONJUNCTIVE SENTENCE
§ 136. The uses of the conjunction and are various. On
vav conv., § 46 seq. On vav of purpose after imper. &c.,
§ 64 seq. On vav apod, in conditional sent, § 1 30 seq, ; after
casus pendens^ &c., § 50, 56, On various senses of vav in
circumstantial cl., § 137. On vav of equation, § I5t.
The conjunc. vav, used to connect words, sometimes
stands before each when there is a number of them : Gen.
20. 14; 24. 35, Deu. 12. 18; 14. 5, Jos. 7. 24, I S. 13. 20, Hos.
2. 20, 21, Jer. 42. I ; or only with the concluding words of a
series. Gen. 13. 2, 2 K. 23. 5, e^. with the last of three; or
only with second, Deu. 29. 22, Job 42. 9 ; or sometimes the
words are disposed in pairs, Hos. 2, 7.
Both • . . and is expressed by D3 . . . D3i or 03^ • • • 02.
Gen. 24. 25 M'^Qpp'DSi ]1J1"D5 both straw and provender.
Or with several words, 43. 8 13SDW 03 HJnMTDa «n3WDa both
we ^?«rf thou and our children. Jud. 8. 22. — i S. 2. 26 ''HDJ^ DS
D'^ttJ3M"Dy DIl*l both with Je. ^?«rf with men. — Gen. 44. 16;
47« 3> I9> Nu. 18. 3, Zeph. 2. 14.— Gen. 24. 44, i S. 12. 14;
26. 25. When influenced by a neg. this ^^/A . . . and becomes
neitlier . . • nor^ Nu. 23. 25, i S. 20. 27 ; 21. 9, i K. 3. 26, cf.
I S. 16. 8 neither this one, &c. Less commonly and mainly
later "J . • • Vs both . . . and. Ps. 76, 7 D^DI SD"^*! DT>2 *^/>4
chariot ^?«^ horse are sunk into sleep. Nu. 9. 14, Jer. 32. 20
both in Isr. a«^, &c., Dan. 8. 1 3, Job 34. 29.
Rem. I. For the various uses of and the Lexicon must
be consulted, [a) It occasionally has the sense of also^ Hos.
8. 6 fcWTI, 2 S. I. 23 fl/w in their death.
(^) There is a dislike to begin a sentence without and^
hence even Books are commenced with it, Ex. i. i, Ru.
I, I. Hence also speeches begin with it. Jos. 22. 28
k
CIRCUMSTANTIAL CLAUSE 1 85
WT\ "V^tb) and we said, // shall happen, Jer. 9. 21, so pro-
bably Is. 2. 2.
(c) The and has a sort of exegetical force, with a certain
emphasis on the word that explains, Ps. 74. 11 thy hand and
(even) thy right hand. Ps. 85. 9 to his people and to his
saints. Zech. 9. 9 and on a colt. Ps. 72. 12 the poor fl/ifl?
A^ that {i.e. who) has no helper. Often with the sense and
ihaty Am. 3. 1 1 a foe MD^ and that round about the land ;
4. ID and that into your nostrils. Jud. 7. 22, Is. 57. 11,
Jer. 15. 13, Zech. 7. 5, Neh. 8. 13, i Chr. 9. 27, 2 Chr.
29. 27, Ecc. 8. 2. Comp. 2 S. 13. 20 •^99fe'|, Ps. 68. 10
HKTJV Lam. 3. 26 09^*^1 /j«// /^/ in silence. Somewhat
different 2 S. 3. 39 ^^ rnefe^ though anointed king.
(d) The vav is common to introduce what is consequential
or follows from what precedes, 50, then^ e,g. with imper.
Jud. 8. 24 I will make a request '^T^'^ ^^'^^ ^^^1 &c. 2 K.
4. 41 ; 7. 13, Nu. 9. 2, Ez. 18. 32, Ps. 45. 12 worship him.
Cf. Salkinson Matt. 8. 3 I will, "ino^ ^^ thou clean^ which is
better than the bare "^HD of Del. — Particularly in dialogue
the vav attaches to something said (or understood) with
various shades of sense, often introducing an interrogation.
Jud. 6. 13 the Lord is with thee; n©^ yoy "^ B^^ Ijje. he with
us^ Why . . .? Ex. 2. 20 iW Where is he? Nu. 12. 14;
20. 3, I S. 10. 12; 15. 14, 2 S. 18. II, 12, 23; 24. 3, I K.
2. 22, 2 K. I. 10; 2. 9; 7. 19. Peculiar 2 S. 15. 34 "IJ?
TKD ^iKI^^DK thy father's servant— /A«/ wa^ / formerly, &c.
In the specimens of letters preserved, the salutation and
compliments appear omitted, and the letter begins nrilTI and
now, 2 K. 5. 6; 10. 2, as Ar. 'amma ba'du.
CIRCUMSTANTIAL CLAUSE
§ 137. The cir. cl. expresses some circumstance or con-
comitant of the principal action or statement. Such a
circumstance will generally be concerning the chief subject
(whether gramm. subj. or obj.) of the main action, but the
subj. of cir. cl. may be different, provided what is said of it
be circumstantial of the main action — whether modal of it
or contemporaneous with it.
l8<S HEBREW SYNTAX J 188. 189.
The cir. cl. differs from ace. of condition (§ 70) in being a
proposition. It forms a real predication, subordinate to the
principal sent, in meaning but co-ordinate in construction.
Though often corresponding to the classical absolute cases
the construction is different
The cir. cl. may be nominal or verbal, though it is chiefly
nominal, and even when verbal the order of words is that of
the nominal sent. (§ 103). In such a clause the subj. is
naturally prominent, hence it stands first, the order being —
vav, subj., pred. This simple vav may need to be rendered
variously, as if, white, -when, seeing, tltougk, with a verb, or
with before a noun. Besides the and a pron. referring back
to the subj. of the principal sent, usually connects the clauses
(see exx. below). Occasionally the subj. is repeated from
the main clause, Deu. 9. 15 andtlie mountain. Gen. 18. 17, 18,
Jud.8. II, I K. 8. 14.
§ 138. (a) The cir. cl. may be nominal. Gen. 11. 4 X\S^
d''Q1^ ^HJMI'J TT3P let us build a tower with its head in
the heavens. 24. 15 behold Rebecca TTOy^h^ "l^Ti ^^"P
coming out with her pitc/ier on her shoulder (I't and her
pitcher was, &c.). l S. 18. 23 -"Digl If^a Ifinipn nV^JTI
llh'UTM is it a light thing to be son-in-law of the king when
I am a poor man ? Jer. 2. 37 1ltfl^"Ty '|'M^ ^^?0 ^o\x
shalt come out with thy Itands upon thy head. Gen. 18. 12,27;
2a 3; 24. 10; 37. 2; 44.26, 30, Jos. 17. 14, Jud. 19. 27, Hos.
6. 4, Jer. 2. 1 1, Am. 3. 4-6.
iP) Naturally the graphic ptcp, is much used in such
descriptive clauses. Is. 6. i I saw Adonai sitting T^TlO^
J"nM D'^mV'D '^'ith his train filling the temple, i S.
! D'J*^i? ')''"Tm C?H ^nil there tan a man with his
i rent. Gen. 15, 2 -^^^ r^^Ti "abM^ ""Vlivvrm
' ^ 1 53- 7 n:^3 MTT) fta? he was
$sitv, cf. V. 12 that^ (while)
m. Gen. 14. 13;
CIRCUMSTANTIAL CLAUSE 1 87
18. I, 8, 10; 19. I ; 25. 26; 28. 12; 32. 32; 44. 14, Jud. 3. 20;
4. I ; 6. II ; 13. 9, 20, I S. lo, 5; 22. 6, i K. i. 48; 22. 10,
Is. 49. 21 ; 60. II, Nah. 2. 8.
(c) The cir. cl. may be verbal with subj. first. Gen. 24. 56
"^Tfl D'^V?'? JTjn'^,! "'t^ik r^n^lyh^ delay me not when J e.
has prospered my journey, i K. i. 41 the guests heard
7bM V ^ v3 Dn*l ^w they had just finished dinner. Gen. 26. 27
why are ye come to me "^Tji^ DriM^tp DJnWt^. when ye Iiate
me} Ru. I. 21. Jud. 16. 31 he having judged. — Gen. 18. 13;
24. 31, Ex. 33. 12, Jud. 4. 21 ; 8. II, Jer. 14. 15. Gen. 34. 5,
Am. 3. 4-6.
§ 1 39. Small emphatic words like negatives may precede
the subj., eg. in the frequent ^y*T^ ^7*^ unawares (lit. and
TT •
they^ &c., do not know\ Is. 47. 1 1, Job 9. 5, cf. 24. 22, Ps. 35. 8,
Pr. 5. 6. So frequently with ]"»M, Is. 17. 2 THIip ]•»«•) "^"Syr^^
they shall lie down, none making tliem afraid^ Lev. 26. 6.
Is. 13. 14 Y?l)?? r^l' J^^- 9- 21 ^DMO pMl, 4- 4, 2 K. 9. 10,
Pr. 28. I, Is. 45. 4, 5, cf. Pr. 3. 28. In particular, it is
characteristic to place the pred., when a prep, with suff., or
a prep, with its complement, before the subj. Jud. 3. 16
n'l'^D ^'JtjJ HvI S*^H toyjl he made a dagger having two
edges. 2 S. 16. I a pair of saddled asses D*»nMO DH'^bSH
on? ^^^^ ^^^ loaves upon them. Is. 6. 6 -]» nn« ^JfJI
ns!n "ITM D^^D^^ten there flew one of the S. with a hot
Stone in his hand. 2 S. 20. 8, Ez. 40. 2, Am. 7. 7, Zech. 2. 5.
But also in other cases, Ps. 60, 13 Dl^ iiy^ttJJll WttJl. for
vain is the help of man. But cf, Ps. 149. 6.
Rem. I. The nominal sent, seems in certain cases in-
verted, pred. standing first, particularly in statements of
weight, measure, &c. Gen. 24. 22 he took a nose ring
Pj?B?p ypa its weight a beka. Jud. 3. 16 he made a dagger
rlS'lfcC ipa its length a cubit. The general rule in the nominal
sent, is that the determined word is subj. ; if both be de-
termined the more fully determined is subj. Cf. § 103.
l88 HEBREW SYNTAX $ 1*0. 1*1-
The view of pred. aod subj. was perhaps not always the
same as ours, cf. Amry Mu'all. 1. 31.
§ 140. The cir. cl^ however, is frequently introduced
m-ithout aruL Ex. 12. 11 CTUn D3'*2nD Vll« "h^V^ ye
shall eat it with your loins girt. Jer. 3a 6 '^H'^ljn ^TTO
V^A I '^y T*T» ■>aa"73 why see I every man wiVA A£r hands
XX-? — XX TT X ^ I ^ •
«^aif A£f loins7 Gen. 12. 8 D*D 7M"]Ta nViW 10*1 he
-* X • -• ■" ""t •x — —
pitched his tent. Bethel being on tlu west. 32. 12 Mil^^
D^S /5^ Dl^ "^iSrn lest he come and smite me, mother with
children. Deu. 5. 4 "ia*=T U^^S^ 0^29 face to face he spoke.
Gen. 32. 31, Jud. 6. 22, Nu. 12. 8 imw/i to mouthy Jer. 32. 4,
I S. 26. 13, Jud. 15. 8, Is. 3a 33 ; 59. 19.
Especially with shortened expressions. 2 S. 18. 14 ^73L
*n ^ini}^ HM into the heart of Absalom when still alive.
Ex. 22. 9, 13 rWh pKI . . . n?^ and it die, none seeing it,
Am. 5. 2, and often, as Ex. 21. 11 (fD3 pt^ without money.
Is. 47. I throneless, Jer. 2. 32 numberless. Hos. 3. 4; /• ii.
Ps. 88. 5. Gen. 43. 3, 5.
Rem. I. It is possible that such phrases zsface to face,
nnc D^BK with face to the grtwnd Gen. 19 i, mouth to mouth
and the like, may now be adverbial ace Originally at any
rate they were real propositions, y^^ was to faccy faces were
grvundwardsy &c So Ar. says, I spoke to him^hu (nom.)
*ila fiyya, his mouth (was) to my mouth ; but also^^u (ace)
'ila fiyya, with his mouth to my mouth. Similarly in Gen.
43, 3 D3m( D3^nK w3, TO3 is a conj., not a prep., except
your brother be, &c
§ 141. The subordinate character of the cir. cl. is generally
shoii-n by its place after the principal sent. In some cases,
however, the concomitant event is placed first, with the effect
of greater vividness. Gen. 42. 35 T%SX\ . . . D'^jTHP DPI '•1TI
and it was, they were emptying their sacks, and behold^ &c.,
ije. as they were emptying, behold. 15. 17 HM^ tttott^ij ^TT^
i
CIRCUMSTANTIAL CLAUSE 1 89
nsm and it was, the sun had ^one down^ and behold^ i,e. the
sun having gone down. 2 K. 2. 1 1 ; 8. 5 ; 1 3. 21 ; 19. 37 ; 20. 4,
I s. 23. 26; 25. 20 (rr^m = '^n*^, so 2 s. 6. 16), i k. 18. 7;
20. 39, 40. In ref. to fut. i K. i8. 12.
The relation of the two events (concomitant and principal)
to one another is still more vividly expressed when the
clauses containing them are placed parallel to one another,
with no introductory formula like and it ivas. Gen. 44. 3
^nVtjJ D^®3fc;Jp*l "^IM *^5!an t/ie morning broke^ and the men
were let go, i,e. when the morning broke (had broken) the
men, &c. i S. 9. 27 -^DM *?M^1D\ih D'H-l'; Tmi as they were
coming down S. said. Gen. 29. 9 HMla ^rn*) ll'TIp ^3*T^y
as he was still speaking R. came. Particularly when the subj.
of both clauses is the same. Tud. 18. 3 T\yi^ Ti^lTUV TTOn
^'^'^Sn narn as they were at the Iwuse of Mic. tJtey recognised.
Gen. 38. 25, I S. 9. II.
Rem. I. In some cases the accentuation wrongly makes
the following noun or pron. subj. to the introductory
N1^> ^'g' 2 K. 20. 4, I K. 20. 40, Gren. 24. 15, i S. 7. 10,
I K. 18. 7 ; other passages show that \T1 is impersonal,
I S. 25. 20, 2 K. 13. 20, 21, cf. 19. 37 ; 2 S. 13. 30.
Rem. 2. The construction is the same with or without
the introductory formula. The second clause in the balanced
sent, always begins with vav^ the first most commonly
without. It is the first cl. that to our modes of thought
appears circumstantial, i. When the first cl. has a perf.
the two events were contemporaneous or the circumstance
had just occurred when the main event happened. 2. When
the first has a ptcp. or a nominal sent, equivalent, the main
event occurred during the action expressed by the ptcp.
3. When both clauses have ptcp. the two actions, main and
subordinate, were going on simultaneously. Some ex. of
perf. in first cl. : Gen. 19. 23, cf. 27. 30 for a more precise
way of stating that the circumstance had jusi happened
(cf. Jud. 7. 19). Gen. 24. 15 ; 44. 3, 4, Ex. 10. 13, Jos.
igO HEBREW SYNTAX Q 142, 143.
2. 8 (onD with impf. =perf., Gen. 24. 15), Jud. 3. 24; 15. 14 ;
18. 22, I S. 9. 5 ; 20. 36, 41, 2 S. 2. 24 ; 6. 16 ; 17. 24,
2 K. 20. 4. Some ex. of ptcp. in first cl. : Jud. 19. 22 (ii),
I S. 7. 10 ; 9. 14, 27 ; 17. 23 ; 23. 26 ; 25. 20, 2 S. 13. 30 ;
20. 8, I K. I. 14, 22 ; 14. 17 (? or, ptcp. = perf.); -18. 7;
20. 39, 40, 2 K. 2. 1 1, 23 ; 4. 5 ; 8. 5 ; 9. 25 ; 13. 21 ; 19. 37.
With Tiy Gen. 29. 9, i K. i. 14, 22^ 42, 2 K. 6. 33, cf. Job
I. 16-18. — In I K. I 'I. 2otheconsn. is unusual MB^ DH NTI
'* 12ri ^rn, cf. the usual one 2 K. 20, 4.
Rem. 3. On the use of perf. in attributive and circ.
clauses where other languages would use ptcp. cf. § 41,
R. 3 ; on similar use of impf. § 44, R. 3. The impf. is
much used in circ. cl., cf. Nu. 14. 3, i S. 18. 5 went out
prospering^ Is. 3. 26 sitting on the ground, 5. 11 wine /«-
Jlaming them, Jer. 4. 30 beautifying thyself Ps. 50. 20
sattest speakingy Job 16. 8 answering to my face. The
finite tense must be used with neg.^ Lev. i. 17 not dividing ^
Job 29. 24; 31. 34 not going out. In Ar. the circumstantial
impf. may express an accompanying action of the subj. or
one purposed by him, and Job 24. 14 ^?jr7C)p^, seems = to kill^
lit. he will kill. Perhaps 30. 28 is rather, I stand up crying
outy cf. Ps. 2&. 1 1 ; 102. 14. See § 82.
Obs. — ^The use of this and of circumstance is common
in language.
And shall the figure of God*s majesty
Be judged, and he himself not present 1
How can ye chaunt, ye little birds,
An* I sae weary, fu* o* care!
Played me sic a trick.
An* me the El'r's dochter!
RELATIVE SENTENCE
§ 142, The rel. sent, may be nominal or verbal, e,g, Deu.
I. 4 the Amorite |l!lUJrqi n«^^ nttJM who dwelt. The Engl,
relative sentence embraces various kinds of sentences, as —
{a) the proper rel. sent, Gen. 18. 8 he took "^©tj IpirT"]!
ntoy the calf which he had made ready ^ in which the ante-
RELATIVE SENTENCE I9I
cedent is determined ; and (b) the attributive or descriptive
sent., as Gen. 49. 27 Benj. is P^U^"] IMt a wolf whkk ravins
(a ravining w.), in which the antecedent is indefinite. In the
former class of sentences the word *^ttJM is expressed, in the
descriptive and circumstantial sentences it is omitted. But
the language does not strictly adhere to either side of the
rule, e,g. Jer. 13. 20 *?I7"]ri3 "^^yn H^M where is the flock
t/iat was coipniitted to thee? Ex. 18. 20. The omission of
"IttJbt where it should stand occurs mostly in poetry and
elevated style. On omission of retrospective pron. cf. § 9 seq.
In the following cases of omission of *^ttJM it can be noted
whether the omission be according to the rule ^, b^ above,
or not.
§ 143. When the antecedent is expressed. — The *1ttJM
may be omitted — {a) When the retrospective pron. is subj.,
and whether this pron. be expressed (implied in the verb)
or not. Deu. 32. 15 ^Htoy HivM ttJtS'*') he forsook God who
made him\ v, 17 new gods which had lately come. Jer.
13. 20; 20. 11; 31. 25, Is. 10. 3, 24; 30. 5,6; 40. 20; 55. 13;
56. 2, and often in second half of Is., Mic. 2. 10, Song i. 3,
Zeph. 3. 17, Job 31. 12. Particularly in comparisons, Jer. 14.
8, 9; 23. 29; 31. 18, Hos. 6. 3; II. 10, Ps. 38. 14; 42. 2;
49* 13; 83. 15; 125. I, Job 7. 2; II. 16, Lam. 3. i, Hab.
2. 14. — So in nominal sent., Jer. 5. 15 M^H {H'^M ^''12 a nation
which is ancient. Gen. 15. 13 UTO Mv V^M?. in a land
which is not theirs. Gen. 39. 4, cf. v. 5, Hab. i. 6, Ps. 58. S,
Pr. 26. 17.
{b) When the retrosp. pron. is obj., whether it be expressed
or not. Deu. 32. 17 D^JTr^. b^^ D'^n7M gods whom they
knew not, cf. Jer. 44. 3. Is. 42. 16 ^jn"» vh T)^ '^^ ^ way
which they know not. Mic. 7. i, Is. 6. 6; 15. 7; 55. 5, Ps.
9. 16; 18. 44; 118. 22, Job 21. 27, And in comparisons; Nu.
24. 6 mrP 5^3 Ov0^5 ^^^^ aloes which Je. has planted.
Jer. 23. 9, Ps. 109. 19, Job 13. 28.
192 HEBREW SYNTAX § 144, 145,
(c) When the retrosp. pron. is gen. by noun or prep. ; Jer.
5. IS l2'^tt?7 5nn"M7 '''ia a people whose speech thou shalt
not understand. 2. 6 ttJ'^M PT|. nSJT fc^^ H^? through which
no one passed. Ps. 49. 14 1T27 703 D3*^*l fTT this is their
* •-'i tvvt:-v
fate who are confident Deu. 32. 37, Ex. 18. 20, Ps. 32. 2
with Jer. 17. 7, Job 3. 15. With omission of retrosp. pron.,
Is. 51. I DJljSHJ *1^Sn the rock out of which ye were hewn,
cf. Job 38. 26.
§ 144. When *^ttJM means he-whpy &c., § 10. — In this case
*^ttJM may also be omitted. Is. 41. 24 D33, *^H1'' nSVln
an abomination is he-who chooses you. Nu. 23. 8 SJPM TXO
hVji nl21i2 ^O how shall I curse him-ivhom God has not
cursed ! (next clause without pron.). Ps. 1 2. 6 yUj^Sl fl'^ttJM
^) Vp"^ I will set in safety him-w/iom they snort at, Is. 41.
2, 25. — Jer. 2. 8 laSrr 1^'^y'l'^-M^ '^nnb^ after those-which
profit not they have gone, cf. ^;. 11. Ex. 4. 13 I^J- nSljJ
nSttJjl send through (by the hand of) him-ivhom thou wilt
send. Is. 65. i ^S^^^ MiS'V *^i?9ni2 I was to be inquired
of by them-that asked not, Jer. 2. 11. — Ps. 35. IS; 65. 5; 81.6,
Job 24. 19; 34. 32, I Chr. 15. 12, 2 Chr. i. 4, Jer. 8. 13, 2 Chr.
16. 9, Ps. 144. 2, Song 8. S she that bore. Lam. 1. 14 M7 Vt^S,
D^p 73^M the hands (t/* those-wlwrn I cannot withstand.
Rem. I, Such cases as i S. 10. 11 ir^n nrTO, i K. I'l. 12
a TT V ~ ' 'J
^rf? ^'3'5'? •^^P? are probably to be construed : what is this
which has happened? which is the vfdiy that he went? but
in usage nc^ is omitted; cf. Jud. 8. i, Gen. 3. 13, 2 K.
3. 8. So usually Ar. ma dha what? The same consn. also
in KVT ^D, &c., with omission of nK^Ki cf. i S. 26. 14, Job
4, 7 ; 13. 19, Is. 50. 9.
Rem. 2. Words of timey place^ and occasionally of
viannery are apt to be put in cons, state before a clause,
which takes the place of a gen. ^ IK'R being frequently omitted.
See the exx. § 25.
Rem. 3. Phrases like : a man, whose name was Job, are
TEMPORAL SENTENCE 1 93
usually made thus : a1*K teK^ K^K i S. i. i; 9. i. 2 ; 17. 12,
2 S. 3. 7, &c. ; but occasionally \0V} 3i*fcC, a transposed
descriptive sentence; Job i. i, i S. 17. 4, 23, 2 S. 20, 21.
I K. 13, 2, Zech. 6. 12. The antecedent is indefinite (i S.
17. 4, 23 is doubtful owing to the obscurity of D^??"? ^^)j
and ^K^K seems nowhere expressed, though after a def. ante-
cedent it might be, cf. Dan. 10. i, and in Aram. 2. 26;
4. 5. — In cases of identification, as Gren. 14. 2, 8 Bela, which
is Zoar, the usage is "IjftrKNT j63, cf. w, 3, 17, and often.
Similarly with persons, Jud. 7. i, &c. — On the other hand,
in giving the geographical position of a place ntj^fcc is used.
Gen. 33. 18; 50. 10, II, Jud. 18. 28, i S. 17. i, i K. 15. 27,
I Chr. 13. 6.
Rem. 4. The ^^ is sometimes omitted with and and a
verb. Mai. 2. 16 HMI and (I hate) him^who covers. Is.
57. 3 njtrn (seed of an adulterer) and of her^who committed
whoredom. Am. 6. i ^KJ^ and they^to^whom the house of
Is. comes (freq.).
Rem. 5. Some instances of omission of *n(S^ in later
prose are, Ezr. i. 5, Neh. 8. 10, i Chr. 15. 12; 29. 3, 2 Chr.
I. 4; 16. 9; 20. 22\ 30. 19. — In 2 K. 25. 10 rd. prep. TiK
before y\ with Jer. 52. 14 ; and 2 Chr. 34. 22 rd. "lOfcf
after rel.
Rem. 6. The text Zeph. 3. 18 reads : those sorrowing
far away from the assembly will I gather, which (they) are
of thee, (thou) on whom reproach lay heavy (lit. was a
burden). Well, suggests nain . . . HK&p so that no reproach
be taken up against her.
TEMPORAL SENTENCE
§ 145. I. The prep, (many of which are nouns in cons,
state), e,g. S, 3, 7, p, ''55)7, ''"^H^* ^^J?* &c., are joined with
the nominal form of the verb, the inf. cons. 2. These prep,
become conjunctions when the rel. *1ttJM, "^Si is added to
them, and are then joined with thit finite forms of the verb.
3. The rel. element *^ttJM, however, is often omitted, though
not usually after strict cons, forms like *^557, &c.
13
194 HEBREW SYNTAX §146.
(a) When may be expressed by 1, D, with inf., or by ''S,
nttJb^5 with finite. Gen. 39. 18 "h^p "V^xi^ ^^^« I lifted
up, 24, 30. — ^4. 8 rntei Dri'i'^il^ when they were in the field,
45. I. — Hos. II. I ^ *^5^3 "^S when Isr. te/oj a child. Gen.
44. 24, Jos. 17. 13. — Gen. 24. 22 nWttJv ^v3 *^ttJbJ5 ze;A^« they
had done drinking, Jud. 8. 33; 11. 5. The form iT^J is
more poetical. Gen. 19. 15. After designations of time the
simple *^ttJb^ may be whetty Hos. 2. 15, Ps. 95. 9, cf. § 9c
Also DM ify whetty with freq. actions, Gen. 38. 9.
(b) After, by "^nrj^ with inf., or y^^ "^TV^ with finite.
Gen. 14. 17 n'ianp "il^ttJ "^tlOS ^-^^^^ ^^"^ returning, 13. 14;
24. 36. — Deu. 24. 4 riM^^n *^tt?SI '''^n^ ^?/?^r she has been
defiled. Jos. 9. 16, Jud. 11. 36; 19. 23, 2 S. 19, 31.
(r) Before, by "^ipV with inf., Gen. 13. 10 '^ nntf *'3|d'?
DlpTlb^ ^<?/(7r^ Je. destroyed Sodom, 36. 31, i S. 9. 15,
• V
2 S. 3. 35. — Very often by 0*^103., usually with impf, even
when referring to past ; Gen. 27. 33 M'iin D*^P5L before thou
camest, 37. 18; 41. 50. Of fut.. Gen. 27. 4; 45, 28.
Occasionally with perf, Ps. 90, 2, Pr. 8. 25 {inf Zeph. 2. 2,
text dubious). The simple D*^W properly not yet (usually
with impf.. Gen. 2. 5, Ex. 9. 30; 10. 7), has also sense of
before, with impf,, Ex. 12. 34, Jos. 3. i, Is. 65. 24.
{d) Since, tMO, with perf., Ex. 9. 24 ^13^ tljn'JJl t«0
since it became a nation. Gen. 39. 5, Ex. 5. 23, Jos. 14. 10,
Is. 14. 8, Jer. 44. 18. Once with inf^ Ex. 4. 10. As prep,
with noun, Ru. 2. 7, Ps. 76. 8. — As zAv. formerly, long ago, &c.
Is. 16. 13; 44. 8; 45. 21 ; 48. 3, 5, 2 S. 15. 34> Ps. 93. 2, Pr.
8. 22.
{e) Then, tM, with perf. i K. 8. 12 nb*?l?5 nn« tM then
said Sol, Gen. 49, 4, Jud. 5. 11, 2 S. 21. 17. Not uncommonly
with impf., Deu. 4. 41, i K. 8. I ; 9. 11 ; 11. 7, cf. § 45. On
Tfc^ in apod., cf. § 131, R. 2. Jos. 22. 31, 2 K. 5. 3, i Chr.
14. 15.
TEMPORAL SENTENCE ig$
(/) Unti/, -ty, with infin., or -\ttJM "Vf, 13 n^f, D« ly,
DM IttJt^ *^y ^^^^ finite, with ref. to past or fut. Gen. 27. 45
?pnM"^l;J S^ttJny ^^^^ ^^y brother's anger turn away. 27. 44
7»n« n»rj aitfrt-naJ^ iy tUl thy brother's rage jA^^// turn
away. Gen. 29. 8, Ex. 23. 30, Deu. 3. 20, Jud. 4. 24, i S.
22. 3 ; 30. 4, I K. 17. 17. — Ex. of "^a IV Gen. 26. 13 ; 41. 49;
49. 10, 2 S. 23. 10. Of Db^ IV Gen. 24. 19, 33, Is. 30. 17.
Of D« naJM ly Gen. 28. 15, Nu. 32. 17, Is. 6. 1 1. By falling
away of rel. the simple IV often stands with finite, Gen.
38. II, Jos. 2. 22, I S. I. 22, 2 K. 7. 3, Ps. no. I, Pr. 7. 23.
{g) As often as^ '^'TO (^^ with inf., i S. i. 7; 18. 30, 1 K.
14. 28, 2 K. 4. 8, Is. 28. 19; once impf. Jer. 20. 8.
Rem. I. The word after in some cases = seeing that
Gen. 41. 39, Jos. 7. 8, Jud. 11. 36, 2 S. 19. 31, cf. Ezr.
9. 13 (common in post-biblical Heb.). After has also a
pregnant sense = after the death of or departure of (Ar.
bad). Gren. 24. 67 tefcC ^n|« after his mother. Job 21. 21,
Pr. 20. 7. Frequent in Ecc, ^"jnj* wA^» / am gone. Cf.
^^S^ before I came^ Gen. 30. 30. In Lev. 25. 48, i S. 5. 9
nnK with finite tense, Jos. 2. 7 "IB^? ^^HK after when,
pleonastic, if text right.
Rem. 2. Is. 17. 14 D*ltD3 construed with noun. Ps. 129. 6
nD*7i5K^ before is unique.
Rem. 3. Some adverbs of time are : when? ^riO, Gen.
30. 30; howlong<i till when? ^nD*Ty; with neg..^ how long . . .
not? 2 S. 2. 26, Hos. 8. 5, Zech. i. 12. — still, yet, niy.
The noun may be in casus pend., resumed by sufF., Gen.
18 22 ^^ ^"ijy '3K1 and Abr. was still standing, 1 S. 13. 7,
cf. Gen. 45. 26, 28 ; 25. 6. With ptcp. § 100.
Rem. 4. On the expression of when, while by the circums.
clause, cf. § 137. On the expression of sentences like and
when thou overtakest them thou shall say (Gen. 44. 4) by
two vavperfs. cf. § 132; and such sentences sls and when
he overtook them he said (44. 6) by two vav impfs. § 51,
R. I. In general cf. the circums. cl., the conditional sent.,
and sections on vav perf. and vav impf.
ig6 HEBREW SYNTAX §146.
SUBJECT AND OBJECT SENTENCE
§ 146, It IS usually only clauses containing an infin. that
are subject, and mostly to a nominal pred. (§ 90, R. i). In a
few cases a clause introduced by "^S, *^ttJtJ t/iat, is the subj.
to a nominal sent, 2 S. 18. 3, Lam. 3. 27, Ecc. 5. 4 (all with
pred. g'oody better).
The object sent, is mostly introduced by "^S iltaty and may
be nominal or verbal i S. 3. 8 ^vh 't^'ip '^ "^5 "^V? 1??13
and E. perceived that Je, was calling the child, Gen. 3. 1 1 ;
6. 5. — Gen. 8. 11 D'^ail ^Tg "^3 y^lJll knew that the waters
were abated \ 15. 8; 16. 4; 29. 12; in a long sent '^a repeated,
I K. 20. 31. — Not so commonly in earlier books, but often
in later, ^UJM that, i S. 18. 15 '?'^3^ M^n nttJtJ *7^MttJ W^^^n
lfc*?p and S. saw that lie prospered greatly. Ex. 11. 7, Deu.
I. 31, I K. 22. 16, Is. 38.7, Jer. 28.9, Ez. 20. 26, Neh. 8. 14, 15,
Est. 3. 4; 4. II ; 6. 2, Ecc. 6. 10; 7. 29; 9. i, Dan. i. 8. Also
*^UJM ilM the fact, circumstance that. Jww that. 2 K, 20. 3
"^Jlp^pnrin *^ttJM ntji ^^"*^5^s ^^"^ciiiber ^^ ^hat I have
walked. 2 S. II. 20 ^•^'^-nttJb^ n« DlHSn^ «'i'?PT />4^/ t/iey
v"-: •• V*;-; -: "^
would shoot} Deu. 9. 7, Jos. 2. 10, I S. 2. 22; 24. 19. So
nttJ« h'2 n«, I K. 19. I Tin nttJtJ-S'S riM^l how all\i^ had
slain.
It is common for the logical subj. of the object sent, to
be attracted as obj. into the governing clause. Gen. 49. 15
I'^W ''S T\XX!^ fc^^51 he saw rest that it was good (that rest
was). I K. 5. 17 y^^ fc^^ "^S "^nW TlTnW T\yV that my
/ "'• T ••T •TVtT -T ^
father D. ivas unable. Gen. 31. 5, Ex. 2. 2, 2 S. 17. 8. Gen.
1.4, 31, Nu. 32. 23.
Rem. I. After the wtxhsay^ &c., the words of the speaker
are often quoted directly. Gen. 12. 12 H&it \PW^ DDW they
shall say, ** this is his wife," v. 19 ; 20. 2, 13 ; 26. 7 ; 43. 7,
Jud. 9. 48, I S. 10. 19, 2 S. 3. 13, I K. 2. 8, Ps. 10, II.
Or with some equivalent for say^ Ps. 10. 4 ** there is no
SUBJECT AND OBJECT SENTENCE 1 9/
God" are all their thoughts. But there is a tendency to
pass into the semi-oblique form, as Gen. 12. 13 W"^DK
F»K *nhK say, tkou art my sister. Gen. 41. 15, 2 S. 21. 4,
Hos. 7. 2, Ps. 10. 13; 50. 21 ; 64. 6; Job 19, 28; 22. 17;
35. 3, 14. This is usual in language —
Die Welt 1st dumm, die Welt ist blind,
Wird tag^lich abg^eschmackter !
Sie spricht von dir, mein schones Kind :
Du hast keinen guten Charakter.
Rem. 2. Even when words are given directly they are
often introduced by "3 (^a recitativum). i K. i. 30 I sware
saying ^HK ?pp^ IJja 'k^ ^3 ** Sol. thy son shall reign after*
me." Jud. 6. 16 ^iW .Tn« ^3 '> npfc^n Je. said, ** I will be
with thee." Gren. 29. 33, Jos. 2. 24, Jud. 11. 13, i S. 13. 11,
I K. II. 22; 21. 6, 2 K. 8. 13, I Chr. 4. 9; 21. 18; 29. 14.
Cf. Gen. 45. 26. Jud. 10. 10, where only in second clause.
— Rarer ^K^K recit. ; i S. 15. 20, 2 S. i. 4, Neh. 4. 6, Ps.
10. 6 (last words, though the sense, one-wJw shall not have
misfortune, is good). Ps. 118. 10—12, 128. 2 are hardly ex.
(Hitz.), cf. Is. 7. 9, Job 28. I. The clause with ^3 as well
as the direct quotation in R. i occupies the place of obj.
in the sentence.
Rem. 3. The ^3 of obj. sent, is sometimes omitted, Ps.
9. 21 may know HOn KI^K that they are men. Am. 5. 12,
Is. 48. 8, Zech. 8. 23, Job 19. 25, cf. 2 K. 9. 25.
Rem. 4. A clause with and occasionally takes the place
of an obj. sent. Gen. 30. 27 '^ ^VSr\'^\ ^rjK'nj I have divined
and = that Je. has blessed. 47. 6 D3"e^ njn^"DK if thou
knowest and there he •=■ that there are among them. Dan.
2. 13 the law went out and = that the wise men were to be
slain (ptcp.). Nu. 14. 21, Is. 43. 12. — A usual brachylogy
occurs with command^ Gen. 42. 25 ^fc<p9^1 V W1 Jos. com-
manded (to fill) and they Jilledy Jon. 2. 11, cf. Am. 6. 11 ;
9. 9. In Ar., God decreed that the Christians were defeated y
for, should be defeated and they were defeated.
i
198 HEBREW SYNTAX §147-149.
THE CAUSAL SENTENCE
§ 147. A lighter way of suggesting causality is afforded
by andy especially in circums. clauses. Ex. 23. 9, ye shall
not oppress a stranger lan ttJOJ dflJTT; D^^l because y out ^
selves know the feelings of a stranger ; cf. Neh. 2. 3. Cf. § 137.
Commonly used is "^S because^ Gen. 8. 9. Similarly, IttJkJ
Gen. 30. 18, I S. 26. 16, I K. 3. 19, 2 K. 17. 4, (both, Zech.
11. 2), Jer. 20. 17. — Also the prep. |5^ coupled with rel. IttJM
or ^"2. Is. 7. 5 nyi Y^^"^3 ISyi because he lias purposed evil.
The phrase is affected by Is., 3. 16; 8. 6; 29. 13; elsewhere,
Nu. II. 20, I K. 13. 21 ; 21. 29 (always with perf.). Very
common nttJM ^^\ i S. 30. 22 ^rpJT «*??! l^b itffc? )^^^
because they went not with me. Gen. 22. 16, Deu. i. 36, Jud.
2. 20, I K. 3. 11; 14. 7, 1 5 (always with perf. — except Ez.
12. 12?). Also W^ simply as conj., Nu. 20. 12 t^7 )^^
dflit^Mil because ye believed not, i K. 14. 13, 2 K. 22. 10.
As a prep, with inf.. Is. 30. 12 D3pM^ ly^ because of your
rejecting, 37. 29, Jer. 5. 14; 7. 13; 23. 38, Am. 5. 11, &c.—
only in the prophets and i K. 21. 20.
Rem. I. Several prep, have causal force, as 3, |l?, ?y,
nnjn, mostly in composition with IK^ or ^a. Gen. 39. 9
taC^N riK "l^iCja because thou art his wife ; v, 23. Is. 43. 4
K\pi ng^O because thou art dear, 2 S. 3. 30 H^DH ItTK ^y
because he slew, Deu. 29. 24, i K. 9. 9; neg., ^ ^K^ ?y
2 K. 18. 12; 22. 13. So ^3 bv Jud. 3. 12, Deu. 31. 17
(nominal sent.), Ps. 139. 14. With rel. omitted in neg.
sent., Gen. 31. 20, Ps. 119. 136. Often /]? with inf., Am.
I. 3, 6, 9, II, &c.— So iB^ nnn, Deu. 28. 47 i6 im nnn
ftnaj^ because thou hast not served, i S. 26. 21, 2 K. 22. 17,
Is. 53. 12. So ^3 nnn, Deu. 4. 37. — Of the same meaning is
nc^K 35J^, Gen. 22. 18; 26. 5, 2 S. 12. 6 (lK^ ^j; in next
clause). So ^3 3^y, Am. 4. 12, 2 S. 12. 10. Without rel.,
Nu. 14. 24. For other forms cf. Deu. 23. 5, Jer. 3. 8.
Rem. 2. Repetition of JK for emphasis, Lev. 26. 43,
Ez, 13. 10, cf. 36. 3.
FINAL OR PURPOSE SENTENCE I99
FINAL OR PURPOSE SENTENCE
§ 148. Lighter ways of expressing purpose are — {a) The
use of \ (simple vav) with juss., coh., e^, after an imper., or
anything with the meaning of imper., as juss., cohort. Gen.
24. 14 n^ltlJlSl') "n^S b^3"^lpn let down thy pitcher that I may
drink. Cf. Is. 5. 19 after ]yD7 in first clause. Similarly
after optative, neg., and interrog. sentences. See §§ 62, 63.
In this case the neg, purpose is expressed by fc^7l with impf.,
or sometimes fc^7 simply (75, in poetry, Is. 14. 21).
{p) The inf. cons, with 7« Tud. 3. i 'feT'ilM dSl n^D37
in order to prove Israel by them. The neg. purpose in this
case is expressed by "^lil?!?. Gen. 4. 1 5 ^ni4"nl3n "'iil/S?
"^MSp /3 that whoever found him might not kill him. Gen.
38.9. Cf. §95.
§ 149. More formal telic particles are— "I^M ]yQ^ with
impf., Jer. 42. 6 ^a^'S^*''; nCjM jjrpV that it may be well
with us ; oftener |3^7 simply, with impf. or inf. cons., Gen.
27. 25 ^'ttJDS ?I5'^1P P?^ r ^^ order titat my soul may bless
thee. Jud. 2. 22 Di il'lDJ 15^ r ^^ order to prove by them,
cf. simple 7 inf., Jud. 3. i (in b above). Jud. 3. 2, Jos.
11. 20. — Gen. 18. 19, Lev. 17. S, 2 S. 13. 5. — Gen. 12. 13, Ex.
4. 5, Deu. 4. I, Hos. 8. 4, Is. 41. 20. — Gen. 37. 22, i K. 11. 36,
Am. 2. 7, &c. The simple IttJM is also common, Deu. 4. 10
^T!^ XWTfh l^TO/'' IttJM that they may learn to fear me.
Nu. 23. 13, Deu. 4. 40; 6. 3 (cf. v. 2); 32. 46. The neg.
clause IS best made by 1^7 *^ttJtJ, Gen. 11. 7, Ex. 20. 26; but
also by M*? nttJM pro'?, Deu. 20. 18, Nu. 17. 5, and by
1^7 p^7, Ez. 19. 9; 26. 20, Ps. 119. II, 80; 125. 3, Zech.
12. 7.
In the same sense •ittJM ^I^QJja with impf.. Gen. 27. 10;
more usually "l^QSJ^ simply with impf.. Gen. 27. 4, or inf.
2CX) HEBREW SYNTAX §150-152.
cons., 2 S. lo. 3. — Gen. 21. 30; 46. 34, Ex. 9. 14; 19. 9. —
Ex. 9. 16, I S. I. 6, 2 S. 18. 18.
On Is lesty that noty cf. § 127 ^.
Rem. I. The form 7 jyD^ Ez. 21. 20; so ^ '1^3^ i Chr.
19. 3. On the other hand 'lUyip 2 S. 14. 20 ; 17. 14. — ^Jos.
4. 24 rd. Dnjnj jyoi) inf.
Rem. 2. In Ez. 13. 3 ^^^ w37l is not telic, but probably
means, and after that which they have not seen ; possibly
^wa^ should be rd. = ^N"! th (i S. 20. 26). In Ez. 20. 9, 14,
22 ^nn is inf. niph. — ^Jer. 27. 18 'jNh seems euphonic con-
traction for impf., cf. 42. 10; 23. 14 should perhaps be
pointed in the same way ^^ = impf. Ex. 20. 20, 2 S. 14. 14.
Rem. 3. The particles }yD^9 &c. are always telic, and do
not express merely result. But sometimes the purpose
seems to animate the action rather than the ag'ent, Am.
2. 7, Hos. 8. 4, Mic. 6. 16, Ps. 30. 13 ; 51. 6.
Rem. 4. Peculiar, Deu. 33. 1 1 ptD^p^")© that they rise not
up {^ "^K^O). Ps. 59. 14 toj^??^, . . • n^3 consume • . . that
they he no more^ cf. Job 3. 9 pKI.
CONSEQUENTIAL SENTENCE
§ 150. Lighter ways of expressing consequence are the
use of vav impf. and vav per/. Also use of simple vav *\
with impf. (juss.) after neg. sent, as Nu. 23, 19 OJ^M bi /
IW*'*! 7M God is not a man so that he should He. So
interrog. sent, Hos. 14. 10 .
More formal particles of consequence are ^"^ thaty "^ttJ^J
that, so that. 2 K. 5. 7 "h^ th^ nt^S •'3M d'^SlSwn am I
God, that this person sends to me? And often in questions.
Gen. 20. 10, Ex. 3. 1 1, Nu. 16. 1 1, Job 6. 1 1 ; 7. 12, Ps. 8. 5. —
Gen. 40. 1 5 I have done nothing liaa "^TS^ ^t^fePS that they
sliould have put. With nttJM, 2 K. 9. 37 riMt ^1?pl^*'-l^'? ntfM
71t'^M so that they shall not say. This is Jez. Gen. 22. 14,
Deu. 28. 27, 51, Mai. 3. 19, Ps. 95. 11, i K. 3. 12, 13. — Ez.
DISJUNCTIVE SENTENCE 20I
36. 27 «l3^ri nCJW riM Wto^n I will cause tlmt ye shall
walk (sent, of consequence construed as object sent.).
COMPARATIVE SENTENCE
§ 151. This form of sent, has usually *1tt5MJD in prot. and
]3 in apod. Gen. 41. 13 fTIl ]5 ^7"*in9 *^^^3 ^ ^^
interpreted to us, so it was. Ex. i. 12, Jud. i. 7, Is. 31. 4;
52. 14, 15; 65. 8, Ps. 48. 9; cf. transposed order, Gen. 18. S,
Ex. 10. 10, 2 S. 5. 25. — Or 5 with inf. or noun in prot, Hos.
4. 7 "^y IMlpn ]3 da.'IJ as they multiplied, so they sinned.
Ps. 48. II ; 123. 2, Pr. 26. I, 8, 18, 19, I S. 9. 13 (temporal).
In the prot. 1ttJM3 may be omitted. Hos. 11. 2 >!t^p
^7^1 ]3 dn7 as (the more) they called them, so they went
away. Jud. 5. 15, Jer. 3. 20, Is. 55. 9, Ps. 48. 6. In vigorous
style the compar. particle may be omitted both in prot. and
apod., Is. 62. S. The two clauses are then often equated by
vaVf especially in proverbial comparisons. Prov. 26. 14 the
door turns on its hinges infip"?^ '^JH ^^^ (^°) ^ sluggard
on his bed. Pr. 11. 16; 17. 3 ; 25. 3, 20, 25 ; 26. 7, 9, 21, Job
5. 7; 12. II ; 14. II, 12. And sometimes without and^ Pr.
25. 26, 28, Job 24. 19.
Rem. I. In some passages ]3 so expresses the correspond-
ing immediateness of the result or consequence of the prot.
Ps. 48. 6 they saw so they feared (as soon as they saw, &c.),
cf. Nah. I. 12, I K. 20. 40.
Rem. 2. With 3 ... 3 or 3^ ... ? the first word is
• • • •
usually compared to the second, so ... as. Gen. 44. 18
nJnDS tjtoa thou art as Ph. {so thou as Ph.), 18. 25 fn^
ycna the righteous like the wicked, Hos. 4. 9, 2 Chr. 18. 3.
But sometimes the reverse, as . . . so, i S. 30. 24, Jud.
8. 18, Is. 24. 2, Jos. 14. II.
DISJUNCTIVE SENTENCE
§ 152. The conj. and often expresses our or, nor, e,g. after
a neg.y the neg. denying the whole combination of words.
202 HEBREW SYNTAX §162-156.
Gen. 45. 6 ^l^'SjJ'l tt^'lll TM neither earing nor harvest, i K.
17. I 1!Dt2^ 71D rPiT dM tfure sJiall not be dew or rain.
Gen. 19. 35, Nu. 23. 19, Deu. 5. 14, Jud. 6. 4, Is. 10. 14, 2 K.
5. 25, Ps. 37. 25; 129. 7. Or more strongly D31, Jud. 2. 10
ntoJ^^nTlM 031 '^TWfK ^VXr "^ ^^ y^^ *^ ^ork, I S.
16. 8, cf. 28. 6. The conjunctive both . . . and becomes dis-
junctive neither . . • nor when preceded by neg.^ § 136.
The disjunctive or is expressed by 1M, Gen. 24. 49 pp*'""?^
'?«nip-'?y iM to the right or to the left. 44. 8 ^D3 ll)55 V^?
Snt Ifc"^ how should we steal silver or gold? Gen. 24. 50 ;
44. 19, Ex. S. 3 ; 21. 18, 28, 32, 33, 37, Deu. 13. 2, Jud. 21. 22,
I S. 2. 14.
When repeated, ib^ • . . "IM is whether . . .or (sive . . • sive).
Ex. 21.31 na^ ni"iM TXS\ ]5'^M whether it gore a boy or a
girl, Lev. 5. 2. In the same sense DM . . . DM, Ex. 19. 13
rPPP M7 tt^M DM norrSl dm whether beast or man, it shall
not live. Deu. 18. 3, 2 S. 15. 21. So DW . • . DM, Gen.
31. 52, Jer. 42. 6, Pr. 20. 11. Less commonly 1 . , . "V, Ex.
21. 16.
RESTRICTIVE, EXCEPTIVE, ADVERSATIVE SENTENCES
§ 153. Restrictive particles are *?fM, p'1 only^ howbeit.
Gen. 18. 32 Dysn "SfM only this time. Ex. 10. 17, Jud.
6. 39; 16. 28. Gen. 27. 13 '^7'^pSL ^Dtp *^M only^ however^
listen to my voice. Gen. 20. 12 only not. Ex. 12. 16, Nu.
22. 20, I S. 8. 9 05 "n^); 12. 20; 18. 8; 20. 39, i K. 17. 13.
The use of p'1 is similar. Gen. 6. 5 ; 14. 24; 24. 8, Deu. 2. 28,
Jud. 14. 16, I S. I. 13, I K. 14. 8, Am. 3. 2. Both combined,
Nu. 12.2^ na*l Vim% ^^M Piq. Similarly DDM,Nu. 22. 35,
cf. V. 20; 23. 13. On the affirmative force of IfM &c., cf. § Ii8.
§ 154. Particles modifying in the way of exception some-
thing preceding are, ^'S DDM saving that^ DM ^il/Sl or "^il!??,
alone, DM •'J «r^C^/. Am. 9. 8 TOljJM i^*? *»? DDM saving
RESTRICTIVE, EXCEPTIVE, ADVERSATIVE SENTENCES 203
tJiat I Will not destroy. Nu. 13. 28, Deu. 15. 4, Jud. 4. 9.
And DDM simply, 2 S. 12. 14.1 — Am. 3. 3 shall two walk
together ^n^T^S dM ^Ph% except they have met ? Gen. 43. 3
d^flt^ 03*^11^1 "^^^ except your brother be with you, Is.
10. 4. There is often ellipse of the verb or its equivalent.
Gen. 47. 18 except our bodies, Jud. 7. 14. — Am. 3. 7 Je. doeth
nothing iTiD rT7il"DM ^ except he have revealed his
counsel. Gen. 32. 27 *'!lJri5'lSl"Db^ ^'S except thou bless me.
Ru. 3. 18, Is. 55. 10, Lev. 22. 6. And with ellipse or con-
tinuation of the verb, Gen. 28. 17; 39. 6, 9 except the bread,
except ^<^&^ I S. 30. 17, 2 K. 4. 2. Naturally except chiefly
follows a neg. or interrog. with neg. force, Mic. 6. 8, Is. 42. 19.
§ 155. The simple vav is often used where we employ
adversative particles. Ps. 2. 6 "^JJlpDi ''JM^ but I have set.
Gen. 17. 5 ?ppfiJ STiTl but thy name shall be. Gen. 2. 17, 20;
3« 3; 37- 305 42. 10, Ecc. II. 9 but know. A more pro-
nounced adversative is D^^W, Dv^M but. howbeit. Gen.
T : T
28. 19, Ex. 9. 16, Nu. 14. 21, I K. 20. 23, Mic. 3. 8, Job 2. 5 ;
5. 8; II. S ; 13. 3, 4; 14. 18. So D2 IS a correlative adver-
sative, Am. 4. 6, 7 "^iVii ^'DfcJ di*] (^ftd I on my part. Gen.
20. 6, Jud. 2. 21, Ps. 52, 7, Job 7. It, Pr. i. 26.
After a neg. ^«/ is expressed by dtj^ ^3, Gen. 32. 29
'^Wntp? dM *»?... ^3?J ^ not Jacob *«/ Israel, i S. 21. 5,
2 K. 23. 9, Jer. 16. 14, 15. Or simply by •'S, Gen. 45. 8
M ''S dfin^ttJ dflM fci7 /^ w not you who sent ^«/ God.
1 K. 21. 15, 2 Chr. 20. 15.
* When ^3 belongs to a phrase it may be omitted before another ^ with
a different sense, or the one ^3 serves both uses, e,g, ^3 t|(( how much more^
&c. may = 13 ^3 5|K how much more, when, 2 S. 4. 11, z S. 2Z. 6; 23. 3,
2 K. 5. 13, Pr. 21. 27.
INDEX OF PASSAGES REFERRED TO
Genesis §§
^
Genesis §§
Genesis
I 5
. 47
4 5
. 48 a, 109
9 " •
14.
. 55 tf, 113
6
. 39^
13 •
20
loi R d
8
. 2gn, 51, 92, loi R^
18 .
21
. 32 R 2. 99 R I
9
. 100^, 122
19
24
22 R 3
10
. 7^, 39^, ibor
20
31
3a R 2
12 ,
■ • r>- ^3R3
23
2 4
22 R 3, 90, 91 a
13
. .34R2,96R5,
24
5
45, 96 Ods,, 127
104 a
25
6 .
. 44^, 54^, 105
14.
. 57
10 8 ,
7
76
IS
• 38 R 5, 95. 148
9 .
8
. 39^
18.
79, 81 R 3
19.
3c
9
19
19.
. . . ^ 38 R I
21 .
10 ,
54^, 97 R I, 100^
26
• I. 39«.73R6. 105,
II I
II
. 19 R 3, 22</,38R I
109
3
12
. 102, 103
5 •
. 37^
. 116 R 2
4 <
14
. 106^
S -
6
15
24 a, 72, 96 Ods,
15 «
. 37<^
7 •
17
. 90, 106^, 15s
24 .
. 127^
8 .
19
43^44^.73^5
6 2 .
loi Re
9 -
22
. 78 R 5
4
gc, 44 R I, 54^
ii~
25
23
21 R I, 38 R 5,
6,
. 39^
12 I .
81 R 2
7
. 9^. 43<»
2 .
0^5
. 44^
14.
. 55«
7 •
3 I
, 11 R^, 19, 33, 127 a
17 '
. 29^
8
2
. . . 43^
21 .
. 44tf
9<
3
9R2, 43^. 43<:
7 I
. 72 R I, 76, 114
12 ,
4
. 43 a, 86^
2
. 9R2.29R8,38R4
14.
5
■ 39^. 56. 98 ^ ia>^.
3.
9, 15 . 29 R 8
17
104^
4<
. 68
19.
8
• . 70a, 114
7
. 114
13 2
10
. II tf, 104^
10
51 R I
3 .
II ,
. 95, 146
II .
. 28 R 5
5 ■
12 ,
. 106
13
!!<:, 36 R 3
7 '
13
. 7^, 48a, 105,
20 .
. 69^:
9 -
144 R I
22 ,
loi R^
10 .
14 .
68, 100 R I, no
23 «
10
II .
15 <
. 71, 71 R 3
8 3.
86 R 4
13 •
17 .
• • 48 ^
7 .
. 22^, 86^
16 .
19 .
. 91 a, 92
8 .
. 125
14 2 .
22 .
35^2,39^,56,93.
II .
. 146
3 •
127^
21 .
. 11^:
4 .
23.
. gd, 39^
9 3 .
• . ga, 9 R 2
6,
24.
20, 23
S-
iiKd
9 .
4 2 ,
. zga, 105
6 .
8i,*ioi Ka, 132 R 2
10 ,
3 -
. 51
10 ,
32 R 2, 98 R I,
13 -
4.
5 • • .47
loi Re
205
81, lOI Kc
51 R 2
106^
36R4
20 R 2. 83 R 2
• 21^
10. 34
34R4
83 R 2
34R6, 44tf
. 108 R 3
• I. 27. 34
• 29 <r, 35
II KCt 22d, 62
. 138 a
. 4R1, 35
. 149
82
. 108
loi, loi R^
. 62, 78 R 5
• 99
. . 140
86 R 4
57, 146 R I
34, 51
67 ^, 67 R 2
48 a, 73RS
. 22^
loi Rd
. 99
22, 103
123, 130 R 2
29 if, 108 R 3, 145
II R^
. 103
II Rd, 130a
. 144 R 3
• lOI
. 39 tf, 68
. » 2ga
37 R 5
28 R 6, 29 R 8
24 R 3, 28 R 4.
138^
2o6
HEBREW SYNTAX
IS
Genesis
14 17.
19 .
23 .
1 .
2 .
3 -
4
6
7
8
10
12
16
17
18
I
3
S
6
16
17
18
58
Ri,
19
7
8
10
II
12
5
10, 12, 13
11, 14. 25
12
17
18
I
2
3.
S
6
7
8
8.
9
12
13
14
IS.
17
18
21
22
24
2S
26
28
29
30
32
33
I
2
4
7
9
10
II
13
14
10
20
§§
90, 91 R 3, 14s
22 R 3, 81
loi R*
4 R I, 104*
70 a, 138*
100 R I
. 106
80, 109 R 2
9<z
. 7*
II R</, no
51 R I, 94, 113
71 R I
, 113, 141
. 24 a, 41 a
los R I, 113
28 R s, 29 a, 91 R 2
2, 23, loi R^
. 103
. loi R^
45 R I, 100 R I
loi R c
117 R 2
. 24^
81 R 3, 1S5
. 88 R 5
72 R 3. 80
9 R 2, loi R c
24 R 3, 126 R 2
. 134
. 69 a, 138*
loi R^
• 60
. iSi
29 </, 29 R 4
21, 21 rf, 73 R 5
. 142
. 138*
117, 117 R 3
II r, 41 R 2, 92,
121, 138 a
123 R I, 138^
II R*, 34 R 2
. 118
100*, 104 r, 122
. 53«. 67a
2, 22 R 4, 62
100/ 14s R 3
37*. 73 R 5
123, ISI R 2
. 37*
. 37/ 130 tf
. 37 R S. 90
. 63
. 153
. 105
140 R I
. 4S, 127 </
. 63, 127 a
. 33, 86 R I
17 R 4
22 R I, loi R *
100*, 100^
. 98*
93.
Genesis
19 IS
16
19
20
21
22
27
29
32
33
35
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
II
13
IS
16
17
2
20
21
22
23
24
3
S
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
17
24
2S
26
30
31
34
2
4
5
6
12
14
16
20,
23
24
I
10
13
3
4
S
6
7
8
9
10
II
12
21
§§
Genesis
§§
83 R 4, 145
24 14 . I
R 2, 57, 72 R I,
. gia, gib
148
• 53^. 93
15
> 138 a, 141 R I
. 96 Obs,
16
. 24^, 69*
. 95
18 .
. 83
. 83
19 .
4i<r, 51 Ri, 145
. lOI
21 .
. 100*, 125
91 R I
22 . 24^
.36R3. 37R4»
83 R 4, 117
139 R I, 145
. 6, 32 R 3
23 .
7^, 20, 60, 69 a,
83 R 4, 152
122, 126
loi R *, 146 R I
25 •
. 136
. 98 *, 138 a
27 .
. 83. 106 c.
. 39^, no
30. 91
c^ 91 R I, looa
. . 123
31 •
. 98*, 105
. 65 rf, 107
34.
. 104*
I
00^, 104*, 127*
38,40
• 53«
. 30,44^
42 .
130^. 13s R I
. 150
45 •
. 45. 127^
. 57 R I, 127^
49.
. 152
gd, 31, 116 R 4
56. .
. 138^:
. 103
57.
. 62
37 R 4
58. .
122, 126
. 113
60.
. 107
9*,83R4
62.
. 105 R I
22 R 4
63. .
• 12
81 R 3
64, 65 .
. 21 <^
7
R 3, 41 R 2, III
65. .
6, 104 f
. 30, 81 R 3
67.
20 R 4, 14s R I
. 70a
25 I .
. . . 83
. 29a, 29*
7 •
• yjc
. 109
8 .
, 70a
24*, 41 R 3
16.
. 106 R 2
87. loi R *
21 .
. 81
. 8 R 3, 10 R 3
26.
. 91 R 3
107 R I
28 .
. gSa
. . 58*
. 32.
. 100/
8. 125
26 2 .
. 60
72 R 4
7 •
. 24^/, 146 R I
. 108
9.
. 118
. 68
10 . 39a
\ 51 R 2, 57 R I
. . 35 R 2
II .
. 98tf»99
, 50*
12 .
. 38 RS
62, loi R*
13-
86 R 4. 14s
. 21^
15.
• 1R3. 75
iiR*, 63, 6SR3.
16.
. 34R2
98*, 104^
18.
. 48 f
. . ISO
20 .
. 104 f
40*, 120 Rs, 147
22 .
. 57 R I
. 29 tf
24.
. 104*
36 R 4
27 .
. 138 c
. 50*, io6a
27 2 .
• 40a
. 37^
98R1
3-
. . 69*
4 .
' 65 a, 145, 149
. 134
6.
. 70 a. 78
gc, 28 R 4
8 .
. 98^;
. 29a
9.
. . 76
gd, 43*. 86 tf
10 .
. 149
. 127^
12 .
. S3*
. 53^. 106
13 •
. 133. 153
, 32 R 3, 63 R 2
13. 14 .
. 73 RS
. .. 4R1
15.
. 27
24
R6, ^6 a, 138 a
19 .
60 R 4, 126
22 R 3, 91 a
21 .
. 6 R 2, 124
20 R 2
24.
. 121, 126
INDEX OF PASSAGES REFERRED TO
207
Genesis §§
27 25 . . . 149
26 . . . .60
29 . 98 r, 116 R I
30 . .86 a, 141 R 2
33 • 34. 45. SO a, 99,
100 e, 100 R 4
34 . . I, 51 R 1, &7b
36.6R2,38Rs,i26R3
41 . . . .23
42 . . 79, 83, 103
44 . . . 68, 145
45 • 43^.55^.68,96.145
28 3 . . . . ^sa
5. . . 28R4
II . 21 R 2, 69a, loi Kc
13 . . . gct 104^
15 . . . ^ic, 14s
16 . . . 40tf, 118
17 . . . 7b, 154
18 . . . .76
20 . . 100^, 130^
29 2 . . loi R d, 108
2. 3 . . .54^
4 . . . 104 c, 126
6 . . . . 126
8. . . .53^
9 . . . 104^, 141
14. . . . 2X)d
15 . . . 126 R 3
16 . . . . 104 r
17 • • • 31. 103
19. . 33. 90. K>4<«
20 . . II R<z, 72 R I
26 . . . 44<j!, 93
27 . . . . 4. 20
30. • • '33
33 , . . 4, 146 R 2
34 . . • • 36a
30 I . 51 R I, 100^, 104^
8 . . 34 R 6, 67 R 2
16 . 6, 32 R 3, loi R a
18 . . . 3 R 2
20 . . . . I
27 . . . 146 R 4
28 . . . . 132^
30 . 145 R 1, 14s R 3
32 . . . .87
34 • . .63, 126
35.37 • . 32 R 5
37. . . .87
38. . . .lis
39 . . • . "3
41 . . . 57, 90
31 I . . . .10
4 . . 69 ^, 69 R 2
5 . . . .146
7. . 38RS,58«
8 . . . 54^ 130^
13 . . 9 </, 20 K 4
14 . . II R a, 114
15 . . 80, 81, 86^
19 . 28 R S, 39<:, 105 R I
21 . . 69 R 2, 114
24 . . loi R bt 127 c
26 . . '47
Genesis
31 27
29
30
32
33
34
40
42
44
52
5
6
32
33
34
35
37
7
8
9
12
15.
16
17
18
23
26
27
28
29
30
31
3
5
8
9
10
12
13
14
17
18
5
7
21
24
31
3
4
5
7
10
13
17
18
26
2
3
4
7
8
9
13
14
15
16
18
19
21
53^
16
22
§§
• 82
96R I
. 86a
10 R I
. 48 tf
39^. 48^
. 83
131, 131 R 2
. 55«
. 152
. 48^
51 R 7
. 100 a
. 109
. 35
98 a, 127 c, 140
-^c.^b
I R 3, 12
29 R 8
7tf
6, 37 a
51 R I
. 154
8R1
. 155
45R1
R 3, 48 R I, 140
. 107
78 R I
8R1
. 63
91 R I, 128 R 2
62
I R I, 132 a
62, loi R^
. 105
. 144 R 3
. 58^
44a, 51 R I, 93
104 3, 106 </
98R1
loi R d
50 a, 99, 100 tf
loi R^
. 113
116 R 4
81 R 3
* • gd
. 21^
. 105
. 81 R 3
32 R 2, 83 R 2,
100 R 2, 138 a
. 54R1
91 R 4
45 R I, 98 a, 100/
43 a, 86 a, 124
. 37a
123 R 2
• 75
45 R I, looa
III R I
50 a, 73 R 4, 14s
24 R 3
51 R I, 71. 78
38
39
41
30
40
Genesis
37 22 .
23'
24 •
26 .
27.
29
33
35
5
9
II
12 .
15-
17-
18 .
19.
25.
28 .
29.
I, 12
4.5
6
9
13
18
20
21
22
23
I
3
5
7
8
13
15
20
23
I
2-6
5
6
8
9
10
II
12
13
15
25
25-27
33. 34
35.
39.
40 .
42.
43.
49.
51. 52
57 .
4 .
6.
7 .
8 .
II .
42
§§
60, 91 R 4, 149
75. 92
. 78, 127^
8 R 2. 53 ^
. 105
. 127^
. 105
. 70^5
58 ^, 72 R I
54^, 95, no, 1303
70*1, 107, I27<:, 14s
. , 6ga
. 78 Rs
107 R I
2
• 73
gc, 100 a, 141
. 2I</, T08
100 R 6
. 69^
• 143
. 154
. 53^, 102
. 48 r
SO a, 91^,92, 96
. 25
3R2
100 R 2, 108
. lood
27, 51 R I, 114
. 25
• 27
. 68
. 67^, 127^
. 9^.53^
. 39^. 150
. 79
. 47
29^, 100 a, loi R^
. 24^
. 38 R 5
. 98^
. 27, 100^
III R I
I
. 51 R 7
iiRd, 27, 28 R 5
. 151
100 d, 146 R I
. 106^
. 104^
. 63
32
91 c, 145 R I
33» 71
. 20 R 2, 75
14, 28 R 5. 72 R I
. 145
• 75
.115
. Ill, 127 <:
99 R 3, io6d
14
. 107
104^, 106 a
2o8
HEBREW SYNTAX
Genesis
§§
Genesis
§§ 1
Exodus
§§
42 14, IS ,
4R I
47 26,
, I R 2, 38 R 6
5 16 .
. 100 if
IS-
119, 120
30.
. 107 R I
6 3.
loi RdE
16.
. 12s
31 •
. 21^
6.
57 R I
18.
. 64, 132^
23. 32 R 2
48 I .
. 108
9.
loz Rf
19.
4.
. 100^
12 ,
• 24^
21 .
. 118
7 •
p. 143 »., 106^
28
. 25
25 . II
R d, 7S, 146 R 4
10 .
loi R^, 113
7 9
65 R 4
28.
. lOI
13-
. 29a
II
29 R 7
30.
. 26. 78 R 8
14 .
41 R 3
17.
. SSc
35.
II R</, 141
15.
3R I
20 .
73 R 6, 114
36. .
I R 2, 127 ^
19.
. 107
27
. 130a
a9R8
38. .
. 132 a
22 .
35 R a. loi Kd
8 10 .
43 3 . 86 1
I 1, 140 R I, IS4
49 4-
17 R 2, 117, 14s
II .
88 R I
3.5 •
. 140
7.
. 59
12 ,
65 R 2
3.7 .
. 86a
8 .
, io6c
17.
, 55 r, 130a
44Ra
4.
. 130a
12 .
loi R c
20
5-
. I00</
15 •
116 R 3. 146
22 ,
132 R 2
7.
43^, 86 a, 122
17 .
49a, 65 R 6
24
82. 86^
9 . 41
[<:, SI R2, 130^
^ 5. 131, 131 R 2
22 .
• X16
9 2
. 100/
10 . 38 F
25.
78 R 1
7
loi R^
12, IS
38 R 5
27.
44 R 3, 142
15
131 R 2
14.
32 R a, 130 R 4
31.
. 108
18
96R3
16.
10
SO 3-
. 44a
24
. 145
22 .
• •
8
5.
. . . 62
32
17 Ri
25.
1 •
. 43«
10.
67^, 144 R 3
10 I
. 6, 32
28.
> •
. 29 a
15.
• ^31 R I
3
41 R 2
33-
t 1
lOI
20 .
. loi R d
5
. 108
44 I .
•
10
7
• 146
2 .
• •
23
Exodus
8
7^.79
3 •
► •
. 141
I I .
. 136 R I
10
• • i^i
4 •
. 41 R 3.
132 a
5.
98R1
II
I Ra
5 .
> •
. 44rt
7 .
80
" 1
'.^
7 .
45 R I, 117 R I
10.
. 53^. 57
6
116 R I
8 .
• 43 ^ 152
12 .
. 151
8
• 32 R 3
11 .
. 83
16 . I
Rai
55^. 130 a
12 3
. 38 R 2
12 .
41 R 3
18.
. 47
8 ,
loi Ri/
16.
. 136
19.
. 53^. 54«
II
98 R I, 140
18 .
151 R 2
20 .
. IIS
15
32 R 2
21 .
17 R 4
ai .
iR3
16,
. 81, io6<i
22 .
, 132a
22.
. 146
18
• 38R3
27 .
107 R I
6.
29R7
29
. 51 R I
33.
60, 70 a
7.
. S3<'. 6s</
3R2
34
44 R 3. 14s
34.
. . 43^
9.
48
. iiR^, 88R2
45 I .
II R^, 127a
13.
45 R I
49
. 113, 116
4.
• 9^
14.
. 118
13 3
88R2
6.
. 6R2, 9<:, 152
15.
. 21^
7
72 R 3, 80
8 .
.127^.155
20 .
. 136 R I
15-
44«. 97R1
II .
• 29^
3 I .
100 R 2
14 2
. loi Ri/
16.
. 69a
3.
45 R I. 62
ZI
91 R 4, 128
18.
. 34RS, 65^
7 .
. 111R3
12
65 fl, 90, 123
22 .
• 37R4
10 .
. tsd
20
5. 50^
25.
. 69^
II .
> 43*. ISO
15
• 72
26.
146 R 2
4 5.
• 43^
I
• «' ^5
46 4.
. 86r
8,9 .
• «57
4
34 R 5. "5
20 .
81 R 3
9.
loi R^
5
- 45 R 2
26.
98 R I
10 . s
24</,
24 R 3, 145
9
59. 73
27.
. 22 R 4, 36 R 3
13.
25, 144
12,
14
. 45 R 2
33.34 .
. 130^
14.
A^a, 132 a
13
6R3
. 98?
. 32 R 5
47 3-
17, 116 R 3, 136
17.
^c
14
6.
. io6</, 146 R 4
28.
75.80
16
9-
26
5 I .
• 114
19
• •.tf''
12 .
. 75
3 .
22 R I, 152
20
. Z16 R a
18.
• 154
7 .
. 11 ^ 55a
c6 I
. . _38
21 .
. io6r
10 .
100 d, ivjb
3
. 135. 135 R 3
24.
38 R
6, 116
\i %
10 R 3, 11^
6
. 57 R I
INDEX OF PASSAGES REFERRED TO
209
Exodus
§§
Exodus
§§
Leviticus
§§
16 7. 8
. io4r
26 16 .
. 38 R 6
9 6. .
83 R I
8.
. 127a
19 .
. 37^?. 37/
10 10, II .
96R4
16.
. 69R3
26.
. . 36 K 3
14.
. 26
21 .
132 a
33-
. . 34R4
II 26, 39 .
9R2
22 .
. 36 R
54 R I, 86 R 2,
19 •
. . 6s R 3
10 .
32 R 3
118, 130 R 4
22 .
• 30
II .
• 91 R4
18 .
98 R I, 100 R 7
23 -
32R2
13 .
31. 73 R 5
19.
. 44 ^» III
13 2.
II R^
17.
. 126 R 5
19, 20
. 54^
7.
loi, 145 R 3
22 .
32 R 2
20 .
. n6 R 6
II .
. 146 R 2
23.
86 R 4
23.
. 32 R 2, 32 R 3
15.
. . 31
24.
• 73
25.
91 R 4
19.
• 44^
20 2, 5
. 43*
26.
86 R 4, 136
14 9.
86 R 4, loi R^
3 .
. 119
27 .
88 R I, 126 R 3
12 .
. 75
8.
. no
28.
72 R I
15 .
. 34R6
9.
. 121
SP-
. 86a, 98^:
21 .
. 94
13.
72 R 4, 120 R 4
SS'
71 R I, 115
24 .
48R2
16.
. . 73 R 5
3 2.
83 R 2
30.
130 R 3> 131
17 .
. 67^
3-
. 127 d
33.
. 93
19.
. . 83
5 .
. 83
34.
loi R^
29 .
. 106 R 2
8.
38 R 5, 146
36. .
63 R I, 63 R 2
40 .
. 28 R 5
12 .
. 87
37.
. 126 R 2
42 .
. 36 R 4
. 9^, II Re, 75
17 .
120 R 4
39.
. 120 Rs
21 3 .
4 10 •
29R6
42.
. 73 RS
9 .
, 128 R 3
12 .
. 138^
44 .
120 R 4
15.
. . 45 R I
15-
24 R 3, 116
45.
loi R^r
16.
4, 121
16.
99 R 3
IS 9.
32 R 2, 32 R 4,
22 13 .
88 R I
19.
96R2
34RS
15 .
. 83 R 2
21 .
. 128 R 3
17.
. loi Rd
23 2 .
. 53«
5 9.
. 145 R I
19.
. 48 d
10 .
• 73 R 7
II »
• 65 a
20 .
. 146 R 2
II .
. 126 R 2
6 3.
looa
23.
. 50^ loi
22, 23 .
60R4
7. 10 -
XR3
2S.
. 65 R 2
26 .
. 141
9.
130 R 4
32.
. 70^
24 6 .
. . 72 R4
12 .
. 86^
33'
. Ill
7 .
. 117 R I
18 .
32R2
16 10 .
• • ti
II .
. 73 R 5
78. .
• lOI
12 .
loi Rd
14 •
. 44tf
9. 12 .
19 R I
18.
27. 28 R 5
16 .
65 R 2, loi
10 .
141 R I
23.
32 R 2, 54 R I
18 .
. 104a
16.
^ S4R1
17 1, 4 .
. 144 R 3
21 .
. 43«
8 7.
72 R I, loi R c
8. .
28 R 5, 45 R I
25 2 .
. 36a
12 .
96R4
14.
• '34, 36^. 106 1/
3 .
. 24d
22 .
. S5fl
17.
32 R 4, 36 R 3,
IS-
. 25, 28 R I
91..
. 144 R 3
37 R4
17 .
loi R^
2 .
A • T>33
26.
39^ 116 R4
19 .
29 R 2
3 •
35 R 2, 72 R 4
31.
. 73RS
20 .
, 58^, 141 R I
6.
. 44^
32.
. 53^
22 r
120 R 4
7.
132 R 2
34.
72 R 4
24 .
I. 133
8..
38 R 6
34-36 .
. 54^
26.
88 R 5, 119
II .
• looa
38.
. 75
27.
. 116 R 6
23.
60R I
39.
. 82
34 .
. 4Sd, 131
24.
22 R4
42.
loi R^
42 .
. ^01 R^
27.
. 141
43-
17 R 3, 104^
26 7 .
. 6ga
10 2 .
58^, loi Rd
46 .
17 R 4
9.
41 R 2, 51 R 2
3.
' . 37 R 4
18 I, 3 .
. 11c
II .
. 117R1
4 .
36R3, 37R4
2 .
82
12 .
. 34R6
s.
65 R 6, 138^
4.
. 75
16.
, 24 R 3, 72 R 4
7.
60R2
5 .
. 141 R 3
17.
. 126
8.
63, 63 R 2
IS.
. 146
19.
. 130^
II .
7Cy 144 R I
17.
. 34
20 .
72 R 4
12 .. 1
[09 R 2, 136 R I
18.
8 R I, 433
27 9 •
. . 54 R I
16.
. S6a
19 .
91 R I. 91 R 3,
10 .
128 R 2
19.
9 R 2, 146 R I
96R5
28 I .
. 43*
II 2 .
I R 2. 109 R 2
21 .
. 38 R 5
7.
28 R 6
II .
. SI
23.
90 R I, 138a
9 .
107 R I
214
HEBREW SYNTAX
I Samuel
§§
2 Samuel
« §§
2 Samuel
§§
28 14 .
. 73
11 11 .
120 R 2, 121
19 2 .
51 R 4
16.
. . 45 R I
12.
. so3
7.
. 131
29 3.
6R2
17.
. 29 a, 102
8 . 40^, 109, 132 R 2
10.
. 132 a
20.
. 146
20.
91 R 2
30 2.
41R3, 48^:
25.
44fl, 72R4
21 .
71 R I
6.
. 109
12 4.
32 R 2
25.
. 9^, 96 R 3
17.
. . 3R3
14.
. 154
44.
34 R 2
21 .
• 37/
16.
. 54 R I
20 6.
. 128 R 4
22.
. 24^:, 147
18.
53^, 126 R4
8.
. . 139
24.
151 R 2
21 .
. 70fl
10.
71 R 3, 114
22.
43 R I
12.
100 R 4
2 Samuel
13 12.
. 117
19.
28 R 6, 126 R 5
14.
. 146 R 2
15.
. (irjb
20.
117 R 1
6.
24 R 3, 86fl
17.
4
21 3.
. 6sd
9.
22 R I, 28 R 3
18.
58 R I
4.
I R 1, 41 R 3
21 .
100 R 3, 128 R 5
20.
136 R I
6.
. 65 R 2, 79
22 .
44 R I
25.
. 6Sfl
9.
. 36 R 4, 68
23.
33, 136 R I
26.
132 R 2
22 14 .
. 65 R 6
24.
. 98 a, 99
30.
141 R I
24.
. 51 R 7
25.
. 117
31.
98R1
33.
29R4
2 9.
29 R 6
39.
29 R I
36.
90R I
23.
.71 R 3, 101 R</
14 5.
47, 118
23 3.
71 R 2
27. 119
, 120RS, 131 R 2
10.
55^. 56, 99
4.
128 R 3
32.
. 69a
II .
loi R^r
5.
2
3 I.
86 R '4
14.
. 43^:, 149 R 2
6.
22 R 3
9.
120 R 4, 120 R 5
19.
. 94
II .
28R5
13.
107 R I, 146 R I
20.
149 R I
15.
. 13s
16.
86 R 4
25.
. 93
17.
117 R I
24.
. 86^:
32. .
90R I
24 3 . 38 ]
R5. "3. 136 R I
33.
' ^ ' t3^
15 4.
. 135
13. 29<i
f, 90 R 1, 116 R I
34.
91 R I, 100 R 3
10.
51 R I
14 .
62
35.
120 R s
12.
86 R 4
24.
. 29^, 86a
39.
. 136 R I
21 .
25, 120 R 5. 152
4 I.
. 113
23-
67 R 3, IIS
I Kings
8.
17 R 2
30.
. 100/
I I, 2
. 109
lO.
. 94
31.
78 R 8
2. 55'
h 63, 65 R 2, io8
II .
72 R4, 154 ».
32.
98 R I
4.
. 34
5 2-
. 19 R 3
33.
. 1303
5.
37R1
8.
. 98^
34.
130 ^r, 136 R I
6.
I R I, loi R^,
10.
, 24 R 6, 86 R 4
37.
45 R 2
108 R I
19.
86 f?, 126 R 2
16 I .
. 139
12.
. 65^,67^
24.
41 ^r, 72 R 4
4.
. 40^
13.
83 R 4
. ^5.
. 151
5.
. 58 R I, 86 R 4
20.
. 106^, 125
6 I.
63 R 3, 72 R 4
10.
8R3
21. 34 «
• 114
6.
■ . 73 R 5
13-
. 57 R I, 86 R 4
26.
I
16.
. 58^, 141
18.
. 118
27.
. 122
20.
. 86^:
17 3.
• 29^
30.
120 R 5. 146 R 2
23.
. 106^
5.
I
33.
. 28 R s, 38
7 3.5
60R4
8.
107 R I, 146
40.
. 98tf
7,8
. 29a
II .
. 11^,40^
41.
. 138^
9.
10 R 3. 57 R I
12.
63 R I, 63 R 2
SI.
. 120
23.
8 R2
15.
II R^
22.
. 55^
28.
. 106 R 2
16.
. 109
5.
. 26, 47, 107 R I
29.
. 83. 91 R I
17-
. 55^
6.
63 R 2
8 2.
87, 116 R 5
18 3.
. 86 a, 146
8.
78, 146 R I
8.
. 29^
II . ]
[oi R df 132 R 2,
15. 18
107 R I
10,
. 23
136 R I
21 .
79
9 I.
126 R 3
12.
8, 131
22 .
60, 126 R 6 a,
2.
. 126
14.
63 R 2, 140
136 R I
3.
. 126, 127 <^
18.
. 72 R 4
26.
24 R 3, 110
4.
. 69a
23.
. 8, 60
28.
. 105
10.
. loid
25.
86 R 4
31.
24R4. 5S«
13.
. 24^
29. .
. 91a, 121
39.
. 27, 28 R 5
10 9.
116 R 4
32.
. 133
42-.
• 40^ 55*
II, 17 .
. ii6R5
19 I.
I. 135
44. .
. 57 R I
INDEX OF PASSAGES REFERRED TO
215
8
lO
CiNGS
§§
I Kings
§§
I Kings
§§
4-
37</, 44R2
10 21 .
100 R 3, 128
18 26.
. . . 21/
6.
32, 107 R I
22.
. 38 R 4, 38 R 5
28.
. . 91 R3
7.
. 90
29.
loi R a
29.
loi R ^
II .
. 583, 147
" 3.
. 113
30.
. 99
i6.
36tf, 51R2
. 28RS.36R4
5.
12
39.
. io6</. 115
i8.
7.
51 R 2
46.
. 108 R 3
22.
. 118
9-
22 R 4
19 I .
. . . 146
23.
• • • o5
10.
. 58 R I, 95
2.
. 35 R 2, 120 R 4
25.
II R^:
14.
. 2ga
4.
. 69^:
26.
. B6d, 136
16.
36 R I
5.
6R2
I .
• 29a
22.
146 R 2
6.
. . . 83
7.
. . S4R1
30.
. . 78 R 3
10,
. IIX
13.
28R4
38. .
. I30<:
II .
, 32 R 2, 32 R 4
2.
. . 38 R4
12 6. <
65 R 2, 75. 100/
13.
. 69a
6.
. 14
8.
. 99R2
19.
. . 38 R 3
6-8
. 54^
12,
8R4
21 .
. 29 R 7. 71
12.
14, 17. 37^
13 »
. 75
20 I .
. 17. 37<f
. 120 R 5
17-
78 R 2, 107 R 1,
16,
8 R 2, 8 R 3
6.
146
17.
. 50^, 106^
7.
60R4
20, 22
107 R I
19.
. 65 rf
8.
' • • ..^3
23.
. 93
31.
. 15, 72 R 4
12.
91 R I
29.
. 17
13 2.
. 144 R 3
14.
28 R 6
30.
. 36a
2.3 •
55^, 100 R 4
48 R 2, 144 R I
16.
. 37 R I
I .
91 R 2
12.
18.
70fl, III R 3
7.
29^, 80
13. 27 .
. 21 d
20.
58 R I, 116 R s
9.
78 R 2
18.
41 R 3
28.
56
18.
• lood
20.
141 R 2
31.
24^, 106^, 146
20.
78 R 2
21.
. 147
33.
. soa
32.35 .
. 58 R I
30.
. 117
35.
91 R 4
38. ,
. . 38 R3
31.
. 56, 57 R I
37.
. S6c
7.
. 43«
14 4.
loi Re
39.
. 141
8.
. . 45 R2
5.
II R^, 65 R 6
40.
4, 5, 141 R I
10.
. . 29R3
6.
75.80
21 2.
4
12.
32R2
7.
76. 78 R 3. 147
3.
X17 R I
14.
29^, 80
8.
. 93
6.
. 45 R 2, iy>a,
i5» 23, 2
6 . 44R2
10.
. 17R5
146 R 2
24.
17 R 6
II.
. Ill
7.
45 R I, 121
31.
. 38 R 6
13.
a8 R 5, 147
10, 13 .
22 R 3
44.
. 37/
14.
6R1
II .
. . 99R2
I .
65 R 6, 14s
24.
20 R4
12.
. 58*
5.
. 115
25. .
28 R 5, SI R I
14.
, . 39 R I
8.
. 44^
28.
. 145
15.
. 15s
12.
. 145
15 13 .
. 50^, lOI
19.
. I. 25
27.
34 R 4, 44^, 118
23. 28
R 5, 71, 71 R 3,
20.
. 126, 147
32.
. 93
72 R 3, 123 R 2
29.
. 147
41.
9R2
25, 28 ,
. 38
22 3.
. 126 R 3
43.
69R1
16 8, 10, I
5 . . 38
6. 14 .
. 124
46.
. 44«
II .
• J'^
7.
65 R 2, 122, 123
47.
. S8a
16.
22R 3
8.
. 44^
55.
. . 67 R 3, 78
18.
, 22 R 3, 72 R 4
9.
19 R I
59.
. 32R3
22.
. ^ . 73 R 4
10.
, TOfl, 80, 100/
63. .
• III
24. a
to R4, 29a, 29^
13.
. 29 R 7. 35 R 2,
64.
. 34R2
31.
, 90 R I, 126 R 5
63, 71 R 2
6.
. 130^
17 I.
. 152
16.
. 146
14.
• 37^
14.
22 R 4
20.
5.65d
25.
. 54 R I, 88
16.
. 116 R 2
22.
53«. 60R4
26.
. 14
21.
• . «^3
24.
8R4
5-
44R2
24.
6R2
25.
. gc
6.
. 29^
18 4.
141, 141 R I
27.
4. 29^
7.
loi R d
7.
28.
29 R 6, 130 R 4
8.
32 R 3
10.
. 54*. 132
30.
. . 73. 88
9.
. 506, gi a
12.
. 141
35.
100 R 2
14.
37 R 3
13.
. 38 R 4, 47, 75
36.
. 117 R 3
16.
. 37<f. 37R4.
15.
. 120
41.
. 38
44R2
21 .
. 75. i3o«
47.
• 17
2l6
HEBREW SYNTAX
1 2
3
4
8
II,
13.
2 9
10
II
16
17
3 I
3
4
8
II
13
14
16
24
26
27
4 I
8.
9
13
19
29
41
43
5 2
3
4
5
6
10
II
12
13
17
20
21
22
23
25
26
6 3
5
6
8
9
10
12
16
19
20
22
25
31
32
33
7 I
3
4
7
GS §§
2 Kings
§§
2 Kings
§§
32 R 3, 125
7 8.
19 R I
16 14.
. 29^, 50 3
. 128
9.
78 R 8, 128 R I,
15.
29 R 7
♦ 106^
132 a, 132 R2
20 K 4, 136 R I
17.
. 29 <:
24R3
13 ♦
17 4.
29 R 8
13 • • .83
16, 18
. 2gd
6.
38 R 2
14 . . 37 R 5
19.
136 R I
13.
28 R 6
. 136 R I
8 5.
. 141
21 .
. . 78
82
8, 9
32 R 3
26.
. 127^
86 R 4, 100/, 141
10.
. . . 583
28-41
100 R 2
128 R 4
13. 22^, 43^, 72R I,
29.
29 R 8
. 36<«» 37^
75, 146 R 2
18 4 .
. 583
. 38
17.
. . 36R3
9. 10
. . . 38
. 116
22 .
. 45 R 2
17.
32 R 5
2gd, 37 rf, 54 R I
25.
. 38
21 .
. 132^
. 8 R 4, 144 R I
29.
. 29 R I, 44 R 2
23.
20 R 4, 37 flT
. 65c, 6sd, 122
9 I.
. . 35 R 2
26-32 .
. 60
118, 128 R 2
3.
. 40^
31.
. .64
120 R 5, 131
4-
. 29^
32.
. 55^.65^.96
. 29 R 8, 88 R 2
s.
. 21/
36. .
. 583
86 R 3
8.
. . 17 R 5
37-
. 70a
. 113
10.
. 139
19 I .
. . 78 R5
. 43«
12 .
II R^, 117
3.
. 127^
19 R I, 107 R I
15.
29 R I
4.
9 3. 31.53*
II, 18 21 R 2, 145
18.
I Ri, 7^ 8R3
II .
107 R I, 121
30
20.
. 44a
14.
. 116 R I
673, 94, 122
25.
28 R 5, 146 R 3
17.
. ti8
. 117
26.
57 R I, 120
22.
. 7 <z, 58 rt
. 130a
32.
. . 36 R 5
25.
65 R I, 109 R 2
. 136 R I
33-
• 102
27.
. 90
. 4 R I. 7 ^, 88
35.
91 R 4
28.
. . . 56
71 R I
10 2 .
. 136 R I
32.
. 77
. 13s R 2
2,3 .
. 553
37-
141 R I
II R^
4.
. 107
20 3 .
. 146
29 R 3
6.
. 28 R 6, 34
4.
32 R 2, 73 R I,
. 136 R I
10.
. 102
141 R I
60 R 4, 65 ^
13.
73 R 5. 104^
9.
41 R 2, 124
21 R2, 86^
14 .
. 37^
12 .
16
116 R3, 126 R 4
15.
32 R 5, 126,
13.
32 R 2
64, III R I
132 R 2
14.
45 R I
79, 132 R 2
23-
128 R 4
21 6.
82
. 51 R 2, 120 R 3
25.
11R6
12 .
113, 132 R 2
. 21^
II 4.
. 28 R 5, 75
13'
. 86^
6 R 2, 36<z
10.
. 17
22 I .
. 36 R 3
. 29^,83
12.
. 17R4
8.
. Ill
. 152
14.
. 117
13-
ga
, 121
12 10.
35 R 2, 108 R I
18.
. 99
83, 107 R I
12-17
44R2
20.
17 R 3, 113
. 72 R4
16.
71 R 2
23 3-
22 R 3
. 75
18.
SI R 2
8.
108 R I
II R^
21 .
673
9.
. 44 3. 15s
96 R I
13 II •
116
10.
96R1
. . . 38 R 5
14.
. 43^,673
17.
20 R 4, 29^
35 R 2, 44a
19.
39<^, 94. 131 R 2
24 3-
loi R^, 109
10
20, 21
141 R I
R2
. . . 97R1
14 7.
. 58^
12 .
. . 38
4
10.
. 53^
14.
I7.37<f
. 17, 38 R 2
. Ill R I
12.
29 R 6
25 I.
38 R 6
23.
. . . 38
5.
. 115
120 R 4
26.
.i7RS,76
8,27 .
• • J^
. 45
IS I.
. . 39 R I
9.
• 32 R 5
6 R I, 100/
13-
. 29 d, 38
10.
144 R 5
. 29 rf
16.
20 R 4
15.
29 R 8
. 41 c, 145
17. 23, a
7 . . 38
16.
32 R 2
. 130^
21 .
123 R 2
17.
. 36 R 3
iRi
30. 32 .
. . 38
19.
9R2
INDEX OF PASSAGES REFERRED TO
^17
Isaiah
1 2
3
4
5.
7
8
9
II
13
14
15
17
18
19
21
23
24
25
26
30
2 2
8
7.
8
9
II
20
22
z
3
5
6
7
8
9
12
15
16
16, 17
24.
26 .
I .
2.
3-
4.
I •
2
4
5
6
8
9
II
12
13.
17
19
23
24
25
26
§§
. 58 a, 105
. 105
24a, sgi, 117
22 R 3, loi R^
. g8 6, 106 c
. 58*
. 39^, 131
28 R 4, 40 d, 73
^Ods., 106 a
90, loi R d?
73, III, 113
84
. 22^, 40^
. 34 R 5. 83
. 117
44<z, 116 R I
62
loi Rd
8c R2
24^, 98 R I
57 R I, loo R 2,
136 R I
• 80
116 R I
41 R I, 49^,
73 R 5, 128 R 2
51 R 2, 116 R 2
24 R 2, 116 R I
97 R I, loi Rd
, 100 R I
z^d, 98 R I
. 17 R 5
• • 6ga
73 R 5. 75. 76
41 R I
11^, 41 R 3
. loSd
. 41 R 3
I R 3' 51 R 2,
B6c, 147
. 56
. 29^
• 141 R 3
. Ill
. 4» 6
r 106^
41 <r, 51 R 2, 130^
14, 24 R 3, 62,
loi Rd
. 77
94, 126 R 4
. 55 *, 88
73R2, 78R3, 96R1
100^, 100 R4, 12yd
30, 120 R 3. 128
28 R I, 141 R 3
29<?, 45 R 3
41^, 41 R I, 115
41 R I, loi Rd,
III R I
63 R I, 148
ioo£, 116 R I
91 a, 96
4R I, 17 R 4, 49^
71 R 2
14
Isaiah
28
29
5
6
I
2
8
10
II
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
13
2
5
6
7
8
9
13
14
15
23
24
25
I
4
6
9.
12
13
20
23
I
2
5
6
8
II
14
7
10
12
13
14
15
20
22
24
25
26
27
28
30
32
3
5
6
8
9
10
13
I §§
Isaiah
§§
. 100/
II
14.
29 R 5
. 59
12
I .
65 R 6
. 50^, 138^
5.
• 133
. II R^. 29 R8,
6.
• 14
38 R 4, 100/, loi R d
13
2 .
60R3
. 5, 29 R 8, 54 R I,
3-
3» 24/:
102
4.
. 117 R 3
• . 80
8.
24 r, 29 R6, loi
. 24</, 41 <r, no, 117
9.
. 41 R I, 96
. 139. 143
14.
22 R 2, 139
56, 105 R 2
17. 18, .
. 44^
7^, loi R^
22 .
. 113
60R4, 67a, 86r
14
2 .
73 R 4. 73 R 7,
. 53^, 108
100 R 5
41 c, 80, 128, 145
3-
91 R 2, 109
83, 132 R 2
6.
673, 67 R 2
. 116 R 5
8.
. 44tf. 99
loi Rdf 147
17.
. lOI
. 29a
19.
28 R 1,98^
. I R 2, 109 R 2
21 .
. I R 2, 41 R I,
. lOI
109 R 2
. 130 R 3
23.
. 78 R 5, 84
. 34 R 2, 90
25.
105 R 2
. 11^, 21^
27.
99R3
• 84
31-
. 29 R 6, 88 R 2
. 17
32.
. 108
. 29^, 108
15
3-
. 29 R 6, 73 R 3
71 R 4, 108 R 3
7.
. 115. 143
loi R^
8.
69R1
. 108
16
2 .
, 22 R 2, 69 R I
. 99, 147
4.
. 115
10 . , 64, 132^
8.
. 116
10 R 2
9.
. 20 R 4, 75
. io6c
10.
108 R I, 109
. 116 R I
12.
. 41 ^r, 130^
10 R 2
17
I .
. lOI
22 R I, 41^, 106 3
2.
. 100 d, 139
28 R I, 41^
5-
. 91 R 3
24a, 41 R I, 49^
6. 32
R 2, 36 R 5, 113
. 23
13-
. 116 R I
29 R 6, 115
14.
. 145 R 2
. 4 R I, 22 R 3
18
I, 2
. 116 R 5
. 106 d
2.
. I R I, 99
2gd, 90
3-
. 96R5
. 34 R 3
5-
. 41 R 4, 56
26
19
4.
31, 116 R 4
. . . 51 R 6
8.
28 R 3
. 22^, 91 R I, 91 R 3
II .
. 32 R 5
r 91 c, 91 R 2, 128 R I
12.
6s d, 126 R 8
. 98^
13.
. III. lis
• 73 R 2, 99
14. . .
67R1
loi Ra, 143
18.
. 67 R 3
56
19.
. 113
56, loi R d
22 .
. S6c
. 57
20
I .
• 91a
. 41^
2 .
88
32 R I, 109 R 3
3.
. 70<«
. 69 R 2, 94
4. a
4^, 70a, 71 R I
loi R^
6.
. 107
22 R I
21
I .
. 93
. 52, 138 3
5.
. 84. 88 R s
41^, III, III R3
7. 35
t R 1, 673, 132 a
73 R 7, 100 R 5
8.
. 70 a
. 106^
II .
. 108
105 R 2
12 .
. . . 83
2l8
HEBREW SYNTAX
Isaiah
23 2
3
II
13
i6
17
24
23 4
5
12
15
16
24 2
7
12
16
18
23
25 9
26 3
7
9
10
27 I
4
S.
II
12
13
28 I
2
4
7
8
9
13
15
16
17
19
21
24
26
27
28
29
29 I
2
4
7
8
9
II,
14
IS
16
20
30 1
6
7
8
12
12
24^:, 98 ^, 98 R I
98 R I, loi R^r
109 R 2
. 84, 88 R 2
21/, 69 R I
, S6c
32 R 5
. 128 R 6
2^
28 R 6, 32 R I,
97R1
loi Rd
82
20 R 4, 151 R 2
22 R 3
80, 113
. 67?
. 49^
32 R 6
65^, 65 R I
100 R7
76
. 109 R 3
132 R 2
30
65 R 4
65 R 6
17 R 2
35 R 2
. 109
28 R3, 983
22 R 3, 41 ^
28 R 3, 32 R 5,
108 R I
. lOI
22^, loi Re
22 R 3
. 28 R I, 75
Co ^
69 R 4. 76, 78 R 3
. 28 R 3, 99
78 R s, in R 1
. • '45
32 R I, loi Rd
. 108 R I
. 58^
44 a, 128 R 6
44 a, 86 a, 86 R 2
19 R 4, 65 R 2
18, 25
73 R 7
. 83
98R1
54 a, 100 a
88 R 4
54 a, 132 <r
86 R 3
82
51 R 5, 117, 122
, lOI
14 R 2
. 71 R 2
109 R 2
. 96. 147
Isaiah §§
Isaiah
§§
30 14
. 44 R 3, 67 R I
41 7.
72 R 4
15-
84 R I
15.
. . 24 R 3
16.
32 R 6, 118
20.
. 14 R 2, 53 R I
19
> 41a, 86^
23.
63 R I
20
. 113
24.
34 R 3. 144
22.
24 R 2, 116 R I
25.
69 R 4. 144
31 I.
3 . . 105 R 2
26, 28
. 65<^
4.
. 151
28.
63 R I, 132^
5
. . 55*, 86 R 4
42 a.
. . 73 R 5
6
10 R 2
6.
65 R 6
8
. 128 R I
7.
. 31
32 2
. 23, 24^:
16.
. 143
4<
. 14
17.
. 67^
8
14. Ill
18.
. 21/
II
. 113
21.
83 R I
12,
. 108
22.
. 88 R 3, 88 R 5
13
28 R 3
24.
6 R 3. 9 R I. 84
33 i<
83 R 2
43 4.
92
4-
67R1
9»
41 R 5
6.
. 28 R I, 106 d
10. 13 .
106 R 2
9.
. 116 R 6
12.
146 R 4
10.
• 40^
13.
, 14 R 2, 32 R 2
14.
16 . . .73
25.
106 R 2
24.
98 R I
28.
24^, 51R6
34 4.
22 tf, 67 R I
44 8.
• 145
10,
• r^^^i
12, 13 .
. 49^
13-
73 R 2, 116
14.
• 93
16,
iiR^r
16.
. 117
35 I.
2 . . 65 R 6
21 .
73 R 4
2.
. 28Ri,4iRi,86R3
28.
96R4
3.
• 31
45 I.
, 96
9.
. 32 R 5
4.
. 50^
36 6.
.54^
4,5
. 139
8,
16 . . 20 R 4
9,10
45 R I
9.
. 27, 35 R 2
14.
. 127^
18.
. 127^
17.
16, 67^
37 16
. 106 R 2
19.
69R1
22,
22 R 3, 24a, 28 R 6
23*
• 120
29.
. 56, 90 R I, 147
46 4
. 106 R 2
30.
. 60 R 2, 88
9.
. 127 fl?
38 7.
. 146
47 I.
83 R I, 140
10.
. 80
8, 10
. I27</
15'
.58 R I, loi Rd
9.
. 36 R 4, 41 R z
17.
. lOI
II .
• 139
18.
• 98 R I, 128 R 6
12.
. . 9R3
20 .
. 94
48 3- <
51 R 6
39 I
48^, 48R2
8.
. 146 R 3
3,
29 R I
9.
. lOI
40 I <
> . . . 40^
12.
. 106 R 2
7.
8 . . . 40^
13.
132 R 2
10.
loi R a
18.
• 39^1134
14.
17 R 2
20, 21
. 493
17.
34 R 3, 80, 127 </
49 4-
71 R 2
18.
8R2
6.
34 R 2, III R 2
20.
24 R 5, 44 R 3, 143
21 .
. 138^
22,
23 . . 99 R 2
50 2 . 65 F
L6, 86a, 126 R 4,
24.
. 49a
128
25-
. 4od, 6sd
4.
. 72 R 4, 75
26.
. 69 R 2, loi R^r
9.
144 R z
27.
. 45 R I. 53 R I
10.
. . 73 R I
30 '
59. 132 R 2
II .
loz R^
41 I.
. lOI
51 I.
. 143
2.
22 R 2, 144
2 ,
. 44 R 3, SI R 6
4-
. 106 R 2
9*
loi R^
5.
. 45 R 2
9. 10
. 106 R 2
INDEX OF PASSAGES REFERRED TO
219
Isaiah
§§
51 10.
22 R 4
12.
44 R 3, 106 R 2
19.
8R1
21 .
28 R I, 98 R I
52 6.
106 R 2
12, 13 .
51 R 3
15-
. 10, 41 R I
53 2.
. 65^
3-
28 R 4, 100 R 7
4.
28 R 4, 76, 98 ^
118
s. 3.
39 R I, loi R^,
109
(i,l .
. 22^
7.
. 138^
9.
loi Rrf
II .
. 32 R I. 83 R 5
54 ".
100 R 3
14.
60R2
15.
130 R 3
55 4.
28 R 4
5.
. 143
9.
. 151
10.
51 R 2. 154
13.
44 R 3. 143
56 3.
22 R 4
5.
. 116 R I
9.
22 R 3
10.
. 28 R I, 90
57 2.
71 R 2
3.
144 R 4
8.
. 116 R 6
II .
. 136 Ri
17. 51
[ R 6, 87. 87 R I
20.
32 R 2, 70 a, 84
58 6.
. 88, 88 R 3
10.
. . 6s R 6
II.
. . 78 R 5
59 2.
100 R 2
4. 13 .
. 84, 88 R 2
8. 12
. 116
10.
. . 65 R s
19.
. 140
60 7.
loiRfl?
14.
, 24 R 6, 71 R 2
61 10.
. 6s R 6, 73 R 3
10, II
22 R 2
62 I .
44R3
5.
. 151
12.
100 R Q
63 3«
6s R 6
3-5
51 R 6
7.
32 R I
II .
28 R 3. 98^
^ '9.
• Z9d, 134
64 9, 10
24 R 2
10.
. 28 R 4, 116 R 2
65 I.
81, 144
2.
99R1
4.
. 29^
5.
73 R 4
18.
. 60 R 2, 78 R 3
20.
71 R I
66 6.
.. 117 R 3
10.
. 67^
Jeremiah
§§
Jeremiah
§§
I 5.
. 45
8 13 . . 86 R 2, 144
II .
iiiRi
15 . . . 88 R 2
12.
. 82
16. 28 R I, 32 R 6, 49^
21.
60R4
18. lOi R</, p. 143 «».
23. . 65^, 13s R 3
2. 100 F
L 3, loi R^
5.
8R2
9 I.
65 b. 135 R 3
6.
. 143
5.
. ^96R3
8.
. 144
14.
29 R 7, 98^
II .
. 138 a, 144
17.
73 R 2
16.
• J^
21 .
136 R I, 139
17.
100 R 6
23. 72
R I. 88, 108 R I
17. 19 .
90R I
10 3.
I Ra
18.
8R3
4.
. 78 Rs
21 . . 32 F
L 2, 71 R 4,
5.
84
loi R^
10.
116 R 4
25.
. 32 R 5
14.
loi R^
27. . '.
22 R 3, ssc
69k3
20.
. 73 R I
28.
II 7.
87 R I
31.
. 21/
12 I.
. 104
32.
. 140
4.
. 116
34.
116 R 6
6.
83 R 5, io6a
37.
. 138a
8.
. 73 R 6
31...
88R2
12.
28RS
5. 73 R
S. 116 R 6
17.
87
7, 10 .
32 R I
13 4.
20R2
15.
. . 87
7.
. 443
20.
. 151
10.
32 R 3. 65 R 6
2S.
65 R 5
12.
. 86^
4 3. 4 .
. 60
18.
82, 83
5.
83RS
19.
29 R 6. 116 R 5
7.
. 128
20.
. 142, 143
10,
. 58^
27.
24 R 4
11 .
. 28 R 3, 95
14 8. 9 .
. 143
13.
. 4i<z
15.
. 138^
100 R 2
14.
. 116
16.
19, 21 . 65 .
R5.65R6
18.
. 130^
22.
100 R 3
19.
88 R 2
28.
109 R 2
22.
106 R 2
30. 97 R
. I, 141 R 3
15 9.
24R6
5 I.
60 R 4, 125
10.
29 R 6
7.
8R4
13- •
. 136 R I
9.
II R^
15.
. 32 R 5, 90
13.
19 R 2
18.
. 126 R 7
15.
9 R 2, 143
16 6.
108, 109
18.
78 R 7
12.
82, 95
22.
132 R 2
13.
72 R 4
6 8...
100 R 3
14, 15 «
. 15s
10.
65 R 5
17 2.
32R2
13.
• • «34
5-8 .
. S4«
14.
loi Rrf
6.
• 73
15. . J
}6^96Rs
10.
96R4
16. .8
R 4. 32 R 2
18.
62, 107
20.
32 R 2
23, 24. 2
7 . . 95
29.
. 86r
18 4.8 .
. I32fl
76...
. 109
15-
100 R3
9.
88 R 2
16.
73 R 6
9, 10 .
. 55^
18.
62
13.
87 R 1
19 I .
II Ra
17.
122, 123
12.
96R4
18.
88 R I
13.
88 R I
19.
. \xb
20 7.
73 R 4
8 3. .
410 81
8.
. . 14s
5 . '
29 R 5. 67 ^
9-
. 32 R 4, I32fl
7.
. 40^
10.
53 R I. 65^
9.
. . Tb
II .
67 R 2, 143
220
HEBREW SYNTAX
Jeremiah
§§
Jeremiah
§§
EZEKIEL
§§
20 17, 18 .
45R2, 48tf
38 23.
. 108
13 12.
132 R 2
21 I .
. 91a
39 "•
48 R 2
22 . .29
R 4. 96 R 4
9.
. 55*^
14.
91 R 4
14 3-
.. 86a
22 4 .
28 R 5, 116 R I
41 4.
. . 96RS
7.
65 R 6
10 .
. S6c
6.
86 R 4
22 . 72 R
. 4, 132 R 2
14.
88 Ri
42 6.
. 149
15 4.
132 R 2
16.
. 19
10.
86 R 2, 149 R 2
16 4 .
86R2
17.
. 32 R 5
16, 17
. . 57 R 3
7-
34R4
18.
. 117
19.
. 40^
27.
29R4
19.
. Gjd, 87
44 19.
. 84 R I, 96 R 4
34-
. 109
24.
120 R 5, 130 R a
25.
84 R I, 114
38. .
67R2
30.
. 76, 83 R 2
26.
. 119
17 9.
91 R 3
23 14.
. 55^, 149 R 2
28.
•« ^^N
10.
. gia
17.
. S6c
46 5.
I R I, 86 R 3
21 .
72 R 4
18.
. 65d
6.
128 R 2
18 5, 18 .
130 R 5
28.
71 R 2
9.
28 R 6
6.
. 29^
29.
44 R 3. 143
16.
. 32 R 2, 99 R I
10.
35 R 2
36.
31, ii6R4
48 2.
. lOI
19.
41 R 2
39.. .
56, S6c
9.
86 R 2
20.
loi Ra
24 2.
29^. 32 R 2
32.
20 R 4
23.
. 86a
25 4.
87 R I
36.
. 25, 115
29.
116 R 6
5.
64
38.
. 29^
32.. .
. 136 R I
26.
20R 4
45.
. 24 R 3, 101 R^
19 9.
. 149
29.
., 121
49 ".
106 R 2
20 9 .
149 R 2
30.
. 67 R 3
36. .
. 21^
26.
. 146
34.
. . 96RS
50 10.
.' 69^
38. . ,
116 R 6
26 5.
87 R I
34.
86 R 3
21 19 .
32R2
18.
. 71 R4
46.
. 113
20. .96 K
. I, 149 R I
27 3.
. 32 R 2, 99 R I
SI 24, 35 .
. 69^
25.
72 R 3
7.
I
46.
. 127^
31.
88 R 2
8.
. 72 R 4, 91 R 4
49.
. 94
22 4.
116 R 6
16.
69R2
52 7.
44 R 2, 50a
18.
. 29^
18.
69 a, 140 R 2
gS, 146
20.
29 R 4
24.
100 R 3
28 9.
23 16.
. 69^
16.
21 R I
EZEKIEL
28.
10
30 6.
98 R I, 125, 140
II.
. . . 38
30, 46 .
88R2
12.
. 32 R S
8.
. . 36 R 4
32.
116 R 6
14. 15 •
96R2
23.
llR<:
40.
9R3
21 .
41 R 2
2 8.
• 29^
42.
. "3
31 I.
29 R 7
9.
% J^
43-
I
5.6 .
. 41a
3 3.
63 R 2
24 2.
. 11c
7.
67 R 2
21.
29 R7
25 3-
. 117
9.
. 116 R 6
4 13.
32 R 2
12.
. 67^
15.
116 R I, 127^
14.
. 100 R 3
26 10.
28R1
18,25
. 143
5 16.
. 63 R 3
14.
116 R 6
32 4.
86a, III, 140
6 9.
• lie
17.
22R4
10.
. ctie
II .
. 28 R 3
20.
• 149
12.
20R4
7 2.
• • 36R3
27 15 .
3R2
14.
32 R 2, S5fl
24.
. . 32 R5
30.
. 70^
20.
. 136
8 6.
91 R I
34-
100 R 6
33.44
88 R I
14.
69R2
36. . .
. 29^
33 20.
29 R 4
9 2.
, 32 R 2, 99 R 2,
28 7 .
32 RS
22.
28 R I
100 R7
16.
. lOX
34 3-
. 86 tf, III
2, 3, II
98R1
29 7. . .
• S4«
35 14.
. 79
10 3.
29 R 7
30 2.
. "7
36 18.
44R1
9.
32 R 2
16.
24R4
22.
72 R 4
15.
1R2
31 16.
28R4
23.
88 R I
II 7.
. 86 R 3
32 25 .
108 R 2
32.
. . 38 R 5
12 .
9R I
33 4-
108 R I
37 9. 9
R3, 11^, 51 R 4
13.
67R3
18.
14 R 2
17.
. 126
24.
. 693
33-
109 R 2
21 .
88 R I
12 12 .
. 147
34 " .
. 56
38 4.
. 79
13 2.
28 R I
12.
32 R 2
14.
32 R 2
3-
149 R 2
35 10 .
72 R 4
16.
• 99R2
7.
. 108
36 3 . . 72 R
. I, 147 R 2
INDEX OF PASSAGES REFERRED TO
221
EZEKIEL
§§
HOSEA
§§
HOSEA
§§
36 5.
22 R 3
4 17-
. 98^
13 8.
12
7.
. 40^
18.
88 R 4
10.
10 R 2
27.
. 150
5 I.
. 21/
12 .
. 104a
38 n.
. . 69R4
5.
. 41 3
13.
128 R I
16.
. 93
6.
. no
14 I.
116 R 5
17.
II Rtf, 29^
8.
. 117 R 3
3.
28 R 3
39 14.
24R4
9.
. 14
4.
.9R1
27.
32 R 2
13.
29 R I
5.
. 70^
40 2.
. 139
14.
• . • «59
7.
65 R 6, 113
5.
. . 37 R 4
15.
53^83R4
9.
8R3
28,31
32 R 2
6 I.
51 R 5» 59. 83 R 4
10.
. 65^, 150
41 22.
. 6gc
3.
59, 62, 143
42 14.
, . 29R7
4.
22 R 2, 83, 138 fl
Joel
43 7. 17 <
72 R 4
6.
34R2
12.
. . 21/
10.
78 R 8
9.
20R4
8.
98 R I
19.
9R2
7 1-3
• 44^
13-
. 114
44 3.
72 R 4
2.
11^, 146 R I
IS-
. 117
7.
29 R 7
4.
. 81, 83 R 2
20.
. 116
19.
. 73R4
5,6
. 68
2 14.
. 43 R I
45 I. 3 -
. . 36R3
7.
. S4fl
20.
65 R 6
1$.
. 20 R 4, 29 R 5
8.
100 R 3, 128 R 5
26.
83 RS
46 19.
20 R 4
II.
. 140
3 4-
. 27
47 4.
29 R 3
14--16
. 44tf
4 14.
a9R8
IS.
20 R 4
8 I.
. 117 R 3
18.
73 R 2
16.
32R2
4.
. 149 R 3
17-19, .
. 72 R4
5.
96 0ds., 145 R 3
Amos
48 14.
63 R 2
6.
. 71 R 4, 136 R I
I 3. 6, 9 .
. 36^91^
7.
69R2
9. II •
96
HOSEA
II .
96 06s.
II .
. 55^92
I 2.
25, 68
12.
132 R 2
2 2, 3 .
116 R 5
4.
56
13.
. 51 R 4. 59
6.
• 22^
5.
57 R 2
9 2.
. 114
7. • ^
[a, 149 R 3
a.
83, 100 R 3
4.
. 116 R 2
8.
. 44a
7.
loi, loi Ra, III
6.
115, 132 R 2
II . . I
23, 123 R I
9.
128 R I
7.
96R2
13. .9
8a, loi R^
2 I .
. 25, 44a
8, II
. 106^
15. .24
R 5. 71 R 3
. s.
22R2, 53^,90,
9.
. 82, 83, loi Rd
16.
, 24^, 70a
loi Rd
II •
loi R c
33..-
• 154
7.
14, 98 d
12.
loi, loi R^
3.4 .
. 130*
8.
3R2
13.
. 94
4-6 . .
. 138^
9.
. 33. 52. 62
14.
. 113
s.
. 86^
II .
14. 83
15.
63 R 3
6.
. 122
12.
II R^
10 I •
73 R 7, 109
7.
44 a, 154
14.
10 R 2
4.
84, 87 R I, 88 R I
8.
132 R 2
15. 72
R 1. 73 R 3. 14s
5.
. 115
10.
•^T.'^
16.
. 75, 100 «?
6.
79. Ill
II .
136 R I
17.
. loi R^
7. IS
. 41^
12.
22 c, 44a
20.
. lOI
8.
• ^^3
13.
24 R 6
23.
57 R 2, 105
10.
. . 96R5
41...
1R3. 99
3 I.
. gic, 98^
12.
. 64, 92, 96 Ods.
2 .
79. 109
2.
. 24^, lOI
14.
loi R d, 116 R a
4.
64, 82
4.
68, 140
II I .
. 50^, 145
7.8 . .
54 ^ 109
5.
. lOI
2.
. 151
8.
36 R 5
4 2.
. 88
2»7
. 108
9.
22 R I
4.
. . 63
4.
50a, loi Ra
10.
136 R I
6. 4
id, loi Re, 107,
6.
loi R c
II .
91 R 3
« "5
8.
. p. 143 «., 117
13.
98 R I
7.
28 R I, 151
10.
44 R 3, 143
52. . ,
41 3, 140
8.
44a, 116 R I
12 I .
16
3- .28
R 5. 71 R I
9.
. 151 R 2
3-
. . 96R4
4.
64
II .
. 114
5.
. 69a.
5.
. 63
13-
. 44a
10.
loiRrf
6.
53^. 64
14.
II ^, 44 R 3
15-
71 R 2
7.
100 R 4
IS.
63
13 2.
. 24a, 44a
7-12 .
• 100^
16.
22 R 2
6.
. 50*
8.
40 c, 49 a
OO'^
HEBREW SYNTAX
Amos
§§
MiCAn
§§
Habakkuk §§
5 8. 9 .
. 98 tZ
I 10.
. 86^
I 14 . . . 100 R 3
12.
146 R 3
2 I, 2
. SAa
21.
. 65 R 5
15.
. 43^
3.
71 R 2
14.
73 R 7. 90. 143
16.
. "7
4.
. 108
15.
88 R I
19.
22f, 54a
57 R I
7.
32 R 2
16.
34 R 2
26, 27 .
8.
98R1
17.
. 23
61. 34 R
S. 144 R 4
10. ,
. 143
18.
41 R 2
2.
24 R 6
11 .
. 131
19.
24 R 4, 117
3. . I'
9R2, 49<z,
12.
20 R 4, 29 R 6
3 2.
45 R 4
100 R 5
13.
. 49^, sob
8.
29 R 4
8.
. ii^r
3 2-5 .
. 99
9. 67^, 78 R 3, 86 R 3
10 . .95
, 126, 127^
4.
65 R 6
10.
45 R 2
II .
146 R 4
5.
55<:, 99R2.
13.
91 R 3
12.
17 R 6, 108
132 R2
15.
109 R 3
13.
128 R I
5. 9 .
100 R4
17.
. 116
7 1...
. looa
6.
101 Kct 109
2.
. 130^
8.
. 155
Zephaniah
2, 5 .
8R1
9.
14
12, . . 86 R 2
4.
. 57 R I
II .
. 44<z
8, 12 .
57 R 2
6. . .
4R1
12.
80
9.
. 98^
7.
. 139
46.
14. 63 R 3, 99
14.
. 70 3
12 . . 45 I
1 4, 101 R b
9.
67^86R3
.2 I. 88 1
I 4, 100 R 3, 14s
13.
22 R 3, 104
II .
. 116
2.
91 R I, 128
14.
. 104
12.
. 22^
12.
. 21/
17.
. 105
13.
761 13.
. 65 R 6
8 4.
96R4
14. .2
14 R 3, 101 R a
14.
. 136
5.
. 6sd
5 2.
41 Ct 108 R I
15.
. 1271/
9. .57
R 2, 73 R 7
4.
. 240,29^
3 4.
. 14, 24^, 24 R 3
14.
. 119
7.
. 130^
65 R 6
5.
100 R 3
91. 28 F
L 5, 108 R 1
8.
7.
. 83
2-4 .
. 1300
6 7. .
• • r?^
II .
24R 2
5. . 4
9fl, 51R4,
8.
91 R 3
17.
44 R 3. »43
100 R 4
13.
. . 87
19.
. 14
7.
126 R 4
14.
65 R 6
20.
. 96R3
8. Ub,
86 R 1, 154
16. 5
I R 4, 149 R 3
.
9. . 1
09, 146 R 4
71. 11-
7, 128 R 6, 143
Haggai
11 .
loi R^
2 .
. 77, 1273
I 4 . . 32 R 2, 70 a
3-
.49a, 106^
6.
. 109
Obadiah
4.
. 34 R 3
9.
88 R 2
I 5.
. 130^
8. 13
R 4, 132 R 2
2 7.
. 115
8.
56
10.
65 R 6, 113
12.
. 126
9. 10 •
loi R c
12.
6R1
15-
. . 96RS
10.
. 23
16.
22 R 3
17-
. 22 R I, 28 R I,
12-14 .
63
17.
. 101
72 R 4, 128 R 3
19.
. . 83
19 . . . loi R b
Jonah
\
1
I 3. 4 .
14
Nahum
Zechariak
6.
8 R 3, 70a
12.
24 R 3
12. . . . 67^
8.
8R4
4.
. 49«
13.
. 29^
10.
. 673
8.
78 R 7
14.
. 673
II .
. 6sd
12.
151 R I
2 5.
. 139
14.
62
2 3.
108 R I
8.
71 R I
2 7.
. 106^
6.
. 69^
3 I.
• 21^
8.
. p. 143 «.
9.
I R I
3.
100 R 2
II .
146 R 4
3 4.
24 R 3
4.
£8 R X
3 3.
34 R 6
II .
65 R 6
8.
. . 21/
4.
. 69^
16.
. 49 a
4 7-
32 R 2
9.
. 43 R I
10.
. 29^:
42.
82
Habakkuk
5 II.
. 1x6 R 6
10.
. 24 R 3
I 2, 3 .
41 R 2
6 10.
88 R 2
11 .
. 121
5.
88 R 4
12.
144 R 3
6.
. 143
14.
. 113
MiCAH
10.
51 R 4
7 2.
48 R 2
12.
. 21/
II .
6R1
5.
. 73 R 4, 88 R I.
9 . 109 R 2,
n6, 116R6
13.
34R2
136 R I
INDEX OF PASSAGES REFERRED TO
223
Zechariah §§
Psalms §§
Psalms
§§
7 7.
72 R 4
6 II.
. 68
22 8 .
73 R6
9
• (yjb
7 5.
. 98^
22. . 41 I
^ 5. 51 R 5.
II ,
loi Rtf
7
41 R 5
lOI
14.
. 17 Rs
10
. 31
29.
. looa
8 2.
^5?
II .
22 R 3
30.
4.1 R I, 49^
10.
51 R 6
8 S.
19R4, 433, 150
32. 97 R
. 1 , 100 R I
13-
. 29^
6.
51 R 4. 75, 78 R 2
23 2.
. 24^
15 ■
• • T.^3
7.
. 51 R 5
4.
19 R 4
17 ■
. 72 R 4
8.
19 R 4
6.
. 101
23-
. 146 R 3
9 7
I
24 4. . .
. 24^
9 5-
65 R 6
16
. 6 R 3, 143
8.
. Tc
9<
17 R 3, 136 R I
18.
69R2
2S 2.
. 62
10 7.
65 R 6
19.
. 128 R 6
9.
6s R 6
II 2.
32 R 2
21 ,
146 R 3
10.
. 29^
4-
. 24^:
10 .4.
146 R 1
II .
. 56
5-
116 R I
5.
29^, 69 R I, 106^
14.
. 94
7-
35 R 2
6.
146 R 2
26 I. . .
44R3
12 10.
9 R 3, 88 R I
II,
13 . 146 R I
4. 5 •
45 R 3
13 9-
. 91 R i» 91 R 3
16.
. . 41 R 5
6.
, . 62
14 4.
. 32R5
II 2.
. . 41 R 3
27 I .
. 7«
10.
32 R2
3-
41 R 2
2 .
. sSa
12,
88» 116 R I
4-
. 102, 106^
6.
. 62
6.
65R6
9.
65 R 3
Malachi
12 3.
. 29 R 8, 67 R 3
10.
siRs
14.
. 83
4.
6s R 6
28 I.
. lOI
7. 12
. 100 R 6
6.
. 40^, 144
30 . . .
39 R I
8.
. 126 R I
8.
6
I .
. 21c
10.
► <
. 135
13 4-
67R2
10.
8R2
la
II .
22 R 3
5^
'. J3
13.
149 R 3
II .
t
. 109
14 2.
. . 6sRs
31 5-
6R3
13-
. 117
5.
. 67^
6.
41 R 5
2 6,
. 113
7.
. 135 R 3
20.
32 R I
II .
24 R 3, 116 R 5
16 6.
. 14
24.
loi R^
12 .
. . 6s R 6
9.
51 R 2
32 I .
98R1
13
78 R 2
II .
17 R 2
2.
. 143
15-
100 R 6
17 3.
90R1
5.
51 R 5
16.
144 R 4
5<
88Rs
8.
109 R 3
3 9-
. 21/
8.
• • ^§5^
9.
94, 128 R s
10.
. 125
9
6R3
10.
32 R I
19.
. 150
10,
17 R 4, 109 R 3
33 17 .
. 22^
24
. n
II .
. 71
34 6. . .
128 R 2
13.
14 . . 109 R 3
8.
. 49 <r
Psalms
18 I.
. 25
35 2.
loi Ra
II.
. 2,\e, 39^
4-
. . 97R1
8.
69 R 4, 139
3.
. loi Rrf
7
. . . 45R2
12.
78 R I
3-6
. 44«
12.
. . . SIR 5
14.
loi R d
4.
9 ^, 22 R 2
18.
32 R 2
15.
• 144
2 I .
. 19 R 4, 22 R 3
22.
• 101
16.
28 R 6
2.
28.
... .31
19.
29 R 4
6.
. 3, 24 R 2, 155
31
106
36 7. .
. 34R6
8, 10
22 R 3
33-
.78R2, 98f, 99
13.
. 4.1a
9.
. 24^
35
. 116
37 3-
. 73
12.
. 28 R I, S3 R I
36.
90 R I
14.
22 R 3
3 3.
. 69 R 2, loi R ^
40
98R1
27.
64
5.
. 50a, 109 R 3
41.
78 R 7
31-
. 116
6.
. . 51 R7
47.
. . 41 R 5
38. . .
. 41a
8.
. 71. 71 R 3
19 8.
9, 10 . .98^
40 .
. 493
9.
. 133
10.
. 29^
38 9.
. S8a
4 7-
. 13s
II ,
. 97 R I, 99
14.
• 143
8.
. 2S, 28 R I
20 4.
63 R I
15.
100 R 3
5 4-
. 68
7.
. 41 fl
20.
29 R 4
5.
. 73
8.
• «5
39 6.
28 R 3
7.
24^, 28 R 4
9.
. s8«
7.
loi R a
13.
78 R 2
21 2 .
6s R 6
8.
41 R 2
6 9.
10
• 41a
13 ■
. . 78 R 7
12.
132* R 2
224
HEBREW SYNTAX
Psalms
§§
Psalms §§
Psalms
§§
40 6.
95, 132 R 2
59 17
. 25
81 9
. 134
41 3-
. 128 R 2
60 5
. 29^
14
• 131. 134
7.
. 130^
10
. 23
83 S
. / . lOI
42 2 .
• 143
II
41 R 2
6
71 R a
4.
. 91 R I, 96 R 5
12
. . . 51 R 5
10
loz R d
s.
. 65R5.73R4
13
. 139
15
' l"^^
6, 12 .
SI R 4
61 8
65 R 4
19
109 R 3
6, 7, 12
. p. 14Q «.
. 128 R I
63 4
. 32 R 2, 99 R I
84 4
. 40 c
43 I •
5
. 116 R I
85 9
136 Ri
5.
. p. 143 «.
109 R 3
10
. 34 R 3, 132 R 2
14
65 R 6
44 3-
63 7
. . . 17 R 2
87 3 .
• 109
S'
. 106 R 2
64 6
T/|6 R I
S
106 R 3
10, II .
51 R 5
7
. 27
88 5
loi R^, 140
19.
. 128 R 6
8-
•10 . . . 49^
6
98R I
21 .
.130^, 131 R I
9.
. 116 R I
8
• r>77
45 8.
. 77
65 4
. . . 17 R 3
9
17 R 3
9.
. 39^
5
. 25, 32 R 5, 144
II 8;
J R 4, 141 R 3
12.
. 136 R I
66 6.
. . . 65RS
89 28
91 R 4
13*
. 34
9
19 R 2
40
• XOI
14.
. 28 R 3
zo
. . . 91 R3
48. SI .
iRi
46 3.
91 R 2
17
. 109 R 3
51
32R I
4.
132 R 2
67 3
. . . 96RS
90 2
. 145
5.
, 17 R 2, 32 R 5
68 S-
loi Ra
3
65 R 6
7-
45 R 2
10.
. 136 R I
15
. 35
47 4.
65 R 6
'1
65 R 6, 109
91 6
. 68
48 6, II .
151, 151 R I
16.
. . 34R6
14
•, 59
49 4 •
17 R 2
22.
28 R 3
92 9
29^. 69 R I
7.
• • «??
69 5.
29 R 4
II
19 R 4
8.
. S63
10
. 23
12
32 R 3
8-10
. 65c
II .
. 109 R 3
94 9
126 R 3
II .
. 118
15.
. 62, 65 R 3
17
73. 131
13.
22 R 2. 143
22.
. . . 51 R 5
22, 23 .
. 49^
14.
• 143
33 <
• • • I5R2
95 7
• y4
IS-
. 94
71 21 ,
63 R 2
8
loi Rd
SO 3-
109, 128 R 2
72 13.
16 . . 6s R 6
10
22 R3. sotf
S-
loi Rd
19.
81 R 2
II
. 150
10.
22 R 3
73 2.
• 116
96 4
97R1
16.
. 50a
10.
32 R 5
97 I
39 R I
18.
. 130^
83, 141 R 3
13.
71 R 2
99 6
loi Ra
20.
IS.
. 131 R I
loi 3
91 R3
21 .
86 R 3, 146 R I
17.
. 45. 65 R S
5
22 R 3
SI 3'
. 28
27.
98 R I, loi
102 5
loi R^
4.
. 83
28
. 91 R 3. 116 R 3
9
98R1
6.
. 149 R 3
74 7
• lOI
14
83, 141 R 3
14.
. 75
II .
. 136 R I
28
106 R 2
18.
. 65^
IS
. . 32R5
103 5
. 116
5a s-
• 34R2
23-
98R1
14
100 R 7
9-451
^3> 5o«. SI R4
75 3-
71 R 2
104 6
78 R 2
S3 6.
98 R I
76 6.
67R2
6-8 .
. 4SR2
54 6.
loi Rtf
7
. 136
14. 15 •
. . 96
55 3-
. 65 R5
8
97 R I, 145
15
. 75
7.
65^,^5 R 4
II .
17 R 2
16
. 34R6
9.
69R2
77 4.
7 . . 6s R 5
18
^ 32 R 2
13-
. 6sc
78 6.
44R3
20 . 2
2R3. 6sR6.
18.
51 R 4, 65 R 5
9.
28 R 6
132!;*
. 9654
19.
. lOI
IS.
26,49,50- siRs
21
22.
. 29^
17.
20 . . 45 R 2
22, 27-30
• 132 R 2
S6 3.
71 R 2
49,
. . . 32 R 5
25
6R1
4. 10 ,
. 25
79 10.
• ^99
32 • i
51 R 4, SI R 6
57 5.
65 R 5. 98 R I
80 5.
41 R 2
. 33
3R1
7-
41 R 5
9-
45 R 2
106 13
. . 83
58 2.
71 R 2
II .
. 34 R 6, 80
14
. 67*
5.
65 R 6, 143
15.
6R1
18
. SIRS
9.
71 R I
81 6
25. 144
23. 26, 27
91 R4
59 16 .
50^ 130 R 4
7.
8 . . SIR 5
43
. 44RI
INDEX OF PASSAGES REFERRED TO
22S
Psalms
107 6, 13
26-29
29
2, 7
108
109
J 10
III
114
"5
116
118
119
2
3
4
7
19
24
28
2
3
7
8
3
8
7
8
S
14.
15
8, 9
II
19
20
5
II, 80
17
15.
21
41.
62
72
75.
86
92
103
136
137.
120 s
77
78,
IS5
121
123
124
"5
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
7
3
2
4
I,
3
4
I
4
S
6
I
2
5
3
6
8
z
2
2
I
5
II, 12
IS.
I
16, 18
IS
§§
. 51 Rs
51 R 6
6s R 6
109 R 3
32 R 5, 67 R 3
73 R 4
. 29^
. 70a
. 143
loi Re
. 49^
60R2
. 29^
. 29^
32 R 5
. siRs
. 76, 78 R 3
3R2
99 R 2
. 104
18 . 69 R 2
28 R 5
33. 104
88 R 4
6s R 4
28 R 5
135 R 2
• 149
6SR4
99R1
69R4
. 68
116 R 3
86 . 71 R 2
29 R 4
. 131
. IIS
73 R 2
116 R 3
73» 117
. 29^
19 R 2, 128 R 2
. iSi
20 R 4, 28 R s
131 R I
. 70a
69R 2
. 143
. 24 Rs
22 R 3, 106^
. S6c
130 R 4
68, 90
. 6s d
108 R I
. 14s R 2
. 40^
• 31
120R3, p.i43«.
90
17 R 2
6 R 3, 28 R s
. 75
yd
Psalms
134 2
135 17
136 4-7
19, 20
137 3 II
8
8.9
138 3
139 8,9
II
12
13
14
18
19
22
140 9
12
141 5
10
142 4
143 7
144 2
3
13
146 2
4
5
147 I
18
148 13
149 2
6
Proverbs
1 3
7
9
12
27
2 5
19
3 10
17
18.3s
23
24
2S
26
28
4 16
18
5 6
19
22
6 II
13
16
17, 18
22
7 7
10
14
19
26
69R2
128 R 3
. 98^
73 R 7
R a, 7S» loi R ^
97R1
2S
25' SO*. 51 Rs
132 R 2
48 d, 132 R 2
34R2
. SIR 5
71 R 2
3 R I, 132 R 2
. 134
6s R 4
24R3
128 R 2, 132 R 2
. ii6Ri
. p. 143 «.
6sR2
• 144
. SIR 3
. 115
3R1
132 R 2
loi Ra
. 116 R 3
. 132*
22 R 3
16
. 139
84
. 40 c
. 24^
. 70 a
. 91a
131 R 2
98 R I
73 R 2
. 29^
116 R I
67R2
132 a
128 K 2
loi Ra
. 139
54«
86 R 4
• 139
. 24^
29 R 7
57 R I
73 R 6
106 R 2
. 31
. 132 «
51 R 5
71 R 2
loi R^
. zid
32 R I
Proverbs
8 6.
22, 25
30.
32.
9 II .
12 .
10 I .
4-
25.
26.
11 2 .
16.
21 .
12 4 .
7-
19.
26.
28.
13 10.
21 .
24.
14 2 .
9-
19.
35-
15 12.
20.
25-
16 4 .
S-
19.
29 .
17 I.
3-
5.
12 .
13-
20.
18 3.
9.
10, 17
13, 22
22 .
19 8.
25.
20 3.
7.
10.
13.
21 3.9
6.
13.
16.
19.
22 .
22 12, 13
19.
21
23
24
23 I.
2 .
15.
25-
24 8.
§§
14
• 14s
. 29^
. 2S
108 R 2
58^, 130 R 4
. 44^
. 67R3
132 R 2
16
48 df 132 R 2
24 R 3, isi
22 R 3
24R3
132 R2
65 Rs
6s R 6
128 R2
109 R I
72 R 4
. 77
98 Rx
Z16 R X
. 40'c
116 R 2
• 84
. 24^
65 R 6
20R4
22 R 3
32 R 5
. 54«
116 R 3
. 151
. 40^
88 R 2, 88 R s
132 R 2
24RS
. 48 d
24 R3
• 54«
132 R2
. 48^
. 94
108 R 3
loi R c
145 R I
29 R 8
. 64
33. 91 R 3
28 R 3
81 R 4
. 84
24 R 3
. 49 fl
. 40 <r
I
. 29^
• 71
24 R 3
86 R
24R
6sR
24 R
226
HEBREW SYNTAX
^
Proverbs
§§
Job
§§
Job
§§
24 II •
. 134
4 II .
. 51 R 5
12 3 . . . 100 R 3
23.
84
15. 16
14, 45 R 2
7.
. 116
27. 33. 34 • 57 R 1 1
19.
. 81
9.
41 R 2
31-
80
20.
. . 73 R 5
II .
. 151
32.
107 R I
5 7.
24 R 3, 151
17.
70 dt, 71 R 1
25 3, ao, 25 . 151 1
II .
. 51RS, 69R2
18, 22-2"
5 . .49^
4.
. . 50^
15. 16,
. 49^
24. :
. 128 R 3
4, 5 84, 88 R 2, 132 R2I
20,23
. 41^
13 5.
. 6s d, 13s
17. .
. 73
22 .
60 R 2, 128 R 2
7.
126 R I
24.
24 R 3
24.
. 29^
13.
8
26 2.
• 93
6 2.
108 R 2, 134
19.
[31 R 2, 144 R I
7, 8, 14
. 151
3.
17 R 2
27.
6s R 6
12. ]
[08 R 3, 132 R 2
4-
. . 73 R 4
14 I •
. 98^
17.
. 143
8.
. 135. 135 R 3
2 .
. 49 «
18.
. 99 R I
9.
. . . 83
4. 13 .
. 135 R 3
26.
132 R 2
9, 10
. 65^
10.
. 51 R 4
27 2 .
6s R3
10.
3R2
II .
. 151
16.
116 R I
II .
. 150
19.
. 116
28 I .
116 R I, 139
12, 28
. 122
22 . ■ .
. p. 143 ».
20 .
17 R 2
13 •
126 R 2
15 3.
. lOI
21 .
84
17-
.45 R2, 109 R I
7.
4S R I, 71 R I
29 I, 8
24R3
21 .
51 R 4
10 .
24RS
21 .
132 R 2
25-
84
16.
. 97R1
30 3-
16, 128 R 6
27.
. 73 R 5
21 .
69R4
15. 24. 2
9 . 106 R 2
7 2.
44 R 3. 143
33-
65 R 6
25.
128 R I
3«
108 R 2
16 3.
126 R I
28
108 R 3
4-
130^
4.
. 131
31 1.
29 R I
9.
. 40 c, 49 a
8.
. 141 R 3
9.
71 R 2
12 .
. 150
9, 10 .
. 73 R 6
29.
32 R I
13.
101 R a
16.
116 R 4
14.
. 81
17.
. loi R d
Job
17.
43^, 51 R 4
20, 21
. . . 65d
I I .
19, 39 a, 144 R 3
20.
loi R d, 132 R 2
17 I.
. . 17 R 3
3.
. 37^
8 3.
. 124
2.
6s R 6
4.
. . 36 R 3
4.
. 130^
18 7.
24 R 2
5.
44 R I, 58/7,
6.
131 R 2
9. 12
. . 65 R 6
69R3
8.
. . 73 R 5
14. IS
109, 109 R 2
6, 13
21 R 2
9-
. 29^
19 3-
. 6R2, 83
7.
. 45 R I
12 .
44R3
4.
132 R 2
8.
29 R 2
19.
. IIS
7.
81 R 4
II .
. 120
9 2.
. 7*, 118
18 . 65 R 5, 130 R 4,
12.
no
4-
24^^,48^ 73 Rs
132 R 2
14.
• . i^5
5.
. 139
19 . . 6 R 3
15.
116 R 5
11-13
. 44a
23 . .21 e, 135 R 3
16.
5
15. 16
, 130^
2S. 70a, 71 R I, 146 R 3
21 .
39 R I, 70a
19.
. 117
26 . loi R c, 108 R 2
2 I .
21 R 2
26.
44 R 3, loi R d
28 . . . 146 R I
2 .
45 R I
27.
. . 96R3
20 4 . . 96 R S
3.
48 R I
29.
. 43^
II . . . 116
10.
35 R 2, 121
32.33
6sf, 6SR4
14 . . 130 R 4
12 .
17 R 4
10 I .
. p. 143 «,
17 . 2$ R 6, 61. 128 R 3
3 3-
. . 45 R 2
7-
loi R d
23, 26, 28 . 65 R 6
4.
. 29 <r
8.
. S1R4
26 . . . •IIS
8.
96 Ods.
14.
. 130 6, 131 R I
21 s-
22 R 3
9-
. 61
16.
. 83
7-
. 71
10.
. 48 a
16, 17
6s R 6
9.
loi R^
II .
. . 45 R 2
22 .
51 R 4, 128 R 3
16.
■ ri ^'55
13-
109, 131 R 2
II 2 .
24 R 3
21 .
116 R 2, 14s R I
15.
. 143
5-
. 135 R 3
22.
. 105
20.
22 R 3, 24^
6.
6sd,73R7
34-
71 R 2
25-
. 51 R 5, 69 R 4,
13.
. 130^
22 3.
. 124
132 R 2
15.
loi R c, 131 R 2
12.
69R I
4 2, 21
126 R 4
16.
41 R 3, 143
17-
146 R I
5-
. 51 R 4, 109 R 2
17 • 34 R 3. 63 R I, 109
21 .
14 R a
7.
144 R 1
12 2 .
. 118
28.
6s^. 6sR6
INDEX OF PASSAGES REFERRED TO
227
Job
§1
Job
§1
Ruth
§§
22 30.
. 128 R 3
37 7.
91 R 2
3 9.
. . S7 R I
23 3.
. 135 R 3
38 12.
iRi
II .
. 24R3
3-S
. 65^
24.
6s R 6
15.
. 37 R4
9-1 1
65 R 6
26.
128 R 3, 143
18.
. 154
10, 13
132 R 2
28, 31, 32 . 126 R I
4 I-
II R^
13.
^Bdt loi Ra
35.
126 R 4
3-
. 22 R 4, 41
17.
. 11^
39 25.
. 117
15.
9R2
24 2, II
. 49a
26 •
6s R 6
s.
28 R I, 70a
40 2.
. 88 R 2, 88 R s
Lamentations
10.
70 a, 71 R I
8.
. 123 R 1
II, , . Q^d, 117
14. 65
R 6, 83, 141 R 3
9.
. 6s R6
4. . . . 109
22.
. 139
10.
73 R 3
5. 9 . . 71 R 2
25-
65 R 6
19.
6sR6, 98r
8. . . . 67*
25 2.
. 84, 84 R I
41 3-
. . 65d
10. iRi,28Rs.4iR3.
S-
loi R^
42 12 .
. 37^
83 R I, 98 R I
a6 a.
128 R I
II, 19 . • 65 R I
4.
78 R 8
Song
14.
. 144
7.
8
z z.
34R4
17-
• 73R6
27 2.
. 119
3*
. 143
18.
1.6 R 2
3.
. . 28 R 3
6.
28 R s
21 .
. 41 Rs
s.
117 R I
9.
17 R 6
2 13.
K)R4, 651^
6.
. I R I, loi R c
II, 13. 1
4 . 20R2
16.
. 41 R 4
8, 23
. . 6s R 6
2 7-
• 40^
20,
. 122
12.
67^, 86 R 3
13-
20R2
22.
. 58 «
19.
71 R I
14.
. 75
3 I-
. 143
28 5.
loi Rd
3 2.
. 6s R s
2.
' • r.75
8.
24 R 3^
3-
. 121
15.
. 75. 78 R 5
25.
. . 51 R 5
7-
29R7
ao.
, p. 143 «.
► 136 R I
29 2.
loi Rd» 13s R3
10.
78 R 2
26.
3-
. . 73 R 1
4 2.
. . 1R3
27.
. 146
10.
. 116 R 2
3«
ao R2
41.
loi R3
12.
100 R 3
9.
. . 35 R I
44.
28 Rs
24.
141 R 3
II .
73 R 2
45.
84 Rx
30 I.
. . 24R5
16.
• J^
48. .
73 R 2
6.
34. 94
5 2.
. . 6s R S
SO. ,
6s Rs
16.
. p. 143 «.
22R3
3.
. . 73
56. .
. 41 R 5
25-
5-
107 R I
4 14.
• • «®3
28.
. 141 R 3
8.
. 24^
5 6. .
69R2
31 5.9
II .
: : -xT^
9.
6 8.9 .
8 R 2,55^
, I R 3, 106 R 2
10.
116 R 6
15.
. 98*:
9.
. 113
ECCLESIASTES
18.
. . 73 R 4
7 3'
. 128 R 2
Z 2. • . 34R4
31.3s
. 135 R 3
8.
6 R I
9.
8
34.
. 141 R 3
10.
. 32 R 2, 32 R s
13.
. 32 R 5
32 3-
. 48^
13-
. loi, 125
16.
107 R X
4-
. 24RS
8 I.
28 R s, 132 R 2
17.
, 106 R a
13-
. 127 f
4.
8R3
2 I, II, I
5 <
107 R X
22.
83 R I
5-
. 144
16.
loiR*/
33 i^-
6s R 6
6.
. . 34 R 6
19.
126 R I
21 .
6s R 6
3 2.
96R5
27.
. 32 R 3. 65 R 6
Ruth
14.
. . 95
34 8.
. . 96R4
II.
. 136 R I
15.
• 94
29.
6s R 6. 136
4.
38 R I
4 I, 2
88 R I
31.
• no
9.
. 65d
2.
► 88R5
32.
. 144
12.
. 34 R 2, 130 ^
3.
72 R 4
37.
6s R 6
13-
. 109
5 4.
• i^^
35 3. 14
. 146 R I
17.
120 R 4
5.
. 126RS
10.
. 16
21 .
. 70a, 138^
15.
28 R 3
iS«
. 128 R 3
22.
. . 22 R 4
6 10.
. 146
36 4.
17 R 2
2 3-
. 28 R 5
7 12.
24 R 3
7.
. 49^
7.
. ss^r, 69 a, 145
25.
78 R 6
9*
6sR6
16.
86R3
26.
9 R 2, 22 r
14. 15
17 •
. ogd
8 2.
136 R I
37 4. 5
. . 6s R 6
21 .
28 R s, 41 ^
10.
• . «3» R S
s.
71 R 2
3 8, 14
. 69a
9 I.
90 R 4, 146
228
HEBREW SYNTAX
ECCLESIASTES
9
12
II
4
7
Esther
1 8, 22
2 II .
IS-
3 4-
4 2.
14.
16.
5 3,6
8 6.
8.
9 I-
4.
6. 12,
10 2 .
16, 17
§§
88R1
a4R3
6s R 6
29R8
29 R 8
100 R 2
. 146
. 95
43 R I
130 R 4
. 6sd
. 83
88 R I, 95
88Rs
86 R 4
88 R I
123 R 2
114,
Daniel
I S. la, IS
3
4
S
7
8
8
16.
17.
20.
13.
16, 18
26.
30.
37.
27.
5.
6.
22 .
28, 29
19
18
I
6
12
13
. 36^
. 146
100 R 2
36R4
38 Rs
146 R4
96 R 4, III R 2
144 R 3
10
II
12
16.
S-
13-
23-
as.
26.
I .
9.
I .
4. 10
10, 13
11, 27
14.
16-19
as. 28, 30
31.
2.
II .
108 R 2
9R1
17R4
144 R 3
9R I
108 R 2
108 R 2
100 R 2
. 16
22 R 4
24R3
6sR6
20 R4, 29^, 32 R 2
3S R I, 136
6
Ik
Ezra
I S
7
88 R I
72 R 4
. 29^
99R1
144 R 3
100 R 2
96R3
6sR6
. 86r
29 R 7
28 R 6
6sR6
6s R 6
3a R 2
5
96R4
144 R 5
39 R I
4
5
7
8
10
Ezra
2
59.
02.
65.
3 7.
8.
9.
12 .
22.
8.
12 .
8.
21 .
15.
16, 24
21 .
25.
29.
I .
4-
15-
12 .
13.
. 14.
17.
Nbhemiah
I I.
4-
7.
2 I .
3-
9.
10.
12.
13.
16.
4 4.
11 .
12 .
17.
5 5.
7.
14.
18.
6 I.
8.
6.
12 .
18.
64.
8.
10.
II .
13.
9 3.:
6.
19.
28
31
35
10 29
37
39
§§
37 R 3
. las
29 R 4, loi
3a R 3
24R6
83 R 2
116 R 3
Ri, 29R7
91 R 3
80
iRi
38 R a
I
. 36*:
73 R 7
. 29a
22 R 4
.20R4
29a, 29 R 7
44 R 2
. 95
67R3
29 «, 82
20 R 4,
28 Rs
22 R 4,
,29R8
22R4
15
7
8
32, 34
96 R 4,
100 a,
. 38
100 R 2
86 R 3
38 R 2
. 147
48 R 2
. 67^
29^/, 114
100 R 2
116 R 3
. 17
35 R I
98 R I
I Ri
loi Kc
p. 143 ».
38 R 2, 114
84 R I
. 81
17R3
100 R 6
. 127a
a4R3
29 R 4
88 R I
144 R 5
. "7
136 R I
100 R 6
. 106 R 2
72 R 4
73 R 4, 109
78 R 7
32 R 2
83 R 2
17 R 6
84 R I
Nehemiah
§§
13 10.
. 116
17.
. 47
21 .
22 R 3
23.
I R I, 41 R 3
24.
29R8
I Chronicles
a 3. 9 •
. 81 R 3
30. 3a .
128 R 3
3 1. 4 '
. . 81 R 3
1.5
a8Rs
20.
. 36 R 3
4 9-
146 R 2
17.
. . 83 R4
5 I.
17 R 2, 9S
9.
. 29a
26.
29 R 7, 73 R 7
6 17.
100 R 2
34.
. . 96R4
7 5.
. 28 R s
9 I3«
. 26
22.
I R I, 29 R 7
as.
. 94
27.
. 136 R I
10 13.
. . 96R4
11 7.
. 108
8.
44R2
23-
. . 37R4
12 8.
. 93
23.
. 34 R 6
34.
29 R 8
13 s.
loi R^
14 15 .
. . 7a R4
IS a.
. . 95
12 .
. 144, 144 R s
19.
. 29^
27.
20R4
16 36 .
88 R I
37.
73 R 7
17 4.
. 127^
21 .
8R2
18 14 .
100 R 2
19 3.
149 R I
20 3 .
44R2
21 17 .
. 6 R I, 106 R 2
18.
. 146 R 2
22 I .
106 R 2
23 26.
. 95
24 12-18
. . 38
16.
. 38 R 3
as 8.
loi Kd
18-31
. . . 38
19.
. 38 R 3
26 13 .
29R8
a7 a-13
. . 38
29.
. lis
28 s. .
3aR I
18.
29 R 4
19.
88 R I
29 3.
144 R 5
4.
39 R 3
8.17
22 R 4
14.
146 R 2
22.
73 R 7
29.
123 R 2
INDEX OF PASSAGES REFERRED TO
229
2 Chronicles
§§
2 Chronicles
§§
2 Chronicles
I 4.
22 R 4 1 9 21 .
• 44*
23 I .
10.
32R3
28.
. 108
25 16.
2 12 .
73 R 7
10 8 .
ii6R I
20 .
13. 14 •
. 22^
II 12 .
29 R 8
26 13 .
3 4-9 •
78 R 2
16 9 . 113, 144, 144 R 5
27 7.
4 10 .
■ 32 R 5
11 .
123 R 2
28 9.
13.
. 2X)C
12 .
71 R 3
20 .
5 II.
. 95
17 12 .
86R4
29 27 .
7 17 .
96R4
14.
116 R 6
36.
18.
. 73 R 5
18 3.
151 R 2
30 10.
8 II.
28 R 5
19 5- .
29 R 8
19.
13.
96R4
20 6 . . 95, 106 R 2
31 7, 10 .
16.
20 R4
15.
. 15s
32 32.
18.
29 R 3
17.
• r?5
3320.
9 9. 13 •
29R3
22 .
144 R 5
34 22.
20.
. 128 22 6.
44 R 2
36 16.
108,
25.
§§
73 R 7
126 R 5
22 R 3
• 17
123 R 2
loi R^
73R4
136 R I
22 R 4
100 R2
144 R 5
III R2
123 R2
69R1
144 Rs
100 R 2
CORRECTIONS IN INDEX OF PASSAGES
Ex. 10 7 read 11 7.
32 12 „ 33 12.
Jud. 9 4. 5 .. 9 45.
I K. 12 19 „ 12 9.
Is. 3 I add 17 R 5, and deUte ref. Is. 3 5.
14 2z read 14 24.
52 12, 13 „ SI 12, 13.
Job 4 19 ,,49.
I Chr. 28 19 „ 2 Chr. 28 19.
Delete references Numb. 27 24, Deut 4 17, Song 2 13.
INDEX OF SUBJECTS
(Figures refer to §§.)
Absolute object, 67.
Abstract ideas, expressed by fem.t 14 ; by
plur,t i6.
Accentuation of ptcp. with Art 22 R 4 ;
error in, 141 R i.
Accusative, idea of, 66 ; kinds of, 66 ; ace.
of absolute obj., 67 ; cognate ace., 67,
in plur. , 67 R 2 ; organ of expression as
cog. ace, 67 R 3 ; ace of time, 68 ; of
place, 69, 69 R I, 69 R 2 ; ace. of condi-
tion, 70 ; adverbial ace., 70, 71 R 2 ; ace
of specification, 71, 71 R 3 ; of motive,
71 R 4; ace. of direct obj., 72; verbs
governing obj., 73 ; verbs with two ace.
of obj., 74-77 ; ace. of product, 76 ;
predicate ace, 76, 78 R 6 ; two ace of
different kinds, 78 ; ace after pass. 79
seq. Nota ace, rare in poetry, 72 ;
cases where use necessarv, 72 R i ;
rare except with ace. of obj., 72 R 3 ;
apparent anomalous use, 72 R 4.
Active infin. for pass., 96 R 5.
Addition, idea of, expressed by prep.,
loi Ri, loi Kd,
Adjective, placed exceptionally before
noun, 30 R I ; concord of, 30 ; with
dual, 31 ; with plur. of Eminence, 31,
116 R 4 ; with collectives, 31, 115 ;
determination of adj., 30, 32 R 2,
demons, adj., 32, 32 R 3 ; adj. used
nominally, 32 R 5, 28 R 3 ; the epithet
used instead of noun, ^2 R 6 ; adj. little
developed in early Snemitic, 24, 102.
See Comparison.
Adverb, 70^; follows verb, except nega-
tives, no ; adverbial use of inf. abs., 87 ;
adverbial idea expressed by a verb, 82 ;
some adv. of time, 145 R 3.
Adversative Sent., 155.
Affirmative Sent., 118 ; the oath, 119.
Agreement of subj. and pred., 112; simple
subj., 1x3; dual subj., 113; composite
subj., 114 ; when consisting of noun and
pron., 114 ; when of different genders,
114. Agreement of collectives, 115 ; of
plur. of Eminence, 31, 116 R 4 ; of
plur, inhutnanus, 116; anomalies in
agreement, 116 R i, 116 R 3, 116 R 6 ;
agreement with gen., 116 R 2 ; names
of nations, 116 R 5.
Answer, in interrog. sent., 126.
Anticipative pron. resumed by noun (per-
mutative), 29 R 7.
Apposition, nominal, 29 seq. ; repetition
of prep., &c., before proper name, 29,
29 R 2 ; some apparent cases may be
ace of specification, &e, 29 R 4, and
others due to errors of text, 29 R 5 ;
the word all in appos., 29 R 6 ; appos.
(permutative) to pron., 29 R 7 ; various
senses of same word repeated in appos.,
29 R 8 ; words in appos. as double ace.
of obj., 76.
Article, 19 seq. ; numeral one for indef.
Art., 19 R I ; pred. and inf. without
Art., 19; Art. not used with words
determinate in themselves or by consn.,
20 ; exceptions to this rule, 20 R 4 ;
^t. with vocative, 21 ; with classes and
in comparisons, 22, 22 R 2 ; omitted in
poetry, 22 R 3 ; used as Rel., 22 R 4 ;
with ptcp., 22 R 4, 99.
Attributive (Adj.) circumscribed by gen,
of noun, 24 ; especially with the words
man, woman, &e, 24 K 3, and in neg.
clauses, 128 R 3, 128 R 5; by perf.,
41 R 3, and impf. , 44 R 3.
Beth essentiee, loi Ra.
Cardinal Numbers, 35 seq.
Cases, 18.
Casus fendens, 106.
Causal Sent., 147 : causal sense of prep.,
lox R^, Z47 R I.
Circumscription of Gen. by prep., 28 R5.
Circumstantial Clause, 137 seq. ; order of
words in, 137 ; ptcp. greatly used, 138 ;
circumstance placed parallel to main
action, 141 ; use of impf. in cir. cl.,
44 R 3, 141 R 3.
Cognate ace, 67. See Ace
•«3o
INDEX OF SUBJECTS
231
Cohortative, occasionally in 3rd pers.,
63 R I ; use of, 62 ; with light vav, 65 ;
anomalous coh. forms, 65 R 5 ; with
strong vav, 51 R 7.
Collectives, used for plur. , 17 ; concord of,
"5.
Comparative Sent , 151.
Comparison of adj., 33 seq. ; tertium
contpar, expressed by verb, 33, some-
times unexpressed, 33 R 3 ; superlative,
34; expressed by noun with its gen.
pi., 34 R 4; by abstract noun with
gen., 34 R 5 ; by use of divine name,
34 R 6 ; by adj. and gen., 32 R 5.
Complement of verbal sent., no ; order
of words in sent, in.
Compound Sent., ic6.
Condition, ace. of, 70 ; chiefly adj. or
ptcp., occasionally noun, 71 R i.
Conditional Sent, 129 ; cond. particles,
129 ; protasis strengthened by inf. abs.,
130 R 3 ; hypothetical sent., 131 ;
idiomatic cond. sent, with two vav
ferf,^ 132 ; with two imper., 132 ; with-
out conditional particles, 132 R 2.
Conjunctive Sent, 136 ; exegetical use
of and, 136 R ^ ; use of and to express
informal consequence or conclusion,
136 R^; in letters, 136 Kd,
Co-ordination of vertml ideas for sub-
ordination, 83, 51, 51 R I ; of clauses
in interrog. sent, 126 R 4 ; in obj.
sent, 146 R 4.
Copula, logical, unexpressed in nominal
sent, 104 ; 3 pers. pron. as copula, 106
in Jin, ; regulated as to gend. and
numb, by subj., 106 R 2.
Consequential Sent, 150.
Construct, 18 ; before adverbs, &c.,
24 R 4 ; before a clause, 25 ; before
prepp., 28 R I ; before vav cop. , 28 R i ;
apparent separation from gen., 28 R 3 ;
attraction of noun in appos. into cons. ,
28 R 6 ; Art. anomalously with cons.,
20R4.
Conversive Tenses, 46 seq.
Dates, expression of, 38.
Dative, expressed by prep, to, loi R ^ ; dat.
commodi, loz R^; ethical dat, loi R^.
Demonstrative pron., 4 ; adj., 32, 32 R 3.
Determination of noun, see Art ; of adj. ,
30 ; of noun with numerals, 37 in fin. \
of numerals, 37 R 5.
Disjunctive Sent., 152.
Distributive Numerals, 38 R 4.
Dual, concord of, with adj. and verb, 31,
113; of numeral as multiplicative, 38 R5.
Elegy, how raised, 117.
Ellipse of pronom. obj. , 73 R 5 ; of pron.
subj. and obj. to inf. cons. , 91 R i ; of
pron. subj. to ptcp., 100; of obj. of
verb by brachylogy, 73 R 5.
Eminence, plur. of, 16 ; concord of, 31,
116 R 4.
Emphasis on subj. expressed by casus
pendens, 106; shown by expression of
pron. in verbal sent. , 107, 107 R i ; ex-
pressed by repetition of word, 29 R 8.
Ekjuation, vav of, 151.
Ethical Dative, loi R b.
Exceptive Sent., 154.
Exclamation. See Interjec. Sent
Feminine, of living creatures, 12 ; classes
of inanimate things, 13 ; abstracts and
collect., nomen unitatis, 14 ; for neut,
of other languages, 14 R 2, i R 2,
109 R2.
Final Sent., 148.
Fractions, how expressed, 38 R 6.
Futiure, expressed by impf., 43 ; fut perf.
by perf,, 41.
Gender, i seq. ; mas. pron. for fern.,
iR3-
Genitive, 23 seq., su Construct; gen. of
subj. and obj., 23 R i ; of respect usual
with adj. and ptcp., 24 R 5 ; gen. of
proper names, 24 R 6 ; clause as gen.,
25 ; circumscription of gen., 28 R 5.
Government of Verb, 66 seq. See Ace
He local, used in enfeebled sense, 69 R 2.
Hypothetical Sent, 131.
Imperative, 60 ; not used with neg., 60;
lengthened imper., 60 R i ; as strong
fut, 60 R 2 ; plur. imper. in poetry,
60 R 3 ; imper. >vith light vav, 6^
Imperfect, 42 seq. ; as fut., 43 ; in de-
pendent actions, 43 ; as subjunct. after
telle particles, 43 ; as frequentative, 44 ;
use in attributive clauses, 44 R 3 ; impf.
in single actions, 45 ; in interrogation,
45 R I ; in poetry, 45 R 2, 51 R 5 ;
interchange of perf. and impf., 45 R 3 ;
impf. as imper., 45 R 4.
Imperf. with strong vav, vav impf,, 47
seq. ; continues perf. in its various uses,
48 ; pointing of vav impf. with light
vav, 51 R 6. Imperf. with light vav, 59.
Impersonal consn., 109.
Indefinite Pron., 8.
Indefinite subj., one, they, expressed by 3
sing, and 3 plur. of verb, 108 ; real
subj. the ptcp. , 108 R I ; by ptcp. in
pL, rarely sing., 108 ; by 2nd pers. in
phrase as ttiou contest to, 108 R 3 ; in-
def. consn. in later style for pass., 108
R2.
Infinitive, abstract noun of verb, 84 ; infin.
abs., 84 ; as absolute obj., 67 ; uses of
inf. abs., 85 ; with its own verb, 86,
86 R 2 ; adverbial use, 87 ; use instead
of fin. verb, 88 ; continued by fin. vb.,
88 R 3 ; subj. expressed with inf. abs.,
88 R 5 ; infin. abs. in these uses in
ace,, 88 R 6.
Infinitive cons., 89 ; does not admit Art.,
19 ; its consn., 90 ; governs as its own
232
HEBREW SYNTAX
verb, 91 ; order of inf., subj. and obj.,
91 ; omission of pron., subj. and obj.,
91 R I ; subj. in gen., or nom., 91, 91
R 2 ; obj. when noun or pron. in ace. ,
91 R 3, 91 R 4 ; adverbial (genmdial)
use, 93 ; use as gerundive and peri-
phrastic ftit., 94; with neg., 95; con-
tinued by finite tense, 96, 96 R 2 ; later
use for finite form. 96 R 3, 96 R 4 ; act
inf. for pass., 96 R 5.
Interjectional Sent, 117; elliptical, 117
Interrogative Pron. , 7 ; particles, 125 R 6.
Interrogative Sent, without particles,.
121 ; particle at head of clause, 122 ;
disjunctive question, 124 ; oblique ques-
tion, 125 ; answer, 126 ; accumulation
of interrog. particles, 126 R 2 ; co-
ordination of clauses, 126 R 4 ; ques-
tion used in remonstrance, &c. , 126 R
S, R 6.
Jussive, used occasionally in ist pers.,
63 R I ; in 2nd pers. with n^., 63 R 2 ;
use of juss., 63 ; anomalous use, 65 R
6 ; juss. with fight vav, 65 ; with neg,
often merely subjective fut., 128 R 2.
Kaph when repeated in comparisons, 151
R 2 ; cf. p. 143.
Ki recitativum, 146 R 2.
Material, ace. of, 76.
Moods, 60 seq. ; moods with light vav,
64 seq.
Multiplicatives, 38 R 5.
Negative Sent, with fin. verb, 127;
with imper., 60 ; with infin., 95 ; with
ptcp., 100 ; negative particles, 127 ;
double neg., 128 ; neg. extends to fol-
lowing clause, 128 R 6 ; neg. as priva-
tive, 128 R I ; poetical forms of neg.,
128 R 5.
Neuter, supplied by fem. , 14 R 2, 109 R 2.
Nomen unitatiSt 14.
Nominal Sent., 103.
Nota ace. See Ace.
Noun as pred. in Nom. Sent., 29 injin,^
Number. See Plur., 15 seq.
Numerals, 35 ; Cardinals, 35 seq, ; Or-
dinals, 38 seq. ; Distributives, 38 R 4 ;
Multiplicatives, 38 R 5 ; Fractions, 38
R 6 ; rules for prose composition,
38 Ohs,
Oath, 119 ; of denial and affirmation,
120.
Object, ace. of, 72 ; verbs governing, 73 ;
pronom. obj, omitted, 73 R 5 ; obj.
regarded as means of realizing the ac-
tion, 73 R 6 ; prep, to conveys action to
<^bj»» 73 R 7 I double obj., 74 seq.
Object Sent., 146.
Optative Sent., 133 ; wish expressed by
impfl, imper., ptcp., 133; by luhof
wiUi verb, esp. who will give f 135 ;
consn. of this phrase, 135 R 3.
Oratio obliquat 146 R i.
Ordinal Numbers, 38 seq.
Participle, 97 ; act. ptcp. as noun, and
pass, as sidj., 97 R i, 99 ; consn. of
ptcp., 98, in poetry, 98 R i ; ptcp.
with Art. as reL clause, 99 ; restrictions
to this use, 99 R i ; place of ptcp. in
sent, 100 ; pron. subj. omitted, 100 ;
neg. of ptcp., 100, 100 R 3 ; continued
by fin. vb., 100, 100 R 4 ; much used
in description, 100, 138 ; time of ptcp.,
100, 100 R I ; joined with verb tobeXa
express duration, 100 R 2 ; governs
obj. by prep, /a, 100 R 5 ; in later style
used as fin. verb, 100 R 6.
Passive, expresses an action the agent of
which is not named, 79 ; hence governs
ace., 79, 81 R 3 ; connected with agent
by prep., 81 ; the nearer of two ace
becomes subj., 80, rarely the more
remote, 81 R i ; impersonal use, 81 R
3, 109 ; act. inf. for pass., 96 R 5.
Perfect, 39 seq. ; in stative verbs, 40 ; in
verbs of speaking, 40; perf. of ex-
perience, 40 ; of confidence, 41 ; pro-
phetic perC, 41, 41 R I ; perf. in
questions, 41 R 2 ; in attributive clause,
41 R 3 ; precative perf., 41 R. 5.
Perf. with strong vav, 52 seq. ; in con-
tinuance of impf., 53 seq. ; as frequen-
tative, 54, 54 R I ; in continuance of
imper., coh., juss., inf., ptcp., 55 ; in
apodosis of temporal, causal and con-
ditional sent, 56, 57 R I. Perf. with
vav copulative in narration, later usage,
58.
Pluperfect, expressed by Pert, 39 ; by
vav impf., 48, 48 R 2.
Plural, of compound expressions, 15 ; in
things composed of parts, abstracts, 16 ;
of ^ninence, 16 ; expr^sed by collec-
tives, 17 ; used to express the idea
gena:ally, 17 R 3; referred to as collect,
imity by sing, pron., iz6 R i. See
Agreement,
Potential, expressed by Impf., 42, 43.
Precative Perf., 41 R 5.
Predicate, without Art, 19 ; stands after
subj. in Nom. Sent., 103 ; before subj.
when simple adj., and in dependent
sentences, 104 ; precedes subj. in
Verbal Sent, 105, unless subj. be em-
phatic, 105, as in Circ. CI., 105, and
where connexion of narrative is broken,
105, 105 R I. Pred. coextensive with
subj., 19 R 3, 99 R 3. See Agreement.
Pregnant Construction, loi.
Prepositions, loi ; uses, loi R i ; com-
pound prepp. in later style, loi Re.
Present tense, expressed by impf., 42 ;
by perf. in stative verbs, 40 ; of freq.
actions by impf., 44 ; of single actions
INDEX OF SUBJECTS
233
by ptcp. in prose, 45, by impf. in
poetry. 45 R 3.
Privative use of prep., loi R^ ; of nega-
tives, 128 R I.
Product, ace of, 76.
Pronouns, i seq.; expression of pers.
pron. gives emphasis to suff., i, and to
subj. in verbad sent., 107 ; demons,
pron. used in appos. to noun, 6 R i,
always when noun has suff., 32, 3a R3 ;
demons, used to give vividness in
questions, 6 R 2, 7, 125 R 6 ; used as
Rel., 6 R 3. Reflexive pron., how
expressed, 11 ; pronominal ideas ex-
pressed by nouns, 11 R i ; pron. as
copula in Nom. Sent., 106 end ;
anticipative pron., 29 R 7.
Prophetic Perf., 41, 41 R i.
Purpose Sent., 148.
Reflexive Pron., how expressed, 11.
Relative Pron., 9 ; Art as Rel., 22 R 4.
Relative Sent., 142 ; Eng. rel. sent often
descriptive sent, in Heb., 142 ; omission
of so-called rel. pron. in rel. sent.,
143. 144.
Repetition of same word in various senses,
29 R 8.
Restrictive Sent., 153.
Secution of perf. by vav impf., 48 seq,;
of impf. by vav perf., 52 seq.; of impf.
after then^ &c, 51 R 2 ; of fut perf.,
proph. pof., and perf. of confidence,
51 R2.
Sentence, the, 102 ; nominal, Z03; verbal,
105 ; compound, 106 ; order of words
in sent., xii: kinds of sent., 117 seq.
Singular, used for pi., in such words as
hand^ head, &c., 17 R 4; used dis-
tributely in ref. to a plur., 116 R i.
Style, point of, to vary order of words,
105 R 2, III R 3 ; later style, 9 R 2,
22 R 4, 29 R I. 7, 8 ; 36, 36 R 2,
37 R 3. 4 ; 58. 65 R 6, 69 R 2. 73 R 7.
81 R 3, 88. 88 R I, 96 R 3, 4 ; 100 R 2,
100 R 6, loi R</, 108 R 2.
Subject, place in Nom. Sent., 103 ; in
Verb. Sent., 105 ; resumption of, in
Compound Sent., 106 ; emphasis on.
107, 107 R I ; omission of subj. of
ptcp.. 100 ; double subj.. 109 R 3 ;
indefinite subj., 108.
Subjunctive expressed by Impf., 42.
Subordination of words to verb by prepp..
loi ; of one verb to another. 82, 83 ; in
impC, 83 R I ; in ptcp., 83 R 2.
Suffix to noun, in gen., 2 ; to verb, in
ace. of obj., 2 ; occasionally indirect
obj., 73 R 4 ; sufF. to inf. often ace,
91 R 4.
Superlative. See Comparison.
Temporal Sent., 145.
Tenses, see Perf., Impf.; conversive
tenses, 46.
Times (once, twice, &c.), 38 R 5.
Vav, see Conjunct. Sent., 136 ; vav
explicative, 136 R i ; of informal in-
ference, 136 R I ; of equation, 151 ;
of concomitance, zi^note.
Verb, government by. See Ace,
Verbal Sent., 105.
Vocative with Art., 21 end.
FRINTRD BY MORRISON AND GIBB LIMITED, EDINBURGH
T. & T. Clark's Publications.
THE NEW BIBLICAL ENCYCLOPAEDIA.
' This Dictionary geems likely to take its place as the standard authority for biblical students
of the present generation.'— rime«.
A DICTIONARY OF THE BIBLE,
DoBlIng with Its Language, LItoraturo, and Contents,
Including the Biblical Theology.
Edited by James Hastings, M.A., D.D., with the assistance of J. A. Selbie,
M.A., and, chiefly in the Eevision of the Proofs, of A. B. Davidson,
D.D., LL.D., Edinbui^h ; S. R Driver, D.D., LittD., Oxford ; and
H. £. SwETE, D.D., Litt.D., Cambridge.
To be completed in Four Volumes, imperial 8uo {of nearly 900 pages each).
Price per Volume : in doth, 28s, ; in half-morocco, 84s,
(subject to the usual discount).
The Guardian says : (Vol. I.>— * We oJBTer Dr. Hastings our sincere congratulations on the
publication of the first instalment of this great enterprise. . . . A work was urgently needed which
shoi^d present the student with the approved results of modem inquiry, and which should also
acquaint him with the methods by which theological problems are now approached by the most
learned and devout of our theologians.' (Vol. II.)—' ur. Hastings has brought out the second
volume of his great Dictionary in good time. . . . The critical articles seem to us to maintain the
same high level of excellence which we naturally expect from their distinguished writers. . . .
Dr. Sanday's article "Jesus Christ" will take rank as of the first importance for students of
theology.'
' We welcome with the utmost cordiality the first volume of Messrs. Clark's great enterprise,
" A Dictionary of the Bible." That there was room and need for such a book is unquestionable.
... We have here all that the student can desire, a work of remarkable Ailness, well up to date,
and yet at the same time conservative in its general tendency, almost faultlessly accurate, ana
produced by the publishers in a most excellent and convenient style. We can thoroughly recom-
mend it to our readers as a book which should fully satisfy their anticijj^tions. . . . This new
Dictionary is one of the most important aids that have recently been furnished to a true under*
standing of Scripture, and, properly used, will brighten and enrich the pulpit work of every
minister who possesses it. . . . We are greatly struck by the excellence of the short articles. They
are better done than in any other work of the kind. We have compared several of them with their
sources, and this shows at once the unpretentious labour that is behind them. . . . Dr. A. B. Davidson
is a tower of strength, and he shows at his best in the articles on Angels, on Covenant (a masterpiece,
full of illumination), and on Bschatology of the Old Testament. His contributions are the chief
ornaments and treasure-stores of the Dictionary. . . . We are very conscious of having done most
inadequate Justice to this very valuable book. Perhaps, however, enough has been said to show
our great sense of its worth. It is a book that one is sure to be turning to again and again with
increased confidence and gpratitude. It will be an evil omen for the Church if ministers do not come
forward to make the best of the opportunity now presented them.'— Editor, British Weekly,
'Without question the most important contribution to the second volume is Dr. Sanday's
article on "Jesus Christ." There is nothing in English so ftill (it takes up fifty pages in double
column), so trustworthy, or so modem, and it makes the volume which contains it mdispensable
to students.'— JournaZ of Theological Studies,
* Will give widespread satis&ction. Every person consulting it may rely upon its trostworthi*
ness. . . . Far away in advance of any other Bible Dictionary that has ever been published in real
usefulness for preachers, Bible students, and teachers.'— JlfetAodist Recorder,
Full Prosptetui, with Sptolmtn PagtSt from all Bookulltrt, or from the Publishers.
T. & T. Clark's Publications.
\
Cl^je ^xdtxnixitaml €xximl €ammtxdisiX]^,
UNDER THE EDITORSHIP OF
The Rev; S. R. DRIVER, D.D., Oxford; the Rev. i. PLDHHER, H.i., D.D., Darham;
and the Rev. C. i. BRIG6S, D.D., New York.
* The publicAtion of this seriee marks an epoch in English ezegesie. '—Sn^isA WedUff,
The First Ten Volumes are now ready, viz, : —
(1) Deuteronomy. By Professor S. B. Dbiyeb, D.D., Oxford.
Second Edition. 12s.
(2) Judges. By Professor G. F. Moore, D.D., Andover, U.S.A.
Second Edition. 12s.
(3) The Books of Samuel. By Professor Henbt P. Smith,
D.D., Cincinnati. 12s.
(4) Proverbs. By Professor C. H. Toy, D.D., Efervard. 12s.
(5) Romans. By Professor W. Sandat, D.D., LL.D., and Rev.
A. C. Hbadlam, B.D., Oxford. Fourth Edition. 12s.
(6) St. Mark. By Prof. E. P. Gould, D.D., Philadelphia. 10s. 6d.
(7) St. liUke. By A. Plummer, D.D., Master of University College,
Durham. Third Edition. 12s.
(8) Philippians and Philemon. By Professor Marvin B.
Vincent, D.D., New York. 8s. 6d,
(9) Ephesians and Colossians. By T. K. Abbott, D.Iit.,
Trinity College, Dublin. 10s. 6d.
(10) Peter and Jude. By Prof. Charles Bigo,D.D., Oxford. 10s. 6d.
(1) Prof. Q. A. Smith (in The OrUical Re^oiew) says : * The series could have had no
better introduction than this volume from its Old Testament editor. . . • Dr.
Driver has achieved a commentary of rare learning and still more rare candour and
sobriety of judgment*
(2) Professor H. E. Btlb, D.D., says: * I think it may safely be averred that so full
and scientific a commentary upon the text and subject-matter of the Book of Judges
has never been produced in the English language.*
(8) LiUratttre says : * The most complete and minute commentary hitherto published.'
(4) The Bookman says : * Must at once take its place as the authority on ** Proverbs.***
(5) Principal F. H. Ghasb, D.D., Cambridge, says: * VTe welcome it as an epoch-
making contribution to the study of St Paul.*
(6) The Baptist Magaxine says : * As luminously suggestive as it is concise and sober.
The commentary proper is thoughtful, judicious, and erudite — the work of a master
in hermeneutics.*
(7) The Record says: *Dr. Plummer's work is, it need hardly be said, admirably
done, both in the introduction and in the commentary. Readers will pemse
with pleasure his treatment of the leading characteristios of the GtospeL'
(8) The Scotsman says: * In every way worthy of the series which was so well com-
menced [in the New Testament] with the admirable commentary on the Bonmas
by Dr. Sanday and Mr. Headlam.*
(0) The Haspository Times says: * There is no work in all the ** International*' series
that is more faithful or more felicitous. . . . Dr. Abbott understands these Epistibs
— we had almost said as if he had written them.*
(10) The Chiardian says : * A first-rate critical edition of these Epistles has been for a
long time a felt want in English theological literature . . . this has been at last
supplied by the labours of Canon Bigg. . . . His notes are full of interest and
suggestiveness.'
*«* A Prospectus, giving full details of the Series, toith list of OontribiUors, post free.
T. & T. Clark's Publications.
C^f International ^^tfAa^ml Jpibxarg.
EDITED BT
Principal S. D. F. SALMOND, D.D., and Professor G. A. BRI66S, D.D.
' A valuable and much needed addition to the theological literature of the Englieh-
speaking nations.* — Academy*
The First Nine Volumes of the Series are now ready, viz,:--
1) An Introduotion to the Literature of the Old
Testament. By Professor S. B. Driybb, D.D., Oxford.
Seventh Edition. Post 8vo, price 12s.
2) Christian Ethics. By Nbwman Smtth, D.D., Author of * Old
Faiths in New Light,' etc. Third Edition. lOs. 6d.
3) Apologetics ; or, Christianity Defensively Stated. By Professor
A. B. Bruce, D.D., Glasgow. Third Edition. 10s. 6d.
4) History of Christian Doctrine. By Professor 6. P.
Fisher, D.D., LL.D., Yale University. Second Edition. 12s.
5) A History of Christianity in the Apostolic Age.
By Professor A. C. McGiffert, D.D., New York. 128.
6) Christian Institutions. By A. Y. G. Allen, D.D., Pro-
fessor of Ecclesiastical History, Cambridge, Mass. 12s.
7) The Christian Pastor and The Working Church.
By Washington Gladden, D.D., LL.D. 10s. 6d.
8) The Theology of the New Testament. By Professor
George B. Stevens, D.D., Yale University. 12s.
9) The Ancient Catholic Church [a.d. 98-451]. By
Principal R. Raint, D.D. 12s.
1) The Ovjardian says : * By far the best account of the great critical problems con-
nected with the Old Testament that has yet been written. ^ . . It is a perfect
marvel of compression and lucidity combined. A monument of learning and well-
balanced judgment.*
2) The Bookman says : * It is the work of a wise, well-informed, independent, and
thoroughly competent writer. It is sure to become the text-book in Christian
Ethics.'
3) The Expository Times says : * The force and the freshness of all the writing^ that
Dr. Bruce has hitherto published have doubtless led many to look forward with
eager hope to this work; and there need not be any fear of disappointment.*
4) The Critical Review says : * A clear, readable, well-proportioned, and, regarding
it as a whole, remarmtbly just and accurate account of what the course and
development of doctrine throughout the ages, and in different countries, lias been.'
5) The Literary World says : * A reverent and eminently candid treatment of the
Apostolic Age in the light of research.*
6) 7%« Christian World says: * Unquestionably Professor Allen*s most solid perform-
ance ; and that, in view of what he has already accomplished, is saying a great deaL'
7) The Baptist Magazine says : * We know of no treatise so comprehensive as this.
... In fact, there is scarcely a phase of pastoral duty which is not toudied
upon luminously and to good purpose.*
8) The Bookman says: * We are surprised by the strength and brilliance of this book.
*•* Prospectus J giving full details of the Series, with list qf Contrilmtors, post free.
T. & T. Clark's Publications.
%
CONCORDANCE TO THE GREEK TESTAMENT. MOULTON-QEDEN.
A Conoordanoe to the Greek Testament : According to the
Texts of Westcott and Hort, Tischendorf , and the English Revisers.
Edited by W, F. Moulton, D.D., and A. S. Gbdbn, M.A. In crown
4to (pp. 1040). Second Edition, Revised throtighout. Price 26s.
net; or in half-morocco, price 31s. 6d. net
\* it will be generally allowed that a new Concordance to the Qreek Testament la much needed
In the Intereata of aacred acholarahlp. Thia work adopts a new principle, and alma at prodding
a full and complete Concordance to the text of the Qreelt Testament as it Is set forth in the
editions of Westcott and Hortt Tischendorf (8th), and the English Revisers. The first^named
has throughout been taken as the standard, and the marginal readings haoe been Included. Thus
the student with any one of these three editions in his hands will fiAd himself in possession of a
complete Concordance to the actual text on which he is engaged; while the method employed, it
may fairly be claimed, precludes the omission of any word or phrase which, by even a remote
probability, might be regarded as forming part of the true text of the New Testament, On the
other hand, passages disappear, as to the spurlousness of which there is practical unanimity
among scholars.
Professor IV. SAND AY, D.D,, LLD., Oxford, writes: 'There can be no question as to the
value of the new "Concordance." it Is the only scientific Concordance to the Qreek Testament,
and the only one that can be safely used for scientific purposes,*
'It would be difficult to overpraise this invaluable addition to biblical study, . . . For all
English students of the Creek Testament this great work is Indlspensable.'^BMrisH. Wkkklt.
Prospectus, with Specimen Page, free on application.
DILLMANN ON GENESIS.
Genesis : Critically and Exegetically Expounded. By A. Dillmann,
D.D., late Professor of Theology in Berlin. Authorised Translation.
In Two Volumes, 8vo, price 21s.
* The most perfect form of the com/mentarius perpetuus to the Old Testament which
the 19th centmy produced.* — Professor Buddb, Strassburg.
* Dillmann^s commentaries are inimitable works for labour and insight, for the mass of
their contents, as for the thoroughness and fineness of their scholarship. They form an
indispensable basis for all further works on the same subjects. . . . There is not a living
scholar of the Old Testament but follows Um to his rest with the deepest reyerence and
gratitude.* — Bookman.
St. PauFs Conoeption of Christ; or, The Doctrine of the
Second Adam. Being the Sixteenth Series of the 'Cunningham
Lectures.' By Rev. David Sombrvillb, D.D., Edinburgh. In
demy 8vo, price 9s.
* By its keen and profound insight, by its sanity, and by its fulness of knowledge, the
volume will at once take its place as the best authority on that department of New
Testament theology with which it deals.* — Qritvcal Review,
' This is the work of an honest and careful student of St. FauFs writings. . . . One of
the most solid contributions that has been made to the study of St. Fanl*s Epistles for
a considerable time.* — Guardian,
The Christ of History and of Experience. Being the
'Kerr Lectures' for 1897. By Rev. David W. Fobbbst, D.D.,
Glasgow. In post Svo, New and Cheaper Edition, price 6s.
* An exceedingly able treatment of a great and important subject.* — ^The late Professor
Caldbrwood.
* An eminently stimulating and improving book.* — Glcisgow Herald,
* Displays marked ability, and possesses unusual interest.* — Manchester Guardian.
* ... It is scarcelv necessary, however, to specify particular passas^es in a book
which throughout exhibits literary and theological powers of a high order, and which
abounds in observations and criticisms which coidd only have been penned by a
masculine and fearless, but reverent, thinker.* — Literature,
T. & T. Clark's Publications.
The Christian Dootrine of Immortality. By Rev. S. D.
F. Salmond, D.D., Principal, and Professor of Systematic Theology,
United Free Church College, Aberdeen. New and Cheaper
Edition (the Fourth), Revised throughout, and Re-set. Post 8vo,
price 9s.
* Dr. Salmond*B ** Ohristian Doctrine of Immortality " is an able, truth-loving, and,
from many points of view, comprehensive work.* — W, E. QiJLi>STOirx.
*This is beyond all doubt the one book on the transcendent subject of which it
treats. There is none like it — sound, frank, fearless, and yet modest in every page.*
— 3£^h4)di8t Times,
* Principal Salmond has rendered a service which merits the amplest recognition.
Worthy of recognition are the courage which chose a subiect bristling with difficulties,
the patience ana resolution which have weighed, sifted, ana disposed of these difficulties,
the method and scholarship which fit him to be a safe pioneer, the fairness of mind
which inspires confidence, the lucidity and completeness of treatment which tell of a
thorough digestion of the entire multifarious material connected with the subject.
The volume presents one of the very finest specimens of biblical theology that we
have.'— Professor Marcus Dods, D.D., in the Bookman.
■ * The greatest work we have had for many a day on this great doctrine of Immor-
tality * — Expository Times.
liife after Death, and the Future of the Kingdom of God. By
Bishop Lars Nielsen Dahle, Ejiight of St. Olaf. Authorised
Translaiion. In demy 8vo, price 10s. 6d.
The late Rev. 0. A. Bkrbt, D.D., wrote: * Messrs. T. & T. Clark have enriched
modem theological literature by the publication of this book. The volume is a careful,
scholarly, and evangelical treatment of the doctrine of *'Last Things," and bears
evidence on every pajire, not only of close and prolonged study, but of the profound
piety and charming spirit of the writer.*
A New Topographical, Physical, and Biblical Map
of Palestine. (Scale — 4 miles to an inch.) Compiled from
the Latest Surveys and Researches, including the Work of the
English and German Palestine Exploration Funds. Showing all
identified Biblical Sites, together with the Modem Place Names.
Prepared under the Direction of J. G. Bartholombw, F.R.S.K,
F.R.G.S., and Edited by Professor George Adam Smith, M.A.,
LL.D., D.D., etc. With complete Index, compiled under the
supervision of J. G. Bartholomew, F.RS.E., F.RG.S.
Prices : Mounted on cloth and in cloth case, with Index, 10s. 6d. ;
mounted on rollers and varnished, with Index separate, 15s.
This new Map has been designed to present in a clear and readily accessible
form the results of recent Surveys and Research in Palestine. It represents a com-
plete survey of the country as it exists at the present day, while superimposed upon
this are all the scriptural names of the past. The Map is drawn to the scale of
four miles to an inch, and includes the country from Beirut in the north to the
Arabah in the south, extending as far east as Damascus and Jebel Haurin. All the
modern place names are given, while the accepted identified Biblical sites have been
added in bolder lettering.
The Physical Relief of the country is effectively shown by colouring in contours,
and there are diagrammatic cross-sections illustrating the configuration of the
plateaux and the Jordan valley depression. Inset maps show the Environs of
Jerusalem and the Yegetatipn of Palestine. All the names on the Map, numbering
about 3180, are contained in the accompanying Index. Each place is indexed
under its modem as well as ancient name, and cross-references are given.
Besides meeting the special requirements of the student and the teacher, the
Map will be found invaluable as a Touring Map for Travellers in Palestine. It
shows all modem roads, railways, and places of interest.
T. & T. Czjtx^s
/fff^Hf
fj^Mjrs Ttm 9F TEE aBSHMM gEumom.
T. & T. Clark's Publications.
BROCKELMANN'S SYR/AC LEXICON.
liexioon Sjfriaouni. Auctore Carolo Bbookblmann. PrsBfatus
est Th. Noldbkb. In handsome roxburghe binding, price 30s. net ;
or in Seven Parts, price ^s. each, net.
* The appearance of a new Syriac Lexicon, designed to meet the wants of students, is
an event of considerable importance for the progress of Semitic studies at home and
abroad. The work will be welcomed on all hands as fulfilling what has long been the
most conspicuous lacuna in Semitic bibliography. . . . The publishers have earned,
and will certainly receive, the thanks of every Semitic student for thus coming forward
to remove what had almost become a scandal to international scholarship, the lack of a
student*s dictionary of a language so important to the philologist, the nistorian, and
the theologian.' — A. R 8. Kbhnedt, D.I). (Professor of Oriental Langpmges in the
University of Edinburgh), in the Expository Tifnes,
BY PROFESSOR A. B. DAVIDSON, P.P., LLP., EDINBURGH.
An Introduotory Hebrew Grammar, with Progressive
Exercises in Beading and Writing. By A. B. Davidson, M.A.,
LL.D., Professor of Hebrew, etc., in the New College, Edinburgh.
Seventeenth Edition. In demy 8vo, price 7s. 6d.
* A text-book which has gone into its tenth [now seventeenth] edition needs no
recommendation here. . . . Gertiun changes, in the introduction of new examples and
the enlargement of some parts where brevitv tended to obscurity, will add to the lUready
great merits and widely acknowledged usefulness of the book.* — Critical Review,
* The best Hebrew Grammar is that of Professor A. 6. Davidson.* — British Weekly,
Hebrew Syntax. Third Edition. In demy 8vo, price 7s. 6d.
* The whole is, it is needless to say, the work of a master ; but it is the work of a
master who does not shoot over the learners' heads, one who by long experience
knows exactly where help is most needed, and how to give it in the simplest and
clearest fashion.* — Methodist Recorder,
* A book like this, which comes from the hands of our first Hebraist, is its own
best recommendation. It will be eagerly welcomed by all students and teachers of
Hebrew.' — Critical Review,
The Epistle to the Hebrews. {Handbook Series,) In crown
8vo, price 2s. 6d.
* For its size and price one of the very best theological handbooks with which I am
acquainted — a close grappling with the thought of the epistle by a singularly strong and
candid mind.* — Professor Sandat in the Academy,
The Exile and the Restoration. With Map and Plan. (Bible-
Class Primer Series,) Paper cover, price 6d. ; cloth, 8d.
* A remarkable instance of Professor Davidson*s gift of compressed lucid statement.
... It may be safely said that nowhere within anything like the same narrow limits will
one get so vivid a view of that period of Old Testament history.* — ExposOory Times,
The Apostolic and Post- Apostolic Times : Their Diversity
and Unity in Life and Doctrine, By Professor G. V. Lbchlbb,
D.D. Third Edition, thoroughly Revised and Rewritten. In
Two Volumes, crown 8vo, price 16s,
* It contains a vast amount of historical information, and is replete with judicious
remarks. ... By bringing under the notice of English readers a work so favourably
thought of in Germany, the translator has conferred a bAnefit on theology.* — Athewewm,,
*
T. a T. Clark's Pubucatioss.
SPECIAL OPPBB.
gouB ■90L,vmma km om
' ii'iiiiiii-^Mii irn iiiiTu
■end thai the paWcatka •< Os -libay^
"T" -^ "—J'TT— ' idaer n&e« Bah^
THIS Saks tOBDcaca Aatk(K«d TnaddiniB of tbe piTKipd Wab af a« 1
CtMiMBU ThtoloeiuM. It u bdiend that the paWcatka •< Os -Ij
ha* had oasdcnUe mttn^ce npo* tkc ^ B y e » itf ii»j.^~-i idaer n &e«
^?a«(£rttr
f^mjwt V. t. MAMKt, ^ OMm* ■Hi mite, aHtac.- -Hf niBa« n^Haacu
Makpn^tfWn. »« A»^-^«e f » *f » M t mn^ mt»mtal*tt ^m^a^lmm^^^^
■ipktcd, Vmv CbA >c denoB erf tri^w X laflnE d>
J <isd«t. aad i^T knc d^ rfi a g ^oted ta cfc- kt JMCS
VOLCl[ESteOSEGnXKl,oT>l»^nabfTattke_MntiaL C* i
pcinirfeKk YotiBe (wnk <Be n- ivBcn^(i^)K 1^6d.
A ooapkfa l»i<^ ilic Strin ,1.-3 VoIl i> an: nil he fimd !■ a* «
ri imieiein I'fcwQi at aa; rtOaat (4 mr oancf. — £^^iBr.
MMMifcirt «J»iiM6MJ JLKfcMrt«<y. PrPw tCr. Km. ITak.
Tte W«>«i «« tte EM* Jmm, S T(ik. En !« (1> F TtdiL lama m «;
tti» ApHfttak. Qj- II*:. Kthiuv Smx. Sc^ana T^k. Ilk. Sd. Mdi.
T. & T. CLARK'S Publications.
THE FOREIGN THEOLOGICAL LIBRARY.
The foUowini^ ara the Works from which a Selection of Four Volumks for £1» It. (or more at the
same ratio) may be made. (Non-snbscription Price within bradcets) : —
Banmgarten— The witory of the Ohiiroh In tlie Aimetollo Age. Three Vols. (271.)
Bleek— Introdvotlon to tlie New Teftament. Two vols. (21i.)
Oauel— Oommentary on Either. One Vol. 0.0b. 6d.)
OhrliUleh— Modern Donht and Ghrigtian Belief. One Vol. (10b. 6d.)
Delltach— New Oommentary on Oenesls. Two Vols. (21i.)
Oommentary on the PsalmB. Three Vols. (811. ed.)
Oommentary on the Proyerhs of seiomon. Two Vols. (Sli.)
Oommentuy on Song of Solomon and EootoeiasteB. One Vol. (Id. 6d.)
Oommentary on the Prophedet of lealah. Last Editicn. Two Vols. (21i.)
Oommentary on Epistle to the Hehrews. Two Vols. (21i.)
ASystemofBiblioalPgyohology. One Vol. (12i.)
DOUinger— Hippolytui and Oauistui ; or. The Ohnroh of Borne : A.D. 20O-260. One Vol. (7b. 6d.)
Domer— A System of Ohristian Dootrlne. Four Vols. Sis.
History of the Development of the Dootrine of the Person of Ohrlst. Five Vols. 26s. 3d.
Ehrard— Oommentary on the Epistles of St. John. One Vol. (lOs. 6d.)
The Oospel rnstoiy. One Vol. (10B.6d.) Apologetlos. Three Vols. (318. 6d.)
Ewald— Beyelation : Its Natnre and Beoord. One Vol. (lOs. Sd.)
Old and New Testament Theology. One VoL (lOs. Sd.)
Frank— System of OhriBtian (Certainty. One VoL Q0B.6d.)
Oehhardt— Dootrlne of the Apocalypse. One Vol. flOs. 6d.)
Oerlaoh— Oommentary on the Pentatenoh. One Vol. (10b. 6d.)
GHeseler— Oompendinm of Eoolesiastioal History : AD. 461-1400. Three Vols. (31s. 6d.)
Oodet— Oommentaiy on St. Lnke's OospeL Two Vols. (218.)
Oommentwry on St. John's Ooepel. Three Vols. (31s. 6d.)
Oommentary on the Epistle to the Bomans. Two Vols. (218.)
Oommentary on 1st Oorlnthians. Two Vols. (21s.)
Ooehel— On the Parables. One Vol. (lOs. Sd.)
Hagenbaoh— History of the Beformation. Two Vols. (21s.)
History of Ohristian Doctrines. Three Vols. (31s. 6d.)
Harless— A System of Ohristian Ethios. One Vol. (10s. Sd.)
Hanpt— Oommentary on the First Epistle of St. John. One Vol. (10b. 6d.)
Hayemiek— General Introdnotlon to the Old Testament. One Vol. (lOs. 6d.)
Hengstenberg— Ohrlstoiogy of the Old Testament. Four Vols. 21b.
Oommentary on the Psalms. Three Vols. (33s.)
On the Book of Eoolesiastes, eto. etc. One Vol. (9s.)
Oommentary on the Gospel of St. John. Two Vols. (21b.)
Oommentary on EsekieL One Vol. (lOs. Sd.)
Dissertations on the Ctonnlneness of Daniel, eto. One Vol. (12s.)
The Kingdom of Ch)d nnder the Old Oorenant. Two VoU. (21s.)
Kell— Introdnouon to the Old Testament. Two Vols. Qls.)
Oommentary on the Pentatenoh. Three Vols. (Sis. Sd.)
Oommentary on Joshna, Judges, and Bnth. One Vol. (10s. Sd.)
Oommentary on the Books Of Samnel. One VoL (10s. ed.)
._ Oommentary on the Books of Kings. One Vol. (10b. Sd.)
Oommentary on the Books of OhroniOles. One Vol. (10b. Sd.)
Oommentary on Ezra, Nehemlah, and Esther. One voL (10s. Sd.)
Oommentary on Jeremiah and Lamentations. Two Vols. (21b.)
Oommentary on EiekieL Two Vols. (21s.) Book of DanieL One VoL (10s. 6d.)
Oommentary on the llinor Prophets. Two Vols. (21s.)
— Biblioal Arohnoloffir* Two Vols. (21s.)_
Knrti— History of the Old Oovenant ; or. Old Testament Dispensation. Three Vols. (81s. 6d.)
Lange— Oommentary on the Gospels of St Matthew and St. Mark. Three Vols. (31s. Sd.)
Oommentary on the Gospel of St. Lnke. Two Vols. (IBs.) St. John. Two Vols. (21s.)
Lnthardt— <3ommentary on the Gospel of St. John. Three Vols. (81s. Sd.)
HistoxT of Ohristian Ethios to the Beformatlon. One VoL (10s. Sd.)
Maodonald—uitrodnotion to the Pentatenoh. Two Vols. (218.)
Martensen— Ohristian Dogmatlos. One VoL (lOs. Sd.)
Ohristian Ethios. General— Social— Indiyidnal. Three Vols. (31s. 6d.)
Mttller— The Ohristian Dootrlne of Sin. Two Vols. (21s.)
Mnrphy— Oommentary on the Psalms. Tc count at Two Volufnes, One Vol. (12s.)
Neander— General History of the Ohristian Beligion and Ohnreh. Vols. I. to VIII. 42s.
Oehler— Biblical Theology of the Old Testament. Two Vols. (21s.)
Olshansen— Oommentary on the Gospels and Acts. Four Vols. 21s.
Oommentary on Epistle to the Romans. One VoL (10s. Sd.) Oorlnthians. One VoL (98.)
Oommentary on Phillpplans, Tltns, and 1st Timothy. One Vol. (10s. Sd.)
Orelll— Prophecy regarding Oonsnmmation of God's ELlngdom. One Vol. (lOs. Sd.)
Oommentary on Isuah. One VoL (10s. Sd.) Jeremiah. One Vol. (lOs. Sd.)
PhUippi— Oommentary on Epistle to Romans. Two Vols. (21s.)
Rllblger— EncytilopSBdia of Theoloay. Two Vols. (21s.)
Bitter- Oomparauve Geography ofPalestlne. Four Vols. 2ls.
Sartorins— Tne Dootrlne of Divine Loye. One Vol. (10s. Sd.)
SOhflrer— The Jewish People In the Time of Ohrlst. Five Vols. 2Ss. 3d.
Shedd— History of Ohristian Dootrlne. Two Vols. (21s.)
Stelnmeyer— mstory of the Passion and Besnrreotion of onr Lord. One Vol. (lOs. Sd.)
The Miracles of onr Lord in relation to Modem Oritlolsm. One VoL (7s. Sd.)
Stler— The Words of the Lord Jesns. Eight Vols. 42s.
The Words of the Risen Savlonr, and Oommentary on Epistle of St. James. One Vol. (lOs. Sd.)
The Words of the ApoBtles Ezponnded. One Vol. (lOs. Sd.)
Ullmann— Beformers before the Beformatlon. Two Vols. (21s.)
Weiss—BlbUoalTheologyoftheNewTest. TwoVoU. (21s.) The life of Ohrlst. Three Vols. (Sis. Sd.)
T. & T. Clark's Publications.
I
LATEST ISSUES.
A NBW WORK OP 8PKCIAL IMPORTANCE.
Just publtohodf ••eond Editiony in Onm Iwurt^ 8vo Volume, price ie«>i
The Historical New Testament : Being the Literature of the
Kew Testament arranged in the order of its Literary Growth and
according to the Dates of the Documents. A Kew Translation,
Edited, with Prolegomena, Historical Tables, Critical Notes, and an
Appendix, by James Moffatt, B.D.
In the preparation of the Translation the Author has had the valuable assistance
of Professor Dennet, Dr. H. A. A. Kennedy, Professor Mabcus Dods, Rev. Canon
Greoort Smith, Professor Walter Lock, and the Bev. Ll. M. J. Bebb.
* The most important book on the credentials of Christianity that has appeared in
this conntnr fcr a long time. It is a work of extraordinary learning, labour, and
ability.' — BrUiah Weekly.
Now roAdy, in On« Volum«, cl«my Svoy price 9s«,
Bible Studies* Contributions, chiefly from Papyri and Inscriptions,
to the History of the Language, Literature, and Eeligion of Hel-
lenistic Judaism and Primitive Christianity. By Dr. G. Adolf
Dbissmann, Professor of Theology in the University of Heidelberg.
Authorised Translation (incorporating Dr. Dbissmann's most recent
changes and additions) by Eev. Alex. Gribvb, M.A, Ph.D.
* In every respect a notable book. ... As to its value there can be no hesitation
about the verdict. . . . Words, syntax, and ideas can all be tested over again by a
completely new apparatus of study, the lexicon of the New Testament can be enriched,
the grammar re- written, and the theology re- vivified and hnmanised.* — ^Dr. J. Rrndbl
Habbis in the Examiner,
The Children of Nazareth. By 1^. Le Camus, Bishop of La
Eochelle. Authorised Translation by Lady Herbert. Fcap. 4to,
handsomely bound, price 4s.
This is a charming little volume. The venerable Bishop dedicates it to * My little
friends who wish to know how the child Jesus liyed, prayed, worked, and even played
at Nazareth/ It contains about one hundred beautiful illustrations from * Kodak'
photographs taken on the spot. lUustrcUed Prospectus free.
In Onm lArgm Voium« SvOf price 14s.,
Justification and Reconciliation. By Albrecht Kitschl.
Edited by H. R. Mackintosh, D.Phil., and A. B. Macaulay, M.A.
* At last there is provided what has been a desideratum for years — a really reliable
translation of the great dogmatic work on ** Justification,** bv which the most noted of
modem theologians chiefly made his mark on the thinking of his age.' — Critical Review,
*Dr. Mackintosh and his coadjutors have earned the gratitude of all theological
students in this country. . . . The present translation meets one of the most urfcent
wants of the hour. Now the great systematic work of Ritschl is open to all.* — Prof.
J. Dbnnbt, D.D.
Second Edition, Rovised throua^hout, in post 8vo» prico 6o.,
The Miracles of Unbelief. By Rev. Frank Ballard, M.A.,
B.Sc, London.
* Written by an expert in science as well as theology, a fair-minded man who faces
religious difSculties, not ignores them, and one who knows how to reason out his case
like an accomplished advocate, without pressing it like an unscrupulous one. Mr.
Ballard has rendered valuable service to the cause of Christian truth, andgiven us an
excellent and useful book, deserving a large circulation.* — Professor W. T. Davison,
in the Methodist Recorder,
* It is a perfect mine of quotation for men with little time for study, who are called,
as modem ministers are, to be not only visitors and workers but also preachers and
teachers.* — Guardian,
St. Paul and the Roman Law, and other Studies on the
Origin of the Fonn of Doctrine. By W. E. Ball, LL.D. Post
8vo, 4s. .6d.
r ui T /o I
iilliiii ^-'^^ ^
3 tlDS D12 211 151
STANFORD UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
CECIL H. GREEN LIBRARY
STANFORD, CALIFORNIA 94305-6004
(415) 723-1493
All books moy be recoiled after 7 doys
DATE DUE
2bu MAVGiili;:
